Watercolor painting is an enduring and captivating art form that has been used by renowned artists throughout history to create stunning works of art. From traditional landscapes to abstract compositions, watercolor painting has evolved over time, inspiring contemporary artists to experiment and push the boundaries of the medium.
Today, famous watercolor artists like Tracy Emin, Sukran Moral, Dima Rebus, Nadine Faraj, and Ekaterina Smirnova continue to use watercolors to showcase the enduring popularity of this beloved medium. This article highlights some of the most famous watercolor artists throughout history and their contributions to the art world.
Famous Watercolor Artists: Celebrating Their Captivating Works.
I look at the unique and varied ways in which watercolors can be used to create watercolor paintings.
Famous Watercolor Artists
1. Albrecht Dürer (1471-1528)
Albrecht Dürer (1471-1528) is renowned as a preeminent European artist, whose artistic mastery extended beyond a single medium. While his body of work encompasses a broad range of subjects, it is his watercolor paintings that have garnered significant acclaim. Dürer's watercolors are famed for their intricate detail and striking color contrast, with landscapes, nudes, animals, and plants among his most common subjects.
Young Hare is perhaps his most celebrated piece, showcasing his remarkable proficiency with watercolor paints. Its exquisite depiction exemplifies Dürer's exceptional skills as an artist, making him a towering figure in the history of European art.
2. William Blake (1757-1827)
William Blake (1757-1827) was a renowned English poet, and a famous watercolor artist and printmaker. His unique works of art deviated from the conventional style of his contemporaries.
Blake's mastery of engraving led him to perfect his style of "Fresco." In this technique, he painted a design onto a copper plate, printed it onto paper and finished it with watercolor and ink, resulting in a fine art painting.
His most celebrated collection of artworks is the illustrations he created for Dante's Divine Comedy in 1826, which remained incomplete due to his death a year later. But Blake's legacy continues to inspire artists and writers today.
3. J.M.W. Turner (1775-1851)
Joseph Mallord William Turner, born in 1775, was a prolific British artist known for his stunning watercolor paintings. He displayed exceptional artistic talent from an early age and at 20 years old, his first watercolor was exhibited at the Royal Academy.
Initially, Turner employed watercolors for commercial purposes and produced numerous paintings to support himself financially. As his career progressed, he utilized watercolors to document his global travels. By the time of his passing in 1851, Turner had created over 2,000 acclaimed watercolor paintings, cementing his legacy as one of the greatest artists of his time.
4. John Constable (1776-1837)
John Constable, born in 1776 and died in 1837, is renowned for his oil paintings. However, in 1829, he shifted his focus to watercolors while still capturing the same subjects as his earlier oil sketches.
Watercolors provided Constable with an opportunity to express and portray changes in the sky in a naturalistic manner. By using thicker brushes and more opaque pigments, he was able to convey darker and more emotional scenes effectively. Constable's watercolor works exemplify his mastery in capturing the ever-changing moods of the sky and landscapes.
5. John James Audubon (1785-1851)
John James Audubon (1785-1851) was a naturalist and one of the contemporary watercolor artists renowned for his book “The Birds of America,” which pioneered the tradition of watercolor paintings of the natural world. Audubon's work is characterized by its intricate detail and masterful use of color, setting the standard for ornithological illustration.
His art captures the beauty and complexity of nature, and his legacy is a testament to his passion for the natural world. Audubon's work remains a source of inspiration for artists and scientists alike, reminding us of the importance of preserving and celebrating the natural world.
6. Elizabeth Murray (1815-1882)
Elizabeth Murray (1815-1882) is a celebrated English watercolor artist renowned for her unique style. She learned the art of watercolor painting from her father and honed her skills to develop a recognizable technique. Together with her father, Murray traveled extensively, exploring Morocco, Rome, Andalusia, and even settling in the Canary Islands for a while.
Elizabeth Murray favored the traditional English watercolor approach of layering delicate hues to create depth. Her works are distinguished by warm colors such as blues, violets, reds, golds, browns, blacks, olives, and tans. In 1855, she founded the first Society of Female Artists, leaving an indelible mark on the art world.
7. Thomas Moran (1837-1926)
Thomas Moran (1837-1926) was a celebrated watercolor artist renowned for his breathtaking landscape paintings. He attended the Rocky Mountain and Hudson River schools, which greatly influenced the aesthetic imagery of American landscape painting in the 19th century. Moran's paintings played a significant role in the establishment of Yellowstone National Park in 1892.
His mastery of the watercolor medium allowed him to capture the beauty and grandeur of the American landscape with remarkable precision and vividness. Moran's contribution to American art is widely recognized, and his legacy continues to inspire and awe art enthusiasts and nature lovers alike.
8. John Singer Sargent (1856-1925)
John Singer Sargent (1856-1925) was a renowned artist primarily known for his portrait paintings. However, he also had a talent for creating stunning landscapes using watercolors to capture the beauty of the places he traveled to, including North Africa, Italy, and the Middle East.
Despite producing over 2,000 watercolor paintings, John Singer Sargent only participated in two watercolor exhibitions throughout his life. Nevertheless, his legacy lives on as one of the most skilled watercolor artists of his time, leaving behind a remarkable collection of work for generations to admire.
9. Paul Klee (1879-1940)
Paul Klee, born in 1879, is widely regarded as one of the most significant painters of the past century. Klee’s watercolor paintings are highly expressive and designed to challenge the viewer's perception with their three-dimensional quality. Klee often incorporated lines into his compositions to highlight distinct surfaces within the artwork.
In 1911, Klee became a member of the artist group Blaue Reiter, where he used his watercolor paintings to explore and express the spiritual realm. His works were influenced by primitivism and non-figurative artistic forms, with color being a critical element in his artistic expression.
10. Charles Demuth (1883-1935)
Charles Demuth (1883-1935) emerged as an artist during the Modern era and incorporated aspects of cubism into his watercolor paintings, which he passionately pursued. Initially, Demuth primarily focused on watercolors and later switched to oils.
His watercolor subjects ranged from fruits and flowers to his personal experiences with homosexuality. By adopting elements of Cubism, Demuth's style integrated structured elements and softer watercolor washes, combining structure and fluidity in his work. Overall, Demuth's art represents a fusion of structure and flow, exemplifying his unique artistic vision.
11. Georgia O’Keeffe (1887-1986)
Georgia O'Keeffe, born in 1887 and died in 1986, is renowned for her oil paintings of flowers. However, during her tenure as head of the West Texas State College art department in her late twenties, she experimented with composition and color in watercolors.
O'Keeffe used watercolors to create abstract portrayals of the Texas landscape and nude figures. Art historians consider this period as crucial to her artistic development, as her later iconic oil paintings were influenced by her abstract watercolors. Thus, O'Keeffe's watercolor works were instrumental in her finding her artistic voice.
12. Reginald Marsh (1898-1954)
Reginald Marsh (1898-1954) was an American watercolor artist renowned for his vivid portrayal of the lively and raw urban environment. His work in the 1930s and 40s focused on capturing everyday life in New York City, particularly at Coney Island and burlesque clubs.
Marsh's talents with watercolors and observational abilities landed him a job with The Daily News, where he documented the city's bustling activities. His dedication to portraying the energy and excitement of city life has made him a celebrated figure in American art.
13. Andrew Wyeth (1917-2009)
Andrew Wyeth (1917-2009) was an accomplished watercolor master who started painting with this medium at a young age, guided by his father, the renowned illustrator N.C Wyeth. At the age of 20, he had his first solo exhibition of watercolor paintings, which sold out.
This success propelled his career forward, and he began to experiment with other mediums such as egg tempera. Despite his success, Wyeth continued to create watercolors inspired by solitary walks in his hometown of Chadds Ford.
14. Antonio Calderara (1903-1978)
Antonio Calderara, a self-taught modernist painter from Italy, was a skilled craftsman and graphic designer in addition to his artistic pursuits. His artistic style was heavily influenced by modernist artists like Mondrian and Albers, which is evident in his use of non-representational imagery and geometric abstraction.
Calderara's paintings are characterized by color fields and graphic elements, such as lines and geometric shapes. He is renowned for his minimalist and refined approach to art, which blends simplicity and sophistication in a unique way.
His work showcases an extraordinary blend of geometric precision, abstract forms, and a range of colors that combine to create a mesmerizing effect. His art is known for its clean, uncluttered design, a signature style that demonstrates his mastery of geometric abstraction.
15. Tracy Emin
Tracy Emin, while not primarily a watercolor artist, has a considerable number of watercolor pieces in her body of work. Her art is heavily influenced by her personal experiences, and her watercolor collections often reflect emotional and poignant themes.
Her Abortion series from 1990, which falls under the category of confessionary art, depicts her personal and collective struggles. In 1999, Emin was nominated for the Turner Prize and to keep up with Emin's latest work, you can follow her as she creates in her new studio.
16. Sukran Moral
Sukran Moral is a renowned Turkish watercolor artist who fearlessly delves into the cultural inequalities prevalent in modern society. Her watercolor depictions address various issues, such as mental health, immigration, transsexuality, and prostitution.
In her work, she also confronts the influence of religion on the suppression of women in Turkey. Sukran Moral's Instagram page offers a glimpse into her insightful and captivating creations, which challenge viewers to contemplate critical topics.
17. Dima Rebus
Dima Rebus, a young artist from Russia, delves into the darker side of watercolor painting, creating surrealistic and eerie compositions that straddle the border between reality and fantasy.
His pieces often feature people caught in haunting scenarios and are accompanied by wry and playful titles that offer a critique of modern life. Rebus has provided illustrations for various publishers and magazines, including National Geographic's Saints & Strangers film. On his website, visitors can appreciate the fine nuances and intricate details of Rebus' work.
18. Nadine Faraj
Nadine Faraj's abstract watercolor paintings offer a unique perspective on the age-old topic of sex as an artistic expression. Through her technique of splattering, spilling, and washing watercolors onto the canvas, Faraj creates a sense of movement that brings her nude figures to life. Faraj's work portrays erotic scenes, as well as a representation of naked bodies existing in their own right.
Her paintings capture the raw humanity of sexuality in a sensual and sensitive manner. Her works can be found globally, recognized for their distinct portrayal of sex and sexuality.
For those interested in exploring more of Nadine Faraj's artwork, her website provides access to her collection.
19. Ekaterina Smirnova
Ekaterina Smirnova is an accomplished American artist with a specialization in the domain of watercolor painting. Her area of operation is in Seattle and she is well-known for her remarkably intricate large-scale watercolor paintings that serve as an inspiration from the realms of space, science, and technology.
These paintings, which are often as tall as 2.5 meters, are created using a combination of spray, wiping, washing, and splashing techniques with a large brush on textured paper.
Tip
Furthermore, she regularly stretches the boundaries of traditional watercolor painting by incorporating electronic elements into her works. To stay up-to-date with the latest developments regarding Smirnova's artistic endeavors, you can visit her website.
Famous Watercolor Artists FAQs
Who are some of the famous watercolor artists?
There are many famous watercolor artists, including John Singer Sargent, Winslow Homer, J.M.W. Turner, Paul Cezanne, Claude Monet, Georgia O’Keeffe, John Marin, Edward Hopper, Andrew Wyeth, David Hockney, and many more.
Which are some of the famous watercolor paintings?
Some famous watercolor paintings include
John Singer Sargent’s “Carnation, Lily, Lily, Rose”
Winslow Homer’s “The Gulf Stream”
Paul Cezanne’s “Mont Sainte-Victoire”
Claude Monet’s “Water Lilies”
Georgia O’Keeffe’s “Red Poppy”
John Marin’s “Movement, New York”
Edward Hopper’s “The Lighthouse at Two Lights”
Andrew Wyeth’s “Christina’s World.”
Who are some of the most famous medieval watercolor artists?
Some of the most famous medieval watercolor artists include Hildegard of Bingen, Jean Fouquet, and Albrecht Dürer.
Conclusion
From the famous watercolor paintings of the middle ages to the works of today's most influential watercolor artists, there is always something new and exciting to discover in the world of watercolor for art lovers.
Be it Albrecht Dürer’s inspiring art to Georgia O'Keeffe’s unique style, these artists have contributed to the evolution of watercolor painting. In fact, they have inspired other famous artists to experiment and push the boundaries of the medium.
Today, artists like Tracy Emin, Sukran Moral, Dima Rebus, Nadine Faraj, and Ekaterina Smirnova continue to use watercolors to create unique and captivating works of art, showcasing the enduring popularity of this beloved medium.
In this article, I’ll delve deep into the fascinating world of watercolor brushes, exploring the different types available and discovering the unique qualities each one can bring to your painting. So, let's get ready to elevate your artwork to the next level!
Picture this: you're a watercolor artist, the paint palette is laid out in front of you, and you're ready to start painting. But wait, what brush are you going to use?
The type of paintbrush you select can make all the difference in the final outcome of your artwork.
So, join me as we explore the fascinating world of watercolor brushes and discover the diverse array of options available to elevate your painting to the next level.
Importance of Choosing the Right Watercolor Brush
Choosing the right brush for painting is crucial for achieving the desired effect and bringing your artwork to life. The type of brush you use can greatly affect the texture, line quality, and overall outcome of your painting.
Using the wrong brush can result in frustration and disappointment. For example, I love using a round brush for delicate washes and a flat brush for bold, expressive strokes that add depth and dimension to my work.
Choosing the right brush is not just about technique, but also about exploring your creativity and pushing the boundaries of what you thought was possible. It can also help you develop your own painting style and methods.
The right brush can help you create different effects, such as soft washes, bold strokes, and intricate details. It can also help you control the flow of paint, creating a wide range of textures and gradations.
So, next time you're selecting a brush, take some time to consider the type of painting you want to create and the effects you want to achieve. Experiment with different shapes to find the ones that work best for you. Remember, the right brush can make all the difference in your watercolor or acrylic painting journey!
If you're anything like me, you know that not all watercolor brushes are created equal! Personally, I've found that the shape of a brush can make all the difference in the final outcome of my paintings. In fact, in this section, I'd love to share with you the different types of wash brushes based on shape and how I use them to create various effects in my artwork.
A. Round Brushes
Round brushes are perhaps the most commonly used type of brush for watercolor painting. I love how they come in various sizes, from tiny #0 to large #24, giving me the flexibility to create fine details or broad strokes and washes.
The size of the round brush you choose depends on the size of the area you want to cover and the amount of detail you want to achieve. Smaller round brushes are ideal for fine details, while larger brushes are great for creating broad strokes and washes.
One of my favorite techniques to use with a round brush is creating a graded wash. It's amazing how a simple brushstroke with a round brush can help me achieve a smooth transition from light to dark tones.
Round brushes can be used for different painting techniques, such as wet-on-wet, dry brush, and glazing. To create a wet-on-wet effect, load your round brush with a lot of paint and water and apply it to wet watercolor paper. The paint will spread and blend with the water, creating a soft and diffused effect. For a dry brush effect, use a round brush with very little water and more paint to create a rough, textured surface.
Round brushes are also great for creating lines, dots, and other details. To create a sharp line, use the pointy tip of a small round brush and apply light pressure. For thicker lines or dots, use the belly of the brush and apply more pressure.
Pros
Versatile
Good for blending
Good for the wet-on-wet technique
Cons
Limited to certain brush shapes
Can be difficult to control
Can leave brush marks
Of course, like any tool, round brushes have their pros and cons. While they are versatile and great for blending, they can be difficult to control and leave brush marks. Despite these drawbacks, I still believe that round brushes are an indispensable part of any watercolor artist's toolkit.
B. Flat Brushes
Flat brushes have a unique shape that sets them apart from round brushes. As the name suggests, they have a flat brush ferrule and bristles that are arranged in a rectangular shape. They come in different sizes, ranging from 0.25 to 2 inches.
I love using flat brushes when painting landscapes, as they make it easy to create sweeping, broad strokes that capture the essence of a scene. They are also great for applying washes to large areas. You can use the edge of the brush to create thin lines or the flat surface to make wide marks.
They are versatile and can be used for a variety of painting techniques. They work well for both wet and dry brush techniques, and you can use them for blending colors together. They are especially useful for painting landscapes and backgrounds.
One downside to flat brushes is that they can be a bit slow when it comes to painting small details. If you're looking to paint details, you may want to consider using other brushes in addition to a flat brush.
Pros
Ideal for creating bold, broad strokes
Great for filling in large areas
Can be used for a variety of techniques
Cons
Not as versatile as round brushes
Can be harder to clean
Can be difficult to control
Flat brushes are like the Hulk of the watercolor world. A flat brush is big, bold, and perfect for creating strong, wider strokes. Plus, with a variety of brush sizes available, you can use them for everything from washes to details.
But, like the Hulk, they're not always the most precise, so you may need to supplement your collection with some smaller brushes for those delicate details. Overall, flat brushes are a must-have for any watercolor artist looking to add some power to their painting.
C. Filbert Brushes
Alright, let's talk about Filbert brushes! These brushes have an oval shape that comes to a fine point at the end. They are available in a range of sizes, from 0.125 inches to 2 inches.
The Filbert brush is great for watercolor painting because it can be used for a variety of techniques. You can use it to create rounded edges, blend colors together, and paint small details.
One of my favorite things about Filbert brushes is how they can create soft edges that add a gentle touch to a painting. If you're using a natural hair brush, sable hair or Kolinsky sable-hair brush will give you the best results. Synthetic filbert brushes are also a good choice, especially if you're on a budget.
One technique that many watercolor artists use with a Filbert brush is to create foliage or trees. The filbert brush's shape allows you to create leaves and branches with ease. Its good point and versatile shape also make it ideal for creating continuous lines and linear strokes.
Pros
Blends colors well
Creates soft edges
Creates organic brushstrokes
Cons
Not suitable for sharp details
Can be difficult to control
Add a splash of creativity to your watercolor paintings with Filbert brushes!
D. Fan Brushes
Fan brushes are named after their distinctive fan-shaped bristles, which are spread out in a fan formation. The bristles of a fan brush are typically made of natural or synthetic fibers, such as hog hair, and they can vary in brush size from very small to quite large.
There are many different sizes of fan brushes available, ranging from 0.25 inches to 4 inches. The size of the watercolor brush you choose will depend on the size of the area you are painting and the effect you want to achieve. Smaller fan brushes are great for detailing and adding texture, while larger fan brushes are ideal for covering larger areas and creating broader strokes.
Fan brushes are extremely versatile and can be used for a variety of painting techniques. One common use for fan brushes is for blending colors together, especially in landscape painting. I love using fan brushes to create organic-looking foliage and soft cloud formations. You can achieve this texture by lightly dabbing the brush onto the surface of the painting, which creates a stippled effect.
Another technique that fan brushes are great for is dry brushing. Dry brushing involves using a brush with very little paint on it to create a rough, scratchy texture on the surface of the painting. Fan brushes are perfect for this because their shape allows you to create both thin and thick lines with ease.
Pros
Easy blending
A diverse range of sizes
Texture creation
Cons
Limited precision
Shedding over time
Not suitable for all painting styles
Why settle for a flat painting when you can add depth, dimension, and life to your artwork with a fan brush? Just be careful of shedding over time, and you'll be a fan of fan brushes in no time!
E. Mop Brushes
If you're looking to create beautiful, large washes of color in your watercolor paintings, then the mop brush is a must-have tool in your art supplies collection. Mop brushes have a round, bulbous shape that ends in a pointy tip, with a soft and absorbent head made of either natural or synthetic hair fibers.
Mop brushes come in a range of sizes, typically from 1 inch to 4 inches, with larger sizes suitable for creating broad washes and smaller sizes ideal for more detailed work. They are also available in different hair types, including synthetic hair fibers and natural hairs like Kolinsky sable and Squirrel.
To use a mop brush, wet the brush head in clean water and then gently blot it on a paper towel to remove excess water. Dip the brush into your paint and apply it to the paper in broad, sweeping strokes. The soft, fluffy head of the mop brush allows it to hold a lot of water and paint, making it perfect for creating large, smooth washes of color.
When I paint with mop brushes, I feel like I'm working with a magical tool that brings my paintings to life. The softness and flow of the brush allow me to create beautiful, flowing washes of color that add depth and dimension to my artwork. I particularly love using them for painting landscapes or creating ethereal effects in my paintings, like mist or fog.
Pros
Can blend colors
Unique texture and flow
Soft washes of color
Holds lots of water
Cons
Less versatile
Soft edges
Difficult detailing
With their unique texture and ability to create beautiful, soft washes of color, mop brushes are a must-have for any watercolor artist looking to create a dreamy and ethereal effect in their paintings.
F. Rigger Brushes
Rigger brushes, also known as liner brushes, are a type of brush with a long, thin shape and a pointed tip. The shape of the brush is similar to a round brush but with longer bristles. The length and shape of the bristles make them ideal for creating thin, precise lines and details.
Rigger brushes are available in different sizes, ranging from 1 inch to 4 inches or even more, with larger sizes available for broader strokes and smaller sizes for finer details. The watercolor brush sizes are measured in millimeters and are usually indicated by a number.
Rigger brushes can be used for a variety of painting techniques, including watercolor, acrylic, and oil painting. I find these brushes especially useful for linear strokes, fine points, and washes. The results are always so impressive, and I find myself reaching for my rigger brushes more often than not.
To use a rigger brush, it is important to hold the brush near the end of the handle to achieve the best control. Dip the brush in water and then in the paint. Start with light pressure to create a fine line, and increase pressure for a thicker line.
Rigger brushes can be made with different types of hair, including synthetic fibers and natural hairs such as sable hair and kolinsky sable. Professional artists usually prefer brushes made from natural hair as they are more flexible, retain their shape better, and hold more water and pigment. However, synthetic brushes are also a great option for those looking for more affordable and durable brushes.
Pros
Precise lines
Different sizes
Quality brushes
Cons
Expensive brushes
Delicate hairs
Maintenance required
Overall, rigger brushes can be a valuable addition to your brush collection, particularly if you enjoy painting fine details and lines. However, they may not be the best choice for all painting styles or budgets.
G. Detail Brushes
Detail brushes are used for creating precise and intricate details in paintings. They come in different brush shapes, including round, pointed, and flat, and various sizes ranging from 00 to 10 or higher.
When choosing a detail brush, consider the type of paint you will be using. Synthetic brushes work well with acrylic paints, while natural hair brushes like goat and weasel hair are better for oil watercolor paints. Some popular brands for detail brushes include Winsor & Newton and Raphael.
To use a detail brush, hold it towards the end of the handle for maximum control and apply gentle pressure. Use fluid strokes to create thin lines and small details, such as fur or texture.
Pros
Precise detailed work
Great for small areas
Versatile brush sizes
Cons
Not suitable for broad strokes
Not ideal for large areas
Get ready to take your painting skills to the next level with the perfect detail brush! These little wonders are a must-have for any artist looking to add fine lines and intricate details to their work. With a variety of sizes and brands available, you're sure to find the perfect one to suit your needs. So go ahead and invest in a quality brush. Trust me, your artwork will thank you for it!
Types of Watercolor Brushes Based On Materials
Let's talk about the different types of brushes based on the materials used in their bristles:
A. Natural Hair Brushes
These brushes are made from animal hair, like Kolinsky Sable, and are known for their high quality and sharp point. They come in different brush shapes, including round, flat, and wash brushes. They can be expensive, but if you're serious about watercolor painting, they're definitely worth the investment.
B. Synthetic Brushes
These brushes are made from synthetic fibers and are generally more affordable than natural hair brushes. They come in different shapes and sizes and are perfect for beginners or those on a budget. They can be used for both detail work and larger washes. Synthetic brushes can be a good choice for beginners or those on a budget.
C. Blend Brushes
These brushes are a combination of natural and synthetic bristles and offer the best of both worlds. They come with the softness and absorbency of natural hair and the durability of synthetic hair. Overall, these brushes can be a great choice for artists who want a high-quality brush without a high price tag.
Investing in good point brushes is always worth it, but you don't necessarily need to break the bank. Check out online art supplies stores for a wide range of good brushes at different price points. And if you're looking to improve your skills, you can learn from a free course, there are plenty of them available online.
So there you have it, the different types of watercolor brushes based on materials.
Best Brush Techniques For Creating Realistic Watercolor Portraits
Creating realistic watercolor portraits can be a challenging task, but with the right brush techniques, you can achieve stunning results.
Layering is one of my favorite techniques to use when painting watercolor portraits. By layering thin washes of paint, you can create depth and dimension in your portrait. Use a round brush to apply the washes, starting with lighter colors and gradually building up to darker ones. A watercolor brush size chart can be a helpful tool for both beginners and experienced artists to choose the right brush for a specific task or effect.
Another important technique is blending. To achieve a smooth transition between colors, use a flat brush to blend the edges of your washes. Be sure to use a clean, damp brush to avoid creating muddy colors.
Another technique that can add depth and dimension to your watercolor portraits is using a combination of different watercolor brush sizes. By using brushes of different sizes, you can create a range of brushstrokes and textures that can bring your portraits to life.
For example, start with a larger brush to create a broad wash of color for the background. Then, switch to a smaller brush to add more detail and texture to the subject's hair types, clothing, and facial features. This can create a sense of depth and make your portraits more visually interesting.
Finally, adding those fine details with small brushes is the finishing touch that can bring the portrait to life. It can be a bit nerve-wracking to add those details, but it's always worth it in the end. I've found that taking my time and being patient is the key to creating fine details that truly make the portrait shine.
Keeping Your Brushes in Top Shape
To keep your watercolor brushes in top condition and extend their lifespan, proper care and cleaning are essential. After each painting session, rinse your brushes thoroughly with clean water to remove any excess paint. Gently reshape the brush heads and let them air dry completely before storing.
For deeper cleaning, use a mild soap or brush cleaner specifically designed for watercolor brushes. Avoid using hot water or harsh solvents, as this can damage the bristles and affect the brush's performance.
When storing your brushes, make sure they are completely dry to prevent the growth of mold or mildew. Avoid storing brushes upright, as this can cause the bristles to bend or become misshapen. Instead, store them flat or with the bristles facing down to help maintain their shape.
It's also a good idea to invest in a protective case or roll to keep your brushes organized and prevent them from getting damaged during storage or transport. By taking proper care of your brushes, you can ensure they stay in top condition for years to come and continue to produce beautiful works of art.
Types Of Brushes For Watercolor FAQs
How do I choose the right style of brush for my painting?
To choose the right brush for your painting, consider the size and shape needed for your desired effect.
What are the differences between synthetic and natural hair brushes for watercolor?
Synthetic brushes are durable and affordable, while natural hair brushes offer greater absorbency and a softer touch.
What are the benefits and drawbacks of using a flat brush vs. a round brush for watercolor?
Flat ones are ideal for washes and wider strokes, while round brushes are great for detail work and finer lines.
How do I care for and clean my wash brushes?
Clean your wash brushes with warm water and soap after each use. Gently reshape the bristles and allow them to dry fully before storing them.
Can I use any wash brush for watercolor, or do I need a specific type?
It’s best to use watercolor brushes, as they are designed for the unique qualities of watercolor paint.
How do I achieve different effects with different types of wash brushes?
Experiment with the size, shape, and bristle type to create different effects. Different wash brushes can be used for various techniques, such as wet-on-wet, dry brush, and glazing.
Can I mix different types of brushes in the same painting?
Yes, using different brush types can create interesting textures and effects in your painting.
What are some common mistakes beginners make when looking for brushes?
Some beginners choose brushes based on money rather than quality, or they choose the wrong size or shape for their desired technique.
Final Thoughts
As any watercolor artist knows, the right brush can make or break a painting. The feeling of selecting the perfect brush and watching it effortlessly glide across the page is one of the most satisfying aspects of watercolor painting.
But with so many options available, it can be overwhelming to select the best watercolor brushes for your specific needs. From the shape and size to the material, each brush offers a unique experience and result. Therefore, it's important to explore the various types of brushes and their characteristics to make an informed decision.
So, grab your favorite brush and let your creativity flow with the perfect tool in hand! Remember, it's not just about the brush but the artist behind it that brings a painting to life.
Round brushes are great for creating detail and making thin lines, while flat brushes are helpful for broad strokes and sharp edges. Fan brushes are perfect for blending or creating texture, and Filbert brushes have a rounded edge that creates soft, blended strokes.
Choosing the right watercolor brush is crucial for creating a masterpiece. Brush sizes range from 000 to 24, but the numbering system may vary among brands. Beyond size, the shape of the brush impacts the type of stroke it creates, and there are different shapes such as round, flat, filbert, mop, fan, and dagger.
In this guide, I explain the different brush types most artists need and how to use a watercolor brush size chart.
Watercolor painting is an art form that demands a range of brush shapes to achieve diverse techniques and effects. Whilst round and flat brushes are the two most popular brushes employed by artists, as proficiency increases, it is advantageous to have access to a variety of good brushes.
It is a sophisticated art form requiring a comprehensive understanding of many factors to create a remarkable masterpiece. And among the several crucial elements is the selection of watercolor brush types, which come in a wide range of shapes, sizes, and hair types.
Before using brushes, you must acquaint yourself with the various dimensions and meanings. The numbering system employed for brush sizes may be confusing, but understanding it is essential. Brush sizes range from 000, the smallest size, to 24, the largest. However, note the numbering system may vary among different brands, so it is crucial to refer to the brand's size chart to ensure you are selecting the appropriate brush.
In addition to the brush sizes mentioned above, there are various other brushes that you may require for watercolor painting. It is advisable to have at least three round brushes of different sizes, as they are the most commonly used in watercolor painting.
1. Round Brushes
The round brush is the most versatile brush and is perfect for washes, broad strokes, and finer details. It comes in diverse shapes and sizes, making it suitable for various applications.
2. Flat Brushes
Flat brushes create broad linear strokes and lay-down washes, ideal for creating crisp or straight edges. The wash brush is also comparable to a flat brush but is much broader and ideal for effortlessly laying down large areas of washes.
3. Large Brushes
Large brushes such as the mop brush are advantageous for watercolor painting. The mop brush is a thick-bellied brush that can hold significant water and pigment, making it beneficial for washes. While it only sometimes has a fine point, the more expensive ones do.
4. Rigger brush
The rigger brush, a round brush with long hair and a fine point, is perfect for long lines, scrollwork, and other fine details. Despite its small size, it can hold a good amount of water. Lastly, the angled brush, resembling a flat brush with an angled shape, helps paint sharp corners, edges, and curved strokes. It is also beneficial for flat washes.
5. Filbert brush
The filbert brush is another flat brush with an oval shape that can be useful for blending. Its rounded head makes it helpful in painting soft round edges such as the petals of flowers. The cat's tongue brush is a two-in-one, flat brush with a fine and pointy tip, just like a cat's tongue! The fan brush is also flat but has widely spread hair fanning in a semi-circle shape, making it great for creating textural effects.
6. Spotter brush
The spotter brush is a detail paintbrush with fine and short hair, making it useful for small and minute detail work. It is also used as a "retouching" brush for minor corrections. The hake brush is originally from Japan and is similar to a wash brush, wide and great for painting big swatches of washes.
Things To Note
Watercolor brushes have smaller and shorter handles than those used for oil and acrylic painting. Most watercolor artists like to work on smaller-sized paintings, which requires them to work closely on the paper or surface.
Holding the brush at the ferrule provides optimum control and balance, so a long and heavy handle is not recommended. When deciding on a watercolor brush, it is essential to consider factors beyond just its size. The shape of the brush significantly impacts the type of stroke it creates, which in turn affects the overall texture and appearance of the painting.
Along with the brushes, other art supplies, such as the paint palette, should also be considered to achieve the best results.
A watercolor brush can be found in various sizes and shapes, each designed for different purposes. As a beginner, it can be overwhelming to decide which brush to use for a particular painting. This is where a watercolor brush size chart comes in handy.
A brush size chart is a useful tool for selecting suitable watercolor brushes for your artwork. The chart provides a visual representation of different brush sizes and shapes, allowing you to choose the appropriate brush for specific areas of your painting.
To use the chart, first identify the type of brush you need, such as a round, flat, or filbert. Then, use the chart to compare the sizes of brushes within that category. Generally, larger brushes are best for painting broad strokes and washes, while smaller brushes are ideal for fine details and delicate lines.
By using a brush size chart to select your watercolor brushes, you can ensure that you have the right tools for your artistic vision. Watercolor painting is a delicate and intricate art form that requires skill, patience, and the right tools.
Tip
When selecting a brush size, consider the size of your painting and the level of detail you want to achieve. A smaller brush may be more appropriate for intricate work, while a larger brush can cover more area quickly.
Tips for Using Watercolor Brushes
Watercolor brushes are essential tools for any artist working with watercolor paints. However, to get the best results from your brushes, it is essential to use them correctly and take good care of them.
Here are some tips for using watercolor brushes:
1. Choose The Right Brush
Watercolor brushes come in various sizes and shapes, each designed for a specific purpose. There are some common shapes such as round, flat, etc. For instance, a round brush is ideal for creating fine details, while a flat brush is great for laying down large washes. Choose a brush that fits the task at hand.
2. Wet Your Brush
Before dipping your brush into the paint, it is essential to wet it first to help the paint flow more smoothly and evenly.
3. Mix Your Paint
Dip your brush into the paint, then mix it on the palette to create the desired color and consistency.
4. Use The Right Amount Of Water
Watercolor paints require a delicate balance of water and pigment. More water will make the paint too thin and runny, while more water will make it too thick and difficult to work with. Experiment with different ratios of water and paint until you find the right balance.
5. Clean Your Brushes
After each use, rinse your brushes thoroughly with water to remove any excess paint. Use a mild soap or brush cleaner to remove stubborn stains.
6. Store Your Brushes Properly
When not using them, store them upright in a jar or brush holder. Avoid leaving them in a water cup or letting them rest on their bristles, as this can damage the brushes.
7. Keep Your Brushes In Good Condition
To keep your brushes in good condition, avoid using them to stir paint and refrain from applying excessive pressure when painting. If the bristles become frayed or damaged, trim them with scissors or replace the brushes altogether.
8. Use A Variety Of Brush Strokes
Experiment with different brush strokes to create different effects. Try dry brushing, splattering, or stippling to add texture and depth to your paintings.
Watercolor Brush Size Chart FAQs
How do I use a watercolor brush size chart?
A watercolor brush size chart is a handy reference tool for artists to quickly identify and choose the appropriate brush size for their painting. Match the brush sizes on the chart to the actual size of the brush you plan to use.
What are the benefits of using a watercolor brush size chart?
Using a watercolor brush size chart helps artists to save time, choose the right brush for the job, and avoid mistakes such as using a brush that is too large or small for the desired effect.
How can I make my watercolor brush size chart?
To make your watercolor brush size chart, gather your brushes and arrange them in size order. Then, use a ruler to measure each brush and write down the size next to it. You can design a chart on white paper or use a spreadsheet on your computer.
Are there any tips for choosing the right brush size for my painting?
Consider the size of the area you want to paint, the level of detail you want to achieve, and the techniques you plan to use. Generally, smaller brushes are better for detailed work, while bigger brushes are better for covering large areas.
What is the difference between a round and flat brush?
Round brushes with a pointed tip are ideal for creating fine lines, details, and curves. Flat brushes have a rectangular tip and are better for covering large areas, creating washes, and straight edges.
Can I use the same brush size for different techniques in watercolor painting?
You can use the same brush size for different techniques, but the results may vary depending on the available painting area and the level of detail you want to achieve.
Selecting the appropriate watercolor brush is crucial for creating exceptional artwork. Consideration should be given to factors such as brush size, shape, hair type, and personal style.
A watercolor brush size chart can be helpful for beginners and experienced artists to make the right choice. Moreover, by caring for and using brushes correctly, experimenting with different strokes or techniques, and selecting the right brush for the job, you can achieve beautiful results.
You can use a kneaded eraser by molding it into a shape that suits your needs and then lightly dabbing it over the required area. A kneaded eraser can be used to lighten certain sections of your artwork. It is also used for blending, creating textures, and enhancing highlights. Make sure to clean it first for the best results.
Erasers are an artist’s best friend. They help rectify the mistakes that might degrade the quality of your artwork. However, what if such tools did more than simply erasing the flaws of your art piece?
A kneading eraser is a versatile tool that can help you create and erase a variety of elements in your artwork. It can also assist you in carrying out several drawing techniques, and it is available in most art supply stores.
But how can an eraser establish all these tasks? And even if it does, how can you use it as a beginner? In this article, I will be taking you through the answers to such questions. Let’s begin!
The primary function of a kneaded eraser is to assist you in erasing small and precise details of your sketches. However, you should keep a few things in mind before you start using this drawing tool, such as:
1. What To Look For In A Kneaded Eraser?
A. Quality
When it comes to purchasing any art supply, quality should be a determining factor. Hence, while buying a new kneaded eraser you should ensure that it is soft and does not leave residue of eraser bits behind after application.
B. Size
Depending on the size of your sketch, you might need different sizes of kneaded erasers. You should also ensure that eraser size is comfortable for you to hold.
2. How To Prepare Your Kneaded Erasers?
A. Clean Them Before Application
To ensure that your putty eraser is working to its full potential, you should always clean it before application. To do so, knead your eraser until it becomes softer. Next, rub it on a clean surface. This will remove any form of dirty buildup on the eraser.
B. Shape Them For Better Results
The next step in the preparation of kneaded erasers is shaping them. Since such erasers are softer and pliable, you will be able to mold them in a pointy shape to erase precise elements of your artwork.
Basic Techniques For Using A Kneaded Eraser
The best way to get started with a kneadable eraser is to practice the basic techniques of its application. Here are four such techniques that you can consider trying out:
Sometimes, we end up shading certain sections darker than they should ideally be. To deal with this, take a kneaded eraser ball and press it gently on the area of graphite or charcoal that you wish to lift. Then, lift the eraser off the paper. You can repeat this process multiple times until the intensity of color is absorbed and you’re happy with the shade on your sketch.
A kneadable eraser makes the process of making transitions in charcoal and graphite sketches easier. All you need to do is use techniques like feathering or smudging to create a blended effect between two shades.
Tip
Make sure to not overblend.
It is strongly advised that you only press the eraser lightly and use small circular motions to achieve any specific effects.
You can also create textures by dabbing the eraser gently on the required section of your sketch. For instance, you can dab on a specific region of your artwork to create a stippled effect. You may also create a layered texture by applying and then erasing a layer of mediums, such as graphite or charcoal in various sections of your art piece.
To create highlights using a kneaded eraser, mold it in such a way that it has a pointy end. Press this pointy end on the section of your sketch where you wish to create highlights gently.
A kneadable eraser can help you create and enhance fine details in your artwork easily. All you need to do is warm up and shape the eraser in a pointy or sharply-edged form. Then, using a dabbing motion, you can gently lighten certain sections to intensify the details.
There is a variety of erasing tools on the market, and you should never shy away from experimenting with them all! To step up the level of your erasing game, you can consider combining a kneadable eraser with other materials, such as electric erasers. This would help you create a spectrum of erasing effects.
2. Layering And Building Up Values
Depth and dimensions can make or break your artwork. Using a kneaded eraser, dab on the specific regions of your sketch that need highlights.
Then, you can add a layer of graphite over them to create a wide range of values in your art piece. You can also learn how to use watercolor pencils to create colorful lights and shadows using this technique.
3. Creating Different Effects And Textures
The versatile nature, flexible surface, ductility of a kneaded eraser together make it a very useful art tool. You can use it to create various types of effects and textures by combining a few basic techniques, such as blending and highlighting.
You can use kneaded erasers to create bold and bright highlights. To do so, you should mold your kneadable eraser into a pointy shape. Using its pointy tip, dab on the region you wish to create highlights until its brightness levels suit your needs. You can then blend out the lines around this section to create a more blended look.
Use A Kneaded Eraser FAQs
What are the advantages of using a kneaded eraser over other types of erasers?
One of the biggest advantages of using a kneaded eraser over other types of erasers is that it can be molded to fit your needs better. For instance, if you need to erase a certain small section of your artwork – you can easily mold the kneaded eraser into a smaller and pointed shape to erase it precisely.
Another benefit of using a kneaded eraser includes its ability to help you create highlights. All you need to do is dab the pointy end of your new eraser over the region you wish to create highlights on. It can also help you create sharp edges. Overall, the versatility of a kneaded eraser makes it a much better tool than its alternatives like plastic erasers.
How do I prepare a kneaded eraser for use?
The best way to prepare a kneaded eraser for use is to start by cleaning it. Once you remove all the dirt and buildup from it, the eraser will work much more efficiently. Next, shape it in such a way that you can easily rub off your mistakes as precisely as possible.
What types of media can I use a kneaded eraser with?
Kneaded erasers can work with any type of media, be it chalk, charcoal, or graphite. You can also use these erasers with drawing materials, such as watercolor pencils and pastel colors from brands like Prismacolor and Faber-Castell.
How do I use a kneaded eraser to erase pencil marks?
To erase pencil marks using a kneaded eraser, take a small portion of your eraser and knead it until you soften it. Then, gently dab the eraser over the marks that you need to erase.
Another good way of going about this process would be to roll it very gently on the pencil marks to erase them. If you rub the kneaded eraser too roughly on your paper, it might damage your sketch by tearing the paper.
How do I clean and maintain my kneaded eraser?
The best way to clean your kneaded eraser is to rub it on a clean surface before using it on your artwork. This will ensure that all forms of dust, dirt, and residue of eraser bits are removed.
You can easily maintain a kneaded eraser by storing it in a dry and clean plastic bag. Also, avoid using it on oily surfaces to prevent damage. And to make them last longer, you should consider not sharing such erasers with others.
Are there any tips or tricks for using a kneaded eraser effectively?
One of the best tricks to use a kneaded eraser effectively is by applying different levels of pressure on it during use. Doing so will help you create a wide variety of textures and effects, and also assist you in understanding what suits your style the best.
Can a kneaded eraser be reused indefinitely, or does it eventually lose its effectiveness?
While a kneaded eraser lasts way longer than natural rubber erasers, it cannot be reused indefinitely and will eventually lose its effectiveness over time. Kneaded erasers might not necessarily wear out like pencil erasers, but over time they keep absorbing the medium (charcoal, graphite, etc.) that they are rubbed on.
Once they reach their saturation point, they will start leaving marks on your paper instead of removing them. This is when they completely lose their efficacy.
Are there any precautions I should take when using a kneaded eraser with certain types of media or surfaces?
Whenever you use an eraser on mediums such as charcoal, chalk, graphite or pastel, you should dab it as gently as possible on the surface of your artwork because they get smudged easily.
You should also be careful while using a kneaded eraser on a smooth surface, since it may leave behind some residue. Kneaded erasers may also whiten your paper a bit, which might be a problem if you’re using a dark paper. Hence, it is best if you test the application of a kneaded eraser on a small part of the dark sheet beforehand.
A kneaded eraser is a great tool to go for if you are looking to upscale your artwork. It can be molded into different shapes and sizes to suit your erasing needs in the best ways possible. You can also use it for blending, creating transitions, and enhancing highlights in your sketches.
Kneaded erasers can be used to create different kinds of textures and sharpen edges too. You can combine such erasers with other erasing materials as well to create a plethora of designs and modes of application.
By experimenting with different pressures and techniques, you can create your way of using kneaded erasers.
So, feel free to use this tool as creatively as you want to. Now that your doubt about how to use a kneaded eraser is answered, let your artistic abilities get to work!
Watercolor pencils are a unique medium of art that combines traditional watercolor painting and drawing, helping you achieve the best of both worlds. With the right tools and paper, you can experiment with various techniques using watercolor pencils, such as wet-on-wet, dry-on-wet, dry-on-dry, etc.
Although similar to regular colored pencils, watercolor pencils use a water-soluble binder (material) to hold the compounds in watercolor paint instead of non-water soluble oil or wax. The watercolor paints are encased in a pencil form that can be sharpened to create beautiful pencil strokes.
Moreover, the water-soluble binder makes it easy to glide the pencils over wet paper, but they’re quite difficult to use without water. So, it requires a certain understanding regarding how watercolor pencils work to achieve a seamless blend to enhance the fine details in your work of art.
Therefore, we’ve curated a step-by-step guide to introduce you to different watercolor pencil techniques and how to use them to create beautiful art. Read on!
Watercolor Pencil vs Watercolor Paint
So, you might be wondering - are watercolor pencils simply watercolor paint in pencil form? Well, not exactly. They are closely related media but use different techniques and require different supplies to achieve intense color. That’s why mastering the art of watercolor pencil doesn’t guarantee mastery over painting and vice versa.
However, these two media complement each other very well. You can enhance watercolor paintings by using a watercolor pencil tip to add detail. Similarly, you can improve pencil drawings by creating a background using traditional watercolor paints and a wet brush while drawing the subject with colored pencils.
Watercolor painting is one of the most difficult methods of painting, but watercolor pencil drawing can help you ease into this method. Unlike traditional colored pencils, these will help you understand how to work with pigment and water and how it moves across the watercolor paper.
The best watercolor pencils offer superior control compared to a wet brush - this benefit helps you add crisp lines or fine details, which might be difficult to achieve with a brush. Watercolor pencils also do better when it comes to adding a rough sketch (drawing) to a wet surface, unlike waterproof pens. Moreover, you can add texture to your work using simple pencil strokes since the watercolor pencil pigments provide a fine point while maintaining the watercolor effect.
Ordinary colored pencils are more difficult to work with due to their color being quite permanent, making it challenging to change the color intensity on wet watercolor paper. But as long as the surface is wet, the color applied with watercolor pencils can easily lighten or darken or mix with other colors using water and a brush. Using simple pencil lines, you can use watercolor pencils without water to take advantage of the sharp point and add better visual information.
And finally, watercolor pencils make little mess compared to other art media - all you need is a wet pencil, paper towel, water, and brush to get started.
Materials You Need
Watercolor pencil applications turn out best when you pair them with suitable supplies compatible with most watercolor pencil techniques. Here are the things you would require to help you get started.
1. Watercolor Pencils
If you’re a beginner, purchase a basic and affordable set with 12 watercolor pencils. While a set of 12 colored pencils might not give you a vast color range, you can blend them in layers or manipulate the color intensity to achieve various shades and textures. The beginner set watercolor pencils from Derwin can be a good fit.
If you’re an intermediary and have already worked with the basic 12 colors, you can purchase the Caran D’Ache Supracolor Watercolor pens (set of 30) for a better tonal range. These watercolor pencils provide softer watercolor pigment, making them more durable and blendable in the long run.
For professional and advanced artists with plenty of experience with watercolor paints, we recommend the Faber-Castell Albrecht Durer set, which includes 120 colored pencils. Such variety, coupled with the brand’s reputation for high-quality art supplies, will help you achieve optimal layering and blending results.
2. Watercolor Paper
Watercolor papers are often made from cotton and nylon to ensure even thickness and a glossy finish. When purchasing watercolor paper, always go for sturdy, thicker paper compared to traditional thinner papers in sketching pads.
This is because thin papers wrinkle very easily and absorb a lot of water - so it’s a big no for a water-soluble medium like watercolor pencils. Briefly speaking, you need to consider these two factors: texture and weight.
a. Texture
You can typically find watercolor paper in three textures: cold press, hot press, and rough texture. Some prefer cold pressed paper due to its ‘tooth’-y texture - most watercolor artists use this since it helps easily create texture in their art.
Meanwhile, the hot-press watercolor paper has a smoother finish and enough thickness to hold water without wrinkling. Moreover, hot-pressed paper absorbs water much slower than cold-press paper, so you can experiment with more pigment on wet paper.
Rough paper, as the name suggests, is similar to cold press paper but has more texture.
b. Weight
Manufacturers mention the weight of the paper, especially the high-grade and good-quality ones. The most commonly seen weights are 90 lb, 140 lb, and 300 lb. This ‘weight’ is calculated by measuring how much 500 pages weigh in total. And since the thickness of the paper contributes to the total weight, the higher the weight mentioned on the paper, the thicker it is.
3. Water Brush or Simple Paint Brush
When it comes to choosing a brush, we recommend starting with a normal paintbrush to get the feel of it while blending the pencil colors on the paper. However, if you don’t want to dip the brush in water too often to activate watercolor pencil applications, a water brush may be the right choice for you.
A medium-sized paintbrush (round 8 or 10) is multi-purpose since it can cover a large surface area, aiding in beautifully spreading color while its tip can enhance the pencil strokes. Moreover, flat and medium-sized brushes like these are suitable for creating a background and abstract color effects.
But if you are big on details and fine lines, we recommend keeping size two and four brushes in your inventory.
4. Paper Towels, And Masking or Washi Tape
Obviously, you’ll require plain water to activate a dry pencil and use different watercolor painting techniques on wet paper. But paper towels are also necessary for removing excess water and color from your water brush and paper.
We also recommend putting a border on watercolor paper using masking or washi tape before you begin drawing. This ensures you get a clean border and zero color leakage beyond it, giving your drawing a neat and professional look.
5. Pencil Sharpener
You’d need a good sharpener to spruce up your watercolor pencils when they become blunt to get fine pencil marks for easier drawing. However, you must be quite careful while choosing a sharpener since most watercolor pencils have quite soft tips that can break easily.
Some reliable watercolor pencil sharpeners we recommend are the Uni Color pencil sharpener (regular pencils) and the Kum No. 410 Magnesium (for larger Faber Castell pencils).
6. Optional Supplies
These materials aren’t compulsory for getting started with watercolor pencils, but they can make the process much easier and give you better results.
We recommend purchasing a good-quality graphite pencil (2B or 4B) for preliminary sketching. If you like ink rather than graphite, consider using waterproof pens for tracing outlines and creating bold, abstract art pieces.
Masking fluid is another optional supply that’s very convenient for blocking areas of the paper you don’t want to fill with color or want a relatively lighter color in. Applying a masking fluid is quite simple - you just have to paint it on the specific areas, let it dry, and color the rest. Then rub it off using an eraser when the artwork is complete.
Speaking of erasers, you wouldn’t want to miss out on kneaded erasers, which can be easily assembled and recycled - they are also great at erasing watercolor pencil marks.
Watercolor pencils are quite versatile regarding the different techniques and approaches you can take to get started. Here are the most common techniques you can experiment with:
1. Dry Pencil On Dry Paper
Most artists who heavily use watercolor pencils draw first on dry paper and then add water after or between each coloring stage to create an ombre effect.
To begin, start lightly drawing your subject with a graphite pencil or a watercolor pencil in the dominant color of your subject. For example, if you’re drawing an apple, the dominant color is red. Very subtly outline the areas you don’t want to color or want to fill with lighter colors. Then, start coloring your subject - from the lightest to the darkest color or shading.
Finally, dip your brush into water, and remove the excess water using a paper towel. Then, start gliding the wet brush over the area with the lightest color - you’ll see that the lighter shades will transform into vibrant colors when you add water. Remember to clean the brush and dip it in fresh water before starting with a new color to avoid unwanted blending or too many layers.
2. Dry Pencil On Wet Paper
Also known as the dry-on-wet technique, it requires you to brush a light coat of water on the watercolor paper to moisten it. Focus on the area you want to draw first instead of wetting the entire paper to avoid wrinkling and water spots.
Next, use a dry watercolor pencil and draw on the wet paper - you’ll see the same vibrant color as when you dip the pencil in water. The results last long in the dry-on-wet technique, and you won’t have to dip your pencil in the water continuously. But you must complete the drawing before the paper dries.
3. Wet Pencil On Dry Paper
This wet-on-dry technique is quite literally the opposite of the previous technique. Here, you need to dip the pencil tip directly into the water instead of using a brush to apply water to the paper. This will result in a bold, dark color, but this wet effect won’t last as long - in the end, you’ll get an effect similar to that of normal colored pencils.
Remember to dry your pencil tips with a paper towel to keep them in good condition.
4. Wet Pencil On Wet Paper
This wet-on-wet technique utilizes even more water. First, you’ll need to moisten the paper with a wet flat brush and then proceed with your drawing using wet pencil tips. You’ll need blurry lines, giving you the same effect as traditional watercolors. If you want varied texture and more vibrant pigment, this is the right technique.
5. Layering
Many art subjects call for layering techniques to achieve a gradient or ombre. There are two ways you can layer colors using the watercolor technique.
In the first method, you can apply one color, use water to activate it, wait until it’s dry, and then apply another color over it. This works like watercolor paints, where the underlying color pops through the second color to create a hue. However, it can also lead to harsh lines and visible color separation.
The second method includes using multiple dry watercolor pencils to achieve a gradient and then activating all the colors simultaneously. This is a more time-saving technique and helps you blend the colors seamlessly without risking hard lines or inconsistent paint.
6. Blending
Blending indicates the process of making smooth transitions between two or more colors. You can use a wet brush to spread the lighter hue into the darker one until there’s a seamless gradient.
Ensure you don’t start spreading the dark color first as that will cover up the lighter one, leaving you with no gradient.
7. Lifting
There will be many instances where you’ll find that you’ve applied too much of a particular color, making it appear too dark or vibrant. In this case, you’ll have to be quick and blot the extra color with a paper towel or dry brush before the paper dries. This process helps you ‘lift’ a color - many artists also use a sponge to create light color for evanescent objects such as clouds.
Unlike paints, watercolor pencils may look different after you activate them with water. So, we recommend creating a palette (painting) or illustration board with tiny boxes for each color and activating them to get an idea of what you’re working with.
b. Prepare The Paper
It is very important to prep the base of your artwork, even if you’re using professional watercolor paper that can hold sufficient amounts of water. This preparation will prevent unwanted warping or wrinkles on the paper while you work.
First, wet both sides of the paper and blot away the excess water using paper towels until it’s sufficiently damp but not dripping wet. Then, using a washi or masking tape, secure the watercolor paper on the table or any flat, hard surface, ensuring that the edges are all covered. Begin drawing when the paper is completely dry.
c. Decide The Subject And Outline
Instead of directly starting off with watercolor pencils, it is advisable to make a rough sketch of the subject or the entire drawing. This will help you mark areas where you want more color and areas that require minimal color - an outline will also help you achieve a neat look. You can use graphite pencils, waterproof pens, and markers for your preliminary sketch.
d. Begin Coloring
Once you mentally consolidate the idea of your artwork, simply fill in the color as you would with regular colored pencils - but you need not fill in every little space. Avoid coloring the areas you want less color in since the water will activate the surrounding colors, allowing you to create a lighter hue in this area.
However, you must be careful of the directions of your pencil strokes - these marks can later show up in the finished artwork. Keep in mind the texture you want for the subject, and use strokes that best complement it. You can also follow the direction of your preliminary outline or draw in one direction to maintain uniformity.
e. Activate The Watercolor Pencil Colors
Now comes the most important part - activating the colors. Use a medium-sized wet brush and glide it onto your pencil strokes with particular attention to the shape and direction. If you want to remove the semblance of any visible stroke, work your brush more thoroughly into the color. But be careful - aggressively blending the color with water can pill or fray the paper.
f. Layer More Colors And Add Depth
When your first application is completely dry, add more layers of the same hue on the existing layer of color to add more depth and create contrasting effects, shading, or finer details. As usual, dip your brush in clean water before using another color to prevent unnecessary blending. Do this until your artwork reaches your ideal depth, transparency, and translucency level.
g. Let It Dry
When you’re satisfied with the final product, let it dry completely. Keep it in a well-ventilated area to expedite the process. When dry, remove the washi tape and erase any color leakage into the border - and you’re good to go!
Tips And Tricks
Using watercolor pencils might seem difficult at first glance, but following simple tricks and tips may help you get better results. These are:
a. Use Fewer Layers of Color
When working with watercolor pencils, use fewer layers of color since too many layers can lead to a sludgy appearance that doesn’t dry quickly. A heavy layer of color can also result in uneven texture, blurring borders between the subject and background, improper blending, etc.
However, every pencil supports a different level of color buildup, so experiment with your watercolor pencils and see how many layers they can support.
b. Don’t Disregard Pencil Marks
It is often quite challenging to get rid of the pencil marks from your drawing, even if you blend it well with water. So, instead of trying to remove them, let the pencil marks give your drawing a texture that distinguishes it from traditional watercolor paintings.
c. Be Quick
Since watercolor pencils dry out more quickly compared to watercolor paint, it’s important to work fast when dealing with this medium. You should work especially fast after adding water to the paper to facilitate seamless blending.
Watercolor Pencils Uses FAQs
What paper should I use with watercolor pencils?
You should only use watercolor paper with enough thickness to hold water and enhance the solubility of the pencils. Watercolor papers come in three variants (cold press, hot press, and rough texture), so you must choose the variant whose texture and finish best suits your subject.
Can I use a brush with watercolor pencils, or can I just use water?
Although you can dip the tips of the watercolor pencils in water and use them on paper, you’ll still need a brush to further blend in the pigment. It is an important part of the process and the only way to activate the watercolor pencil marks.
However, you can choose between different brush sizes. For example, a big-sized flat brush is good for spreading the pigment, whereas smaller brushes (size 2 or 4) are better for details.
How do I sharpen watercolor pencils?
You can sharpen watercolor pencils the same way you sharpen normal pencils, but instead of using a regular sharpener, use a watercolor pencil sharpener that won’t break the soft tips. The watercolor pigment encased in the pencil can be easily broken, so you have to be gentle while sharpening.
Can I use watercolor pencils with other watercolor supplies, such as paints or markers?
Of course! Most artists that use watercolor pencils as a medium follow it up with paints or waterproof markers to make their drawings appear more detailed. You can also create different patterns and textures by combining watercolor pencils with other media.
How do I store my watercolor pencils to keep them in good condition?
It’s quite easy to store watercolor pencils. You just have to ensure they’re completely dry and store them in a cool, dry area away from direct sunlight and excess humidity.
Watercolor pencils are an inexpensive and less messy medium than traditional watercolor paint, but many people might be unaware of how to use them due to their relative novelty. That’s exactly why we've created such a detailed article on this medium!
Once you understand how watercolor pencils really work, you can create precise lines, varied textures, and seamless color blends using only one medium. And you’ll find affordable watercolor pencils in every local art store, so nothing stops you from trying this innovative and convenient medium.
Did you like our in-depth guide on how to use watercolor pencils? If you did, stick around for more informational articles about art and art products.
Until next time, goodbye!
Watercolor canvas, parchment paper, fabric, rice paper, Aquabord, synthetic paper, and vellum are some of the best alternatives to watercolor paper. While they can provide a better painting experience than regular paper, you may have to make adjustments based on the painting techniques.
While being one of the oldest art forms in the world, watercolor painting has evolved a lot with time.
But one thing has remained constant, and that is the use of thick surfaces that can absorb watercolors effectively. Modern artists use specially designed watercolor paper, but it may not always be possible for everyone to have access to such paper.
That's why I've mentioned some excellent alternatives in this guide that you can use.
How Is Watercolor Paper Different From Regular Paper?
Watercolor paper differs from a regular paper in several ways, such as its construction, weight, texture, etc. While it is available in various sizes, weights, and textures, all types of such paper are designed to be able to hold water.
1. Weight
The most obvious difference between watercolor paper and other types of paper is its thickness, also called weight. When it comes to art, a paper that is thicker is of better quality, and the weight of any paper is measured by weighing 500 standard-size sheets, called a ream.
But some types of watercolor paper are available in multiple weights, such as 90 pounds, 140 pounds, and 300 pounds. Watercolor paper that weighs 90 pounds is unsuitable for painting since it starts buckling and dissolving when excess water is applied. It is more suitable for ink drawings.
Then there is a paper that weighs 140 pounds, whichis ideal for painting purposes and is generally quite affordable. However, you need to stretch it at intervals to prevent it from buckling. Finally, you get watercolor paper weighing 300 pounds, which is the most expensive type of watercolor paper and of the highest quality.
It generally does not buckle or warp unless you apply too much water.
Compared to these types of watercolor paper, regular paper weighs just five pounds per ream and will always buckle when water is applied. You can not stretch it since it tears easily, so artists use lightweight paper for rough sketches before moving on to heavier watercolor paper for the final painting.
2. Construction
Another thing to keep in mind besides the paper weight is the texture of different types of watercolor paper. This can vary depending on the pulp used for their construction, as some papers have an even surface, while others may have uneven textures.
Uneven surfaces are generally used to create different types of effects. Watercolor paper is mostly manufactured using cotton, which makes it extremely strong and absorbent. This is essential since artists need to use different techniques when working and a surface that does not tear or warp easily.
Moreover, cotton paper is essentially acid-free paper, so it does not turn yellow with time. But regular paper made from wood pulp can easily dissolve, warp, and turn yellow after some time.
3. Sizing
The watercolor paper contains sizing, a substance made using gelatin that allows you to use watercolor paints before they dry by preventing the paper from absorbing them quickly. You can find two types of sizing on watercolor paint - internal and external.
When the gelatin substance is added to the pulp of the paper, it is known as internal sizing. And when it is applied as a coating on top of the paper, it is called external sizing.
4. Texture
Another difference between watercolor paper and regular paper is that the former has more bumps, also known as its tooth. This prevents the watercolor paint from sliding around as it does in the case of regular paper. There are three types of textures generally found on watercolor paper, hot-pressed textures, cold-pressed textures, and rough textures.
Watercolor paper with a hot-pressed texture is extremely smooth and has very few bumps. It is suitable for most artists who need to work on fine details. The cold-pressed paper has medium roughness with more bumps than hot-pressed paper and is most suitable for beginners.
The reason for this is that you can easily try out different techniques on this type of paper without worrying about the paint moving around. Rough paper has the maximum number of bumps and is used for artwork that does not require a lot of details.
Because of these reasons, watercolor paper is the most suitable choice for making watercolor art. However, in many cases, getting such paper may not be possible, and you may need to look for alternatives. Fortunately, there are a few alternatives that can be used in such instances, such as parchment, rice paper, etc.
There is no denying the fact that high-quality watercolor paper is the best option for watercolor painting. However, such paper can cost a lot, making it unsuitable for many artists, especially those just starting out. And if you just want to practice, spending a considerable amount of money might not be a good idea.
Alternatively, you may only want to experiment with different painting surfaces and compare the results with artwork on watercolor paper. For such situations, having information about the various alternatives available can be handy.
Here are some of the top alternatives to watercolor papers.
1. Watercolor Canvas
Watercolor canvas is a popular base material that is most commonly used for acrylic and oil paintings. However, regular canvas on which watercolor gesso has been applied in multiple layers can be used for watercolor painting if the watercolor paper is not available.
That being said, watercolor canvas does not absorb watercolor paint as well as watercolor paper or other similar textured bases. This can make it a bit difficult to add layered washes on the surface. But this also offers an advantage, as you can wash off the colors more easily in case changes need to be made.
Watercolor canvas allows you to add a combination of watercolors, oil, acrylic paint, and gouache to the artwork. You can even use multiple layers of varnish on top of any artwork done on this base to preserve it.
Finally, with watercolor canvas, it is possible to create artwork in sizes other than the standard watercolor paper ones. Some famous artists known for using watercolor canvas include William Blake, James Whistler, and Edward Hopper.
2. Parchment Paper
Parchment paper may be created using animal skin or plant-based materials, because of which it has a very textured surface. I would like to point out that when you paint watercolor on parchment, the colors tend to be a bit muted because the tone of the base is warm.
One workaround is using gouache when working on such surfaces, which can help create bright and vivid paintings. Also, parchment paper is not a great choice when using oil paint since it can easily get damp.
3. Fabric
Light and thin textile fabrics like silk and cotton gauze can be used as substitutes for watercolor paper. But controlling the bleeding of colors can be quite difficult when using fabrics for painting.
How much color bleeding occurs will depend on the fibers of the fabric. So, I recommend mixing the watercolors with a fabric medium when painting fabrics to reduce color bleeding.
You can even apply the fabric medium after first painting with the colors, but the brightness of the colors can get muted. Another challenging aspect of using a light fabric for painting, especially when mixed with a fabric medium, is that the paint will dry quickly.
It would be best to use art supplies, like a drying time extender, but the good thing about fabrics is that they can be used with several types of paints, such as acrylics. Artists who prefer using fabric for watercolor artwork include Sheila Hicks, Chiharu Shiota, and others.
4. Rice Paper
Rice paper is a specialty paper that provides a highly absorbent surface that is transparent and extremely thin and can be used for the watercolor painting process. It is most commonly used in Japanese and Chinese ink paintings and is usually pasted using adhesive or mounted on a mat board before painting.
You can find rice paper in designed (pre-printed) and plain variants, with the former having embedded or embossed patterns. Since this thin paper is transparent, you may find the lighter colors being affected by the mat board behind the paper.
Good quality paper with designs can help make watercolor paintings more interesting. This is possible since it can add some texture to the artwork through fine wrinkles, or you can crumple it up and get the same results.
Rice paper is a great choice for pieces that have some calligraphy, but you need to be careful when using it on a normal canvas as it is very delicate. Rice paper is used by artists like Carol Leigh and Ryan Fox.
5. Aquabord
Artists who are unwilling or unable to buy watercolor paper can use Aquabord for their paintings. This base material has its lower surface coated with mineral-enriched clay that lets pigments and water flow freely for smoother, softer finishes. Also, the surface texture is highly absorbent and can be used for techniques like glazing.
This means you can apply several layers of paint while retaining the vibrancy of the colors. Also, this watercolor paper alternative is highly versatile and can be used with materials like gouache paint. It even allows lifting the paint, making it easier to deal with problems like stains or blooms.
6. Synthetic Paper
Yupo synthetic paper or baking paper is another non-traditional option you can try out in place of watercolor paper. But since this is waterproof, any paint applied to this paper will remain wet until the water evaporates. Because of this, it is impossible to stack several layers of paint on this material.
Using synthetic paper also requires some preparation beforehand, such as cleaning the paper with rubbing alcohol to remove dirt and dust. This should be followed by creating an outline using a colored pencil or watercolor pencils. Additionally, avoid touching the surface, as that can easily smudge the paint.
The biggest advantage of using this material is that it is reusable and allows washing away the entire artwork if needed. Taylor Ikin is the most famous artist who prefers using synthetic paper.
7. Vellum
Vellum, generally used for botanical art, is a material created from animal hide and is another non-traditional substitute for watercolor paper. It has an off-white, smooth surface that can help add depth and glow to paintings while being used to create realistic artwork.
As original vellum can be quite expensive, you can use plant-based paper vellum when working with watercolor pencils and paint. Vellum was most famously used by Albrecht Dürer for his plant paintings.
8. Terraskin
Terraskin paper is similar to Yupo since both are manufactured using stone and are non-traditional options. However, it does not attract dust and is a bit costlier. It is also an eco-friendly option since wood pulp is not used in its manufacture and can be used with pastels, markers, and colored pencils, besides watercolors.
9. Mixed Media Paper
Mixed media paper is paper that has a lot of weight and tooth with a drawing surface that may be made of vellum. However, this paper has less tooth than traditional watercolor paper, which makes it more suitable for details.
The name mixed media is derived from the fact that this paper can be used with different mediums, such as ink, markers, acrylic colors, and more. Strathmore is the most famous manufacturer of mixed media paper, while Artios is also an excellent brand for this type of paper.
Since mixed media paper can be used with different mediums, it can provide paintings with different textures and is very effective in helping create different effects. On the flip side, mixed media paper does not allow multiple, heavy layers to be created.
10. DIY Alternatives
Some people recommend using DIY alternatives like regular printer paper, coffee filters, or tissue paper for watercolor painting. However, keep in mind that such papers are extremely thin and cannot hold much water, so you are unlikely to get great results. They are best suited for practice purposes.
Watercolor Paper Alternatives FAQs
How do alternative materials affect the overall look and feel of a watercolor painting?
Alternative materials can both enhance and reduce the appeal of the finished artwork, depending on how they are constructed and used. For instance, fabric can be used with several types of watercolors but allows them to bleed and dry quickly. If supplies like a time extender are not used, it can make the painting look incomplete or cause smudging.
Using a material like rice paper can enable you to add more textures to the painting. Thus, it can be used to create a pleasing effect, thanks to the tiny wrinkles and lines.
What are some tips for beginners who want to try watercolor painting on alternative materials?
Beginners who want to try watercolor painting on alternative materials should look for materials with a bit of thickness and texture. This will prevent the paint from flowing freely, making it easier to manage. Also, I recommend cleaning the material with rubbing alcohol and letting it dry before starting to paint since dirt particles can make it hard to paint properly.
Are alternative materials more cost-effective than traditional watercolor paper?
High-quality watercolor paper can be quite costly, and most alternatives are cheaper in comparison. However, there are a few exceptions, such as natural vellum, which is an expensive material, and high-quality fabric that isn’t very cost-effective.
Can you use alternative materials for advanced watercolor painting techniques, such as wet-on-wet or glazing?
Some alternative materials, such as Aquabord, allow techniques like glazing and can be used with mediums like gouache paint. However, this does not hold true for all materials, as fabrics and synthetic paper do not work very well with such techniques. Techniques like wet-on-wet are especially difficult to achieve on such materials as the paint flows easily, and you cannot apply multiple layers.
What are some factors to consider when selecting watercolor paper alternatives?
Factors you should consider when selecting watercolor paper alternativesinclude the quality of the material, its texture, weight, and compatibility with different types of colors. The material should not allow the paint to flow easily and must be absorbent enough to allow the stacking of layers.
Tip
Going with a material that has a rough texture can enhance the effect of the painting and make it look more exciting. However, it can be tricky to work with such materials, especially if you are trying it out for the first time. So, try to create an outline of the painting before filling it in with colors to avoid smudging.
Watercolor canvas, rice paper, parchment, and the other options I've mentioned in this guide are some of the best watercolor paper alternatives you can use. However, selecting the right one will require considering factors such as your personal requirements, skill level, and type of artwork to be done.
I recommend trying out different options, as that will help you get an idea of how various materials interact with watercolors. Once you've tried out the different options, it will be simpler to select one that is easy to work with and can provide good results.
BLICK Art Materials has a huge collection of art supplies at competitive prices with dedicated sections for educators and instructors. Utrecht Art is another art supplies online store with a large product range, easy to use website, and useful tips and tricks.
When it comes to art, the quality of artwork depends as much on the tools as on the artists' skills. That is why it is crucial to put in a lot of effort when searching for the right supplies. But with such a large number of online stores, determining which one to shop from can be tricky.
Today I've reviewed some of the best options in this guide to help you out.
BLICK Art Materials is one of the leading online stores specializing in art supplies. According to Newsweek, it is the best online shop for art supplies with excellent customer service. The store has a huge collection of art supplies, including watercolor paint, acrylic paint, oil paint, canvas and other painting surfaces, brushes, and more.
These are available at competitive prices, and you can also find some great deals. Besides the wide range of products, BLICK Art Materials has a dedicated section containing art resources like lesson plans for educators working in the field. And there is another section from where institutions like schools can buy supplies.
Navigating the website is quite easy as the different product categories are mentioned in a bar at the top. Additionally, there is a menu at the top left from where you can access the various sections, such as the learning resources and school discounts.
If you require assistance, customer service links are provided at the bottom. You can go through various FAQs, find out the pricing and return policy, and even request a product catalog.
Another excellent option for those looking to buy art supplies online is Utrecht Art, an art supplies manufacturer working in the industry since 1949. This manufacturer focuses on providing high-quality products for both professional artists and hobbyists.
Like the previous option I mentioned, the Utrecht Art online store lists the various categories of products at the top. These include paint products, canvas and painting bases, brushes, paper boards, etc. The product selection is extensive, and the products are some of the safest you can find.
In addition, a search box at the top right makes it easy to search for specific products. You can find links to gift cards, deals, and clearance sales on the right side.
The online art supplies store also supports artists through its featured artists section. Furthermore, you can consult with art experts directly through the website to learn new tips and tricks or clear doubts.
What I like most about this art materials store, however, is the deals section, which highlights some of the best offers and deals available at the store.
Cheap Joe's Art Stuff is an online art supplies store that does things differently. It showcases new deals every week, allowing visitors to enjoy huge savings. The various product categories, such as paints, brushes, papers, canvas, and others, are present at the top.
Other than that, the checkout process is one of the easiest I've come across. You can click the cart button at the top to proceed to the checkout page, which lists all selected items. This makes purchases streamlined and quick.
Some of the most popular art supplies purchased by customers from the store are highlighted below. And new arrivals are mentioned under that section, while most products have reviews that you can check out, which can help make it easy to select suitable options.
Cheap Joe's Art Stuff has a dedicated blog section containing tricks and tips, and you can even check out some free art lessons using the YouTube links provided on the store. The contact information, including the email address, office address, and phone number, are all provided at the bottom.
Proceeding onward with this list of online art supply stores, I bring you Jerry's Artarama, which has some of the best art supplies for professional and casual use. Important links like contact information and order status are present at the top and there is a live chat option, which can be handy if you require assistance.
The best products available on the site, such as sketch markers and sets, brushes, canvas, etc., are showcased in the center. Products are separated into categories, and their links are provided at the top for easy access. You can select from painting surfaces, paints, brushes, easels, and even artist studio furniture.
One reason why this is such a popular art supplies store is that the prices are very competitive. And the online art supplies store regularly holds sales on various items, which can reduce the prices even further.
You can also check out some great art ideas using the link to the blog provided below. This section even contains free art video lessons, offering over 12,000 hours of content.
Plaza Art is a platform frequented by artists and hobbyists looking for affordable art supplies. With an overall blue color scheme that is easy on the eyes, this art supplies online store lists the product categories at the top, below a large search bar. This makes it easy to search for specific products from the large selection that includes brushes, canvas, frames, pads, and more.
In addition to the wide range of items, I recommend buying art supplies online from this store because it offers free shipping on orders over $69, though there may be some exceptions. Plaza Art also has a brick-and-mortar store from where you can pick up the items ordered online.
You can find art supplies from some of the most famous names in the industry at the store, including Winsor and Newton, Gamblin, Sakura, etc. at reasonable prices. One of the sections I found most useful was the custom picture framing option, where you can find all types of frames, including mat, glass, and others.
Whether you need painting supplies, drawing, illustration tools, or even resources like books on art, Mister Art has it all. The different product categories are mentioned in a list on the left side of the page, making it easy to visit any department quickly. At the top, there are links to favorites and gift certificates, while there is a search box allowing you to find products quickly.
If you regularly shop online for art supplies, Mister Art provides a subscription service that allows you to save money on purchases. This also makes it easy to buy art supplies online that are required frequently, ensuring greater convenience. Then, there is the bargain bin, where products are available at huge discounts.
Speaking of discounts, what helps Mister Art stand out from the competition is that it guarantees the best prices among online art supply stores. This, combined with the huge selection of products available, makes it a great choice for all your artistic endeavors. You can find brushes, easels, framing supplies, crafts, ceramics supplies, and more.
While it is not strictly an art supply store, Amazon is an online platform with an excellent range of art products. Acrylic paints, sketchbooks, colored pencils, canvases, brush sets, and watercolor paints are just some of the items you can find there. These products are available from several different brands and at affordable prices.
When looking for art supplies at Amazon, you have the advantage of referring to the ratings. Most items purchased by other customers have a rating that indicates how good they are. This helps save a lot of time as you can eliminate products with poor ratings. Customers even write reviews of art items, providing detailed information after using them.
It becomes easy to find the best quality products quickly. Along with the ratings, you can look for items within a specific price range, which can be very handy. Similarly, the online store allows you to choose from different brands and departments, such as craft sets or drawing pens, from the menu on the left side of the page.
Etsy is very similar to Amazon because it is not an exclusive art supplies store and deals in products from several categories, like clothing, jewelry, etc. However, it has a fantastic selection of supplies that you can use for making art, such as palettes, brush sets, watercolor paint sets, and much more.
Apart from these traditional art supplies, I discovered that Etsy even offers utilities for digital artists. This means you can find items like digital brush sets for drawing software like Photoshop and Procreate.
Like Amazon, Etsy has a star-based rating system that makes finding the best-quality art supplies easy. When searching for art supplies on Etsy, you can sort the available options by price, customer reviews, or relevancy. Additionally, you can use filters that categorize the available products into various segments based on their type, shipping location, price, and similar factors.
Apart from affordable art supplies, there are some great gift ideas and personalized tips while shopping from Etsy. And when compared to other online stores like eBay, it has more unique options.
With its impressive range of high-quality art supplies, low prices, and amazing deals, Michaels is a great place to visit for all artists. This online store has a clean, sophisticated appearance with a menu on the top left with links to different sections. You can search for specific products using the large search box at the top.
Next to it, there is a drop-down button that allows signing in to your account and accessing your cart. Coming to the products, Michaels has a great selection of art supplies that includes brushes, erasers, crayons, easels, trays, etc. There are some great prices and special offers on these products.
Michaels online art supply store offers same-day delivery, which can be very useful if you run out of supplies in the middle of a project. Or you can sign up to get special rewards when shopping from the store. To check out the shipping and return policy, learn about the price guarantee, or visit the social media pages, use the links provided at the bottom.
Online Art Supply Stores FAQs
What are the advantages of shopping for art supplies from online stores?
Purchasing art supplies from online stores offers several advantages compared to offline stores. Firstly, you get a much larger selection of items from many brands, while the prices are generally lower since there are many deals and discounts you can take advantage of. Additionally, many art supply stores offer extra resources, such as art tips, that can be pretty useful.
How do you know the art supplies available at online stores are safe?
In most cases, reputed online art supply stores only offer safe products that do not contain any harmful substances. Information about the products is provided for customers to check out before they make a decision. In case a product contains materials that may be hazardous, it is usually mentioned on the page.
What are some tips to keep in mind when buying art supplies from online stores?
The first thing to do is conduct proper research regarding the necessary supplies. Then, look for the most reputable online stores and compare the prices of the items among various online stores. Always make sure to read the reviews before making a final decision and go through the shipping and return policies.
Do online art supply stores allow returns?
Most stores allow returns on the majority of products offered but may not offer them on all products. So, make sure to read about a product on the page and find out whether it is eligible for returns or not. If it is not, consider purchasing it from elsewhere.
Is it necessary to sign up on an online art supply store when shopping from it?
Creating an account on the online art supply store makes it easy to keep track of the order and can be really useful in case of recurring purchases. That is why most stores require you to sign up when shopping from them.
Tip
Consider key factors when choosing an online art supply store: price, product range and quality, promotions, discounts, and return policies.
Check the store's FAQ section to gain more insight on these aspects.
Final Thoughts
The online stores I've mentioned in this guide are among the best if you're looking for art supplies in the United States. They have a wide range of products, low prices, and great deals. While some, like Amazon and Etsy, do not cater to artists specifically, they do have some impressive products.
Aside from the products, most of these stores have a resources section, which I found to be quite useful for great art tips, tricks, and tutorials.
Any artist should have several types of erasers with them to help them make the best use of erasers. Art gum erasers are the best for delicate papers, whereas a kneaded eraser is best for erasing large spaces and adding highlights. An eraser pencil is best for erasing fine details, while a vinyl eraser is best for removing stubborn ink marks.
Most people tend to pay no attention to erasers as a part of creating art. But making mistakes is a part of art, and so is erasing them effectively. While buying art supplies online, you might have noticed that there are quite a few types of erasers to choose from.
These different erasers are made from different materials and serve different functions, and you need to find an eraser that works the best for the kind of art you make. Read ahead to determine which would work the best for your art needs.
Every artist has their own needs and preferences. Depending on those requirements and preferences, you can choose from many different types of erasers.
1. Gum Erasers
A gum eraser, also called an art gum eraser, is a soft eraser and is popular for erasing pencil marks from traditional drawing surfaces. Generally brown in color, they don’t damage the paper while erasing since they are non-abrasive. So, if your concern is maintaining the integrity of your paper, gum erasers are a good option.
A gum eraser can be used to erase pencil marks on a variety of different papers but lacks precision while erasing. So, you can’t use it to erase fine details or points, but you can use it on many different papers.
However, gum erasers do crumble easily and leave behind a lot of residue while erasing. This is also why they don’t last very long.
You can find two types of art gum erasers in the market: oil-based and water-soluble. You might think that the oil-based one is the better option because of its longevity and flexibility. But they also tend to leave behind yellow stains. So, most artists go for water-soluble ones instead.
2. Rubber erasers
A rubber eraser is the most common type of eraser you can find. Everyone has used this since it is mainly found in classrooms and is a classic eraser. Those small pink erasers you remember from your childhood? Those were soft rubber erasers too! They come in many different shapes and sizes and can either be made of natural rubber or synthetic rubber.
You will find the texture of a rubber eraser to be firmer than a gum eraser. A rubber eraser is the best to remove graphite sketch marks and erase pencil marks from paper since it tends to smudge other mediums. They also provide more precision while erasing than gum erasers.
Rubber erasers are the kind you usually find on top of regular graphite and lead pencils. So, you can get one to ease your work.
It also leaves behind crumbs on the paper since it works by shedding itself as it removes the graphite from the paper. Also, be careful while erasing since over-aggressive rubbing can actually damage the paper.
3. Kneaded Eraser
Kneaded erasers are extremely versatile erasers that are made from rubber after vulcanization.
The unique feature of kneaded erasers is in the name itself: they can be kneaded into different shapes. This can make using kneaded erasersa bit tricky compared to other erasers. They are very pliable, meaning they can be kneaded into really fine points as well. This helps in erasing fine details, which is not possible with other wide erasers.
Not only is it perfect for erasing fine details, but it also does not damage the paper. Additionally, it does leave behind crumbs or residue like other erasers. Even more, these erasers are reusable! After they become too dirty, you can just knead them back into their original shape and use them again. They can also work on many different surfaces like pastel paper, wood, etc.
This eraser is best for charcoal and graphite since it is too soft to be used to erase ink. But that is an advantage when it comes to erasing pencil marks from watercolor paintings.
However, this eraser type tends to become sticky after a while of use. So, most artists don’t like using it to erase long spaces. A kneaded eraser is made from un-vulcanized rubber, which helps give it a soft and putty texture. This is why kneaded erasers are also called putty erasers.
Tip
Knead the kneaded eraser into a point and subtly lift highlights off your drawings to give them more depth and realism. It is an actual drawing tool in itself!
4. Pencil Erasers
No, I am not talking about the little pink eraser on top of your pencils. Pencil erasers look just like ordinary pencils, but instead of a graphite tip, they have a vinyl eraser tip. Also known as ‘erasil’ or ‘eraser pencil,’ these pencil erasers can be sharpened to a point and offer precision while erasing.
However, with the fine tip comes a lot of pressure, which can tear the paper. So, I recommend using an eraser pencil only for fine details. Additionally, pencil erasers are also hard to clean since the tip tends to stick to the surface you’re erasing.
Tip
Get a pencil eraser with a brush at the end so you can brush away the crumbs simultaneously.
5. Vinyl Erasers
Vinyl erasers, also called plastic erasers, are pretty hard and rigid and hence are perfect for erasing marks that are too stubborn. They are plastic erasers made of polyvinyl chloride, which is a widely used chemical substance commonly known as PVC.
Being such a firm eraser, vinyl erasers can also remove ink and pen marks. Also known as ‘plastic erasers,’ these erasers are perfect for removing any marks from paper, whether graphite, ink, or charcoal.
However, keep in mind that a vinyl eraser’s firmness can be hazardous for the paper. So, if you are working with paper that is too thin, you’re better off with a kneaded eraser.
6. Glass Erasers
Glass erasers mainly come in the form of a plastic barrel with a glass fiber tip. The tip uses stiff bristles that help remove tough spots that standard erasers cannot remove. It can be used to remove graphite and India ink.
Since the eraser is so firm, it can be too harsh for normal papers. So, I suggest using this for small areas that require small details to be erased.
Tip
You can also use this glass eraser to remove rust spots from everyday household items.
7. Sand Erasers
Sand erasers are a combination of rubber and fine sand particles. As you might know, sand particles can be pretty abrasive. So, you can use this eraser to remove ink, graphite, pastel, colored pencil marks, etc.
Additionally, these erasers don’t leave behind any crumbs or residue. They don’t smudge or smear the paper. Everything about them sounds great, so what’s the catch?
Well, being so abrasive, they can damage delicate and thin papers. So, you can only use them on thick and rough surfaces.
Top Types Of Erasers In The Market
Here are some best erasers for you to get the creativity started.
Dual-purposed, acting as both a non-abrasive eraser and dry...
The Prismacolor art gum eraser is perfect for soft papers and delicate surfaces. Whether it’s graphite or charcoal, you can easily remove it using this gum eraser. Additionally, it leaves behind only a little residue. The pack contains 12 erasers, so rest assured they will last you a long time for your art and craft projects.
Absorbent Material Erases and/or Lightens Charcoal, Pastel,...
There is no artist toolbox without a rubber eraser. This pack of June Gold rubber erasers is a pack of 6 erasers. It erases charcoal, pastel, chalk, graphite, and colored pencils. Since these are kneaded rubber erasers, you can knead them into any suitable shape. You can also easily clean this eraser by kneading it between your fingers.
VERSATILE ART ERASER: Perfect kneaded eraser for artists...
ABSORBENT AND EXTREMELY CLEAN: Kneaded erasers for artists...
The Faber-Castell kneaded erasers are the best-kneaded erasers you will find in the market. They are ideal for removing graphite pencil marks, charcoal, and pastel. Its ergonomic shape makes it perfect for soft and smudge-free corrections.
This eraser comes in an easy-to-carry plastic case, which enables easy storage after use. It helps prevent any dust from accumulating on the eraser and also makes it a perfect part of your travel art supplies.
These pencils are perfect for erasing unwanted marks fine...
Having another Faber-Castell eraser on this list comes as no surprise. These eraser pencils are literally erasers in pencil form. So, they are perfect for removing pencil marks and fine details. You can actually use a regular pencil sharpener to sharpen the pencil and create a fine tip. This fine tip can be used to erase the tiny details and make corrections in your drawings.
Not all erasers can be held like a pencil and be used like a pencil. So, eraser pencils are definitely a unique option.
Premium quality white vinyl eraser for first-class erasing...
Erasers individually packaged with protective cellophane...
The Staedtler plastic erasers are the best vinyl erasers an artist can use. Coming in a pack of 4 erasers, the sharp edges are perfect for cleaning up small areas with a bit of water. You can use it to erase graphite, charcoal, colored pencils, and pastel from many different surfaces.
Additionally, the vinyl eraser has minimal eraser dust and does not tear the paper.
The Faber Castell glass eraser is an eraser pen that can be used to erase fine details and tiny mistakes in your drawings. The plastic barrel makes for an easy grip and hold. The soft eraser also does not cause damage to your paper during the erasing.
The Tombow Mono Sand eraser is a pretty abrasive eraser that can be used to remove many kinds of marks from all kinds of surfaces. Made up of rubber and fine sand particles, this eraser is also environmentally friendly.
It comes in a pack of two erasers, so the pack will definitely last you a long time. Additionally, this eraser is also great for blending different colors in your work.
Buyer’s Guide Of Erasers For Artists
Whether it’s watercolor supplies or sketching supplies, you should always know what to look for. The same goes for drawing erasers. As you have read, there are actually many different types of erasers you can choose from. It totally depends on your needs and preferences. But what are the factors you should look out for when choosing one? Read ahead to find out.
1. Eraser Abrasiveness
Abrasiveness means the roughness of a substance. You should keep your drawing surface in mind when figuring out the right abrasiveness of your eraser. If you intend to draw on soft paper, get a gum eraser or a rubber eraser for the best results. Or, you can get vinyl or sand erasers for the removal of stubborn marks.
2. Eraser Shape
Erasers come in many different shapes, like rectangular, round, etc. Some even come in the form of a pencil or pen. The eraser shape and diameter you choose will depend on the type of work you are doing and your required precision. For small areas and precision erasing, an eraser pencil is a good option. For large areas, you can buy rectangular or gum erasers.
3. Dustiness
Some erasers leave behind more residue on your drawing paper when compared to other erasers, like gum or rubber erasers. If you want an eraser that does not leave behind much residue, you should get a kneaded eraser. Art gum erasers are the dustiest.
4. Art Medium
The type of eraser you choose also depends on the drawing medium you are using. Different erasers are suitable for different marks. For removing graphite, vinyl, kneaded, and gum erasers are the best options.
To remove charcoal and avoid smudge marks, a kneaded eraser is the best eraser. Kneaded erasers are also suitable for drawing mistakes done by pastels since they don’t leave behind much residue. For the removal of pen and ink marks, vinyl erasers are the best options.
5. Graphite Vs. Colored Pencils
Standard regular pencils are mostly graphite pencils. Usually used for writing and sketching, they are sourced from carbon, leave a characteristic gray mark, and have their own unique properties.
Colored pencils, on the other hand, are a combination of a color pigment, some wax/oil, and other resins (usually gum Arabic). They are used for drawing, coloring, and watercolor painting and are available in a variety of different colors.
Both these pencils require different erasers for their removal. Sand erasers are the best for colored pencils, whereas vinyl, kneaded, rubber, and foam erasers are the best erasers for erasing graphite and removing pencil marks.
Types Of Erasers FAQs
How should I clean a plastic eraser?
You can use some dishwashing liquid and cold water to clean plastic or vinyl erasers. If that doesn’t work, use some white toothpaste to sand the surface of the plastic eraser and then rinse the eraser really well. Let the eraser air dry for at least an hour before you use it again. Don’t use hot water, as that would soften the plastic in the plastic eraser.
Do kneaded erasers dry out, and how can I prevent that?
Well, yes. Kneaded erasers tend to dry out over time and lose their pliability and flexibility. You can protect your kneaded erasers from drying out and storing them in a plastic bag whenever you are not using them. Revive the eraser’s softness by heating it up with a hairdryer.
What are black erasers used for?
Black erasers are used for erasing graphite, charcoal, and other drawing media from black-colored papers. Unlike white erasers, these erasers don’t leave behind marks on the drawing paper. They also don’t leave behind their color on the paper.
When should I stop using my kneaded eraser?
It would be best if you threw out your kneaded eraser after it starts to leave behind too much residue and smudges on your drawing paper.
What are pink erasers?
Pink erasers are just colored rubber erasers that can be used to erase pencil marks, charcoal, and graphite from regular paper. It works exactly like a rubber eraser by shedding itself as it lifts off the graphite from the paper.
What are the two broad types of erasers?
Erasers can be broadly categorized into two types: putty rubber and erasers that make crumbs. A putty rubber absorbs the marks and does not work by shedding itself. Examples of putty rubbers include kneaded erasers. On the other hand, erasers that leave behind residue include rubber erasers, vinyl erasers, and gum erasers.
What is an electric eraser?
Electric erasers are battery-powered drawing tools that spin the eraser on your paper, helping you with precision and gentle erasing. Hence, you can use this as an eraser pen and erase fine details. Electric erasers mostly contain plastic erasers.
Tips For Using An Eraser
If your eraser tears the paper too much, hold it in your hands for a few minutes to warm it.
Avoid brushing the eraser crumbs off with your hands since that can smudge the graphite pencil or ink stain. Instead, gently shake the paper to get rid of the residue.
Use a craft knife to cut your eraser into the shape and size you require.
You can carve a stamp onto a firm eraser and use it as a rubber stamp.
Knead the putty erasers before first use to expose the inner porous surface.
Conclusion
No matter your drawing skills, every artist deserves the very best. I have described to you the different types of erasers that an artist can use. With the help of this guide, I am sure you will be able to decide which types of erasers would work best for you.
Whether you like the softness of the gum eraser or the hardness of the vinyl eraser or you prefer the kneading ability of the kneaded eraser, you can buy however many erasers to help you make the best art possible.
There is a range of travel art supplies from pens and paints to sketchbooks and mechanical pencils. The best products stand out for versatility, durability, and ease of use, like Multiliner pens that are waterproof and Gouache paints that have a thick consistency.
Imagine this: you're on a plane, suddenly struck with artistic inspiration. But as you reach for your art supplies, you realize they're all back home.
As an artist who loves to travel, I've had my fair share of creative emergencies on the go. That's why I've put together this guide to the best travel art supplies, so you can be ready for anything - even when you're 30,000 feet in the air!
When it comes to creating art on the go, having reliable and durable pens is essential. You don't want to be stuck in the middle of your masterpiece only to have your pen run out of ink or break apart in your hand. That's where the Sakura Pigma Micron Multiliner pens come in - they are the holy grail of travel art pens.
These pens are tough, waterproof, and fade-resistant, and they write smoother than a buttered-up slip-n-slide. With their fine tips, you can create intricate details and sharp lines, making them perfect for sketching and outlining.
In addition to their practical benefits, these pens are versatile. You can use them on a variety of surfaces, from paper to canvas to wood as they are quick drying and deliver greater color consistency by using single pigments. So whether you're creating art on a train, a plane, or in the great outdoors, these pens have got you covered.
2. Gouache Paints
When it comes to travel art, you need a medium that is portable, quick-drying, and easy to use. Enter gouache - the underdog of water-based paints.
Gouache may not be the first paint that comes to mind when thinking about travel art, but it certainly deserves a spot in your art supply arsenal. It is perfect for travel because it dries quickly and can be reactivated with water, making it easy to correct mistakes on the go. Plus, it can be used on a variety of surfaces, from watercolor paper to canvas.
For a hassle-free gouache painting experience, I recommend the Miya Gouache Paint Set with Carrying Case. This brand offers a unique and exceptional set of high quality pigments with a sealing lid, providing a fantastic thick consistency and adding brilliant texture to your artwork.
3. Mechanical Clutch Pencils
You don't want to be caught in the middle of a picturesque landscape with a broken pencil, or worse, no pencil at all. That's where the Koh-i-Noor Mechanical Clutch Pencils come in. These pencils are like the Hulk Hogan of mechanical pencils because the precise metal barrel and components ensure durability and reliability. Moreover, the built-in sharpener in the cap allows for convenient and easy sharpening on-the-go.
With a built-in metal cap and easily replaceable nib, the Koh-i-Noor Mechanical Clutch Pencils are perfect for any traveling artist who wants to travel light. You can fill your small baggage or pochade box with these fantastic pencils for your next trip.
4. Art Sketchbooks
Traveling artists need to be ready to capture their ideas on the go and that's where a quality sketchbook comes in. The Sketch Book Marker Paper Pad is the perfect option as this 8.3x8.3 inch sketchbook is designed to fit in almost any bag, making it easy to draw wherever inspiration strikes.
This sketchbook is like a supermodel; it's beautiful on the outside and a workhorse on the inside. The easy-tear pages allow you to start over or share your work with ease, while the paper is durable yet delicate, preventing bleeding, smudging, or feathering for clean artwork.
Its acid-free paper is perfect for all mediums, including watercolor, acrylics, oil paints, and grey graphite pencils. Hence, the Sketch Book Marker Paper Pad is an excellent option for any traveling artist looking to draw, paint, or sketch their way around the world.
5. Mechanical Pencils
Mechanical pencils are a game-changer when it comes to travel art. Imagine being able to whip out a pencil and start sketching without having to worry about finding a sharpener or a trash can for all the shavings. With mechanical pencils, you can kiss those pesky problems goodbye.
Say hello to your new best friend, the Paper Mate Mechanical Pencils Write Bros. Classic 2 Pencil set! With 50% more lead, a comfortable grip, a sleek design, and a compact size, these mechanical pencils are the perfect addition to any travel art kit.
They also feature a smudge-resistant eraser for clean erasing, while these 0.7mm lead pencils are suitable for home, office, and school use and come in a pack of 24.
6. Watercolor Paint Brush Pen Set
One of the benefits of using watercolor brush pens for travel art is their portability and ease of use. These pens allow artists to start painting without the need for additional art supplies, such as brushes, paints, and palettes. They are also versatile and can be used to create a wide range of effects, from broad strokes to fine details.
The Watercolor Paint Brush Pen Set includes 25 vibrant brush pens, a refillable pen, a 12-sheet drawing pad, and a protective case. These colors are filled with premium watercolor ink that is perfect for blending, coloring, and all watercolor techniques.
Each pen has a flexible nylon paintbrush tip that allows for both broad and fine strokes, making it easy to create beautiful works of art with ease. They are also non-toxic and washable, carefully crafted for ease of use, and suitable for all skill levels.
7. Travel Palette
One essential item that every traveling artist needs in their travel art kit is a compact and efficient paint palette. It not only saves space but also keeps your paints organized and easily accessible.
But why settle for just any travel palette when you can have one that's like a travel-sized Jacuzzi for your watercolors? Introducing the Mr. Pen Watercolor Paint Palette, an ideal travel palette for artists of all skill levels.
This airtight watercolor painting palette, made of easy-to-clean sturdy white plastic, features 18 wells and two mixing areas, providing ample space to mix and experiment with different color combinations. The lid keeps your paints secure during transit, preventing any unwanted spills or messes, which makes this set efficient, convenient, and always ready for a good soak.
8. Portable Easel
If you're someone who loves to draw, you know how important it is to have a stable and adjustable easel that can keep up with your creative energy. And let me tell you, the JIUYE Folding Instant Display Telescoping Easel is the ultimate travel easel that can do just that.
This easel is like a ninja; it can take on any position you need for the perfect painting angle with the help of its adjustable easel height and leg distance.
And the best part? It's foldable and portable enough to fit in your luggage or backpack without taking up too much space. Say goodbye to lugging around a clunky studio easel or worrying about your easel not fitting in your hand luggage at the airport.
9. Watercolor Pencils
Using watercolor pencils while traveling can be a fun and rewarding experience. There's something magical about being able to create beautiful watercolor effects on the go, and many artists find that the portability of watercolor pencils makes them the perfect choice for taking their art with them wherever they go.
One great choice for watercolor pencils is the Faber-Castell Albrecht Durer Watercolor Pencils. These premium, fade-resistant pencils are made in Germany and feature water solubility to produce a smooth color stroke. The colors become permanent when dry, and offer terrific consistency.
10. Watercolor Travel Brush
These nifty little 4 brush set is the perfect companions for your nomadic creative journey. With their compact size, you can easily slip them into your backpack or carry-on without taking up precious space. Plus, the quality bristles made with synthetic sable hair ensure that you'll have a smooth painting experience wherever you go.
But let me tell you, these wooden handle brushes aren't just for drawing picturesque landscapes and cityscapes. I once used my Watercolor Travel Brush to paint my friend's face when we were stuck waiting in a long line for a rollercoaster ride. Talk about multitasking!
So, whether you're off to explore new horizons or simply need a versatile brush for everyday use, the ZenART Watercolor Travel Brushhas got you covered. Trust me, this is a game-changer for any artist on the go.
11. Canvas Box
Are you tired of lugging around cumbersome portfolios and bags when you're out and about, trying to capture the beauty of the world around you? Fear not, because the Jjring Dacron Light Weight Art Portfolio Bag is here to save the day!
This versatile and durable shoulder bag with zipper is a must-have for any traveling artist. Not only does it provide a safe and sturdy surface for your posters, sketches, and drawings, but it also keeps them organized and easily accessible while you're on the go. Plus, the double-stitched folding zipper pocket is perfect for catching those pesky little items that always seem to get lost in the shuffle.
12. Dry Watercolor Pans
Dry watercolor pans are a fantastic option for artists who are always on the go. They are easy to transport, lightweight, and have the benefit of being less messy than liquid watercolors.
They can be easily stored in a colored pencil case or pocket, making them a great choice for artists who like plein air painting or working outdoors. You can use them with a variety of surfaces, including Moleskine notebooks or other sketchbooks.
13. Promarker
When it comes to travel art, Promarkers are a great choice for artists who want to add bold, vibrant color to their work. They are easy to transport and use on the go, making them a popular choice among artists who love to create art while traveling.
The recommended Promarker for travel artists is the Winsor & Newton ProMarker in Black. Its standout features include two inbuilt nibs, fine and broad. The fine bullet nib is narrower, making it ideal for more precise detailing and line work, while the broad nib is great for quick visuals and filling in larger areas..
FAQs Related To Travel Art Supplies
What are some art materials that are easy to carry on a trip?
Some paint materials that are easy to carry on a trip include travel-sized paint sets, watercolor pencils, sketchbooks, pens, pencils, and an eraser. You can also consider using smaller versions of brushes and a portable easel.
Can an oil painter bring their supplies on a plane? Are there any special considerations to be aware of?
Yes, you can bring oil painting gear on a plane, but there are some special considerations you should be aware of. Make sure to pack them securely in a sturdy box or bag, and check with your airline for any specific regulations regarding the transportation of art materials.
Can I use acrylic paint while traveling?
Yes, acrylic paints are a great option for travel painting. They are easy to carry, dry quickly, and are more versatile than oil paints. You can use them on a variety of surfaces, including paper, canvas, and wood.
What is the best way to pack art supplies for a trip?
The best way to pack art supplies for a trip is to use a sturdy bag or box. Consider organizing your supplies into different compartments or using a specific organizer to make it easier to access the materials you need. Pack any fragile materials securely with padding or bubble wrap to avoid damage during transportation.
What medium is best for travel art?
The best medium for travel painting depends on your personal preferences and the type of artwork you want to create. Watercolors and colored pencils are popular options for their portability and versatility. Acrylics are also a good choice because they dry quickly and can be used on a variety of surfaces.
How can I be creative with limited travel supplies?
To be creative with limited travel art supplies, try experimenting with new techniques or using the materials you have in different ways. You can also try using everyday objects or natural materials as inspiration or incorporating elements of the local culture or environment into your artwork.
Tip
To make art on the go, you can start with a small selection of art materials that are easy to carry. Consider using portable art supplies, such as pencils, pens, markers, or watercolor sets, and bring a small sketchbook or paper. You can also draw inspiration from the world around you and take photos or sketches to reference later.
Traveling with art supplies doesn't just mean you get to create beautiful works of art while on the road - it can also be a therapeutic and calming experience. Taking a moment to sit and sketch in a new location can be a great way to slow down, appreciate your surroundings, and connect with the world around you.
So pack up your art supplies, hit the road, and let your creativity flow! Whether you're sketching on a beach in Bali or painting a landscape in the mountains, travel art supplies are the perfect companion for any adventure.
Just remember to keep it light and bring only what you need because who wants to lug around a heavy bag of supplies? So go forth, fellow artists, and create masterpieces while traveling.
The shores of a lake are often the location of contemplation, and in the silence of the lake is where ideas are born.
Surrounding a lake is a biome that represents nature in harmony. Life flocks towards the oasis-like nature of such a water body, flourishing in its presence and enriching the landscape. More often than not, all seems well in the world when you’re near a lake.
Hey everyone. Today, I’ll be showing you how you can paint a lake using watercolor in 13 easy steps.
Painting a lake is very straightforward, and you can learn a lot about watercolor as a medium if you follow along. So, feel free to join me as I go through the process!
How To Paint A Lake In Watercolor
The first thing to do before we begin painting is to gather the supplies needed. If you don’t have the exact supplies I used, you needn’t worry. A slightly thicker or thinner brush or a different shade of paint won’t make that much of a difference. That is, so long as you follow the process correctly.
I used the following supplies to paint the lake in watercolor:
Paint: Sennelier Watercolor Paint La Petite Aquarelle Set 12 Half Pans | Paper: Saunders Waterford Watercolor Paper - White, 300gsm | Brush: Princeton Aqua Elite Professional 4 Pieces Set 4852
The landscape around a lake has plenty of color variations, so you have plenty of room to experiment with. I used shades of dark brown, blue, and green to bring this painting to life. You can add or subtract the number of colors used in the painting as you like, any watercolor paint set will do, you do you!
If you’ve ever observed a lakeside scene, you may have noticed that there are plenty of elements surrounding the waterbody. This may include grass, small plants and shrubbery, trees, distant mountains, the sky, and more, try to envision only parts of them on your watercolor paper, we are going to go with an easy, loose, calming, and relaxing ambiance.
Painting all of these complex elements without planning can be quite challenging, which is why it’s better to make a rough outline first. That way, when you put the paint down, you will have a better grasp of both the scene and the colors needed.
Using a light pencil, create a sketch of your lakeside landscape. Add all the elements from the get-go, and finalize the composition.
Here’s a useful tip that I often use: once you’ve finished sketching, take a step back and observe the composition carefully. What this does is it helps you gauge if something about the sketch looks off, allowing you to fix those mistakes. You should do this before you begin painting, as once you start, there’s no going back.
The sky is likely part of your painting that will not see many additions once you’ve painted it once. It’s better to get it out of the way first and move on to the more complex parts of the painting.
I’m using a large flat brush to paint the sky. For this, I used a heavily diluted blue color to give it that natural light blue tinge. Depending on the time of your scene, you can switch this to a darker blue for the night or an orange for dusk or dawn.
There are plenty of ways to give your painting some visually-appealing variation.
Next comes the lake itself, which I’m painting using the same flat brush. Now, when painting the lake, it’s better to start with a lighter color and darken it progressively as you continue. By doing so, your color will gradually reach the hue you desire, which is better than the risk of going a few shades too dark.
This is only the first layer of the lake, which may make it seem a little flat and shallow. Later on, once the first layer has dried, we will add another layer of paint over it along with a few details.
Now, let’s start painting the hills with a round brush. You can use either brown or a lighter shade of green to paint them. I’ve opted for the latter, as it helps create the illusion of a forest.
The process of painting the hills is similar to that of the lake: start light and then add darker shades to it. Where it does differ is the manner in which we add the darker highlights to build depth in the painting.
The foreground is where most of the details of the painting shine, which is why you should also be careful while painting it. Mistakes here will be noticeable immediately, so I would advise taking it slow.
Much like the other elements, start with a lighter green and work your way toward the darker hues. Note that since the land here is much closer to the viewer, it will be more saturated than the foreground. Mix some color into your brush and begin painting.
And while you make the color darker, you may want to leave some spots a little lighter as well. Color variation can help you depict the idea of differently-sized foliage much more, after all.
Lastly, if the paint on the lake has dried, you can use a few quick and precise strokes to create long grass, as shown here. Leaf blades have visually sharp edges, so you will want to remove some water from the brush before painting them.
Try to paint them in a single stroke, as the more you paint over them, the more you risk making them look splotchy.
For the tree, use shades of brown to give it that recognizable bark-like look. I’m only wetting the brush a little for this, as the edges of the tree and branches are quite sharp.
Let’s move on to other steps while the paint dries. Creating a tree bark is much easier when you use darker paint on a dry surface.
Let’s add another layer of paint to our lake, which looks very desaturated and dull at the moment. I used a round brush for this, but you can use a smaller brush if you feel uncomfortable painting small details with it.
With the brush of your choice, begin painting the lake a dark blue. The sky reflects off its surface, so the part of the lake closest to the viewer will be the lightest. Of course, as you move along its surface, the water will appear darker. To put it simply, the topmost part of the lake will be dark blue, while the bottom part will be light blue.
Be sure to leave a few bright short stripes in the lake to replicate a ripple effect as you paint. I’ve also created a few slightly dark spots near the bottom of the lake for a similar effect. Since nature is scarcely uniform, make sure they aren’t placed similarly or have similar shapes. This will keep the painting from looking sterile.
Just like the lake, I’ll now be adding darker shades of green to the hills. This will add a lot more depth to the hills, giving it a lifelike quality.
What you must remember is that the hills are distant, which means they will be a shade or two lighter than the foreground. It’s a general rule of thumb to remember that as the distance grows, the saturation of these elements also decreases. You can see this easily in any landscape with distant mountains.
Hills are not uniform at all, and there will be several dark spots present where light cannot hit them. So, to replicate them, it’s better to have a photographic reference next to you while painting them. This will give you a better idea of how to maintain the structure of the hills using these darker spots.
The bark of a tree often has grooves that run along its length. Light often can’t hit these grooves, which creates darker lines that give trees their characteristic look. Note that these grooves become smaller as you move from their trunk towards the branches and leaves.
So, for painting these details, I’m using a slightly wet thin brush and a darker shade of brown. Note that the edges have to be sharp to maintain the texture of the tree. You can run the brush over the bark a couple of times with varying shades to create this texture.
I’ve used the same shade of brown to create the smaller branches.
The grass we painted in the foreground will serve as a nice set dressing for the detailed grass blades we will paint in this step.
I am using a thin brush to create the grass blades with a darker color while making sure that they originate from the same point. As you increase the number of grass blades in a particular spot, the point of origin will also be larger.
Create a few spots of grass using the same technique, and remember to vary their sizes and shapes! You can also paint a few spots of short grass using the same paint and brush.
What landscape would be complete without clouds? It’s finally time to give our empty sky some much-needed love.
You can use a round brush and a light blue color to paint clouds like me. The most important thing to remember about clouds is the fact that you need to keep their volumes in mind.
While darker spots help create volume, you will need to replicate their structure as it is in real life. And there is no better way to do so than to use a picture of clouds for reference.
Giving the tree a third layer of color will round out the painting process. This is the final step of creating the texture of the tree, and the overall process remains the same.
I’ve used a small, thin brush to add the grooves present on tree bark.
The light from the sky will illuminate some of the edges, so be sure to keep it in mind as well. I’m leaving a few spots relatively lighter to create this illusion.
Just like the tree, all you need to do now is darken the base color of your lake even further. The reason behind this is simple: watercolor tends to lose saturation as it dries, requiring multiple coats of paint to maintain the required darkness.
Follow the same process as the one detailed before, and you’re done!
With that, we’ve reached the end of this tutorial! Using just a few shades of color and a couple of paintbrushes, you have now created a gorgeous recreation of a lakeside landscape. The painting is ready to be framed and put on display.
What I would like you to remember about art, in general, is that it is a long journey. There will be times when you don’t reach the desired result in the first go- and that’s perfectly fine, if you think it might help we also have an article on basic watercolor techniques for beginners as well as a guide on how to paint a lotus with watercolor, a flower to place on the lake.
If you keep at it and continue learning from your mistakes, you will be a great painter before long. Just try again, and keep experimenting and working with different materials. Art is meant to be an expression of the self, after all, so take as much time as you need to get better at it.
That is about all there is from my end. Till next time!
Watercolor is one of the most popular painting mediums among artists today and with good reason.
With watercolor paint, you can develop striking art pieces of flowers with relative ease. It offers a lot of room for exploration so that you can create what your mind desires. Besides, experimenting with watercolor paint can be a really fun experience for most artists.
However, beginners may find it a bit challenging to use watercolor, especially when painting complex flowers like the lotus. Well, there’s no need to worry, for I am here to help you out with a very beginner-friendly approach to lotus flower painting but if you need more, my article on watercolor techniques for beginners ought to help.
Today, I will be showing you how to paint a lotus with watercolor. In this guide, I have provided a simple, stepwise process that you can follow to create a beautiful work of art.
So, grab your art supplies, and put on your creative hat, for it’s time to get started!
How to Paint Lotus Flower in Watercolor
Let’s address the first things first - you will need to gather the necessary supplies and equipment before you start painting away. You can use the products I am using, or you can choose your own set of brushes and watercolor paper.
As for the colors, you don’t have to worry about getting a full set. I have only used a few shades of blue, pink, and green, along with a few extra options like orange and yellow for detailing. Of course, you can use a couple more shades in addition to the above if you are feeling a bit imaginative.
Still, for those of you who are curious, here is the list of supplies that I have used for this particular artwork.
Paint: Holbein | Paper: Saunders Waterford Watercolor Paper - White, 300gsm | Brush: Princeton Aqua Elite Professional 4 Piece Set 4851
First, you need to create an outline of the painting with a colored pencil. I prefer using a single color for the whole sketch, but you can use different colored pencils for different elements if you wish. On that note, you should avoid using a regular drawing pencil, as the outlines will become too dark.
Once the outline is ready, you can start adding color to the painting. You can begin by painting the water since it acts like a background of sorts. Before applying the color, I suggest running a slightly wet brush through the water areas. This will help to disperse the paint, giving it an authentic, water-like feel.
After that is done, dip the same brush into the blue paint and begin coloring the water. Use small and gentle strokes throughout, and make sure to keep the brush only slightly wet. A dripping wet brush increases the risk of the paint bleeding out, which can ruin your painting.
Anyway, keep painting until you cover the whole water area. You don’t need to maintain uniform color everywhere, though. Make sure to keep some light and dark areas to give it a realistic finish.
Next, you need to start painting the lotus, which is the main focus of the artwork. For this step, you have to use a finer brush, or else it will be difficult to control the strokes. Dip the slightly wet brush into the pink paint and carefully apply the color to the lotus petals.
Do not be alarmed if the first few strokes seem a little deeper than the rest - I’ll be addressing that soon. For now, just keep coloring the flower using short and gentle strokes. Also, you should leave the central area blank, as that will be painted later.
If you make any errors while applying the strokes, there’s no need to worry. You can use a soft and clean cloth to wipe off the color bleed quickly. However, you need to be a bit careful here since the color can become easily smudged if you apply too much pressure.
In any case, after you have finished applying the first layer, you should let the paint set for a little bit. Then you can begin applying the second layer using a slightly darker shade of pink. This will take care of the uniformity issues and give the flowers an even finish.
Moreover, it adds volume and depth to the shading, which is why I strongly recommend adding this secondary layer.
Now that the flowers and the water have been painted, it is time to turn your attention toward the leaves. Here, I have used a hybrid shade made up of light green and yellow colors. However, you can experiment with a slightly different shade if you want.
Once you have decided, dip the brush into the chosen colors (light green and yellow, in my case), and apply the paint onto the leaves. You need to use both short and long strokes to cover the leaf.
In order to prevent color bleed, you can use short strokes near the periphery. Conversely, for the central portions, you can use long strokes, which will help you cover the area quickly.
Same as before, you need to allow the base layer to set before proceeding further. Be advised - you do not want the paint to dry off completely here. If it does, you will not be able to achieve a natural shading effect on the leaves.
For the next layer, you can use the yellow color to get a more realistic texture. Or you use another color if you are feeling a bit creative. For instance, you can use a darker green to imitate a new leaf. Alternatively, you can use a light brown shade to depict an old or withering leaf.
Furthermore, you don’t need to cover the whole leaf in this case. Just paint the central portion and watch as the leaves come to life!
If you have included a few lotus stalks in your artwork, as I have, then you will need to paint them in this step. Given that the stalks have a narrow shape, you have to use a fine brush here, too.
Likewise, the color needs to be a bit darker than the shade used for the leaves. Ideally, I would suggest using a combination of dark green and yellow, but you can use only dark green or a mixture of dark green and brown for this purpose.
You need to paint the elongated portion of the stalk with a long, sweeping stroke. On the other hand, the wider leafy portions near the top need to be painted with short, gentle strokes.
Once the primary areas of the artwork have been painted, you need to get into the finer details, starting with the flower. Needless to say, you have to use a very fine brush from now on. This is necessary if you want the details to be clearly visible.
After you get the brush, dip it into a dark shade of pink, and start detailing around the edges of the flower. You can also use a combination of pink and red if you wish.
Here, you need to add details to the lotus leaves with the same fine brush. Of course, there is no restriction about this aspect, so if you have a spare brush lying around, you can use that too.
I have detailed only the larger leaves in this step. For the best results, I suggest that you use a dark shade of green to make the veins and other leaf details more prominent. Keep your hand relaxed, and draw the veins in the center using single strokes. Then, using the same technique, add the required details along the leaf edges.
Now it is time to make the flower look livelier, which is done by adding more color details to it. Remember when I told you to keep the central part of the lotus blank? Well, that is what I have filled up in this step.
I have used a combination of yellow and orange here for a more vibrant feel. Using a wet brush and short strokes, I’m painting the center of the flower very carefully. As usual, I have used a fine brush for this purpose. Also, you don’t need to fill out the whole area perfectly - you just need to make sure that the color seems consistent with the rest of the painting.
In this step, I have added details to the leaf stalks and the smaller leaves. You will notice that I have used a similar dark green shade as the previous leaf detailing. And after adding a few highlights, I painted an extra layer of color to achieve a realistic shading. Now the painting is really starting to look gorgeous, isn’t it?
Of course, how can I forget to add details to the water? For this step, you can use a slightly thicker brush if you want, but I prefer using a fine brush as before. With the help of a darker shade of blue, you can add some fine detailing to the water’s surface.
Subsequently, you can use a combination of blue and gray to add shadows below the flowers and leaves. I recommend this shade because it will add more depth to the painting and will make the shadows look real.
Now I am almost nearing the end, so it is time to add the finishing touches. Using a wet and fine brush, add some streaks and highlights to the lotus petals. You need to maintain high precision here, or else the painting might become messy. Believe me - you don’t want that to happen at this stage!
Once that is done, you can set the color to dry for a while. And with that, your lotus painting will be complete.
So, now you know how to paint a beautiful picture of a lotus in watercolor using only a few art supplies. As you can see, it isn’t that difficult to accomplish.
That said, you might make some mistakes early on, and that’s quite natural. In order to address those mistakes, you will need to practice a lot initially because practice makes perfect, after all.
Also, I advise you to observe these flowers in their natural environment to capture all the subtle details. And before you know it, you will be able to paint like a professional artist.
Watercolors can be intimidating for beginners, considering how translucent and fluid they are.
If you use less water, there will be no pigment. Use too much, and the colors will start to bleed! However, it’s an affordable art medium, and the result of watercolor painting is always rewarding, regardless of your level of expertise in using them.
Today, I’ll cover the essential techniques and materials you’ll need to create a stunning sunset painting in watercolor. From selecting the right colors and watercolor brushes to employing the right method for a realistic effect, I’ll walk you through the entire process step by step.
Even if you’re a beginner - no need to feel nervous! I will give you the confidence and knowledge to create a sunset painting that you can be proud of, but if you feel like you need an intro to watercolor, this beginner-to-expert guide on watercolors might come in handy!
How To Paint Sunset In Watercolor
Before starting with the process, it is essential to check if you have the right art supplies. Although you don't need to use the exact products I’m using, it definitely helps to find the tools that ease the process.
I’ll be honest - choosing the right brush may take some time. Besides selecting the right brush size, you should feel comfortable holding it. So, try out some options before settling for a particular brand, it takes years and years to find the best watercolor paint for you, and that's perfectly normal, we are discovering ourselves through painting.
That said, here are the items I’m using for today’s artwork:
Paint: Daniel Smith George Politis MA Set 1 6x5 | Paper: Arches Watercolor Paper Cold Pressed 300gsm | Brush: Princeton Aqua Elite Professional 4 Piece Set 4850
I’ve been painting for quite some time now, and I’m quite comfortable creating landscapes. However, I still prefer starting off with a rough sketch to avoid any mistakes while painting. Doing so also helps me create a mind map of the composition.
I’m using a light orange colored pencil to sketch the sea, adorned by a range of hills. I’ll also add a little boat in the foreground. Remember - this is just the first draft, so the sketch need not be very detailed. As long as it helps you paint later on, you’re good to go.
Yes, you read that right! Simply take a wet brush with no paint, and swipe it across the scenery. This is the wet-on-wet technique, and it helps create realistic landscapes, especially if the painting features a water body. Shading and blending also become easier when done on a damp surface.
So, whether you’re creating a sky that’s slowly changing colors or a ripple effect in a pond - the wet-on-wet technique is the ideal approach.
Now, I’ll slowly add colors to the sketch. Remember - less is more, so dip your brush just a little bit in the desired color, or else it might end up creating a huge blob on your painting!
Also, this is just the first layer, so you don’t have to be precise. You can either start with the sea or the sky. As you can see, since the watercolor paper is already damp, the colors blend beautifully into one another.
Of course, you could use white paint over the sky to make clouds. But that won’t look as natural as leaving a few empty spots while painting the sky with blue, orange, and red.
You could experiment with more colors like pink and purple for a mystical vibe. I’ll stick to the basics today but don’t be afraid to experiment. Let your imagination flow - just like these colors on the damp paper!
Now, it’s time to reflect the sky onto the sea. You can simply reverse the order of colors you used in the sky since we want the water to reflect it.
Of course, you don’t have to match the sky with the sea exactly - where’s the fun in that? Simply use the same colors and paint as you wish.
I’m starting with yellow and slowly proceeding with red and orange. Here, I want to emphasize that blending is key. Geez - almost sounded like a beauty guru on YouTube!
Remember the spaces you left for the clouds? It’s time to highlight those as well as create a small circle for the sun with tissue paper. I know today’s painting almost feels like a kindergartener’s art project, but trust the process!
The tissue will help absorb the pigment, creating a faint “light” effect. So, I’ll start by creating a small circle on one side of the sheet - that’ll be the sun.
Next, I’ll wipe off some portions of the sea to depict the sun’s glorious rays dancing on the calm waters. Similarly, I’ll create some clouds in the sky.
As you can see, using tissue paper, as opposed to simply painting the clouds white, allows you to create “softer” clouds and an overall blurry effect. And that’s exactly what I want!
Now I’ll switch to a flat brush and add a layer of blue to the sea. Again, I’m using a very light flush of color and only going darker where I want to. Even if you’ve already planned to use darker colors in certain areas, it’s always safe to start with a light consistency. You can build up the saturation slowly by adding more layers of paint.
Next step onwards, we’ll be focusing on the details, so let this layer dry before proceeding.
Well, patience is a virtue, which I lack, so let’s start painting the hills!
On a serious note, though, if you’re impatient like me, just make sure that the area you’re going to paint on is dry. For instance, I just finished painting the sea, so I’ll avoid adding details to it until it’s dry. On the other hand, the sky was untouched for a couple of minutes, so it’s safe to start painting on it.
Coming back to the hills, I suggest starting with a light consistency to paint the first few hills. You can increase the saturation as you paint more hills, thereby creating a sense of depth in the painting.
This simple technique can make a world of difference in the mood and composition of the painting, giving it a more realistic effect.
Next, I’ll add a bit of yellow around the sun and adjust the saturation as needed. I’ll further add a bit of orange to depict the changing colors of the evening sky.
For the clouds, simply add layers of yellow, orange, and blue around the blank portions. Also, adding a bit of purple here and there will create a dramatic effect, and I’m all for it!
However, you should not feel limited to just these colors and experiment with your favorites instead. Go all out with neon green if that’s what you like. After all, the sky’s the limit!
Once dry, I’ll proceed to add some details to the sea. First, I’ll paint some yellow strokes right below the sun to capture its rays onto the calm sea.
Notice how I’m using horizontal strokes all along? Well, that gives the water body a realistic “ripple” effect. Unless you want to depict movement or some sort of disturbance in the sea, I recommend sticking to horizontal paint strokes only.
Now, I’ll use a thin brush and paint a cute little boat gently bobbing on the sea. Again, I’m painting very lightly to get the initial structure of the boat right. Once I’m happy with how it looks, I’ll add darker strokes and details.
To complete the painting, I’ll add more strokes to the sea. Consider dark blue or purple and warmer tones of yellow. Don’t forget to create shadows below the boat!
And just by adding a bunch of horizontal strokes on the water, the painting is slowly coming to life. You can add as many or as little details as you want. At the end of the day, it’s your painting, and you get to decide how to go about it. So, you do you!
And there you have it - a beautiful sunset you can come home to every single day. You can frame the painting and place it in your bedroom. Or, show off a little by hanging it on the living room wall - your guests will surely notice it!
However, if your first attempt at painting a sunset did not meet your expectations, don’t worry. It takes time and practice to truly capture nature’s beauty on paper. So, experiment with different colors, brushes, and techniques, and let your creativity shine! The tutorial on how to paint trees in watercolor might come in handy as smaller elements might be easier to digest initially, but if a scene is still what you are looking for, I'd suggest trying out the watercolor lotus tutorial.
Watercolors are hands down the best medium to recreate the timeless beauty of nature.
The transparency and luminosity of watercolors offer endless possibilities for exploration, especially when painting trees. That said, painting with watercolors can be a fun and rewarding experience for watercolor artists of all skill levels.
Hi, everyone. I’m Dylla, and today, I’ll show you how to paint four different types of trees - cypress, pine, aspen, and teak. Each tree has a unique structure and texture that requires different techniques.
I will guide you through the process of painting each tree in a way that captures its essence and character. Whether you’re a beginner or an experienced watercolor artist, I’ll help develop your skills and confidence in painting trees.
Before we start with the process, you must ensure you have the right equipment. Of course, you don’t need to use the exact products I’m using as long as you’ve got a brush that works for you. Plus, I’m using just a few shades of greens and browns, along with a hint of black, red, and yellow, so you need not deck up on a lot of colors, too.
But if you’re curious, here’s a list of equipment I’ll be using for today’s artwork:
Paint: Winsor & Newton: Cotman Series | Paper: Arches Watercolor Paper Cold Pressed 300gsm | Brush: Winsor & Newton Cotman Watercolor Brush Set of 4
Start by creating an outline of the trunk and leaves. I’m using a light-colored pencil for a bright finish on 300 gsm watercolor paper, but you can use any paper, here you can find watercolor paper alternatives. However, I do not recommend using a regular pencil as the lines may get too harsh, and considering the sheer nature of watercolors, the pencil outline may be visible.
Next, dip a wet brush into some green and yellow paint and start adding colors to the cypress tree. Remember - you don’t have to be perfect! Just use very light and rough strokes. Also, keep your brush slightly wet to maintain a translucent finish. But make sure your brush is not dripping - that’s definitely not what we want unless you want your painting to bleed!
Once you’re done painting the base layer, wait for it to set. Again, the colors should set but not dry out completely. If they become fully dry before you add more layers of paint, you won’t be able to achieve that natural shaded effect.
Now, add more paint to your palette or add darker shades of green. Doing so will help you create more volume and shadows on the cypress tree, thereby creating a more realistic effect.
In this step, I recommend starting with the trunk too. I’m mixing brown with a bit of red for a more vibrant look. Depending on your preference, you can mix brown with black if you’re creating a nighttime scene or add a hint of yellow for a summery vibe.
For the next layer of paint, I’m adding darker colors for more consistency and detail. You can see that as I add more shades of green, the tree slowly comes to life!
You can continue making more cypress trees for practice or follow me as I make a pine tree next.
Again, I’ll use a light colored pencil to draw a faint outline of the tree trunk and the inner branches. Here, too, you can use any other colored pencil. I just like staying on the safer side with a light orange color like this one!
Because of the unique conical shape of a pine tree, I’ll start by painting the trunk. This will allow me to paint the leaves easily later on. I also suggest using more brown towards the end of the trunk and adding more green at the top.
Note that I’m keeping the brush wet throughout the process since it’s smaller than the one I used previously. So, it tends to dry out quickly, which will obviously not give me the effect I want in this pine tree. Also, with a wet brush, you will be able to paint more intricate details, which is ideal for creating the pointy leaves in coniferous trees.
Just like how we did for the cypress tree, I’ll slowly add more color to my brush and add layers to this pine tree. After a few more details and some highlights on the soil, the pine tree is done.
Doesn’t it look gorgeous? I recommend painting this tree on some handmade cards this Christmas. All you have to do is add some colorful dots for ornaments and a star right at the top. Quick, easy, and absolutely Christmas-y!
Next, we’ll be making an aspen tree, which is quite easy to paint yet looks ethereal. You can even try experimenting with unique color combos like pink, blue, and purple to make the aspen tree look like it's straight out of a fairytale!
But today, I’ll stick to its natural color, and for that, I’m starting with a light outline of the trunk and the branches.
Step 2 - Start Painting The First Layer Of The Aspen Tree
I’ll start with light green mixed with yellow for the first few patches. This will create subtle highlights in the final look. Again, as I mentioned earlier, feel free to play around with your favorite colors to get the desired look.
Now, I’ll dip more color into the palette and add layers one by one. I don’t suggest using a completely drenched brush, but it should be wet enough so that the layers merge naturally.
I also recommend adding a bit of red or brown watercolor while painting the trunk and the branches. To create smaller twigs, I'm using a thinner brush for more precision.
Thereafter, simply add more layers of paint to create a sense of volume and depth within the tree leaves. And that completes your aspen tree!
Lastly, I’ll make a teak tree, probably the most common of them all. So, if you want to learn how to paint just one tree out of the four, I recommend this one as you’ll be drawing this a lot in landscapes.
Just as we did for all the trees, draw an outline of the trunk and the branches with a very light hand. I reiterate this because even if you end up drawing an extra branch, you can always hide it with more paint.
This time, I’ll use a wider brush and keep it dry to create a textured look. As you can see, this helps me replicate the look of a teak tree more accurately. It gives it a somewhat hazy effect, so this technique will come in handy in your future artworks too.
Slowly, I’ll add more layers using the same technique. Keep in mind that the brush is not completely dry - or else it won’t pick up any watercolor. It’s just damp enough to stay pigmented but dry enough to create this texture.
As you can see, the more color I use, the more voluminous the teak tree looks.
Now, for the details, I’m coming back to my round brush so that I can paint with more precision. I’m also adding a hint of red to the trunk for a more vibrant and fresh look. And I’ll use the same red with green watercolor to paint the soil.
With a few more finishing touches, the teak tree is ready. And that completes my artwork for the day!
And there you have it - with just a few colors and art supplies, now you know how to paint four different types of trees in watercolor. Well, I had a lot of fun painting these trees, and I hope it was the same for you.
But before I take my leave, I want to emphasize the fact that practice makes perfect. Your first attempt at painting may not meet your expectations. But don’t be afraid to experiment with different colors, techniques, textures, and subjects.
Take your time to observe trees in nature and study their unique characteristics, like their shape and color. This will help you capture their essence in your paintings.
Watercolor painting is one of the most fun types of painting you can do to express your inner artist. Everyone has used watercolor painting to create beautiful sceneries in their childhood. But as we grow up, we tend to move away from this fun childhood habit.
If you’re thinking about connecting with your inner child by taking up watercolor painting and want to hone your watercolor painting techniques, look no further! My complete guide is filled to the brim with watercolor tips to help you get started!
Do keep in mind that, like with any other skill, watercolor painting has a learning curve. So, patience and practice is the key to perfecting the art of watercolor paint.
To get started with watercolor painting, you will need some basic watercolor supplies and materials. Luckily, all of these are extremely easy to find and inexpensive. Depending on your needs, you can get a lot of fancy materials. Or, you can just get some watercolor paints, some watercolor brushes, some paper towels, a jar of water, and watercolor paper to begin painting!
Watercolor Paints
There are actually a few types of watercolor paints you can find in the market. As a newbie, you might be overwhelmed with choosing the right type of watercolor paint. But it’s pretty simple, actually.
Watercolor paintsare usually available in pan, tube, and liquid watercolor forms. Tubes are generally better in terms of cost-effectiveness, but pans are better for beginners. So, I recommend starting your painting journey with pan watercolors and then moving on to the tube and liquid forms.
Watercolor Paper
Contrary to popular belief, the choice of watercolor paper is actually the most important part of watercolor painting. If you make the wrong choice, no matter how expensive your paints or brushes are, your painting will not look good. So, you need to choose a good quality paper to make pretty watercolor textures.
Your paper needs to be graded at 140 lbs (300 GSM) for the wet paint to look good on it. If you want an even more sturdy option, go for watercolor papers graded at 300 lbs (640 GSM).
The watercolor paper also comes in two different varieties: cold pressed, which has a nice texture, and hot pressed, which is smoother.
Tip
GSM stands for gram per square meter.
Watercolor Brushes
You’ll be using your watercolor brushes to do all of your beautiful painting. So, you need to get one that is sturdy and durable enough to get you started. And, as if there weren’t enough types of watercolor paints, there are also quite a few types of watercolor brushes you can choose from. Here are a few to get you started with your collection.
Round Brushes
Everyone has used round brushes at some point in their life. This is actually the only brush you need to get started. It is one of the most versatile and practical brushes you can buy. You can also get this brush in multiple sizes, which will help your technique. Try to get a small, medium, and large brush to help you get the hang of watercolor skills.
Flat Brushes
Flat brushes are the best when you want to paint a large amount of space with one color. Get one to start improving your painting skills.
Angled Brushes
Just like flat brushes, angled paintbrushes have a hard and flat edge. Except, as apparent from the name, it has a diagonal angle to it. This brush is best for when you’re stuck in a tight corner and don’t want to mix paints.
Filbert Brushes
Since these paint brushes end in an oval shape, they are perfect for filling in round shapes. It’s not necessary to get this brush since it is only really needed in unique situations. But I always encourage experimenting with painting!
Detail Brushes
Detail brushes do precisely what their name says: they help you to add tiny details to your watercolor paintings. These brushes have really small tips and help you add finishing touches to your watercolor masterpieces.
Mop Brushes
Mob brushes can carry a lot of paint, helping you to quickly fill in a lot of space. This is not exactly a beginner brush. So, you can get this one once you start getting the hang of the basics of watercolor painting.
Watercolor Palette
If you purchase some watercolor tubes, you will definitely require a watercolor palette to help you take the paint out or mix paints together. A palette will help you create the perfect blend of colors you need for your desired watercolor painting.
Tip
Use a palette to create combinations of paints for colors you don’t have.
Jars Of Water
This should come as no surprise since it’s right there in the name. For the perfect watercolor painting, you need just the right amount of water. It will help you to blend in the colors and get that characteristic watery texture that makes watercolor painting so charming!
Tip
Use two jars of water during painting: one for cleaning your brushes and the other for painting and mixing colors.
Pens And Pencils
Keep some pens and pencils around to sketch your painting beforehand. This is especially important for a beginner. You can’t remove the paint from the paper, but you can erase pencil lines. So, keep a pencil and eraser handy before you start to paint with watercolor.
Other Watercolor Accessories
Apart from the supplies mentioned above, you can get other accessories to complete your watercolor toolkit. Note that these are not necessary to buy, and you can totally create beautiful paintings without them.
Rags/Paper Towel- You will require a rag, or a paper towel, while you watercolor paint to clean off your paintbrush or clean the paint from somewhere else.
Art Board- Keep your watercolor paper on an art board. This will give you a good and sturdy base for your painting.
Tape- You can use some tape to hold your paper down on the board and prevent it from moving around.
Masking Fluid- Masking fluid is a latex substance you can use to preserve some of the white space on your paper. Read more about how to use it in the negative painting section below.
Heat Tool- A heat tool will help to dry your washes quickly and reduce the drying time of your painting.
Setting Up Your Workspace
You need the right ambiance and workplace to start pouring your creativity onto watercolor paper. It will take some time and practice to figure out what setup works best for you. But here are some general tips to head you in the right direction.
Lighting
You need some good lighting to do some good painting. Your best option would be natural light. Put your table against a window, and start creating art in the sunlight. If a window is unavailable, make sure you are in a well-lit area. This will help you see your colors clearly and add in minuscule details.
Easel Or Flat Surface
An easel stand is what comes to mind for most people when they think of a painter. You can totally get an easel stand to get in the painting mood. Or, to keep things simple, you can get started on a flat surface, like a basic table. A flat surface will enable your painting to turn out just like you want.
Protecting Your Workspace
Watercolor painting is fun, but it is also messy. So, make sure to protect your workplace to ensure it stays neat and clean. Get an artboard to put under your watercolor paper. You can also use some masking tape to keep the paper in place. Keep some rags (or paper towels) around to clean up any mess that might happen.
Organizing Your Supplies
Organizing your watercolor supplies in the right way is vital to keep the flow of the painting going. Keep the materials you will use the most near your dominant hand to have them in close proximity. On the other hand, keep the materials you will use less frequently near your non-dominant hand.
After you have collected all the necessary supplies and set up your painting workspace, you are ready to get started with some watercolor painting. Here are some basic techniques you can use to get the paint rolling.
1. Wet-On-Wet
This wet painting technique is very beginner-friendly and extremely fun to use. First, dip your brush in some clean water and spread it on your page. Now, add one or more colors on top of the wet area to create beautiful textures. You can also use this technique to blend complementary colors easily.
The paint will go where the water goes. So, you can use this simple technique to create highly innovative and creative designs.
2. Wet-On-Dry
In this technique, you don’t wet the paper first. Simply mix a little bit of water with some paint, and start painting directly on dry paper. With this technique, you have a lot of control over where your paint goes. It allows you to create definitive edges and add details.
Also, the dry paper does not necessarily mean a fresh blank piece of paper. You can use this technique on paint that has already dried.
Tip
Go in with the wet-on-dry watercolor technique after the wet-on-wet technique to add extra details and features.
3. Dry Brush/Lifting
You can use a dry brush to lift off some of the paint. You can use this unique technique to lighten some areas. You can even create fun patterns like stripes or polka dots using a dry brush.
4. Glazing
The white of a watercolor paper should be preserved as the paper’s brightness. This helps to avoid muddy watercolor paintings since the white of the paper shines through the lighter areas. This can be achieved by using the glazing technique, where you layer transparent washes one at a time.
5. Masking
You can use masking tape to cover areas where you don’t want the paint to be while you paint around them. Just place a piece of masking tape on the area you want to protect, and then paint around it. After you are done, remove the piece of masking tape.
You can also use masking fluid, which is a liquid latex substance. Apply it carefully on the area you want to protect to get clean edges. After you have completed your watercolor painting, you can rub the masking fluid off yourself or use a block of rubber cement as a removal tool.
6. Gradient And Blending
Watercolors can be used to blend elaborate gradients. First, select the shades of colors you want to blend together to create a gradient. Now, you will have to use a lot of water to create the gradient. Keep the paper wet at all costs. If the paper starts to dry up, you will be left with patchy and streaky areas.
So, keep going over the painted areas to keep them wet. Keep blending it till it is all smooth and a perfect gradient is formed. You can create single-color gradients, two-color gradients, and multi-color gradients.
7. Layering
You can layer different watercolors on top of each other to give your painting more depth. You can create shadows and highlights in your watercolor painting using this technique.
Choose a color and use it to draw a shape. After waiting for it to dry, apply a layer of paint on the shape, just slightly off-center. Keep doing this until you hit just the right amount of depth or shadow. You can also use different colors for this technique. Just remember to keep the lighter colors first.
Tip
Try to experiment using the wet-on-wet and wet-on-dry techniques to achieve interesting results.
8. Watercolor Washes
A watercolor wash is just another term for covering up a large space of watercolor paper with paint. There are many different types of washes you can try to achieve this.
Flat Wash: A flat wash is just one layer of a color painted on the entire area. It is smooth and has the same transparency throughout the painted area.
Graded Wash: A graded wash is where the color of the wash slowly transitions from full color to a lighter color or even full transparency.
Variegated Wash: Just like a graded wash transition from a full color to a lighter color, a variegated wash transitions from one color to another color. This is a good option in the case of painting sunsets and sunrises.
Advanced Watercolor Techniques
If you have completed your dabbling with the basic techniques, you can test the waters with some of these advanced watercolor techniques.
1. Painting Textures
Although you obviously do most of the watercolor painting using different brushes, you can actually use different household items to create new textures. You can use salt, rubbing alcohol, sponges, etc., to change the textures of your existing watercolor painting.
2. Using Negative Space
Negative painting is quite tricky to pull off, but it is worth the effort if done right. Generally, you start painting your subject by building layers of paint and water. In negative space painting, however, you do the complete opposite. You paint around the subject of your painting. This will make your painting much more interesting and unique.
3. Incorporating mixed media
Watercolors can be used to create beautiful and intricate designs. But the skill actually starts to show when you combine it with other media, like ink, gouache, charcoal, acrylic, pastel, etc. So, not only do you paint with watercolor but also with all these other media.
Each medium has its very own unique textures and techniques. So, keep in mind how much paint of each kind you are using. Have fun mixing!
4. Using color theory to paint with watercolor
Color theory is the science that explains how humans perceive color. In color theory, there are three categories of colors: primary colors, secondary colors, and tertiary colors.
The color theory also talks about the color wheel in great detail. The color wheel consists of all three groups of colors. You can separate the cold colors (blues, purples, greens) and the warm colors (reds, yellows, oranges) by drawing a line through the center of the wheel.
Complementary colors are placed opposite to each other on the color wheel, while analogous colors sit right next to each other. All of this is just the basic color theory. You can use your knowledge of the color wheel to create enigmatic paintings with depth and perspective.
5. Using different brush strokes
Using different brush strokes in your painting will create more exciting and captivating designs. A good brush technique will produce a good painting. Various factors can affect your brush strokes, like the amount of wetness, the intensity of your mixture, the amount of pressure you apply, the speed of your stroke, the direction of your stroke, etc.
The different kinds of brush strokes you can use are thick strokes, thin strokes, flick-away strokes, flick-towards yourself strokes, loose strokes, hard-edged strokes, dry brush strokes, etc. Begin with practicing your brush technique on a blank paper. Then, slowly start to incorporate them into your paintings.
Tips and tricks have made everyone’s life easier since time immemorial. So, here are some watercolor tips and tricks for you to get started.
1. Using Reference Images
After you have successfully learned the basics of watercolor painting, you can start painting using reference images. Choose a scenery or photo you would like to paint. Now, use that as a reference image. Try imitating the colors, the textures, and the depth you see in your reference image. Use your inner watercolor artist to channel your creativity.
Reference images make it a little easier to paint since you know exactly where to put your next brush stroke and which color to use.
2. Mixing colors together
Mixing colors to create beautiful blends and gradients is not a piece of cake. You need to have a thorough knowledge of the color theory to make sure that the vibrant watercolors you are mixing are going to produce a beautiful new color.
The three primary colors are red, blue, and yellow. All other colors are a combination of different proportions of these three. When you mix two primary colors, you get a secondary color, like green or purple. When you mix a primary color with a secondary color, you get a tertiary color, like yellow-orange.
Use your watercolor palette to test out the color theory and create unique and wonderful watercolor blends of your own.
3. Preparing your watercolor paper
You will have to keep in mind the wetness of the paper. If you’re painting watercolors using a wet brush on damp paper, the paint might not stay in your control. The brushstrokes might behave erratically and run in different directions. On the other hand, if you are painting on dry paper, you will have more control over what you’re painting. However, you won’t achieve any of the beautiful watercolor textures.
Mastering this will only come from experience. So, roll up your sleeves and get to practicing.
4. Amount of water to use
The amount of water you mix with your watercolor paints will yield varied results. Less water will lead to bold strokes. More water will make the color more pale and diluted. It all depends on the color and look you’re going for.
To practice this form of pigment and water control, you’ll have to mix varying amounts of water with paints and see what new effects you can come up with. Keep experimenting and practicing to learn how to watercolor paint.
5. Knowing when to stop
Weak paints are the result of little paint and too much water. Stop adding water to the painting after the desired effect has already been achieved. Layering also needs to be done carefully to avoid getting a muddy result. So, knowing when to stop is very important while experimenting with watercolor painting techniques.
6. Conserving white space
Since watercolor is transparent, you can’t really paint lighter colors over dark. So, you need to conserve some white space beforehand if you want to do that. This is where all that planning will come in handy.
Tip
You can use some sandpaper, a dry brush, or a sharp knife to scrape some of the dark paint off if you forget to leave some white space.
7. Practice, practice, and practice
There are no shortcuts to success. Practicing with the paints is what is going to improve your skills and teach you how to watercolor paint. If you want to become a true watercolor artist, it is essential for you to take out your paintbrushes and get to painting regularly.
Common Watercolor Painting Mistakes And How To Avoid Them
On the road to becoming a true watercolor artist, you are bound to make some mistakes during your first few paintings. However, you need not worry. Here is a list of some common mistakes and also ways to avoid them.
1. Overworking the painting
Overworking the watercolor painting happens when you over blend the painting with water and paint and try to add too many details. This ruins your watercolor painting and leads to the wastage of good-quality paper. This can be avoided by starting the painting with a plan. You should have a proper vision of what your painting should look like.
So, next time you sit down to paint, do some planning ahead. Visualize using a color wheel. Practice the basic and advanced techniques. And then start dabbling in watercolor paints.
2. Using too much water
Watercolor painting essentially means mixing water with some paint and creating beautiful art out of it. All the watercolor effects and textures depend on how much water you are using. So, using too much water might dilute your paint color. This would not let the actual color of the paints come out and will lead to blurry paintings.
This can only be avoided with experimentation and practice. Pick up a brush and some water-based paints every once in a while. Practice with different amounts of water till you find the right amount.
3. Not letting the paper dry
When you paint with watercolor, you need to have some patience. Painting on a wet wash using a wet paintbrush will lead to muddying of the colors. You will actually risk ruining the under wash; this is known as unwanted back-runs. So, your well-intentioned brush stroke will turn into a muddy sludge.
This can be avoided by just having some patience. Wait a little while for the under wash to dry before you go over it with another layer of paint.
Tip
You can buy a heat tool to dry your paints if you can’t deal with the drying time.
4. Using the wrong paper
I do realize art supplies can be expensive, but the watercolor paper is not something you should compromise on. Essentially, you will be compromising on how your watercolor painting turns out. Cheap paper is made using cellulose, which absorbs water very slowly. This doesn’t let the true beauty and textures of watercolor paintings come out. Other cheap papers just disintegrate into a piece of pulp if you use too much water.
The solution to this is using high-quality cotton paper. Only good paper will lead to good paintings. You can even compromise on the quality of the paint brushes but only get good quality paper for your painting.
Tip
Practice painting on cheap paper before so you don’t waste any of the expensive good quality paper.
5. Not using enough paint
Whenever you paint with watercolor, you need to remember that watercolor paints tend to dry about 25% lighter than when they were wet. So, the colors might start to look too pale and dull after they dry up. This can only be solved through practice and experience.
Open up your painting notebook to a fresh page, and just start painting. Choose the darkest and the lightest colors, and see what creativity you can come up with.
So, remember this when you watercolor paint the next time. After all, it is better for your colors to show up darker than not show up at all.
6. Not changing your water frequently
The water you are using while you watercolor paint starts to become dirty throughout the course of the painting. Dirty water will discolor and contaminate your artwork. So, you need to remember to replace your water regularly.
How to Watercolor Paint Related To FAQs
How do I choose the right paper for watercolor painting?
Professional watercolor artists use 100% cotton paper to paint with watercolor since it provides sturdiness and durability. They offer the best painting texture and surface. If you’re not confident about your painting skills, you can start with wood pulp papers. After you have worked on your skills, you can then progress to better-quality cotton paper.
Watercolor papers also come in two types: hot-pressed and cold-pressed. The hot-pressed paper has a smooth surface and even texture. Hence, it is ideal for fine details for mixed media painting, and the paint dries quickly. Cold-pressed paper, on the other hand, has a bit of tooth to it and is a great option for beginners.
As a beginner, you can also buy a watercolor painting book to keep all your artwork in the same place.
How can I mix colors effectively in watercolor painting?
Mixing watercolors is pretty easy and fun.
First, decide what color you would like to mix
Wet your brush with water, dip it in one of the colors you would like to mix
Dab that paint on a watercolor palette
Now, clean your brush with water
Dip your wet brush in the other color
Dab the second color on the palette beside the first color
Now, clean your brush with water and start mixing the two colors
Mix them until you reach your desired shade
Here are some basic color combinations you can keep in mind:
Red + Blue = Purple
Yellow + Red = Orange
Orange + Blue = Brown
Yellow + Blue = Green
What are the different techniques used in watercolor painting?
There are several techniques used in watercolor painting. You can start with simple techniques like blending, layering, dry brushing, etc. After you have successfully improved those, you can begin practicing some of the advanced techniques, like textures, depth, negative space, etc.
How can I improve my watercolor painting skills and take them to the next level?
Practice is the key to improving any skill. The same goes for watercolor painting. You need to work on your art and keep practicing regularly. Begin with the basic techniques, master those, and then move on to the advanced techniques. Slowly, you will start to notice the improvement in your paintings.
Start with painting small things, like flowers, trees, skies, watercolor lettering, etc. Steadily, you can move on to more complicated and picturesque sceneries. And don’t compare your progress with anyone else’s. Everyone’s journey is different.
You need to find some inspiration and then try to recreate it. If you are having trouble coming up with different ideas to paint while practicing, here are some wonderful watercolor painting ideasto get the ball rolling.
What is watercolor scrubbing?
Watercolor scrubbing is a technique painters use to hide or correct mistakes. Wet a special scrubbing brush or a stiff brush, and start gently scrubbing at the mistake. You will notice that the paint starts to lift off slowly. Just remember to clean the brush in between and be careful not to damage the paper during the scrubbing process.
Hopefully, this article inspired you and assisted you in taking your dip into the world of watercolor painting. One of the best tips I can give you is to start small and have patience. Practice makes perfect, and this absolutely stands true for watercolor painting.
With watercolor painting, you literally need to go with the flow. The flow of water will lead to interesting and charming designs. And slowly, you will learn how to control those designs.
Just remember to have and enjoy the process. After all, what are watercolors for, if not a little fun?
When there is a desire to learn new software, it’s best to follow some high-quality books or tutorials, which will guide you right from the start especially when the learning curve is steep!
Maya is an essential 3D design software that every aspiring entertainment artist should have under their belt. With an excellent grasp of this program, it gets easier to land a job in the music, film, and gaming industry. Every software has its own set of pros and cons, and with Maya, there is no exception.
You’ll find different production pipelines from simple 2D animations to 3D animated films built on Maya. It doesn’t come as a surprise that Maya is known to be an entire ecosystem itself and not just a design software. This program isn’t a new player in the VFX world, but a pretty old one.
There are a ton of books, tutorials, documentation, problem-related posts, scripts, and plugins to improve your work speed and learning curve in Maya.
Let’s take a look at the best books on learning Maya for beginners to professionals!
Best Maya Books for Beginners & Professionals
Here is the list of the 16 best Maya books to help both beginners and professionals master 3D animation and modeling.
If you prefer learning through images, then Maya At A Glance will be suitable for you as it comes with quite a beginner-friendly teaching style. To read this book, you don’t need to have any prior knowledge about any 3D design program or Maya. For every chapter, there are several screenshots along with different tutorials that will help you to get a grasp of the content being taught.
An individual who is looking out for a visual guide will undoubtedly find this book to be of great help. It has an effortless writing style, which will be easy for you to follow. You’ll understand how to create different 3D renderings and how to manipulate objects directly on the screen from the ground up. Don’t get this book hoping that you’ll understand the entire functioning of Maya.
This book will give you an understanding of the fundamentals, along with lessons for using the software. But, a significant chunk of learning needs to be done by you. So, you have to follow the tutorials carefully and keep practicing along.
Format: Paperback | Author: George Maestri | Publisher: Sybex | Edition: N/A | Publishing Date: April 22, 2005 | Number of Pages: 192 | Dimensions: 8.25" x 0.5" x 10.25" | Weight: 1.3lbs | Other Format/s: Digital
Are you a complete novice to the 3D design software Maya? Well! Then you should grab a copy of the book Getting Started in 3D with Maya. The book is by Adam Watkins, who teaches you about the entire interface that is available on Maya and the various tools which can be used.
When you understand the basics of using Maya, the benefits of this software for entertainment artists will be clear. The first chapters in this book talk about modeling and how to set up scenery for a mock video game. It also covers the fundamentals of modeling for rendering, lighting, intricate textures, creatures, and even a little about the basics of animation.
This is a beginner-friendly book, and it covers every information that is required for you to get started on using this software. There are tons of projects in this book, and from each of them, you’ll gain a new skill set. And you’ll also be getting homework which will help you to practice each of the topics. Overall, this helps you to obtain a piece of practical knowledge about Maya.
Format: Kindle | Author: Adam Watkins | Publisher: Routledge | Edition: 1st Edition | Publishing Date: November 12, 2012 | Number of Pages: 421(Print Length) | Dimensions: N/A | Weight: N/A | Other Format/s: Paperback, Hardcover
If you prefer learning from a digital ebook, then Simplifying Maya will be a great resource to help you learn about this 3D design software. This is a brand new book on Maya, which was initially published in 2016. The book consists of 454 pages, and this lengthy edition covers all the fundamentals that will be beneficial in your artwork.
A large portion of this book is focusing on the workflow and how you can develop a design system on Maya. It’s natural for our workflow to change depending on the topic that you’re working on. But, in this book, the author also helps you to understand the different possible workflows that you’ll be coming across.
Jana Germano has covered every information that the title of this book promises to you. The book consists of different step-by-step tutorials which you should be following along. Moreover, as you complete the book and practice the lessons, you’ll be more comfortable working with this program.
Format: Kindle | Author: Jana Germano | Publisher: And/Or Press | Edition: N/A | Publishing Date: February 19, 2016 | Number of Pages: 454 (Print Length) | Dimensions: N/A | Weight: N/A | Other Format/s: N/A
The team at Autodesk usually publishes their own books while the newest one is Introducing Autodesk Maya 2016. The book has been updated with the newer versions of Maya that are available. And the techniques that are mentioned in the book can be applied to all the versions.
This book is an introductory guide, and it focuses mainly on the core fundamentals at first. The book has a total of 624 pages in which you can follow the different exercises which teach you about simple animation, basic 3D creation, and the use of various tools in Maya. But you should be aware that the activities given in this book are a tad challenging when compared to the other beginner books.
However, when you learn the advanced concepts, in the beginning, it will be beneficial for you to evolve your skills faster. The Autodesk team has done a great job to introduce Maya in detail. But, if it gets too overwhelming, then you can start with a guide that comes with a simple intro to Maya. This book is an excellent guide if you’re willing to practice regularly. As it requires a lot of patience and hard work to understand new software.
Format: Paperback | Author: Dariush Derakhshani | Publisher: Sybex | Edition: 1st Edition | Publishing Date: July 27, 2015 | Number of Pages: 624 | Dimensions: 7.4" x 1.2" x 9.2" | Weight: 2.6lbs | Other Format/s: Kindle
You’ll find a lot of animators and modelers spending their time in Maya designing different characters. This often gets similar to character design, where the 2D concept artists can create a design and then import it to Maya for rendering purposes. The author, Jahirul Amin, teaches about anatomy and modeling for digital artists in the Beginner’s Guide to Character Creation in Maya.
There is no requirement for you to have any artistic abilities to understand this book, which might appear a little strange for beginners. Having prior knowledge about traditional painting will not be of great help, because you’ll learn about 3D modeling only with experience in the software. The real difficulty you’ll be facing is with understanding the posture and movement of your characters.
Every character that you're designing has some unique set of traits, which includes distinct locomotion and kinesiology. For an aspiring animator, this is a crucial topic to understand.
For all entertainment artists, this book will be of great help in designing 3D character models. This book also consists of video tutorials that cover around 30 hours in total, so this product is a steal for its price tag.
Format: Paperback | Author: Jahirul Amin | Publisher: 3DTotal Publishing | Edition: N/A | Publishing Date: May 12, 2015 | Number of Pages: 288 | Dimensions: 8.5" x 0.75" x 11.75" | Weight: 2.51lbs | Other Format/s: N/A
Few of the big animation studios all over the world do rely on Maya for getting their animation work done. Learning this software also ensures job security for character artists and professional animators. The book Cartoon Character Animation With Maya gives you an introduction to 3D animation.
To understand every single detail mentioned in the book, you need to know the fundamentals and the basic tools used in Maya. The first few chapters focus on simplifying the concepts of animation and the functions of Maya in a production environment. But eventually, you’ll be moving into the complex exercises which require you to have a decent background in Maya.
If you’re interested in learning about 3D animation or want to leave a mark in this industry, then getting this book will be an advantage. The book also covers many interviews with several pro animators that are spread across the different chapters, and it makes this book an exciting read. You’ll find the lesson to be quite practical, which will help you to understand how Maya works.
Format: Paperback | Author: Keith Osborn | Publisher: Fairchild Books | Edition: N/A | Publishing Date: October 8, 2015 | Number of Pages: 176 | Dimensions: 8.25" x 0.49" x 10.65" | Weight: 1.49lbs | Other Format/s: Kindle
This book is often referred to be an introductory guide to Maya, but it’s not entirely suited for beginners. There are different fundamentals that The Art of Maya focuses on, which will help you to understand the various tools and the standard workflows. You might find the writing to be a little technical, and it doesn’t follow a step-by-step guide format.
The book is more like a manual that introduces Maya, while it covers the various functions of this software. If you want a detailed description of this 3D design software, then you’ll find it all in the 256 pages of the book.
Every chapter focuses on the various workflows and tools that are required for creating different subjects. The main sections focus on rendering, animation, time/space, FX, interactivity, and modeling for game design. The last chapter gives you an introduction to professional Maya, along with six professionals sharing their insights on the same.
We advise you to get this book but, only when you have gained some basic experience with this design software.
Format: Paperback | Author: Autodesk Maya Press | Publisher: Sybex | Edition: 1st Edition | Publishing Date: April 30, 2007 | Number of Pages: 256 | Dimensions: 8" x 0.75" x 9.75" | Weight: 1.6lbs | Other Format/s: N/A
The importance of learning to create different environments is equal to designing characters. There are concept artists who usually prefer to create the environments in 2D, and then for 3D rendering, they transfer them to modelers.
There is another book called Simplifying Maya by an expert in this software named Jana Germano. The writing style of this author is pretty simple, so you’ll have no trouble following it. And the book Creating Environments in Maya is an excellent follow-up to her introductory guide.
As you follow these books, you’ll understand how to form any environment directly in Maya. It focuses on working with realistic situations and the concept of photorealism rather than making cartoony environments. The other topics covered in this book are about matte painting and a few insights for background designers wanting to make a career in this industry.
This book will be a good read even though it focuses more on creating realism than stylized environments.
Format: Kindle | Author: Jana Germano | Publisher: And/Or Press Inc. | Edition: N/A | Publishing Date: May 12, 2017 | Number of Pages: 178 (Print Length) | Dimensions: N/A | Weight: N/A | Other Format/s: N/A
This Maya animation book is a bit lengthier and pricier than the others mentioned in this list. The book consists of 486 pages with tons of exercises. If you follow these exercises, then you’ll understand the functions of this complicated program. Each of these exercises provides you with a step-by-step guide while it teaches you how to use the different menu items in Maya.
3D Animation for the Raw Beginner will help you learn about professional workflows and modeling, which will show you the right direction from the start. Each content that is covered in this book is pretty detailed, and these lessons can also be applied to video games. As a beginner, this book will keep you engaged for months altogether as you try to improve your skills.
Format: Paperback | Author: Roger King | Publisher: Chapman and Hall/CRC | Edition: 1st Edition | Publishing Date: August 17 2014 | Number of Pages: 486 | Dimensions: 7.25" x 1.25" x 10.5" | Weight: 2.25lbs | Other Format/s: Kindle
Every aspiring digital artist and professional should have a copy of How to Cheat in Maya 2014. This is an enormous 300+ page guide that covers the different professional workflows, hacks, and tricks. This will save you time while performing challenging and tedious tasks.
The book mostly covers topics on character animation work, but you can also apply many of these techniques to video games. You can learn several timeline techniques, IK/FK switching, Maya spline, and various other tips regarding realistic animation. If you have some basic knowledge of using Maya, then this book will help you to enhance your skills rapidly.
Format: Paperback | Author: Kenny Roy | Publisher: Routledge | Edition: 1st Edition | Publishing Date: September 3, 2013 | Number of Pages: 326 | Dimensions: 7.4" x 0.8" x 9.6" | Weight: 1.39lbs | Other Format/s: Hardcover, Kindle
Rigging is a vital concept that is used for animation in games and movies. It helps to define the line of action for each model. There are very few Maya-centric books, which cover the topic of rigging. But, Rig it Right! Maya Animation Rigging Concepts is the perfect guide for aspiring modelers and animators wanting to make a career in the animation industry.
This topic doesn’t have many intricate details, but it can get a little confusing initially. However, the book is pretty simple to read, and it covers all the fundamentals, which will be helpful even for semi-experienced Maya users.
Format: Paperback | Author: Tina O'Hailey | Publisher: Routledge | Edition: 2nd Edition | Publishing Date: September 24, 2018 | Number of Pages: 256 | Dimensions: 7" x 0.5" x 10" | Weight: 1.71lbs | Other Format/s: Hardcover, Kindle
This is another book with quality information that covers FX for 3D design. The author of Maya Visual Effects: The Innovator’s Guide is Eric Keller, a former professional VFX artist, with decades of experience in TV, film, and video games. He gives plenty of actionable tips for Maya users in this 400-page guide.
You’ll find most of the chapters focusing on CGI effects and how they can be recreated in Maya. There are a few people who might not find the examples to be on the creative end. But, the book does serve the purpose of a resource manual for your artwork. Before, you grab this advanced book; you should gain experience in creating your environments and characters.
If you’re a Maya user or VFX artist, then we advise you to get this book. It will be highly beneficial in improving your skill set, as it goes way beyond the traditional norms.
Format: Kindle | Author: Eric Keller | Publisher: Sybex | Edition: 2nd Edition | Publishing Date: April 12, 2013 | Number of Pages: 400 (Print Length) | Dimensions: N/A | Weight: N/A | Other Format/s: Paperback
The Maya Professional Tips and Techniques is a detailed guide on advanced Maya work with a reasonable price tag. The 221 pages of this book are full of shortcuts, tips, and workflows, which guarantee to help you use Maya efficiently.
There are tons of shortcuts and time-saving tricks which are given by professional animator Lee Lanier and suggestions by pros from this industry. To understand the different concepts presented in this book, you need experience in Maya and skills for creating your characters. But, we don’t advise a complete beginner to get this book.
Format: Paperback | Author: Lee Lanier | Publisher: Sybex | Edition: N/A | Publishing Date: March 6, 2007 | Number of Pages: 221 | Dimensions: 8" x 0.75" x 10" | Weight: 1.48lbs |Other Format/s: N/A
Digital 3D texturing is a massively complicated topic because of the different textures that you can create. The book Advanced Maya Texturing and Lighting focuses on this topic across 456 pages full of tips/tricks and tutorials for Maya users.
The book expects you to be familiar with Maya because it’s quite technical and covers the topic in-depth. In the first few chapters, you’ll learn about the basic concepts of lighting and ways to design natural and stylized light in your work.
In the following chapters, you’ll find tutorials on how light affects a few materials, and you can render them realistically. If you’re looking to expand your Maya workflow, then you should pay close attention to the lessons on MEL (Maya Embedded Language) scripting in this book.
Format: Paperback | Author: Lee Lanier | Publisher: Sybex | Edition: 3rd Edition | Publishing Date: April 27, 2015 | Number of Pages: 456 | Dimensions: 8" x 1" x 9.75" | Weight: 2.72lbs | Other Format/s: Kindle
The scripting language in Maya is known as MEL or Maya Embedded Language. It is a code alternative to the use of GUI, while with MEL the different things which can be done are not possible with Maya menus/tools. MEL Scripting a Character Rig in Maya makes the scripting language appear quite pragmatic. It teaches you how to script and ways to automate your projects.
You’ll learn how the visual interface can be used to perform specific tasks which are followed by a few comparisons with MEL. There is no requirement of having detailed knowledge about coding to learn about MEL, as the process is not very complicated.
The book does cover many topics on programming like variables, loops, and procedures. When you have a firm grasp of MEL scripting, you can bring up your skills to a power user status in Maya. This is a perfect intro guide with plenty of practical lessons.
Format: Paperback | Author: Chris Maraffi | Publisher: New Riders Pub | Edition: 2nd Edition | Publishing Date: January 1, 2008 | Number of Pages: 368 | Dimensions: 7.25" x 0.75" x 9" | Weight: 1.35lbs | Other Format/s: Kindle
This book is best for beginners, while the tools in Maya 7 have not changed much even in the new versions. The tutorials cover all the vital tools that you can use to animate in Maya- the dope sheet, graph editor, and walk cycles. The authors Phil Young and Patricia Beckman have done a great job of relating the lessons to the needs of an artist.
If you’re a complete beginner to animation, then this book will help you learn about the basic principles of animation. Exploring 3D Animation with Maya 7 focuses on the concepts of animation rather than the other aspects of Maya, like rendering, lighting, and modeling.
The book is quite small, with 260 pages, which is quite easy to follow. You'll receive a CD along with this book so you can watch how the scenes are being created.
Format: Paperback | Author: Patricia Beckman-Wells, Phil Young | Publisher: DCL, Paperback | Edition: N/A | Publishing Date: January 1, 2006 | Number of Pages: 260 | Dimensions: N/A | Weight: N/A | Other Format/s: N/A
Which book is best for absolute beginners who want to learn 3D design using Maya?
‘Getting Started in 3D with Maya’ by Adam Watkins is the best choice for complete beginners. It covers all the essential information and tools needed to start using the software, along with numerous projects and homework to help you practice.
Will 'The Art of Maya' be suitable for beginners?
Although ‘The Art of Maya’ is often referred to as an introductory guide, it is not entirely suited for beginners. The writing can be technical and doesn’t follow a step-by-step guide format. It is recommended to gain some basic experience with Maya before picking up this book.
I am a visual learner, which book can help me learn Maya through images?
‘Maya At A Glance’ by George Maestri is the perfect choice for visual learners. The book has an effortless writing style and includes multiple screenshots and tutorials for each chapter, making it easy to follow along and understand.
I prefer digital ebooks, which one should I choose for learning Maya?
‘Simplifying Maya’ by Jana Germano is a great digital ebook option. This comprehensive guide covers all the fundamentals and focuses on the development of workflow in Maya.
Which Maya book is specifically good for character designers?
‘Beginner’s Guide to Character Creation in Maya’ by Jahirul Amin is excellent for character designers. It covers anatomy and modeling for digital artists and even includes video tutorials, making it a valuable resource for industry professionals.
Which book is good for learning advanced concepts about Maya?
‘Introducing Autodesk Maya 2016: Autodesk Official Press’ by Dariush Derakhshani is ideal for learning advanced concepts. The book includes exercises that teach simple animation, basic 3D creation, and various tools in Maya.
Conclusion
As we discover the world of Maya through books, it is crucial to select the best resources for mastering this 3D software. Different people have different learning styles and preferences, thus requiring diverse options to cater to their unique needs.
From the above 16 best Maya books, here are the top three expert recommendations:
Maya At A Glance is an ideal option for visual learners as it presents a beginner-friendly teaching style and focuses on providing numerous visual aids in the form of screenshots and tutorials. This easily digestible information ensures a good understanding of the fundamentals of Maya.
The book Getting Started in 3D with Maya is a good option for complete beginners as the book covers everything you need to know to start using this software. By offering tons of projects and homework, author Adam Watkins guides you in acquiring practical knowledge about Maya.
Lastly, Simplifying Maya is the right choice for digital ebook learners as it covers Maya's fundamentals and provides various step-by-step tutorials to follow along. As you complete the lessons and practice using this ebook, you'll become more comfortable working with the program.
While choosing the best resources is essential, remember that continued practice and dedication to learning will contribute significantly to your journey in mastering Maya. With these top books in hand, success in becoming a proficient Maya artist is right within reach. Happy learning!
You can store watercolor paintings in a dry, cool, and dark place. Ideally, they should be stored horizontally in a portfolio or acid-free sleeve to protect them from dust, environmental elements like moisture, and physical damage.
Watercolor paintings have been widely popular and cherished for centuries.
However, the delicate nature of watercolors means they require extra care and attention when it comes to storage to maintain their vibrancy and longevity. If not stored correctly, watercolor paintings can fade or become damaged. Exposure to light, heat, humidity, pollutants, and pests are some of the factors that can contribute to the deterioration of paintings.
So, in this article, you will discover how to store watercolor paintings properly that is unframed. From framing to choosing the right storage materials, I’ll share all that you must know to protect your beautiful artwork.
Materials Needed To Store Watercolor Paintings Properly
Acid-free paper is essential for separating the painting from other materials and preventing contact with harmful chemicals. Make sure you choose an acid-free paper specifically designed to store watercolor artworks to avoid color fading or deterioration.
2. Archival Sleeves
Archival sleeves are clear plastic sleeves that protect the painting from dust, dirt, and other pollutants. They are designed to be acid-free, and some also offer protection from ultraviolet rays to prevent fading.
3. Flat Storage
Storing watercolor paintings flat in a file folder helps prevent smudging, formation of wrinkle, and brittleness. It's important to use a flat storage container, large enough to accommodate the painting without bending or folding.
4. Acid-free Mat Board
Acid-free mat board provides extra protection to the painting and creates a professional look for framing. Just ensure that you select an acid-free mat board designed for artwork to prevent any discoloration or deterioration.
5. Archival Storage Box
An archival storage box is designed to store and protect artwork from light, moisture, and pollutants. So, choose a box that is acid-free, sturdy, and properly sized to accommodate the painting.
Each of these materials is important as they offer protection from different environmental elements that can damage the watercolor painting.
Preparing The Painting For Storage
1. Ensure The Watercolor Painting Is Completely Dry
Before storing your painting, it's essential to make sure that it's completely dry. If the painting is not dry, it can stick to other surfaces, and the colors may run, causing damage.
Tip
Leave the painting out in a well-ventilated area until it's completely dry. You could even use a hair dryer to speed up the process, but you’ll have to be careful not to ruin the painting with too much heat and pressure.
2. Remove Any Debris
Use a clean, lint-free cloth or a soft brush to remove any dirt or debris that may have accumulated on the watercolor painting. But avoid using any cleaning products or water, as they can damage the painting.
3. Protect The Surface Of The Painting
Cover the surface with a sheet of acid-free paper or glassine envelope. This will prevent any accidental smudging or transfer of color while the painting is being stored.
4. Place The Painting In An Archival Sleeve
Once the painting is covered, carefully slide it into an archival sleeve. Make sure the sleeve is slightly larger than the painting so that it doesn’t touch its surface.
5. Store The Painting Horizontally
Watercolor paintings should always be stored horizontally and lie flat in a storage container. Again, check that the container is large enough to accommodate the painting without bending or folding it.
6. Store The Container In A Cool And Dry Place
Store the container in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, moisture, and extreme temperatures. Avoid storing the container in areas that are prone to humidity or fluctuating temperatures, such as attics or basements.
Choosing the right storage location is crucial if you want to preserve watercolor paintings, as they are vulnerable to environmental factors. The storage location should provide optimal conditions that protect the artwork from potential damage, deterioration, and aging caused by environmental factors, such as temperature, humidity, lighting, and air quality.
That said, prolonged exposure to direct sunlight can cause the colors to fade and deteriorate, while fluctuations in temperature and humidity can cause warping, cracking, and mold growth.
When choosing a storage location for watercolor paintings, consider the following factors:
1. Temperature
The ideal temperature for storing paintings is between 60 and 75°F. Fluctuations in temperature can cause expansion and contraction of the painting, leading to cracking and warping. So, avoid storing the painting in areas that experience extreme temperature fluctuations, such as attics and basements.
2. Humidity
Watercolor paintings are susceptible to high humidity, which can cause bacteria and mold growth, buckling, and warping. The ideal humidity range for storing paintings is between 45 and 55%. As such, damp areas, such as basements, bathrooms, or areas with high moisture content, are not recommended for storage.
3. Lighting
Watercolor paintings are vulnerable to light damage. Direct sunlight and bright artificial light can cause fading, discoloration, and yellowing. To prevent light damage, store the painting in a dark, dry location, away from windows. Also, avoid using an incandescent light bulb or a fluorescent lamp as it can emit UV radiation, causing a chemical reaction on your paintings.
4. Air Quality
The storage location should be free from pollutants, dust, and debris that can settle on the surface of the painting and cause damage. So, do not store the painting in areas with high traffic.
Besides, consider the following tips to find the best location for storing watercolor paintings:
Choose a location that provides stable temperature and humidity conditions, such as a closet or a room with a controlled environment.
Store paintings horizontally or roll them up with acid-free tissue paper to prevent cracking, warping, or folding.
Avoid using plastic wrap or bags as they can trap moisture and cause mold growth.
Proper Storage Techniques
1. Maintain Cleanliness While Painting
It is no secret that cleanliness eliminates dust - in fact, that’s pretty obvious! However, not many know that ensuring cleanliness during your drawing and painting sessions can go a long way when storing your artwork. This is because dirt, dust, smoke, and food residue can cause damage to your work of art.
So, it is important to clean your hands thoroughly before beginning your painting session. Avoid touching the surface of the painting paper, as this can cause water resistance and uneven results. Additionally, it is important to keep all painting supplies, including the canvas, water, acrylic paint, and paper, free of fingerprints and oil.
Tip
Clean your supplies before and after each use to ensure they remain free of dirt or residue.
2. Frame Your Unframed Watercolor Paintings
Albeit an additional step, it can help enhance the durability of your paintings. Given below are some materials you can consider for framing your unframed paintings:
A. Mountboards
It is crucial to use mountboards when for framing, as they provide enough gap/space between the glass and the artwork. Otherwise, the painting's quality can degrade if it comes into contact with the glass, causing damage to the surface and leading to condensation buildup.
B. UV Filtering Glass
I recommend using acrylic or UV-filtering glass rather than ordinary glass for framing. Although these specialized glasses do not provide complete protection from UV rays, they can significantly increase the longevity of your artwork compared to regular glass.
C. Acid-free Materials
All art materialsmust be acid-free, including the masking tape, framing tape, glue, mountboards, and backing boards. The type of adhesive used is particularly important, as acidic variants can turn your painting brown.
While many people use wood backing boards, it is not recommended as most woods contain acidic lignin. If a foam board is needed, it should be the archival option rather than the acidic one.
3. Label Your Artwork
When preparing to store your watercolor paintings, consider packaging and labeling each cardboard box to facilitate easy identification of the paintings without having to open multiple boxes. For better organization, group similar paintings in the same box, preferably acid-free packaging. Using colored boxes or markers for different containers can also aid in this process.
4. Never Touch The Surface
Accidentally touching the surface of your watercolor painting can result in damage to the quality of the artwork. To avoid this, it is recommended to wear cotton gloves when handling the painting, particularly when moving or storing it. This will fingerprints on the surface that may cause contamination.
5. Varnish Your Paintings
To protect your dried watercolor painting, I recommend using an archival varnish. It is important to wait until the painting is completely dry before applying the varnish and to use a gloss varnish for the first coat instead of matte or satin.
Basically, the varnish creates a transparent layer that helps protect the painting from moisture and improves the elasticity of the paper, allowing it to stretch on the canvas.
6. Handle With Care
When handling a watercolor painting, always use clean, dry hands to avoid transferring oils or dirt onto the surface. Use two hands to lift and move the painting, and avoid bending or folding the paper.
FAQs Related To Storing Watercolor Painting
How should I store watercolor paintings in a portfolio?
Storing watercolor paintings in a portfolio is a great way to protect them from dust, smoke, soot, light, and other environmental factors. However, choose a portfolio that is designed for artwork storage and is made of acid-free and archival-quality textiles. Fortunately, there are various types of suitable portfolio cases on the market today.
I recommend PVC-free, acid-free, crystal-clear, or lignin-free top-loading polypropylene pocket sheets with thick gauge acid-free black mounting paper backing sheets.
If the portfolio has straps or ties, secure them tightly to prevent the paintings from shifting. Thereafter, store the portfolio in a cool, dry, and dark place.
How often should I check on my stored watercolor paintings?
I recommend checking on your stored watercolor paintings periodically, ideally at least once every six months. But if you live in an area with fluctuating temperature and humidity levels, you must check them more frequently.
How to store watercolor paper?
Storing watercolor paper has always been a challenge for artists. However, selecting high-quality watercolor paper, such as conservation grade paper or archival paper with acid-free properties, can help to ensure its longevity.
How to protect watercolor paintings from pests?
Pests like cockroach, silverfish, etc., are attracted to damp and dirty places, so ensure your paintings are stored in a clean and dry area, free from moisture, dirt, and soil. You should also store them in airtight storage boxes, preferably made of plastic. Alternatively, you can use insect repellents and seek the services of a professional pest control company.
As such, I do not recommend keeping your paintings in the kitchen, which is more prone to pests, smoke, etc. And if you have a personal art gallery at home, avoid smoking in the area.
Whether you choose to store your paintings flat in archival sleeves, in a portfolio, or framed on a wall, make sure to use high-quality materials. Also, monitor the conditions of the storage room, and check on your paintings periodically.
By taking these steps, you can ensure that your watercolor paintings remain in excellent condition for years to come. So, don't wait any longer - start taking care of your artwork today and enjoy its beauty for many years to come!
Framing is a cost-effective way of protecting a painting from external damage while adding a unique visual flair that complements it. With flush, recessed, or float mount frames, a painting can be hung on a gallery wall, ready to be viewed.
Leaving a painting exposed to the natural elements can damage it, causing its details to fade away and the paper to weaken.
One of the best ways to prevent this from happening and make your painting more presentable is to frame it. And by learning how to frame your own art, you won’t need to spend much money for professional framing. The services of a professional framer can be quite expensive, after all.
So, here’s how to frame your own art at home with basic supplies and a little practice.
Making art takes time and dedication, which is why most artists like their artwork to last as long as possible. Those familiar with watercolor painting know this well, as it tends to fade at an extremely rapid rate. Naturally, you would want to store the watercolor paintingfor future viewing.
But with custom framing, you won’t have to worry about losing your artwork to time. Frames made using acid-free materials can give your paintings a stable, unchanging environment where they can retain their beauty for the foreseeable future.
Simultaneously, you will enhance the visual interest of the painting and make it a part of your gallery wall. Certain frame materials lend themselves well to specific colors or paint textures, after all. For instance, you can use timber as a stand-in for card mounts when framing acrylic paintings.
Now, the gist of custom framing art is to use all the tools at your disposal to create a frame that will stand the test of time. The process itself is easy to follow, but it may require a few tries to get the hang of it properly.
And once you’re done making the frame, you will be inserting the painting in it and hanging the framed art to complement your gallery wall.
What You’ll Need
The materials you need can be broadly divided into two categories: supplies and tools. Each of these has a specific purpose that is critical to making the frame strong or visually appealing, so be sure to take note of these.
1. Supplies
A. Wood
Wood is the most elementary part of the framing process and the most visually striking of all the supplies. Your choice of wood will determine the look and feel of the painting, so consider picking a type of timber that suits the artwork.
Tip
If you’re not sure about the type of wood that would fit the painting the best, consider visiting a local lumberyard. There, you can stack different pieces of wood, molding, and square dowels to find the preferred aesthetic.
B. Wood Glue
Ordinary glue can’t hold wood well in the long run, so you will need glue made specifically for the purpose. Wood glue can be found fairly easily, so visit your local hardware store to purchase it.
C. Wire Brads Or Finishing Nails
Using wire brads or finishing nails becomes critical to holding your framed art and canvas stretcher together, particularly if the frame is of a thicker gauge. You can purchase these in a set online or purchase them separately from your local thrift store.
D. Paint Or Wood Stain
If you have a specific frame color in mind, then the wood texture alone won’t be enough to complete your frame. For this, you will need paint or wood stain to apply to the frame.
And like the choice of wood, you should think carefully about the visual synergy between the frame and the painting. That way, you won’t end up with a mismatched frame and artwork combination.
Paint or wood stain can be found in almost all hardware stores, online or offline, so feel free to purchase the shades you need.
E. Sandpaper
To make the frame, you’ll naturally need to cut measured pieces of wood. This leaves splinters on the edges of the pieces of wood, which can both be dangerous and an eyesore.
Using sandpaper, you will be able to smooth those rough edges out and give the frame a cleaner appearance. Consider purchasing a set of sandpaper online or at your local hardware store.
F. Glass And Glass Cutter
You can opt for fiberglass, plexiglass, or no glass when framing a painting.
For acrylic paintings, in particular, you can choose not to add glass to your frame since it may detract from the inherent texture of the canvas. Of course, using no glass leaves your painting rather unprotected, which is far from ideal.
Both fiberglass and plexiglass are quite strong, and the choice between the two comes down to what you prefer. Something that plexiglass does offer over fiberglass is UV protection and extra durability.
You can find them on the market in glass stores or purchase them online. And to cut the glass of choice, you will need a glass cutter from a hardware store or online vendor.
G. Picture Wire And D-Ring Hangers
Picture wire and metal d-ring hangers will help you hang your custom frames on the wall with a nail. You can find these at a craft store or charity shop quite easily.
2. Tools
A. Miter Box Saw
For cutting wood into pieces, you will need a miter saw. A miter box saw serves the purpose perfectly, giving you precise cuts with little effort.
These are available on online marketplaces and offline hardware stores that specialize in wood craftsmanship.
B. Band Clamps
You will be using a band clamp to keep the frame continuously steady when making the frame. Large hardware shops like Home Depot keep various clamps in stock for you to purchase.
C. Hammer
Finishing nails need a hammer to attach them properly to the frame. If you don’t have one lying around already, you can simply visit the local utility store or flea market to pick one up.
D. Tape Measure Or Ruler
You will need a tape measure or a ruler to measure both the artwork and the frame properly. Just like a hammer, you can find tape measures in most utility stores.
E. Box Cutter Or Knife
A box cutter or knife is not strictly necessary, as you only need one to size a mat properly. You can find one in a stationery or hardware store.
First off, you will need to ensure that the artwork is free of any blemishes, as they will be quite difficult to remove once framed. After all, taking the painting out once it has been framed will be a tedious process.
Simply use a clean cloth or brush to remove dust or dirt from the finished painting. After this, use the tape measure to find out the dimensions of the painting. This will allow you to gauge how much wood you will need for the frame.
1. Mat Board
Next, if your painting is on paper instead of a canvas, you may use a mat to make it appear more professional.
A mat, also known as passe-partout, is simply a thick piece of acid-free paper upon which your artwork will rest. It helps create a smooth transition between the frame and the painting, which can add to its overall aesthetics.
If you’re using one, you will need to size it according to the frame size. Note that the mat should be slightly larger than the painting for extra white space around your artwork. You can use a box cutter or a dedicated mat cutter for this. Alternatively, you can rely on a pre-cut mat for the same.
Once you’ve sized the mat board properly, you can set both the painting and the board aside for now.
2. Artwork Mount
Lastly, decide upon the type of mount you need, if any. There are three main mounting techniques: recessed mount, float mount, and flush mount.
The first of these is the traditional frame seen on older paintings, where the edge of the frame hangs slightly over the painting.
Next comes the float mount, the purpose of which is to add dimension to the painting through a gap between the canvas and the frame. These are notably difficult to build since creating the illusion of a floating picture is a complex task.
And lastly, there’s the flush mount, which is often seen in larger paintings. Here, the frame simply outlines the painting, with no additional overhangs or complex imagery.
Naturally, this is the least complex mounting technique, but it requires your painting to have some thickness to mount properly. And since this mounting technique is often used with canvases, you may not need a backing board for it at all.
Assembling The Frame
Now that we’ve covered all the information about supplies, mounting techniques, mat boards, and tools, let’s start assembling the frame.
Frame assembly can be categorized into three main steps: cutting the wood pieces, joining them with an adhesive or nails, and sanding the frame. You may want to note that the difficulty of assembly is directly dependent on the type of mounting technique you choose.
For each of the following mounting techniques, you may want to use paint or wood stain right after cutting the required wood pieces. That way, you won’t have to worry about an uneven finish once the frame has been assembled.
Let’s go over the assembly process for the three mounting techniques.
1. Flush Mount
This is where the painting measurements come into play. Using a miter box saw, cut the wood into long pieces according to the measurements of your painting, and sand the rough edges down. Consider using a pencil to mark where you need to cut the timber.
Flush mounts attach directly to the canvas, so you will need to align the pieces with your painting. All you need to do now is double-check to see they are aligned properly and stick them together using glue or nails.
Tip
If your painting is particularly large and heavy, you can use both glue and nails for a more robust finish.
2. Recessed Mount Frame
Recessed frames hang over the painting, requiring you to cut wood pieces as edge pieces. These edge pieces will be located on the outside, the middle, the inside, and the top.
Their sizes are as listed below:
Outside edge piece: ½ x 3 inches
Middle edge piece: ½ x 2 inches
Inside edge piece: ½ inches
Top edge piece: ⅜ x 2 inches
Based on the painting dimensions, you can vary their lengths as needed.
A. Creating The Frame
Use glue to stick the middle and inside edge pieces together, with clamps holding them, and let them dry. Next, attach the top piece that juts out a little more than both the pieces below it. This is the part that will hang over your artwork.
Repeat this for each of the four sides of your painting and wait for the glue to dry.
Before you assemble the pieces of wood, you may want to leave about an eighth of an inch as a buffer space. By doing so, you’ll ensure that measurement mistakes don’t take you back to square one.
B. Putting It All Together
Next, let’s frame the painting and get it ready for display. First, start by arranging the frame without glue to see how the pieces fit with the painting. It’s best to ensure that everything fits in nicely, and if it doesn’t, you can make adjustments as necessary.
Once you’ve ascertained the positions, remove the painting and begin the assembly. Start by attaching the pieces together using glue and nails. Once they have dried, flip the frame over to place the remaining elements.
Next, place the glass sheet in, followed by the painting and the mat board. Ensure that they sit in as tightly as possible before attaching the mat board to the frame with finishing nails. Staples work just as well if your mat board is thin.
Make sure that the different elements don’t move inside the frame at all before you decide to pick it up. After all, a broken frame after working so hard for so long is a devastating feeling. Once you’ve assured that everything is in order, you can finish the assembly by attaching a hook to the top of the painting.
And with that, your recessed mount frame is ready to be put up on the gallery wall!
3. Float Mount Frame
For a float mount frame, you will need a ½ x 2-inch wood, along with a ½-inch square dowel. You can swap the latter out with a ½ x 1-inch lumber instead, as per your preference.
Start by sticking the bottom of the frame to the side piece and use clamps to hold them in place. Take care not to let any excess glue remain on the frame!
Leave about a quarter of an inch as error space, and cut the pieces as necessary. Now, you will need to arrange a dry fit using the frame, the painting, and the mat board or the canvas. Should the pieces not align properly, make adjustments as necessary.
Once that is done, the float mount will be ready for assembly. Using the same process as with the recessed frame, ensure that the wooden pieces are stuck well enough.
After that, it’s time to assemble the float mount. Lay your artwork into the frame and align it so that all the gaps inside are evenly spaced. It can take a while to place it right, so keep at it! Once you’re sufficiently satisfied with its placement, clamp it into place using an ordinary clamp.
Next, flip the frame over and nail the backing board or canvas stretcher into place. Ensure that the nails don’t penetrate the float space! Place the nails carefully before you drive them in.
And lastly, add a hook to the top of your frame to make it ready for display.
FAQs Related To Art Framing
What kind of frame should I choose for my artwork?
The choice of frame for each artwork will vary, especially if your technique leans in a specific direction. Recessed and flush mount frames suit traditional paintings, while contemporary styles are complemented well by float mounts.
Another thing that matters when framing a piece of artwork is the overall visual style. Classical subject matter pairs well with gold-leafed or dark wood frames, while abstract and modern styles look better with plain frames. Old-style paintings benefit from a vintage frame, while contemporary styles require a different approach.
Contemporary styles often use thin borders as their frames to put as much emphasis on the painting as possible. Some prefer off-white or white frames to remove as much attention from the frame as possible.
Why do I need a mat board?
The primary purpose of a mat board is to protect the painting from external harm. Unframed art pieces allow viewers to interact with the art piece without touching the artwork itself.
Additionally, mat boards are an important part of the aesthetics of any picture. They can hide away hinges, art edges, or corner pockets that will be visible otherwise and detract from the overall quality of the painting.
Can I frame a non-standard-sized artwork?
Framing isn’t limited by size. You can frame any unique-sized art, but the difficulty of doing so will increase with size. This is because both the weight and creation complexity of the frame will increase with size. And that’s where custom framing is more advantageous than ready-made frames.
With custom frame art, you have more freedom to size the frame to fit the artwork perfectly. You don’t need to cut corners by doing so, allowing you to keep the artwork completely intact.
How can I protect my framed artwork from damage?
Here are a few tips to protect your framed artwork from damage:
Limit sunlight exposure
Keep surrounding humidity below 55% using dehumidifiers
Avoid touching the painting
Keep the glass clean without using solvents
Dust the paintings regularly
What is dry mounting?
Dry mounting is a process that permanently affixes artwork to the backing board. This involves the use of high heat and pressure to seal the edges of the frame, essentially preserving it for a long time.
Something worth noting is that the process may damage the artwork while being exposed to heat and pressure. So, consider doing so for replaceable artwork, photograph, poster, or art prints over a precious piece when dry mounting.
Conclusion
Framing your art is the first step to ensuring that all the intricately painted details remain pristine for a while. It’s an important step for any artist practicing classical artistic methods.
Something to note about custom framing is that the do-it-yourself process can be lengthy, especially for recessed and float mounts. Though the construction may seem complicated at first glance, by repeatedly performing them, you will be able to create new frames at a rapid pace.
After you’re done making a frame, use a picture cord or two d-ring hangers to hang art frames on the wall. With that, your watercolor painting ideaswill be preserved to be viewed in your ever-growing collection.
The ARTEZA watercolor paint set is a must-have for artists because its 60 shades come in easy-to-squeeze tubes and bonds to the paper surface fast. But for illustrations and posters, the HIMI Gouache Paint Set is a dependable option.
Thinking of transforming commonplace scenes into something extraordinary? Getting your hands on the right watercolor paintingsupplies is all you need to create your watercolor masterpiece.
Too often beginners, though, feel overwhelmed by the sheer number of watercolor supplies on the market. As a result, they end up purchasing the wrong art supplies. This is why I decided to highlight my favorite watercolor art supplies that offer great value for money.
Rich Watercolor Paint Set: Unleash your creativity with...
Paint Conservation Made Easy: Our watercolor paint tubes...
Among the various watercolor paints I have tried, the ARTEZA Watercolor Paint is a great set for both advanced painters and beginners alike, as it comes in easy-to-squeeze tubes. The box contains 60 highly pigmented shades, including burnt umber, titanium gray, scarlet red, and stone blue. Overall, this set contains each and every primary color you’ll need to add life to your creations.
Building layers won’t be challenging with this watercolor paint set, as the binder adheres to the paper quickly. Glazing, layering, blending, gradient, dry brush or wet brush painting– you can use it for a variety of techniques to create your masterpiece.
Equally noteworthy is that these brilliant shades are ACMI-certified, so they are non-toxic and safe for people of all ages. Coming only in a semi-gloss finish, this watercolor paint is available in 3 pack options, ensuring you can pick accordingly.
Not to forget, a sturdy box is included in the package for users to keep the paint colors organized.
Searching for opaque paints for comics, illustrations, posters, and other design works? Well, the HIMI Gouache Paint Set would be a worthy addition to your art supply kit.
The consistency of each of the 24 non-toxic vibrant colors is thick and more viscous than watercolor. Therefore, it retains spatula or brush marks, giving your watercolor paintings a brilliant texture. And if you want to make them thin, dilute the paints with water, and you’ll be good to go!
Other than artist-quality watercolors, 3 paint brushes are supplied with this paint set– 2 flat tip brushes and 1 round tip brush.
Where most gouache paints come in tubes, HIMI supplies them in unique jelly cups of 30 ml. There’s no chance of the paints drying or cracking, as the jelly cups feature lids to keep the shades creamy and wet.
What’s more, the portable carrying case comes with a pen tray where you can store the watercolor brushes for your ease. Best of all is this set is covered by a 100% money-back guarantee?
The jieklove Artist Paint Brushes Set is ideal for students and artists venturing into the world of watercolor paintings because it contains 13 kolinsky sable brushes, including fan, flat and round brushes.
Stiff and ideal for oil painting, the fibers of these natural hair brushes are constructed using hog hairs that are knotted together and adjusted with hands. Because of this, hardly any hair is left on the canvas while painting.
Added to that is an aluminum ferrule that keeps the bristles intact so the hairs don’t stick and destroy your masterpiece. Even the handles are anti-peeling, provided you soak them in water for 48 hours before use.
Unlike synthetic brushes, cleaning these brushes is a breeze– simply use a lint-free cloth to wipe them, and the bristles will be squeaky clean. These brushes are suitable for multi-functional use, from craft art painting to watercolor painting, so they are worth every cent.
Designed For Water-Based Paints - Wide variety of shapes and...
High Absorption, Consistent Flow - Soft synthetic squirrel...
Elegant, durable, and relatively affordable, the ARTEGRIA Watercolor Brush Set contains 10 lightweight and well-balanced brushes. Further their short handles enhance the user-friendliness of these brushes.
What I especially like about these short-handle brushes is that holding them for long periods does not put unnecessary pressure on the hands or cause hand fatigue.
Blending natural squirrel brush characteristics with the springiness of synthetic filaments, these brushes ensure smooth and precise strokes. Also, they are easy to clean and last longer than natural squirrel brushes.
As for the ferrules, they are double-crimped to ensure the bristles do not shed during usage. Flat brush, dagger striper brush, or round brush– this set contains brushes of all sizes and shapes. Be it large washes or fine brush strokes, you can pull off every watercolor painting technique with ease.
Unlike most cheap-quality synthetic brushes, the handle doesn’t flake, thanks to the varnish coating.
Art masking fluid is a pigmented liquid composed of rubber...
For masking areas of work needing protection when color is...
Want to achieve the bokeh effect without tearing watercolor papers? Try the masking fluid from Winsor & Newton that creates a protective mask on watercolor paper.
Composed of pigment and rubber latex, this art masking fluid is usable on dry papers, white papers, and previously colored areas. Upon application, it acts like skin by sitting over the areas of the watercolor pads that you wish to shield from the color wash. When you’re done applying the color wash, gently remove the masking fluid, and you’ll be good to go!
The Art Masking Fluid is yellow in color, so it may not be a suitable choice for soft papers. In that case, you can opt for the colorless fluid offered by the brand.
Besides a 2.5-ounce bottle, it’s available in 2.54 fluid ounces and 8.4-ounce bottles, along with gum arabic binder and gouache tube pattern.
READY. SET. PAINT!: 6 rolls of 0.94 inch wide ScotchBlue...
DAMAGE-FREE PAINTING TAPE: Adhesive tape can stay on...
There’s no better way to mask a watercolor than using painter’s tape. And when it comes to masking tape, I prefer the ScotchBlue Original Multi-Surface Painter’s Tape because it is 0.94 inches wide, decent enough for DIY projects like plein air painting.
Secondly, it’s easy to apply– clean the watercolor paper, lay the tape, secure it and let it set. After removing it, what I like the most is that the tape doesn’t leave a sticky residue behind, despite being a strong adhesive tape. So rest assured, your creations won’t be ruined.
Its functionality isn’t limited to watercolor painting, as it can be used on glass, tiles, baseboards, trims, and textured walls. What’s even better is that this solvent-free watercolor paint is resistant to sunlight, UV rays, and moisture.
VALUE PACK: Two unbleached natural sea sponges. Reusable &...
SPONGE SIZE: Approx 5"-5.5" (measured when sponges are wet)
Achieving certain effects using brushes is difficult, and that’s why sea sponges are among the most important watercolor painting supplies that every artist must have.
Of all the sea sponges, I like the Lullingworth Natural Sea Sponges because their naturally irregular surface finish makes them ideal for creating a variety of effects. I have created effects like marbleizing, faux finishes, texturing, and many more on watercolor paper.
Sporting a blend of light brown and yellow color, each sea sponge is unbleached and weighs around 5” to 5.5” when wet.
With these sponges, creating special effects by applying multiple layers on watercolor paper or cold press paper is easy-peasy because of their fibers. Better yet, they leave no hairs on the paper like paintbrushes and are easy to clean.
Not to forget, these carefully sourced sponges last for months if cared for properly; hence, they are an economical option.
This red jumbo roll contains 475 WypAll X80 Extended Use...
Proprietary HydroKnit technology is fast absorbing to wick...
From wiping excess paint from the brush to absorbing artist-grade paints from the watercolor pads, the WypAll Power Clean X80 Heavy Duty Cloths is up to tackle all kinds of tasks. That’s because this red jumbo roll is woven with high-tech HydroKnit fast-absorbing material, which scrubs off liquids quickly and efficiently.
On top of that, soft pulp fibers attached to a polypropylene base sheet are used in this paper towel roll for quick absorbency. Not just that, but it also adds to the longevity of the cloth, meaning it will last for years despite being used regularly.
Where other cleaning towels and rental shop towels are unusable after rigorous cleaning, these are reusable towels.
Other than red color, they are sold in blue and white colors and 3 size options. And since they score high on durability, you can use them for a variety of tasks like cleaning grease, and oil, wiping metal shavings from textile machinery, and so on.
For larger watercolor paintings with less details, the Strathmore 300 Series Watercolor Paper Pad will be the right pick. Wondering why? Well, its cold press surface is the reason why it’s a popular option among watercolor artists.
Because of the little bumps, this paper responds well to a variety of techniques, from sgraffito to wet-on-wet paint technique.
Even beginners can get their hands on this watercolor paper pad because its smooth side is ideal for practicing and perfecting techniques. Moreover, it’s acid-free, meaning your artwork will be preserved for years to come.
Sheet pack, tape binding, and wire binding– this watercolor paper pad is available in 3 styles to cater to the needs of all kinds of artists. You’ll also be pleased to know that it comes in 3 sizes, from 9 x 12 to 18 x 24.
Oh, and it’s sold as a package of 24 smooth paper and cold press paper sheets, so you can create plenty of artwork on them.
MADE TO MAKE IT EASY Ultimate watercolor pencil set, named,...
TOTALLY ALL YOU NEED Arranged in vibrant color families, the...
With the Castle Art Supplies 72 Watercolor Pencils Set, creating everything from simple sketches to fully developed masterpieces is easy. Just activate them with a little bit of water and a paintbrush, and the pencil lead will blend and dissolve by melting. Whatever you make using them will appear like a painting.
These highly pigmented vibrant color pencils feature break-resistant leads, which create their mark like colored pencils.
Arranged in a 3-hinged high-grade tin box, these watercolor pencils are named, numbered, and color-coded for ease of use. You can access the 3 pencil trays by lifting each, as they are removable.
Over and above that, these intensely pigmented colors are carefully curated by studio artists to allow artists to experiment with a variety of effects like gradation, blending, and wet-on-dry paper technique. Finally, this watercolor pencils set is backed by a unique money-back guarantee.
Premium Quality Watercolor Pens: Our brush pens come in a...
Multiple Creative Uses Paint Brush Pens: Whether you want to...
Sporting fine and flexible tips, the ARTEZA Real Brush Pens are ideal for creating delicate watercolor effects. But its use isn’t limited to that; you can use it for coloring, dry-brush painting, sketching, calligraphy, and other art-related tasks. Therefore, it’s among the versatile art supplies for beginners.
Consisting of 24 premium colors, including peach and dolphin gray, the pens are neither too long nor too short but just of the right height. Even the weight of the pen is evenly distributed, so using it for long hours won’t cause hand fatigue.
Because of the precise control offered by these lightweight pens, creating gradients or light pastel washes wouldn’t be a problem.
Aside from the 24 real brush pens, the box contains 1 water brush pen to add dimension and fine lines to your artwork without the fuss of cleaning the brush sets. I also like the pigment indicator at the very end of the barrel, because of which I didn’t have to uncap the pens during usage.
Premium Quality Watercolor Pens: Our brush pens come in a...
Multiple Creative Uses Paint Brush Pens: Whether you want to...
Want to improve your watercolor painting skills without learning dozens of wash techniques and details? Then these watercolor markers from ARTEZA would be ideal for beginners as their ease of use allows budding artists to master their watercolor painting skills at their pace.
Sold as a pack of 48 colors, these watercolor markers are highly pigmented, which is why they are also suitable for illustrating and calligraphy. Despite being highly pigmented, these water-based ink markers do not bleed onto the paper. Rest assured, they won’t damage your precious artwork.
The claim of non-toxicity is testified by the ACMR certificate, so it’s completely safe for use for people of all age groups.
Boasting a slim profile, these markers are ergonomically designed to prevent hand fatigue. Other than the 48 well-crafted pens, the package contains 1 water brush pen, which comes in handy for creating gradients and blending harsh lines.
All things aside, you need not wash these markers, as they feature self-cleaning nylon bristles, which are self-moistening too.
Designed for both novices and professionals alike, the Mr. Pen – Sketch Pencils For Drawing comes in a set of 14 in a tin box. That means the package includes pencils of a variety of hardness from HB and 6H to 8B and 10B.
Because of this reason, this sketch pencil set is a must-have for artists of all levels– beginner, intermediate and advanced.
What makes these pencils ideal for sketching, drawing, hatching, writing, and professional graphic and artistic applications is their super-bonded lead. And since the pencil marks are easy to erase, these pencils are usable on a variety of papers, including sketchbook paper, student-quality paper, and hot press paper.
Another aspect that deserves mention is that these graphite pencils can be sharpened with ease. With the ARTEZA sketching pencils, you need not worry about lead breakage because the tin box keeps them safe from all kinds of damage.
Package includes 1 airtight watercolor palette with 18 wells...
Mr. Pen airtight watercolor palette is made of sturdy white...
Compact and portable, Mr. Pen – Airtight Watercolor Palette features 2 large mixing areas surrounded by 18 small sections for colors.
Measuring 10.6” x 5.2”, I find this palette ideal for small to medium watercolor painting projects. So, professional artists, weekend warriors, and students will find this palette feasible for their watercolor painting projects.
Though made of plastic, the palette isn’t flimsy; rather, sturdy material is used in the construction. Unlike other palettes, it comes equipped with an airtight lid to keep the paints wet and fresh. Therefore, you won’t have to empty paints into containers after use.
Cleaning this palette wouldn’t be a time-consuming task, as you can take it off and wash it under running water, which would be done within a few minutes. All in all, this palette (painting) is ideal for mixing watercolor, acrylic paint, and water-based pigments.
DESIGNED FOR COMFORT - Our drawing boards for artists are...
SMALL BUT SPACIOUS - At 13 x 17 inches, the art board is...
Despite being lightweight, the Artlicious Drawing Board has a strong and supportive surface, offering artists an even surface to draw and sketch.
Made of MDF wood, this classic style drawing board features a low-profile metal clip to anchor sheets and pads, so you can doodle without issues. And if you’re working on your masterpiece outdoors, you can use an elastic band to keep your blank canvas flush against the tote board. On top of that, this drawing board has a thumb handle for easy portability.
At 13 x 17”, this sturdy drawing board is large enough for artists to recapitulate whichever scene they want. Furthermore, it is neither too small nor too large, meaning it would fit in travel bags and tote bags easily.
VERSATILE ART ERASER: Perfect kneaded eraser for artists...
ABSORBENT AND EXTREMELY CLEAN: Kneaded erasers for artists...
PVC-free and smudge-free, the Faber-Castell Kneaded Eraser is an ergonomically-shaped eraser that works well for soft corrections like pastel, pencil, and charcoal work. Furthermore, this soft eraser is absorbent and kneadable, which means it’s usable for final drawing touch ups and cleaning slides.
This kneaded erase from Faber-Castell leaves no residue because it’s absorbent. Hence, it’s an excellent choice for graphite and colored pencils.
You’ll be pleased to know that this eraser comes in a plastic case, so dirt won’t settle on it. The plastic box also allows for easy storage after use, so your rubber won’t get lost in your art supply kit.
Best of all, this eraser is relatively affordable in comparison to other options on the market.
Another must-have watercolor tool for beginners is the Holbein Watercolor Spray.
Holbein Art Supplies have been supplying professional-grade art supplies since 1900– its watercolor spray is no exception. Besides re-wetting watercolors on the palette, this spray can be used for a variety of watercolor painting techniques.
Furthermore, its atomizer nozzle makes it an easy-to-use product. All you need to do is fill the bottle with water and a pigment, shake it rigorously to mix, and add more water, and your mixed media is ready to spray.
I also like the fact that this 4 1/2-inch tall bottle is equipped with a non-clogging nozzle. Therefore, you won’t face any issues while using this on your stunning masterpieces.
40Pcs disposable transfer pipettes, capacity: 3ml.
Material: made of high quality plastic, translucent white...
As the name suggests, the pipettes from VCCGY are made from plastic, but even then, they aren’t flimsy. Instead, they are surprisingly sturdy. That means they will last for a good number of years and come in handy for thousands of artworks.
Being 5.8” long and 0.52” wide, these transfer pipettes are translucent, which means you’ll be able to see the quantity of watercolor left in them. And since the pipettes are numbered, it makes it easy for artists to see the amount of watercolor paint or other medium sucked in.
Equally remarkable is the fact that these transfer pipettes do not leak, so your product wouldn’t be wasted. Not just that, but you can use them around your artwork without worries, as they won’t spill on them.
While they are supposed to be use-and-throw, you can reuse them by washing them. Hence, the VCCGY Plastic Transfer Pipettes offer excellent value for money.
Clean Your Brushes - Maintain the beauty of your paint...
Effective Formula - We have created this oil brush cleaner...
Don’t want your paint brushes to lose their beauty? Adding the Tritart 100% Vegan Paint Brush Cleaner Soap to your art supply kit will be the best bet.
Made of 100% vegan ingredients, this paint brush cleaner soap cleans the paint brushes excellently without ruining their bristles. Besides, its unique formula conditions the bristles and returns them to their original form after cleaning, ensuring your brushes are as good as new.
What makes it a necessary art supply is its ease of use. Just moisten the brush by soaking it in warm water and keep rubbing it over the soap till it’s cleaned.
Interestingly, it comes in a travel-friendly size, so you can carry it to your art classes, school, and wherever you go. Oh, I forgot to mention that this soap cleaner has a pleasant lemon smell, which is a bonus!
FAQs Related To Watercolor Supplies
Which GSM paper is good for watercolor painting?
A 200 GSM cotton paper is good for watercolor painting for both professionals and beginners having experience with sketchbook papers. As an artist, you should remember that the lower the GSM, the more easily the paper will warp on exposure to watercolor paints.
Can acid-free paper be used for watercolor painting?
Yes, acid-free paper, more commonly used for oil painting, can be used in place of watercolor paper. You can draw on it anything you want, be it a tree, goat, marketplace, or anything you want!
Are Canson watercolor paper and pads good for watercolor painting?
Yes, Canson watercolor paper and pads are good for watercolor painting, but they won’t be the ideal choice for experienced artists. But if you cannot afford to spend lavishly on watercolor papers and the cost is an important factor, you can go for them.
Tip
Watercolor brushes are as important as watercolor paints, as they influence the finished work. Good-quality brushes offer controlled washes and aren’t too firm, allowing you to paint evenly when compared to low-quality brushes. Thus, it’s important for artists to invest in good-quality brushes on Amazon, especially if you’re on a budget.
Final Words
Phew! That was a lot of information on watercolor supplies needed for beginners to get started with watercolor painting in their art studio.
Having the right watercolor painting supplies will help you master watercolor techniques with ease. Once you understand the basics, mixing colors and achieving the desired textures won’t be much of a challenge.
If you don’t know where to start, I’d suggest getting your hands on basic supplies like watercolor papers, colors, and markers. With time and practice, you’ll understand what you need to create high-quality artwork with your watercolor palettes.
A high or low thermostat setting prevents the room temperature from matching the device setting. Other reasons include dirt and debris buildup, improper location, inadequate capacity or number of thermostats, wiring and calibration issues, and loss of power.
When it comes to beating the summer heat or the winter chill, nothing comes close to an efficient HVAC system.
But sometimes, it may happen that your air conditioner is not performing as well as it should. And the room does not cool or heat properly even after adjusting the thermostat to the lowest or highest settings.
This guide aims to help you know why this problem occurs and how it can be resolved.
Thermostat And Room Temperature
You may think there is something wrong with your thermostat if it's blowing air warmer or cooler than the set temperature. But in reality, it may be working just as it should.
Contrary to what many people believe, an HVAC system does not work by producing cool air. For cooling purposes, it removes heat from the air, making it cooler, and circulates this cooler air throughout the room.
Depending on the size of the area to be cooled, this process can usually take a while. So, it may be some time before the temperature within the room matches the thermostat setting. Aside from that, there is a limit on the cooling capabilities of air conditioners, and in almost all cases, they can only bring down the temperature by 20 degrees.
That means cooling will remain ineffective if there is a difference of more than 20 degrees between the current temperature and your thermostat setting. Then, there might be a few other issues preventing your HVAC system from bringing down the temperature to match the thermostat setting, so let's look at them in detail.
Issues That Can Prevent Your Room Temperature From Matching The Thermostat Setting
1. An Extremely High Or Low Thermostat Setting
People often set the thermostat too high or low to speed up the cooling or heating process. As I explained above, setting the temperature value at an unrealistic level will not help.
If there is a big difference between outdoor and indoor temperatures, your HVAC system may not be powerful enough to provide effective results. Moreover, a very high or low setting will cause it to work harder and longer, which can cause damage and lead to higher power bills.
2. Dirt Or Debris Inside The Thermostat
Another common issue that can prevent your thermostat from functioning properly is dirt or debris, which can collect over time on the interior. When dust, dirt, and debris build up inside the thermostat, they can block its temperature sensor, preventing it from getting an accurate reading of the temperature.
Thus, the thermostat will heat or cool the area depending on its inaccurate temperature readings, which may not make much difference.
3. Improper Thermostat Location
Your thermostat may be located somewhere where it is exposed to certain factors that can affect its working. For instance, if it is located close to doors or windows or near the ground, its temperature sensor may not function properly, and the thermostat readings will be inaccurate.
Similarly, placing the thermostat near appliances that tend to generate heat or where it is exposed to direct sunlight can have the same effect.
4. Number Or Size Of Thermostats
A thermostat should suit the size of the house to function optimally; otherwise, achieving the desired temperature will not be possible. For example, in the case of a very large house, a small thermostat will not be powerful enough to provide proper cooling or heating.
In such instances, the temperature of areas further away from the thermostat may remain unchanged even if the HVAC system has been running for a long time. Alternatively, a single thermostat might not be enough to meet your air conditioning requirements.
5. Faulty Thermostat Wiring
Wiring issues can be another cause of why your thermostat temperature setting does not meet the room temperature. Such issues can occur if the thermostat wiring is considerably old, but they may even occur with a newly installed thermostat.
In the former case, the wires may have worn out, leading to incorrect readings. On the other hand, if a new thermostat has the same problem, it might not be installed properly.
6. Calibration Issues
Sometimes, thermostat calibration problems can prevent a thermostat from sensing the room temperature correctly. It can happen with a device that was installed incorrectly or because of electrical issues, or even if the batteries have died. If you have a non-programmable digital thermostat, factors like sunlight or heat can also cause calibration issues.
7. Problems With The Sensor
A faulty sensor can affect your home’s temperature adversely. You can find out whether this is the case by using a manual thermometer to check whether it shows the same temperature as the thermostat. This will make it easy to know whether the inbuilt temperature sensor is functioning properly or needs repairs.
8. Loss Of Power
Several types of power-related problems can affect the functioning of your thermostat. For instance, the power supply may not be adequate, which can happen if the batteries are dying. This can easily be noticed as the thermostat display will start fading, the sensor may not function properly, or connectivity issues may arise in the case of a smart thermostat.
Power issues can also occur because of faulty wiring, regular wear and tear, or corrosion. These can cause the thermostat to function abnormally, resulting in short cycling or battery notifications.
9. Unlevel Thermostat
This problem can take place if you have an older mechanical thermostat that relies on a mercury switch. Such switches should always be leveled properly for the thermostat to function normally. Otherwise, the mercury will flow towards one end, causing the air conditioner to turn on and off randomly.
Bimetal springs are another component of mechanical thermostats that should be perfectly horizontal to ensure accuracy.
10. Air Leaks
Since HVAC systems are not completely sealed, the possibility of air leaks is extremely high. This means warm air from outside can enter easily, usually through ventilation or filtration systems, reducing the effectiveness of the thermostat. Locating such leaks can also be quite difficult.
11. HVAC Equipment Issues
At times, problems with your air conditioning equipment can prevent the HVAC unit from functioning to its full capacity. Such issues usually include debris buildup around the heat pump or a clogged air filter.
These can affect the functioning of the system, causing ineffective heating and cooling. The same problem can also occur with filters, pipes, and fan ducts.
Solutions
For all of the above problems, taking the help of a professional HVAC technician is generally the easiest and safest option. But there are a few things that you can try out that might help resolve the issues.
1. Adjusting The Thermostat Settings
If your thermostat setting is too high or too low, it won't be very effective. But this issue is pretty easy to deal with, and you just need to adjust the temperature setting to ensure it is not extremely high or low. Doing so will also help the HVAC system last longer.
2. Cleaning The Thermostat
If the problem is caused by a dirty thermostat, all you need to do is clean it. To do so, first, remove the front panel or thermostat cover, then use a dry cloth to gently wipe the interior parts. If you are unsure about how to remove the panel, check the owner's manual, which should contain instructions.
You can also use compressed air to blow away the dust, but avoid using water or a damp cloth as that may cause electrical damage. Once all the debris and dirt have been removed, put the panel back and turn on the system to check if it runs properly.
3. Relocating The Device
In case your thermostat is located near other appliances, a door, window, or floor, relocating it might solve the problem. However, this requires some expertise, which is why I strongly recommend going through your owner's manual to learn how to do so.
If you're unsure, getting an HVAC professional to reposition the thermostat might be best. Just make sure it is located in a central place, away from any openings.
4. Replacing The Thermostat
A single thermostat with a small capacity may not be very effective for a large house. You can check the capacity by determining the BTUs (British Thermal Units) of the cooling and heating system. Then, check whether this capacity is enough depending on the square footage of your home.
An air conditioner requires 20 BTUs for one square foot of space. If your HVAC system lacks the capacity required for proper cooling and heating, consider replacing it with an appropriately sized unit or installing additional systems. For a smart thermostat, you can install more sensors throughout the house before connecting them with it.
5. Check For Wiring Issues
In the case of an old thermostat, wiring problems tend to be the most likely cause preventing it from working properly. Alternatively, a new thermostat may be installed incorrectly, leading to this thermostat problem.
To verify the cause, you will need to remove the cover as instructed in the user manual and check for damaged or loose wires. Make sure that all wires are securely attached to the terminals, but working with damaged or faulty wires can be a bit risky.
Many times thermostat problems can be fixed simply by recalibrating, and I suggest doing so at least once a year. Electrical problems and old batteries can result in a thermostat’s calibration issues, but they may even occur with new thermostats. This is because it takes time for the device to adjust according to the surrounding temperature.
The recalibration process of HVAC systems can vary depending on the brand and model, so check the user manual to learn about it. Follow the instructions provided to calibrate your thermostat, or alternatively, try replacing the thermostat batteries. You can also upgrade from a mechanical thermostat to a digital one that does not need to be calibrated.
7. Replacing The Sensor
Use a room thermometer to check whether the thermostat sensor works properly and shows the correct temperature. If there is a difference between the temperatures displayed by the room thermometer and the thermostat, you may need to replace the sensor.
Here, I would like to point out that sometimes replacing the sensor may not be possible, and you will need to invest in a new thermostat. Consult the manufacturer of your unit to find out whether this is the case.
8. Changing The Batteries
Your heating and cooling system may be losing power due to various reasons, like worn-out wiring, corrosion, or dying batteries. I've already explained how to deal with damaged wires.
Similarly, you can get rid of corrosion by cleaning the affected parts, while with smart thermostats, dying batteries are a more common cause. In such instances, replace the batteries and check whether the room temp matches the set temperature.
But if these measures remain ineffective, replacing the thermostat might be your only option.
9. Leveling The Thermostat
When the room temperature does not match the setting on a mechanical thermostat because of an uneven mercury switch, it will need to be leveled and straightened. To level the thermostat, remove the cover of the device and check that the sub-base is attached to the wall correctly.
Look for flat or notched sections designed to ensure a correct level, and make sure that the sub-base is completely horizontal. If this does not solve the problem, consider upgrading to a smart programmable thermostat.
10. Detecting And Sealing Leaks
Leaks allow air to enter the room, forcing your air conditioner to work harder without effective results. To detect them, check the ventilation system, and if you discover any leaks, use foil-faced tape to seal them up. In cases where detecting air leaks is very difficult, devices like fog machines can help.
But hiring an HVAC professional is a much easier process to locate and seal leaks.
11. Cleaning And Replacing Faulty Equipment
Air filters, fans, and pipes that have become dirty and clogged with dust or debris should be properly cleaned. But even that may not result in your room's temperature matching the thermostat setting. This may indicate that the system might have broken components that need replacing.
When replacing them, make sure to use components compatible with your HVAC system. You can consult the manufacturer of the HVAC system or an HVAC technician when searching for the right replacements.
12. Resetting Your Thermostat
Many times thermostat issues can be solved by resetting the device, which restores the default settings of the unit. However, keep in mind that there are different reset procedures for thermostats from different manufacturers, so you should check the manual before proceeding.
Programmable thermostats need to be turned off before they can be reset, which requires removing the batteries from the device. You may need to remove the thermostat from the wall to access the battery panel. After removing the batteries, reinsert them backward, aligning the positive with the negative terminals and keeping them in that position for a few minutes.
Then, remove and reinsert them the right way. Check that the display turns on, which will indicate that the system has been reset.
As for low-voltage electronic thermostats, these lack digital displays and can also be reset by removing the cover. After removing the cover, clean the inside with a soft brush and adjust the setting to the lowest cooling level before cleaning with the brush again. Repeat the process after adjusting the setting to the highest heating level, then turn it on.
Then there are mechanical thermostats, which do not have a battery. You just need to remove the cover and check that all wires and components are working properly. After that, turn off the power source connected to the device before turning it back on after 30 seconds.
Finally, there are non-programmable digital thermostats, which are the easiest to reset; you just need to remove the face cover and press the reset button for five seconds. Or you can remove the batteries for five seconds before reinstalling them.
Conclusion
The problems preventing your HVAC system from providing the desired level of heating or cooling depend on several factors. These can include the age of the thermostat, the installation process, the size of your home, etc.
Knowledge of these factors can be very helpful in dealing with these problems, but it is always better to focus on preventing them from occurring in the first place. That is why proper maintenance is crucial, but there are several additional benefits of aircon upkeep.
Apart from preventing heating and cooling issues, regular maintenance helps improve the energy efficiency of the system leading to lower heating and cooling costs. In addition, it can ensure that the components last longer while performing better. So, make sure to get your HVAC system serviced at least once a year.
Gardening is an all-too-popular hobby that requires patience and skill. With online gardening stores growing in number, everyone has a chance to develop their green thumb.
As the world is becoming increasingly aware of the importance of nature, gardening, as a hobby, is making a huge comeback. In fact, people have been purchasing houseplants more often now, putting in the time and effort to care for them.
Do you have a little garden at your home, or are you looking to begin the journey now? Either way, we are here to help you in your quest. We have looked into some of the best online gardening stores and reviewed the top 36 for you.
Take a look at these online options and pick the right one for your needs. Whether you're looking for seedlings, accessories, tools, or other gardening-related items, you'll find them here.
So, without further ado, let's begin!
Best Online Gardening Stores
So, if you're ready to embark on your gardening journey or simply want to enhance your existing garden, here's the list of the 36 best online gardening stores to explore and find everything you need to nurture your green thumb.
With four decades of experience under their sleeve, Plow & Hearth, a Virginia-based company, is one of the most reputed online gardening stores you can trust.
If you take environmental conservation very seriously, you'll love Plow & Hearth for their fantastic initiative. The company has donated over three million trees to local forestry commissions (in Virginia).
Their online store is growing in popularity as more people share and review their excellent experience with them. The company sells everything - from pest control to bedding, gardening tools, and even outdoor fire pits!
They have put in immense hard work to create an intuitive website for their international customers. Moreover, their products are categorized based on a price range (and other filters), so you can stick to your budget while building a beautiful garden with their help.
A company's growth tells you everything you need to know about its popularity. Gardener's Supply Company was founded in the '80s and has turned into a booming online business in recent years. What began as a catalog mail-order company soon turned into an entirely employee-owned one.
This online gardening store sells everything a gardener could want - equipment and tools, gifts, plants, seedlings, and much more. But that's not all; every time you make a purchase from Gardener's Supply Company, you'll be filled with pride at the opportunity to support the less fortunate.
How? Well, this company donates 8% of its pre-tax profits to various gardening charities and organizations in the US.
Moreover, you'll find other great products like greenhouses, pond care items, irrigation systems, and more. Anything you'd need to set up a beautiful garden of your own, you can get at this online store.
Are you new to gardening? Worried about how to take care of your new plants? What if you had a comprehensive guide with detailed information and step by step instructions on how to grow and take care of plants?
This is precisely what Aerogarden offers through its website. Right off the bat, the interactive website design and informational guides help you get started. Moreover, the company offers various tools like grow lights and seed kits - perfect for creating an indoor garden.
You'll also notice a 'Deal of the Day section where you can take advantage of the various ongoing daily deals and purchase budget products. Buy a membership, become a part of the 'Grow Club, and get insider information on gardening products and more.
As the name suggests, this company began by building commercial greenhouses. Once it gained experience, the company spread its wings into the online business world.
On visiting the Greenhouse Megastore website, you will find every piece of equipment you might require for your greenhouse. Founded in 1993, the company has become popular as an online business that provides gardening tools to customers and is a leading supplier of greenhouses.
One of the best things about this online gardening store is its one-year unconditional guarantee on each product that is sold. Not just that, this company is known for its excellent customer support and knowledgeable staff. So, if you are just an amateur gardener and are looking for help, Greenhouse Megastore is a reliable online gardening store to visit.
If you haven't already guessed by the name, Seeds Now is an online gardening store where you can find almost any kind of seeds you need. Whether you're looking to grow a little zucchini garden, or you would instead grow strawberries or tomatoes from a bag (sounds fascinating, right?), it's all there on Seeds Now.
This little homegrown company has gained immense popularity over the years. This isn't merely because of their vast collection of seeds, but also their immaculate website design and customer service.
Were you looking for a storage vault to keep your plethora of seeds in? This company will give you one of those too! The best part - you can opt for a 'starter pack' to begin your journey with (which will cost you less than a dollar).
Are you looking for a company that you can trust with your eyes closed? What about one that has been up and running for 150 years?
Park Seed is one of the oldest (and largest) seed distributors in the US. It remained a strictly family-owned business right up until 2005, after which it is now a division of Jackson & Perkins Park Acquisitions.
Although the company still functions primarily as a mail-order business, they now have a growing online presence to add. Customers can order fertilizers, food trays, seeds and bulbs, and gardening tools.
Furthermore, there are numerous blog posts and informative articles to help you learn while you shop. But it doesn't end there - their customer service options include an online chat, eliminating lengthy and expensive telephone bills in return for guidance.
You might be wondering what Amazon is doing on this list. Isn't Amazon the go-to online store for clothes, accessories, gadgets, and everything in between? Well, it turns out that Amazon even has a gardening supplies section.
If you're interested, you could find some amazing gardening tools, books, and nutritional supplements sold by Amazon itself. However, you'll also find other small vendors using this online space to sell their gardening items (be it fertilizer, seeds, or gardening tools).
For those Amazon customers who have a Prime membership, you can avail of their free two-day shipping on hundreds of products. To top it off, the online 'department store' section essentially doubles as a comment and review section where you can read through other customers' purchases and learn from them.
Before you find the humor in the name, let us tell you why Burpee Seeds is an excellent online gardening store that is worth your time. Founded back in 1876 by Washington Atlee Burpee (yes, that's where the name of the company comes from), this company turned from a mail-order chicken company to a supplier of gardening paraphernalia.
Burpee's love for gardening took him to Europe in search of exotic seeds that would survive in the US climates. He developed research facilities and test farms and introduced several kinds of exotic seeds that the people of the US had never seen before.
By the 1900s, the company became a center of innovation, selling starter kits for new gardeners, hybrid vegetable varieties, and so much more. Now, their online business is booming, and you will find live plants, sprinkler systems, fertilizers, and a plethora of seeds to choose from.
If you're on a budget and are looking for unique gardening tools and supplies, you'll find an enormous collection at Overstock. Their online gardening store has been designed in an 'Amazon-style' layout, so you might find this to be familiar and comforting.
There are customer reviews and star ratings that are helpful, especially for new gardeners. Not just that, the website offers gardening tips, advice, guides, and blogs to help you find your gardening style.
This online store offers unique items that you might never have even heard of. But once you see the customer reviews and read about their functionality, you'll find yourself wanting to buy another one of their unique offerings.
This company has its grassroots (no puns intended) in California in the year 2009. The company would hand-pick live plants from various growers along the West Coast and provide them at competitive prices to Californian customers.
Soon, Plants Express became a top-rated online gardening store. They even teamed up with Home Depot for customers who wish to place their orders at the store (rather than on their website). This is pretty thoughtful, as many customers still aren't too comfortable with technology.
One of the most unique aspects of Plants Express is their 'themed packages.' This includes themes like 'cottage garden,' 'Mediterranean,' 'tropical,' and much more. These packages are helpful for new gardeners who are struggling to envision their landscape but are curious to try their hand at gardening nonetheless.
Don't be intimidated by the company name. Monster Gardens is an online gardening store that specializes in all kinds of hydroponic supplies. If you are getting started with creating a beautiful garden ecosystem in your home, you'll find every single supply you need on this website.
This company encourages amateur gardeners to nourish their green thumbs, providing customers with meters, testers, fans, additives, lighting, tens, and more. There is also an option of purchasing certain 'packages.' These contain everything you require to grow specific systems (an LED growing system will get you a tent, carbon filters, a fan, light hangers, and ducting).
The best part - they have their own YouTube channel where they explain the ins and outs of setting up a hydroponic system.
If you don't have the time, patience, or skill level required to grow plants from seeds, Bloomscape has the solution for you. This online store provides customers with houseplants and every plant accessory you may need to raise them.
Although you might feel that the variety of accessories is slightly limited, the company prides itself in providing top-quality products. Each houseplant has been carefully tended to and raised, and the accessories you can buy will ensure that your plant pet thrives under your care.
Their website has been designed for all kinds of customers - from avid gardeners to first-time plant parents. The easy categories like 'pet-friendly houseplants, easy-care houseplants,' etc., help you find the right plant for your requirements.
Family-owned and run businesses have a reputation for being customer-oriented and supremely caring. This is precisely what you can expect from JFH Horticulture Ltd. The company has been in business for over 40 years and has a strict motto of helping other plant lovers discover their love for gardening.
Their online presence has been growing steadily over the past couple of years. This company strives to provide its customers with the right tools they require for building their own home gardens. With nine family members working in the business, JFH has often started treating its customers like their extended family.
You will find a wide range of gardening products on their website, allowing you to build your plant ecosystem.
Wayside Gardens is relatively different and impressively unique compared to the other online stores on our list. This company was founded back in the 1920s and catered specifically to a particular, sophisticated clientele who did not mind splurging on their gardens. The company would grow and sell extremely rare and unusual plants and bulbs to their ever-growing, demanding clientele.
In 1975, the company was taken over by Park Seed, relocating to South Carolina in the process. Now, Wayside Gardens has an incredibly engaging online presence where it continues to cater to a specific clientele.
You cannot expect to find the most budget-friendly, cost-effective, or most extensive variety of plants and gardening tools here. However, what you can expect are high-quality products backed by their guarantee.
The next gardening supply store we have on our list is yet another business that has been running for over 130 years. This company based in Greendale had humble beginnings. They were well known for supplying a wide range of plants, berries, seeds, trees, shrubs, and gardening tools and supplies.
Their first-ever business catalog was published in 1910. Soon enough, they became one of the most reputed seeds and nursery companies in the US. The company prides itself on selling exclusive items that are available only on its website. Some of their special items include - Gurney's Perfect Pickle Hybrid Cucumber, Gurney Girl's Best Hybrid Tomato, and Gurney's Pride Improved Hybrid Zucchini, just to name a few.
Do you live outside the United States, or are you looking to gift plants to someone outside the country? Well, there aren't many nurseries that will provide you with this option. Plant America Nursery has its own 3,400-acre farm in Tennessee, where they grow their plants and supply them to customers.
The family-owned business now has over 900 varieties of plants, flowers, and shrubs that they've been steadily supplying to customers all over the country. Another fantastic initiative taken by them is donating plants to research universities.
Their website features a beautiful gallery filled with high-resolution pictures of all their products, namely plants, trees, and flowers. Moreover, you can shop on their website using categories, so you can find exactly what you need, whether it's fast-growing plants or evergreen flowers.
When you think of Home Depot, you don't instantly think of buying seeds, plants, or gardening supplies there, right? Well, it turns out that Home Depot has an enormous collection of plants, soil, gardening tools, seeds, bulbs, planters, and much more.
Visiting their online gardening store is an exciting and interesting experience. They have an intuitive website design that allows you to explore the various categories of plants and other gardening supplies according to your needs.
Furthermore, their online chat section offers excellent advice from experts for any queries you might have or if you need a helping hand. This is especially helpful for those customers who are wary of using online tools to buy plants and might require assistance.
Lowes is another giant company, just like Home Depot, and have been rivals for years; Lowes has finally given Home Depot a run for their money. This company has taken over the digital gardening store business by being a step ahead of Home Depot in certain aspects.
To begin with, Lowes offers an extremely comprehensive and detailed product selection section. Here, you will find a variety of plants, seeds, and other gardening supplies, complete with an in-depth description of what they are and how to use them.
That's not all. Lowes also sponsors several shows on HGTV (and other networks), where you'll find hundreds of exciting DIY projects and gardening information. Finally, most items have free shipping, which is a bonus!
As the name suggests, this company has been in business for over three decades, providing all types of garden supplies, tools, and other items to create a beautiful landscape in your backyard. With the ever-growing popularity of its business, the company recently decided to launch its online presence, which was warmly welcomed by loving customers.
One of the biggest takeaways from this online gardening store is their 100% guarantee on every product they offer. They provide contact information for customers to reach out in case they are dissatisfied with any product.
The online store offers high-quality gardening supplies and other products that can help you create an aesthetic and thriving landscape. This website has it all, from hydroponics to furniture, kitchen care items, and even informative posts and articles.
Bluestone Perennials began as a humble brick-and-mortar store back in 1972 in Ohio. This family-owned business took great care and pride in developing a unique gardening concept, instantly becoming a hit.
It all began when Richard Boonstra, his spouse, and two teenage children invested in their dream of using soilless mediums and plastic cell packs as a business concept. All it took was three years and intense hard work and dedication to make their vision a roaring business.
When you visit their website, you're likely to be blown away by its simplicity and aesthetics. With neatly divided categories for perennials, bulbs, shrubs, and alphabetical listing for plants, you'll soon find yourself drawn in and mesmerized by what they have to offer.
If you're still confused, use the 'plant finder' feature that will instantly help you decide the kind of plant you need for your personal garden.
Every plant lover isn't a natural-born gardener. In the same way, every avid gardener isn't always looking to buy new plants and supplies.
That's why Shop Terrain is such a great online gardening store - it has been designed for everyone. This website features excellent information and guides on gardening; however, it also focuses on other aspects of daily living and creating a beautiful home environment.
Head on over to the gifts section, and you'll find beautiful plants and flowers. They are categorized neatly, so you can find the right gift for their unique personality. Not just that, you might also be struck by a sudden creative bug, as their website features several inspiring ideas you can use.
A company that was born as a love child of Ray and Peg Prag on their honeymoon, Forest Farm had humble beginnings. What began as a tiny idea - using #10 cans and a couple of native species of plants soon turned into a booming business of supplying over 5000 species.
If you feel strongly about giving back to society, you will love the initiative taken by this company. Forest Farm works as a non-profit organization that donates the proceeds from its sales towards various art and nature programs.
Coming to the website, you'll find a broad variety of vegetables, flowers, plants, and trees to choose from. If you can't make up your mind about the right species to choose, don't worry. Use the 'plant finder' feature to find the right plant for your home.
The story behind this company is fascinating and worth learning about. David Salman, the founder, wanted to find eco-friendly plants that would tolerate harsh, dry, and hot climates. He was looking for an alternative to the typical cacti and rockscape that could be seen dominating the gardening style of his state.
He came up with the idea of cultivating plants that would soon become excellent budget-friendly and eco-friendly options, fit to thrive in dry climates. This business idea took the country by surprise, and soon, he was flooded with orders.
The company website provides a wealth of information on how to grow lush foliage, which requires less water. There are dedicated sections for gardening, lawn care, perennials and bulbs, seeds, and gardening supplies. The regular contests with amazing gifts and prizes cause customers to flock to the website often.
A family-owned business that started by only offering about 100 varieties of plants soon 'bloomed' into a giant, successful business known as Garden Crossings. Their website features an ever-growing array of plant species and a wealth of information on each of them.
The website offers a Container Designer Tool, which essentially helps you design hanging planters, architecturally designing displays, the landscape, etc. But if human interaction is what you are craving, then the owners and employees are always ready to jump in and guide you in choosing the right plant for your garden.
The owners are continually improving their website design and layout, as well as introducing more species of plants to their collections. Moreover, they have a dedicated section for gardening tools and supplies for avid gardeners.
Brent and Becky's Bulbs was founded in the 1900s by Brent's grandfather. It remained a family-owned business and grew exponentially as many members started actively working towards growing and developing different aspects of the business.
The family owns a 28-acre farm in Gloucester, where every photographer, writer, consultant, educator, and lecturer belongs to this family. Their website offers a comprehensive look into two distinct sections - spring planting and fall planting. You can explore the different sections to find the best seeds, bulbs, or perennials for your bulb garden according to your requirements.
Those looking for an online gardening store specializing in hydroponics will love everything that Cult Hydro has to offer. The website gives you in-depth information on what hydroponics is and how it is integrated into their business.
Essentially, you will learn how to grow plants without soil. The plants get their nutrients from water instead, enabling you to have a mess-free experience of raising plants. The online store features several top-quality types of equipment as well as seeds and plants.
Everything that you require to grow your hydroponics, you will find easily on this website. From rigging, and growing mediums to lights, fans, and tents. Moreover, the website offers discounts and extremely competitive prices that are sure to lure in more customers.
With a name as sweet as this one, we instantly had high hopes from the company known as Easy To Grow Bulbs. This company is also a family-owned and operated business; however, it is slightly different compared to the other stores on our list.
This company does not grow all its plants and flowers; instead, it spends time, energy, and concerted efforts into procuring some of the best bulbs from all over the globe. However, it doesn't stop there. They are also known for acquiring some of the most unique and fascinating gardening products that most people haven't set eyes on.
The company began in a small warehouse in California in 2004. It came to life as several growers, and gardeners from around the world united to market their unique products through Easy To Grow Bulbs.
Now, with a booming business and thriving website, you will find several other items, such as succulents, perennials, potted plants, and more.
Do you have trouble getting your indoor (or even outdoor) plants and flowers to thrive? Do you have reason to believe that they barely survive under your care? Well, Earth Box has created a solution for such frustrated gardeners looking for an easy way out.
This company was founded around the concept of finding container-growing systems that would thrive both indoors as well as outdoors. They have developed specific techniques that allow new gardeners to raise their plant pets without the constant fear of killing them.
If you don't have a particularly green thumb, then opting for self-watering, sustainable and easy-to-transport plants might be your best bet. With just a little more research and effort into probiotics, fertilizers, and bundles (all of which the site provides), you will develop into an avid gardener in no time.
The name 'Nature Hills' might give you certain ideas about what the company began as initially. Founded in 2001, this company started as a deciduous and coniferous tree nursery for its local geographic area. Over the past two decades, the business has grown to offer much more to its customers.
The website now offers a complete garden center with varieties of bulbs, plants, trees, and flowers. But it doesn't end there - their stellar customer service is often talked about, setting them apart from their competitors.
Nature Hills offers multiple mediums of getting in touch with their expert customer service team. Of course, you can always visit the 'growing zone' on their website to find the right kind of plants that are suited for your region. This works when you enter your zip code - the website automatically takes you to a page showing you the best options of plants for your area.
Blooming Bulb has its central hub in Michigan, where they primarily operate its businesses. However, the company is also known to source its products from vetted growers outside their area and ship them directly from these fields.
This business strategy turned out to be exceptionally cost-effective while earning them goodwill and trust from their customers.
Like many other websites on our list, Blooming Bulbs website also features a 'zone finder' option. This allows you to find the right plants that are best suited to grow in your local area and environment. Their comprehensive guides and in-depth knowledge make visiting their website an entire learning experience while you shop.
This online gardening store has everything you could possibly imagine in terms of seeds. From vegetable seeds to berries, herbs, grains, flowers, and even edible seeds, you will find the widest variety of offerings on this website.
The family-owned and operated business owns a 150-acre organic certified farm and is continually expanding its business. As you might have guessed from the name, this company specializes in potatoes. That being said, all their other products are fantastic and will give other companies a run for their money.
But it doesn't end there. The Irish Eyes Garden Seeds website also offers a variety of pest control supplies, gardening tools, and equipment, recipes, growing tips, and many more fascinating things.
Are you curious to know everything about indoor gardening? Maybe you plan to set up an indoor garden, or just a small setup of your favorite plants. Well, everything that you might need to set up your indoor plant haven is provided by the Growers House website.
This family-owned business is based in Tucson, where they have a brick and mortar booming business. However, to expand their reach, they have also set up an online store, allowing customers from far and wide to explore their exciting options.
Whether you are looking to set up an indoor hydroponic system or something simpler like a starter kit, you will find it all on this website. There is also a wealth of information on plants' various species, how to grow them, and other related information.
This company was founded in the late 1990s and began as a manufacturer and importer of home and garden specialty items. The founders took most of their inspiration from the garden fountains of Italy and the Mediterranean, and they brought back their wisdom to the US, thus, founding their company Garden Fountains.
If you are looking for starter kits or seeds and bulbs, this website probably won't offer you much. However, if you want to transform your current garden's aesthetics with beautiful decor and decorative pieces, this is the best place to look.
Many of the products available on the website are exclusively sourced for Garden Fountains. But, you will also find imports from several larger brands, giving you a reasonable selection and several dozen options.
If you have already set up your outdoor (or indoor) garden and are just looking for some of the best decorative pieces to add to it, DS Garden Shop is the ideal place to explore your options. This website offers a variety of beautiful garden additions - from busts, statues, pedestals, and even pots, and there is more than enough to explore.
That being said, if you find a great product but aren't entirely happy with its finish, DS Garden Shop gives you a chance to change the look! You can do this by opting for high gloss finishes, premium stains, and other great options to personalize your purchase.
The website is neatly organized, so you can search for something using their categories. Of course, if you have something specific in mind, you can search for it in their search box or contact them on their provided number or email support.
Are you looking for a reliable online gardening store where you can purchase high-quality gardening and warehousing tools? Fisher Blacksmithing is a company that you can trust. Each tool is hand-forged and created with the utmost care and dedication. Their tools feature walnut wood handles, giving each product hardiness, durability, and longevity.
Since every item on their website is handcrafted, you can expect to pay slightly higher rates than your go-to warehouse. However, you will be purchasing the best quality tools made by expert craftsmen. You also have the option of purchasing over the phone, if you prefer that over online purchasing.
Conclusion
And with that, it's a wrap! We have finally come to the end of our comprehensive list. The online gardening stores mentioned above are highly rated and have been in business for years, thanks to their top-quality products and excellent customer service.
If you are looking for some of the best gardening supplies, and plants, or just information to learn more about them, these websites are worth exploring. There is something on this list for everybody, so make sure to go through all the recommendations and pick the website of your choice.
If you have any queries or need more information, you can reach out to any of the websites or leave a comment below.
Oil painting is a versatile art medium that has attracted painters since the time of the Renaissance. From Monet to Van Gogh, it's for the masters.
The slow-drying quality of oil paints makes them an instant favorite among artists as they can take their sweet time while mixing the colors. Consisting of pigment particles that remain suspended in oil, preferably linseed oil, you can mix the paints with different media to change their consistency.
Whether you're an amateur or a professional painter, it's only natural to try your hands at oil painting to uncover new horizons of the art world. But, the daunting question is - which oil paint to choose when you have tons of options? We're here to talk about the best oil paint brands and review the seven best oil paints to help you make the right choice.
Before we begin, we want you to know, one of the most astonishing things about oil paint is you can paint it over other types of paints, including acrylic paints. To know in detail we have an excellent article to guide you through to paint oil over acrylic paints.
So, without any further ado, let's get our palettes ready!
Best Oil Paints for Beginners & Professionals Artists
Here is the list of the 7 best oil paints that you can use to create beautiful, vibrant artwork.
BE INSPIRED The greatest works in the greatest galleries are...
EXPECT QUALITY Arranged in two rows of easy-to-pick color...
The first product on our list is the 24-color oil paint set from Castle Art Supplies that'll take you on an enjoyable ride into the world of oil painting. It is one of the best student-grade oil paints that come with a five-stage tutorial to help you get started on your oil paint journey.
Why Did We Like It?
The oil paints from Castle Art Supplies come in resealable and airtight tubes that ensure a long shelf life of these paints. Arranged neatly in two separate rows, these 24 alluring shades of oil paint are there to inspire you to create innovative artwork. The consistent and smooth texture of the paints is expertly formulated using the perfect balance of pigments and oil.
On top of this, the vibrant shades of the paint speak volumes about the product’s professional quality. They are super easy to use and work beautifully on canvas. You can use a brush or palette knife, whatever you want, to apply the oil paint and create a masterpiece.
And why just stick to the canvas when you can apply the paints on different substrates? The paint works on all surfaces: plastic, wood, board, metal, or paper. Don't shy away from experimenting and creating different textural effects using this oil paint.
What Could've Been Better?
Generally, it's natural for oil paints to take a few days or a week to dry up completely due to their slow-drying quality. However, the oil paints from Castle Art Supplies can take up to three weeks or even more to dry up, which can be a bit of a letdown.
Pros
Easy-to-use oil paint tubes
Airtight and resealable tubes
Multiple applications
Tutorial guide available
Cons
Takes a long time to dry
Dimensions: 9.02" x 7.72" x 1.1" | Weight: 1.19lbs | No. of Colors/Tubes: 24 | Tubes Volume Size: 12ml each | Finish Type: Gloss
Next, we bring you the Winsor-Newton Winton oil color paint set that can easily compete with any top artist-grade oil paint due to its rich colors and high pigment load. If you are planning to step into the oil painting world, this paint set might be just what you need.
Why Did We Like It?
Professional-grade oil paints can be quite expensive, but you can get professional quality paints at an affordable price with Winton oil paints. The brand uses moderately priced pure pigment for formulating its oil paints to maintain quality and affordability.
Plus, the extremely high pigment load of this oil paint set offers excellent tinting strength and covering power without compromising the color performance. The Winton range also has a smooth consistency that's far superior to other oil paint brands. It's slightly stiffer and delivers superb color retention when applying a palette knife or brush strokes.
You can mix this oil paint set with different oil paint brands without losing the texture or intensity of the color. If you already own some old oil paints, you can mix them up with this new set to create an eye-catching glossy texture due to their smooth consistency.
What Could've Been Better?
While the brand offers a high-quality paint set for your paintings to shine through, the packaging can be a massive inconvenience. Many customers have complained that some of the paints started to leak out from their tubes due to the busted packaging. Hence, the packaging is not the strongest quality of this oil paint brand.
Pros
Excellent texture and consistency
High pigmentation level
Individually formulated colors
Intermixable with other brands
Cons
Poor packaging
Dimensions: 1.25" x 9.15" x 4.9" | Weight: N/A | No. of Colors/Tubes: 10 | Tubes Volume Size: 21ml each | Finish Type: Satin
24 VIBRANT OIL-BASED COLORS: This oil painting set provides...
BEST VALUE OIL PAINTING SUPPLIES SET: The perfect oil paint...
The Ohuhu oil paint set is one of the best student-grade paints that we came across while curating our list. It's excellent for beginners who are new to the oil painting world and want to explore this art medium. Also, the 24 different paint shades in this set allow beginners to play around and experiment with the colors.
Why Did We Like It?
It is one of the top oil paints that offer premium-quality oil paints forbeginners due to their excellent consistency that allows the paint to roll onto the surface.
The 24 vibrant color options offer endless opportunities for you to try out new painting techniques while taking on an oil painting project. From the refreshing lemon yellow to the bold crimson red, your oil painting journey is bound to be exciting and colorful with this paint set. It's perfect for painting landscapes, sceneries, portraits, or whatever your heart desires.
On top of this, the portable color tubes allow you to capture anything that inspires you on canvas. Planning a day out on the bench? Take the color set with you and paint away. The best part is that the Ohuhu oil paints are completely non-toxic, unlike most oil paints, making them completely safe for children, adults, novices, and master painters.
What Could've Been Better?
If you are a professional artist and looking for artist-grade paints, this paint set might not be the best choice for you. While it's excellent for beginners who are just getting started with oil painting, it doesn't offer the intensity, variety, or depth of colors required by professional oil painters.
Pros
Rich color pigments
Wide range of colors
Portable color tubes
Non-toxic oil paints
Cons
Might not be suitable for professionals
Dimensions: 10.04" x 7.76" x 0.87" | Weight: 1.21lbs | No. of Colors/Tubes: 24 | Tubes Volume Size: 12ml each | Finish Type: Gloss
Next up, we bring you eco-friendly oil paints from ZenART supplies that are known for their artist-grade quality. Made from non-toxic pigments and cold-pressed linseed oil, these oil paints can offer you the ultimate professional oil painting experience. The uniform consistency of these paints is ideal for effortless color mixing and creating gorgeous oil paintings.
Why Did We Like It?
The professional quality of these oil paints can make them compete quite easily with top oil paint brands, such as Sennelier oil paints or Michael Harding oil paints. By using these few essential colors and their rich textures, you can create an entire color palette that suits your needs.
This Portrait palette includes earth colors to develop realistic skin tones while coloring portraits or figurative paintings. But the artistic opportunities are not just limited to portraits as these extra-fine oil paints are ideal for wet-on-wet painting and creating rich color texture on canvas. Their buttery consistency also allows you to apply the paints in very thin layers effortlessly.
These handmade paints are carefully formulated by experienced artists so that they can be lightfast and have a high pigment load. The colors are also 100% toxin-free and eco-friendly as they contain no synthetic pigments or harmful chemicals. Hence, they are completely safe to use for both amateurs and professionals.
What Could've Been Better?
These handmade oil colors from ZenART supplies only contain refined linseed oil and no water-mixable oils, so the paints are not soluble in water. They might not be the best choice if you want to create artwork using mixed media painting techniques by combining oil paints with acrylic paints or watercolor paints.
Pros
Professional-grade oil paints
High load of traditional pigments
Excellent for wet-on-wet oil painting
Toxin-free and eco-friendly
Cons
Not water soluble
Dimensions: 10.24" x 5.51" x 1.38" | Weight: 1.65lbs | No. of Colors/Tubes: 8 | Tubes Volume Size: 50ml each | Finish Type: Satin
18ml Tubes Are Compact, Lightweight, and Easy to Store:...
Exceptional Art With High-Intensity Colors: Made from...
This professional oil paint set from the U.S. Art Supply comes with 36 stunning oil colors that can attract professional artists and aspiring beginners. These high-intensity oil colors contain premium-quality pigments to create perfect blends for your paintings. You can paint whatever you want, from portraits to landscapes, with these excellent oil colors.
Why Did We Like It?
With 36 stunning and vibrant oil-based colors, the U.S. Art Supply professional paint set allows you to create extraordinary artworks whether you are a beginner or a professional. The paints contain premium-quality pigments that offer tremendous depth and glaze to the colors.
These colors have a smooth buttery consistency, allowing artists to paint for as long as they need. Because of their slow-drying quality, you can blend and apply colors without feeling rushed.
While we're talking about blending colors, how can we not like the color mixing wheel that comes with the set? If you're a beginner, this color wheel will act as the Holy Grail to help you master the technique of mixing oil paints. It's an educational color tool that's essential for all budding artists.
Another excellent quality of these oil-based colors is that they are completely acid-free and non-toxic. So, whether you are teaching oil painting to kids or creating your artwork, these paints are 100% safe and don’t cause any allergic reactions.
What Could've Been Better?
If you are just getting started with oil paintings, mixing these oil colors can be tricky compared to other oil paints. It takes some time to get acquainted with the blending techniques. You can use a palette knife, which will make it easier to blend the colors without creating a mess or wasting too much paint.
Pros
High-quality, vivid colors
Smooth consistency
Comes with a color-mixing wheel
Non-toxic and acid-free
Cons
Mixing the paints can be tricky
Dimensions: 11.25" x 3" x 5" | Weight: 3.24lbs | No. of Colors/Tubes: 36 | Tubes Volume Size: 18ml each | Finish Type: N/A
Vibrant Art Set with 48 Oil Paint Colors: This comprehensive...
75% More Paint per Tube – Affordable Oil Painting...
The oil paints from MyArtscape are specially formulated to offer rich depths to create stunning and vivid paintings. You can skillfully develop different color textures with these oil paints because of their uniform consistency. Also, the paints are completely non-toxic and safe to use.
Why Did We Like It?
The strong and rich colors of this oil paint set are vibrant enough to attract anyone to them. They are carefully formulated by using high-quality pigments to make the colors look luxuriously heavy and vivid. On top of this, the colors offer a traditional lustrous glossy finish to create extraordinary portraits.
You can also make the oil paints last for a long time on canvas without fading, thanks to their consistent formulation. While most oil paintings are sensitive to direct sunlight and ultraviolet rays, you can keep the glossy finish of your portrait intact by using these highly pigmented, lightfast colors.
Along with providing a traditional luster, the high pigment load makes it quite easy to blend the colors. This extends your work time so that you don't have to rush through the entire color-mixing process.
If you are not satisfied with the product, the manufacturer offers a 1-year replacement guarantee. Thus, don't hesitate to try out this paint set, and if you don't like it, you can always replace it within a year.
What Could've Been Better?
Even though the paint set offers a wide range of colors with 48 different oil paints, it's missing some essential shades, such as crimson red. So, if you are a professional painter, you might find the color range a bit underwhelming.
Pros
Lightfast colors
Easy to blend
High pigment load
Attractive glossy finish
Cons
Doesn’t have some essential colors
Dimensions: 8.27" x 7.68" x 1.57" | Weight: 2.25lbs | No. of Colors/Tubes: 48 | Tubes Volume Size: 12ml each | Finish Type: Gloss
【Premium & Long-lasting Pigments】Conforms to ASTM...
Want to play with some metallic oil colors? The Magicfly professional paint set of 40 colors includes some stunning metallic colors, such as metallic gold and silver. It also comes with two extra white tubes so that you never run out of my colors and can let your imaginations fly.
Why Did We Like It?
The gorgeous metallic finish of these Magicfly oil colors is an instant attraction and makes them clearly stand out from other oil paints. Your paintings are bound to have a stunning metallic glaze if you choose to use these colors.
While talking about paintings, it's necessary to mention the superb blending quality of these Magicfly oil paints. They thin out quite nicely, and their texture is excellent for trying your hands on some wet-on-wet painting techniques. Also, thanks to their opacity and high pigment load, these colors offer excellent coverage on canvas.
Other than this, the oil colors are quite durable and long-lasting because of their lightfast quality. Hence, your artwork will retain its high-sheen metallic finish and stay fresh for a long time. You can use these Magicfly paints to create wall arts, portraits, and landscapes without worrying about the colors fading away with time.
What Could've Been Better?
It's a known fact that oil paints take longer to dry than any acrylic paint or watercolor paint. However, the drying time of these Magicfly oil colors is even longer than most other top oil paints. So, you might need to apply a gel medium if you want these oil paints to dry up faster.
Pros
Long-lasting colors
Excellent coverage
Gorgeous metallic finish
Non-toxic oil colors
Cons
Take longer time to dry
Dimensions: 10.91" x 8.94" x 2.01" | Weight: 3.01lbs | No. of Colors/Tubes: 40 | Tubes Volume Size: 18ml each | Finish Type: Metallic
Specially formulated to a stiff but smooth consistency
Perfect for Bob Ross' "wet-on-wet" technique!
The Bob Ross oil paints are specially formulated for creating gorgeous landscapes using rich and heavy colors. However, the oil colors are not just limited to painting landscapes. In fact, the buttery consistency and uniform texture of the paints allow you to experiment with them and blend them to develop unique color palettes.
Why Did We Like It?
Alla Prima, or the wet-on-wet technique, is a unique painting technique that allows you to apply a new layer of oil paint over a wet layer without waiting for the previous layer to dry. It's an excellent technique for creating multiple color textures in a single painting. And these Bob Ross oil paints are perfect for the wet-on-wet coloring technique.
The smooth and uniform consistency of the colors allows you to apply them on a substrate in thin layers. You can easily cover each layer with different colors to create stunning color combinations. The colors are stiff enough to hold their texture while you are layering them up on any substrate.
On top of this, the highly pigmented rich colors offer excellent depth and intensity to your artworks and paintings. The glossy finish of the colors also makes your paintings instantly attractive. Furthermore, these oil paints are easily washable, so you can get as messy as you want without worrying about leaving any permanent stains on the workstation.
What Could've Been Better?
Most customers have complained about receiving leaky coloring tubes that created a huge mess. The busted tubes resulted from poor packaging, leading to the unnecessary wastage of perfectly good colors. It also affected the texture and consistency of the oil colors as they became hard and brittle due to leakage and exposure to air.
Pros
Washable oil colors
Excellent for wet-on-wet painting
Attractive gloss finish
Highly pigmented colors
Cons
Leaky tubes and bad packaging
Dimensions: 10" x 4 x 3.5" | Weight: 2.4lbs | No. of Colors/Tubes: 14 | Tubes Volume Size: 37ml each | Finish Type: Gloss
When choosing the best oil paints for your art project, it's best to consider certain criteria. So, we will discuss some key factors that'll help you make a well-informed purchase decision for choosing the right oil color.
Consistency And Texture
Oil painting is all about mixing and blending colors to create unique color combinations for your art piece. The texture and consistency of your oil paints will primarily determine how well they can blend together.
Premium-quality oil paint will have a smooth, buttery, and uniform consistency with a stiff texture. The smoothness of the oil color will allow you to mix it easily without other colors to create your own color palette.
Furthermore, the right consistency and texture of the oil colors will offer maximum coverage in a single brush stroke. You can easily apply the colors using a brush or a palette knife directly from the tubes without any hassle.
Pigment Load of Classic Oil Colors
Oil paints are known for their rich colors that offer great depth and intensity to your artworks. But if you think about it, it all comes down to the pigment particles. Premium-quality oil colors are so vibrant because of their high pigment load. The more the pigment, the more vivid the colors.
In addition to this, high pigment content makes it easier to blend oil colors without any pigment separation. It's safe to say that the consistency of oil paints greatly depends on the pigments. Also, a high pigment load ensures the durability of your oil colors to prevent them from fading early. Hence, it's always a good idea to check the pigment content of oil paint before purchasing it.
Non-Toxic Quality
While selecting the best oil paints, make sure to check their non-toxic quality to avoid any health hazards. Some old varieties of old paints contain lead as their base, which can be highly toxic if you ingest or inhale it. If the oil colors contain lead, it'll be mentioned in the safety instructions on the coloring tubes.
However, it's best to avoid such toxic colors altogether and go for non-toxic and eco-friendly paints. Several top oil paint brands, like Ohuhu and ZenArt Supplies, produce toxic-free oil paints that are 100% safe to use for artists of all ages. So, read the product description carefully to determine the non-toxic quality of the oil colors before buying.
Lightfastness of Professional Oil Paints
As you know, direct sunlight and oil colors are not the best of friends. Your oil colors will fade away soon if you are not careful and expose them to sunlight. But, if you choose oil paints with a high lightfast rating, it can prevent your colors from fading early.
The lightfast quality of oil paints acts as the UV screen to shield the colors from the ultraviolet rays to keep them fresh and vibrant for a long time. So, if you choose to paint with lightfast oil colors, your painting can retain its vivid color textures over the years without needing any art restoration.
You can check the lightfast rating of the oil colors by going through the product information provided on the coloring tubes.
Airtight Tubes
Oil paints must always be stored under airtight conditions to prevent them from getting hard and brittle. If you have loose paints, you need to store them in airtight containers. But, if you purchase painting tubes, check whether they are airtight and resealable.
Most modern oil colors come in metal tubes that are airtight and resealable so that you can use them for years without worrying about their shelf life. These metal tubes allow you to use as much color as you want and seal the remaining color and store them properly in an airtight environment.
Affordability
Generally, oil paints are more expensive than acrylic or watercolor paints. On top of that, artist-grade oil paints are more costly than student-grade oil paints due to their high-quality pigments.
As a beginner, it's best to go for a moderately priced paint set without wasting your entire savings. But, if you are a professional artist having an established career in oil painting, you can go for artist-grade paints. So, it essentially comes down to your needs and available budget.
Best Oil Paint FAQs
How long do the top oil paints last?
Oil paints have a long shelf life and can easily last over a decade if you store them correctly. Ideally, a good oil paint should last up to 30 years under the right storage conditions. If you look closely, oil painting tubes do not have a fixed expiration date, unlike watercolor or acrylic paints.
However, oil paints expire over time as the oils start to separate from the pigment particles. By storing the paints properly, you can extend their lifespan and prevent paint separation. To sum it up, take care of your oil paints, and you can use them for years without worrying about replacing them any time soon.
What oils are used in formulating oil paints?
Linseed oil is the commonly used oil for formulating oil colors. However, other vegetable oils, like poppy oil and safflower oil, work better to extend the drying time of oil paints.
Safflower oil is entirely non-toxic and used as a binder in oil paints to increase the flow and drying time of the colors. If you are working on a big painting project, you might consider using safflower oil as a medium to increase the work time.
On the other hand, the poppy seed oils slow down the yellowing of the oil paints over time, which can be a problem if you’re using linseed oil. They also lengthen the drying time of fast pigments to avoid early shrinkage of the oil colors. Hence, many paint manufacturers prefer using safflower oil or poppy oil to linseed oil.
How to store oil paints properly?
Oil paints are sensitive to air, moisture, high temperatures, and direct sunlight. When they are exposed to air and moisture, they tend to harden up and become brittle. At the same time, if the paints are kept under direct sunlight, the colors will start to fade with time.
However, you can easily protect the oil colors by storing them in a dark, dry, and cold place inside an airtight container. Modern oil paints mostly come in airtight and resealable metal tubes that make storing the colors much easier.
What is the best surface for oil painting?
Surface selection is an important aspect of oil painting because oil-based colors do not work well on alkaline substrates like stones, bricks, or cement. The alkaline conditions make the paints dry up and crack eventually.
When it comes to oil painting, the canvas is probably the best surface choice. You can go for either linen or cotton canvases. However, art restoration can be a bit tricky with a cotton canvas. It’s best to choose canvases made from natural jute or hemp for your oil painting.
What is the lightfast rating of oil colors?
As we mentioned earlier, oil paints are sensitive to direct sunlight. The ultraviolet rays can burn the color and make them dull over time. However, oil colors with a high lightfast rating are more resistant to UV light than regular oil paints.
Lightfast rating essentially highlights the ability of oil colors to screen out and withstand UV rays. Hence, if you choose lightfast oil colors, they’ll last for a long time and won’t fade away any time soon, even when they are exposed to direct sunlight.
Conclusion
Choosing the best oil paint that meets your artistic needs can be a daunting task and requires extensive research. But, after going through our reviews, we hope we've made the task a bit easier for you. We're certain that you can find a suitable oil paint on our list whether you're a professional or an amateur.
If you want our recommendation for professional artist-grade oil paints, we suggest you start with the Castle Art Supplies Oil Paint Set. The rich colors and their uniform consistency won’t disappoint you. You can experiment with 24 vibrant colors and learn the basics of oil painting using the tutorial guide.
However, it's just the tip of the iceberg because you have the entire art world to explore to know more about oil paints. You can always take your time and do some more research by referring to the oil paints buyer’s guide before selecting the best oil colors.
So, don't forget to stay creative. Until next time!
If you're looking for the best side-by-side refrigerators, the GE GSS25GSHSS is the best one to get. It maximizes storage space while ticking all the right boxes.
Each side-by-side refrigerators has different strengths when you compare them to each other, and they come in at various price points.
In this full guide, I'll explain the pros, cons, and features of the 8 top freezer refrigerators that come in a side-by-side layout.
The Top 8 Side-By-Side Refrigerators on the Market Today
Here are the top 8 side-by-side refrigerators that you can buy. I've ranked each depending on their best features compared to the others, so you can see which is a better fit for you.
GE's side-by-side refrigerator is one you'll want to keep in your kitchen. It comes in an on-trend slate, high-gloss black/white, and stainless steel finish.
This side-by-side refrigerator measures 25.3 cubic feet, with 16.07 cubic feet designated to refrigerate fresh food and 9.25 cubic feet for frozen foods.
It has adjustable shelving that utilizes the entire depth and width to maximize the fridge space. You can even adjust the fridge to store wine.
The freezer space has enough room to fit your frozen food comfortably and even comes with a built-in ice maker. This allows you to get ice in ice cubes or crushed ice form.
However, this side-by-side refrigerator, courtesy of GE, isn't meant to be used in a garage, and it doesn't have any innovative features that can really wow users.
Total Capacity: 25.3 cubic feet | Dimension: 69.5 x 35.75 x 35.25 inches | Finishes Available: Black, stainless steel, slate, white | Smart: No | Dispenser: Ice and Water
Filters out ethylene gas from the fresh food storage
What I don't like
Warm recommended settings
No smart features
This side-by-side stainless steel fridge from Frigidaire gives you all the basics you need from a side-by-side refrigerator at a great value price.
It comes in black stainless steel and stainless steel finish options, and the material they use is fingerprint-resistant stainless steel to reduce smudging.
First, it has a system that keeps temperatures consistent in both the fridge and freezer compartments.
The best parts of this side-by-side fridge are the crisper drawers. They keep fresh food from rotting with technology that filters out ethylene gas from the crisper drawers.
It also has a through-the-door ice and water dispenser that can output both cubed and crushed ice. This feature is becoming a staple on any side-by-side fridge.
One downside of this side-by-side model is that it runs a bit warmer when set to the default factory settings. However, you can fix this with a quick calibration.
Total Capacity: 22.3 cubic feet | Dimension: 69.9 x 36.1 x 28.5 inches | Finishes Available: Black and standard stainless steel | Smart: No | Dispenser: Ice and Water
This Frigidaire side-by-side fridge comes in similar finish options as the last fridge model. It comes in a black, white, stainless steel, and black stainless steel finish.
Another similarity this side-by-side refrigerator has to the other model is the inclusion of through-the-door water and ice dispensers.
It has a ton of storage space, having an advertised capacity of 25.6 cubic feet. Whatever you store inside, you can be sure the air inside is kept at consistent temperatures.
While these side-by-side fridges don't have all the smart features or high-end features that other side-by-side refrigerators have, it nails all the basics really well.
It also doesn't draw too much power from the wall, making it a great pick for a budget side-by-side refrigerator. At the price of $1,199 at Best Buy, it's a steal.
Total Capacity: 25.6 cubic feet | Dimension: 69.88 x 36.13 x 35 inches | Finishes Available: Black and standard stainless steel, white, black | Smart: No | Dispenser: Ice and Water
Getting counter-depth side-by-side fridges can be an essential factor in your purchase decision if you want a fridge that doesn't stick out beyond counter depth.
This counter-depth refrigerator is a great option because it maximizes the refrigerator compartment space while remaining compact.
The GE counter-depth side-by-side refrigerator comes in 21.8 cubic feet of space, with 14.23 cubic feet for the fridge door side and 7.56 cubic feet for the freezer door side.
The fridge area on this counter depth has gallon door bins, a deli drawer, and two produce drawers. The freezer capacity is a bit limited, but it has two bins that can store whole chickens.
The ice and water dispenser is well blended into the fridge doors and provides cubed and crushed ice along with filtered water. It also blended in well with the rest of the fridge.
The control panel also sits on the dispenser, where you can control the temperature. Finally, it has hidden hinges to complete the seamless look that fits your kitchen well.
Note
If you want both a shallow and slimmer fridge, try checking out the best narrow fridges.
Total Capacity: 21.8 cubic feet | Dimension: 70.125 x 35.75 x 30.75 inches | Finishes Available: Black, slate, white, stainless steel | Smart: No | Dispenser: Ice and Water
This side-by-side refrigerator from Whirlpool is large enough for your family's needs, with 28.4 cubic feet of storage capacity. This is one of the most enormous side-by-side fridges I've seen.
The fridge compartment has 17.56 cubic feet and a large freezer capacity of 10.93 cubic feet. Frameless glass shelves help maximize space, although adjusting them is a bit limited.
It also has adjustable door bins that have a gallon-sized jug capacity, with the ice maker helping to save space by being integrated directly into the freezer door.
The through-the-door ice and water dispenser works well. While the ice maker itself is a bit noisy, the water dispenser has measured fill, so you don't worry about overfilling.
The Whirlpool side-by-side refrigerator also has an air filter system to keep all your fruits and vegetables fresh for as long as possible.
Finally, it will definitely look good in your kitchen, with various finish options to choose from. They include fingerprint-resistant stainless steel, black stainless steel, white, and black.
Total Capacity: 28.4 cubic feet | Dimension: 68.875 x 36 x 34.875 inches | Finishes Available: Black and standard stainless steel, white, black | Smart: No | Dispenser: Ice and Water
This Kitchenaid side-by-side refrigerator is definitely pricey, but if you're looking for a fridge that will last you years, it will be more than worth it.
The main features of this fridge are the ten-year-long warranty, large 25 cubic feet capacity, dual temperature management, humidity-controlled drawers, and the Freshflow air filter.
This fridge is also Energy Star certified, which means that your electricity bill won't be hit too hard. This is because it doesn't let cold air escape as much as other fridges.
It doesn't have some of the smart features that other side-by-side refrigerators might have, but the reliability, ample space, and energy savings make up for it.
This all combines to make this fridge an excellent long-term option. At around $2800, it's definitely an investment.
Total Capacity: 25 cubic feet | Dimension: 69 x 35.5 x 34.75 inches | Finishes Available: Stainless steel | Smart: No | Dispenser: Ice and Water
This door-in-door refrigerator from LG has a headlining feature that helps keep cold air inside, which helps save on your electricity bill.
Instead of opening the whole fridge door, this door-in-door feature allows the user to open a smaller one that lets less cool air out of the fridge compared to opening the entire door.
However, you can still open the full door to access larger items that you might want to get inside. This makes it save energy while being more convenient.
Even with the energy-saving focus, it has strong LED lighting versus the competition, which can help you see the food in the fridge and freezer better.
It also has a dual ice maker and water dispenser integrated into the left door for convenient use. However, ice production is a bit lacking, which is one downside.
While it is a bit pricey at $1799, you're paying for the extra feature, which could save you money and increase overall convenience.
Total Capacity: 26.1 cubic feet | Dimension: 70.25 x 35.875 x 36.312 inches | Finishes Available: Black and standard stainless steel | Smart: No | Dispenser: Ice and Water
A smart fridge has a lot of benefits, especially if you've already integrated many of your other appliances into a smart home setup.
This LG side-by-side refrigerator can connect to the LG ThinQ app or an intelligent home assistant so that you can control the temperature straight from your smartphone.
You can also use an intelligent home assistant like Google Assistant or Amazon Alexa to make adjustments using voice commands, which is definitely convenient.
You can use LG's InstaView feature, which is an illuminated glass window where you can easily see the contents of your fridge without opening it.
If you want to make a drink with an ice sphere instead of traditional cubes, this fridge has a craft ice dispenser that can do just that. However, you're limited to 3 spheres per day.
Total Capacity: 27.1 cubic feet | Dimension: 70.25 x 35.88 x 33.44 inches | Finishes Available: Black and standard stainless steel | Smart: Yes, pairable with Google Assistant or Amazon Alexa | Dispenser: Craft Ice, Regular Ice, and Water
Side-by-side refrigerators are fridges with one side each for fresh and frozen food. For those who need to access frozen food often, this is a convenient option.
It has two outward-opening doors that you can open either one at a time or at the same time. This means you won't waste cool air if you only need to open the freezer.
The half-and-half out swinging doors that side-by-side refrigerators have also mean that they don't need much clearance to open fully. This means they're suitable for compact kitchens.
It does all of this without sacrificing any cubic feet of space inside.
Differences between a Side-by-Side Refrigerator and other Refrigerators?
There are a few differences between side-by-side refrigerators compared to other refrigerators. Here are the most notable differences.
Freezer Drawer Location
A French door refrigerator will have you bending down to reach the freezer space, while a top freezer refrigerator will have you reaching up top.
Side-by-side refrigerators are much more convenient because everything will be at eye or chest level. This can also be a great feature for those with back pain who can't bend much.
Opening Mechanism
Since side-by-side refrigerators have two out-swinging doors, you can open either the freezer or the fridge side without wasting the cool air in the opposite compartment.
It also means that you need less space in front to fully open the doors of the fridge.
What You Should Know Before Buying a Side-by-Side Refrigerator
There are a few factors you should consider and think about before buying any side-by-side refrigerator. I've listed the most important ones below.
Refrigerator Type
Before you pick up a side-by-side refrigerator, you should first consider whether it's the best option for you compared to other types of refrigerators.
French door fridges are a popular option now, which have the freezer compartment separate at the bottom. They also have two out-swinging doors similar to side-by-side models.
If you want to have more fridge storage space, French door models might be for you. However, they do sacrifice freezer capacity and convenience to access.
Top freezer fridges are another option that is more budget-friendly but also sacrifices freezer capacity, aren't as modern looking, and are not as convenient.
Consider
Whichever type of fridge you choose should be based on your budget and needs, so do a little more research to check what the best refrigerators are for each type.
Exterior Color and Design
Another thing to consider is what color and design you want in your fridge. Some models only offer one finish, while others have a wide variety.
Ideally, you'd want one that matches your kitchen's color and finish perfectly, but that's sometimes hard to tell when images on a screen aren't accurate to real life.
You can also try using complementary colors that aren't precisely the same shade but work well when placed next to each other.
This part is the one most suited to each person's preferences.
Features
With technology getting more integrated into our lives every day, many new features get included in newer side-by-side refrigerators.
Some smart fridges can connect to an app, where controlling the temperature, choosing your snack, or seeing what you're low on could be viewable on your phone.
Others have features like humidity control and air filters that make your fruits and vegetables stay fresh for longer.
Pick a fridge that best fits the features you know that you and your family will use. It's no use buying a fridge full of features that you won't really make use of.
Door Design
There are four main door designs: ice and water dispenser, windowed, door-in-door, and standard.
Standard is just a plain surface. The next most common type is a door with a combo ice and water dispenser. It makes it convenient to get ice and water without opening the fridge.
Windowed designs are standard on smart LG fridges that allow you to see the inside contents without you having to open them.
Finally, door-in-door designs allow you to open smaller door-in-door compartments built into the door so that you don't have to open the whole door. This helps save electricity.
Storage Space and Capacity
Another consideration you should make is how much space you'll need. This is usually indicated on the product page or box in cubic feet (cu. ft.)
For example, get a counter-depth fridge if you need a smaller fridge that can easily fit in your kitchen and won't jut out. They usually come between 20 cu. ft. and 22 cu. ft.
Meanwhile, the largest fridges are nearly 30 cubic feet in capacity. These are more for larger families that need to store more in their fridges.
Also, consider what you'll be putting into the fridge. Some sizes can't fit frozen pizza boxes because their dimensions won't allow it, even if the cubic foot measurements are correct.
Size and Kitchen Footprint
What use is a huge fridge if you can't fit it inside your kitchen? Getting one that's the right size is just as important as getting one with the correct capacity.
The previously mentioned counter depth fridge is perfect if you have limited floor space between your fridge and, for example, an opposing countertop table.
Ideally, you should be looking for side-by-side refrigerators that have the highest cubic foot-to-size ratio.
For example, if you're getting a counter-depth fridge, get one that goes all the way up to 21 cu. ft. or 22 cu. ft. Getting one that's smaller won't maximize the space.
Cost
Probably the most important consideration to make is when it comes to the price you're paying. You don't have to get the highest-end fridge if your budget is limited.
There are many great value and budget options that do the basic fridge functions well. Some even have features that more expensive models don't have!
Try to get a model that maximizes the features and performance for the lowest price. Better yet, get ones that are on sale for the best value.
You can expect to pay between $1,100 for more budget models to upwards of $2,700 for the more premium models.
Organization Options
The best organization options on side-by-side refrigerators are those that are edge-to-edge and adjustable. This maximizes the cubic foot space inside the fridge.
Take note of what you'll need to put in the fridge, too. If you regularly bring home large items like a frozen whole chicken, get one with larger bins that can store them.
Adjustable organization options are the best because you can adjust them based on what groceries you buy. For example, You might need more cubic foot space for milk.
On many of my recommended fridges, you can easily remove some of the glass separators higher to accommodate a tall milk carton.
Ice Maker and Dispenser
Having a dual ice maker and water dispenser is a great convenience feature to have on any side-by-side refrigerator.
Instead of having to open the fridge and get water or ice from inside the refrigerator or freezer, you can just get it directly from a dispenser located on the outside of the freezer side.
Some models even have ice dispensers that can make ice spheres that will melt slower. This is very convenient, especially for making iced coffee and alcoholic drinks.
If you prefer a cleaner look, there are also fridge options that don't have ice makers. The choice is yours!
Side By Side Refrigerators FAQs
Now that you know more about the best side-by-side fridges, you might still have questions related to how they work. I’ve answered the most commonly asked questions below.
Is a Side-by-Side Refrigerator better than French Door Refrigerators?
Both types of fridges have their pros and cons. The main consideration you should make is if you don’t want to bend down a lot to get to the freezer.
If you have regular back pain and can’t bend down a lot, then I’d get the side-by-side refrigerator, as it keeps the freezer at eye or chest level.
French door refrigerators have more space for the refrigerator compartment but have less freezer capacity. Side-by-side fridges are more balanced between the two.
What Features Can I Get With my Side-by-Side Refrigerators?
There are many features you can get with side-by-side fridges – ranging from smart ones to temperature and air-filter-focused ones.
The main features I recommend that you should look for are dual ice maker and water dispensers, easy temperature control, and excellent energy efficiency.
Are Side-by-Side Refrigerators Out of Style?
While french door fridges have increased in popularity, there are still ways to make side-by-side fridges look modern and sleek.
Get fridges in a black stainless steel finish, slate finish, or standard stainless steel finish to keep them looking fresh and stylish.
My Top Picks
Here are my three top picks for the best side-by-side refrigerators you can buy.
This Frigidaire model is the best budget option, being only $1,199 at Best Buy. It has a capacity of 25.6 cubic feet, through-the-door ice, and water dispenser, and is energy efficient.
This makes it a great budget option that will save you money in both the short and the long term.
The GE 25.3 cubic foot side-by-side fridge is the best overall because it ticks all the boxes for basic features and maximizes space with adjustable shelves.
Conclusion
Getting a side-by-side refrigerator is something you should do a bit of research on before choosing to buy.
Whichever one you pick, you should choose one based on your needs. Get the fridge that you know you'll appreciate and use the features it comes with.
SAI has created and curated a community of inspired artists.
These artists not only create beautiful pieces of work using SAI but also create many brushes and texture templates to help other artists.
If you are an avid SAI user or even a budding one, you might be on the lookout for such assets to breathe new life into your work.
But as with any other open community, you might have realized that finding the right thing is an incredibly time-consuming thing. And finding good quality free assets is even more tedious.
So, to help you and many other artists like you, we have traveled throughout the internet to find the best paint tool SAI brushes and textures.
Don’t keep yourself waiting and give it a read!
Best Paint Tool SAI Brushes and Textures
Here is the list of the 20 best Paint Tool SAI brushes and textures that you can use to create stunning, digital artwork.
If you are looking for brushes to give a new flavor to your artwork, this is a really good place to start.
Blotmap Set VIII is a set of unique blot-style brushes that are designed by DA user K-OG.
The brush set is primarily categorized into three types, namely, Dark, Walt, and Grainy.
These brushes provide an incredibly unique look to any kind of artwork you might be doing. And even newcomers to this platform have raved high praises about this brush set.
So, in case, if you haven’t already tried it and are looking for an interesting change of looks, then you must test it out.
If you are new to trying out custom brush sets in SAI, then this is one of the biggest and most comprehensive free brush sets that you can try.
DeviantArt user DarlingMionette has created one of the most complete brush sets that we have ever witnessed with about 15 different kinds of strokes, namely, Rough crayon, Marker, Chalky, Airbrush, Watercolor, etc.
Being about 6 megabytes in size for the entire set, it is one of the largest sets we have ever seen.
But we also absolutely love it and recommend it to any SAI artist because of the sheer variety.
If you are absolutely new to this platform, then you might be looking for something easier to comprehend and make you more familiar with SAI.
There are several easy starter brush kits that you can try out but this particular one we found out is one of the easiest, safest, and complete brush sets out there.
The site even has a tutorial that explains every nook and cranny of the tool to the minutest detail.
So, if you are a little intimated by this vast community of artists and the accompanying plethora of tools, this will be an easy start for you.
By: QTMelon | No. of Brushes: N/A
5. Grass Brush - Best for Detailed Natural Elements
The name might trick you into thinking that is a brush stamp that looks like grass leaves, but that is indeed not the case.
On this platform, you’ll rarely find stamp or pattern brushes, and this isn’t one either. So, you might need to get more familiar with drawing digitally before you plan on to use this brush set without getting frustrated.
The strokes are very smooth and form curves without any hassle. For that reason, the brush set is also incredibly useful for drawing objects other than grasses, bushes, and leaves.
There is a huge number of possibilities with this brush set, that’s why, if you are an intermediate or experienced SAI artist, you must try it out!
This simple and straightforward SAI texture pack from DeviantArt user Piromanova is extremely helpful.
The free texture pack contains 17 unique and interesting textures that are all meant to be used for brushes.
Each individual is also highly flexible and modular in terms of opacity, shape, etc. So, you can kill a lot of time just playing around with these textures.
The set is definitely worthy of high praise and if you are looking for something interesting for your next project, giving this a try is a really good idea.
If you have scrounged through the conventional assets and find yourself bored, then you might want to take a look at this.
This pack brings some free colorful and delightful textures that are of satisfying quality. Each texture is 2000x3000 pixels large and it works perfectly at 300 DPI, which is excellent for print.
There are only 5 textures in the set but you can use Photoshop to alter them and give yourself a variety of options to choose from, and you can even increase your options by using them with various brush options.
It’s a rather large package, sizing at about 38 megabytes but is totally worth the effort.
If you are looking for something easy yet interesting, then this Artist Texture Pack is bound to satisfy your needs.
The free unique-looking textures are really easy to play around with and can serve to be extremely helpful, maybe, some more than others.
But since there’s quite a variety of textures, you’ll find at least something that you’d love about this set. From basic patterns to paper and cardboard textures, you’ve got it all.
If you are an experienced user, there’s good news for you. The textures used in this set are completely open-sourced and are from Creative Commons photos or public domain photos. This means that you can freely alter and redistribute these assets without any backlash or legal consequences.
So, don’t wait anymore! Go ahead and play with it!
Electroslime, a Gumroad user, has created this splendid pack of brushes for artists that can be used for a huge variety of projects.
The pack has cloud-style brushes that are suitable for both pens and brushes, and the best part is that you’ll always find some use of it no matter what your project is about.
For the same reason, it’s an excellent option for beginners and new artists as well, and veterans of the platform might already have it in their arsenal.
In the end, you can download this brush pack for yourself no matter your expertise because of its handiness.
Based on the art style and graphic design of the game Nintendo ARMS, creator PhantomZ2 has blessed us with this interesting brush pack.
The style of the brush pack is a clear mimic of the designs used in the game but the look is so unique and stylish that you can surely make it a part of your own work without a hitch.
You’ll find it even more useful if you happen to work on Manga and cell-shaded artworks, but no matter what your preferences are, we are sure that you can find some use for it.
So, if you love the design principles that are used in the art style of Nintendo ARMS, then this brush pack will surely steal your heart.
If you are a graphic designer who frequently works with illustrations and custom effects, then this brush set will surely pique your interest.
DeviantArt user DigiKat04 has created this wonderful brush set with unique patterns for the pleasure of the entire community.
In the pack, you get about 12 free brushes that have a huge variety including styles like Flat, Lace, Scale, and Flake brushes.
The best part is that even digital painters can spice up their creations by using these varied brushes together in unique combinations.
All and all, this interesting brush pack is great for any SAI user according to use and if you don’t like it, after all, you still have nothing to lose. It’s free!
We don’t think that Nintendo’s blockbuster title Legend of Zelda needs any introduction. And if you are in love with the art style and design choices, you’d be delighted to know about this splendid pack from Gumroad user PhantomZ2.
For obvious reasons, if you create art for video games, you’ll find this pack to be extra lovely. And considering that such a unique and recognizable art style is available to free, you have no reason to skip this one.
So, if you are planning to do your own concept art from scratch or happen to work as a graphic designer for a gaming company, then be sure to try it out because it’s good and it’s absolutely free.
To be honest with you, there’s not a lot of “specialty” with this brush pack, and with that, you might even be wondering why are we even discussing it then.
The reason is that these brushes are perfectly balanced. DeviantArt user Isihock has created a collection of 7 brushes that are born from the very precise needs of an experienced artist.
And it can be used by other SAI artists to ease up their work as well. The pack includes a Painting Brush, 2 Marker tools that are completely different, a Pencil tool, an Acrylic tool, a Fur tool, and a Water tool.
All of these brushes fulfill extremely specific use cases that are very frankly discussed by the artist on the page. But there’s a strong possibility that you can use them in your own unique way.
All and all, the pack is extremely compact and incredibly useful. So, don’t forget to try these out!
These fancy and incredibly interesting brushes by DeviantArt user Ayazuea are extremely useful for a digital painter.
If you are into creating concept arts that are more on the realistic side, you’ll love the feel of these brushes and the way they flow on the screen.
One of the nicest brushes that we used from this set is the one that are meant for smudging. It creates an extremely realistic blend of colors and shades that are pleasing to look at.
For some reason, it’s unlike any other brush we have used before that is meant for a similar purpose.
You might even fall in love with the brushes that are designed for creating shadows because you might have experienced how difficult it is to create thin and real-looking shadows.
Overall, it’s a compact brush set of only 6 brushes but all of them are so highly specific and useful that there’s no way to not love these.
DeviantArt user ToadsDontExist has created this updated and extended brush pack after the success of his first brush pack SAI Brushes.
There is no one way to describe all of the brushes but if you are an avid user of the platform, you can’t live without these brushes.
All of these brushes are unique and extremely useful. If you have these brushes, you’d never have to halt while working just because you don’t have the right brush for the job.
So, no matter what kind of expertise you have with the platform, if you download these, you’ll often find yourself using brushes from this specific brush pack.
And even if you encounter problems with some of the brushes, don’t worry because the creator has SAI Brushes 3 rolling out soon.
This brush pack is a collection of unique brush styles that were originally created by different artists. They are collected and repacked by DeviantArt user itachiXOXOkisame.
But, in any case, the brush collection has some of the most strange, yet extremely useful brushes that we have ever witnessed ourselves.
The brushes are primarily categorized into 6 different groups, square, manga, skin, glitter, zebra, and tweed.
The best part is that all of the brushes are completely unique and interesting, so, no matter what your use case is, you are bound to enjoy these brushes.
And some of the brushes are so unique and helpful that we wonder why no one else has designed something similar yet.
So, go ahead and try these out and we are sure that you’ll love them as much as we do if not more.
Creator Matysia from DeviantArt has made these incredibly good brushes for the benefit of all SAI users.
These 12 brushes include styles of a pen, Copic marker, brush, hair, rough brush, cloud, dirt, watercolor, and blur.
All of these brushes are very well designed and serve their respective purpose in an incredibly neat fashion.
The thing to love about these brushes is how useful they are for a manga or concept artist because of how good they are achieving at their respective effect.
For example, the blur and the watercolor brushes might seem to serve a similar effect but an actual watercolor artist will be able to tell the difference and appreciate the design with a single stroke.
And added to that, you also get rare brush patterns like the dirt brush for absolutely free. So, what’s there not to love about this brush set, right?
If you are incredibly new on this platform and are inspired by the excellent examples that are set by the rest of the community, these brushes are bound to satisfy your ambitions.
The primary reason is that the brushes are incredibly smooth and graceful, and are closest to the experience that you’ll have on paper or other good-quality digital tablets.
For some fortunate reason, shading and lighting with these brushes is an absolute pleasure. And these brushes will help you with a variety of work.
Even if you are a veteran of the platform, you might still want to try these out because you may just find out something you love.
Overall, these brushes are unique, good quality, and absolutely free. So, go ahead and make them yours.
These amazing brushes from Mutealice offer amazing versatility to the artist who is not just into but into creating full-blown concept art.
Out of the 9 brushes, 7 brushes can be used for creating watercolor-like soft blends. Of course, the degree of softness varies depending on the brushes you choose.
Besides that, the other 2 brushes are a little less wide and can be used for sketching. One of the brushes, out of the remaining 2 brush strokes, has soft and feathered edges which provides a unique experience.
Overall, these brushes are extremely good for concept artists because of the kind of blends they can produce.
CatBrushes’ creation brings you a set of 6 brushes that have a unique profile, to say the least. One of the brushes produces medium-thickness strokes with rough edges, and although interesting, there is limited use to it.
2 of the brushes have a dry stroke pattern that looks extremely interesting if you are interested in creating artworks on Sai.
There is one brush for doing soft coloring. It has a texture resembling that of dry chalk and looks extremely pretty.
And the remaining 2 brushes are, technically, for blending. But the blends are extremely unique in our opinion.
One of them resembles the feeling of using watercolor markers with a slanted tip and the other one creates rough blends that look like you have used round-tip watercolor pens with diluted ink.
Anyway, the brushes are extremely unique and since we have not witnessed anything quite like it, we, at least, recommend you give it a try.
By: CatBrushes | No. of Brushes: 6
Best Paint Tool SAI Brushes and Textures Comparison Table
To install new brushes, download the desired brush set and place the files into your “brushes” folder (typically found in your Paint Tool SAI installation directory). Restart the program for them to appear in your tool palette.
Can I use custom brushes from other programs in Paint Tool SAI?
While some brushes might be compatible with multiple programs, custom brushes created specifically for other editing programs might not work with SAI. Look for brushes that are specifically designed for Paint Tool SAI for optimal results.
How can I create my own brushes in Paint Tool SAI?
To create a custom brush, head to the “Tool” panel, select an existing brush and modify its settings like density, blending, and texture. Save the settings as a new brush for future use.
How do I add textures to brushes in Paint Tool SAI?
To add textures, first, add the texture file to SAI’s “papertext” folder. Then, within the program, select the desired brush, click on “Texture” in the settings panel, and choose the texture from the dropdown menu.
How do I change the hardness or density of a brush in Paint Tool SAI?
To adjust the hardness or density, select the brush you want to modify and use the “Density” slider in the settings panel. A lower percentage creates a softer brush, while a higher percentage creates a harder brush.
How can I find more high-quality SAI textures?
Expand your collection by searching online for SAI textures created by others or make your own using a graphics tablet and Paint Tool SAI’s built-in functions and tools.
Conclusion
Navigating the world of Paint Tool SAI brushes and textures can be daunting, especially with the myriad of options available. By understanding each brush set's unique qualities and purposes, you can elevate your digital artwork and streamline your creative process.
From the above 20 best Paint Tool SAI brushes and textures, here are the top three expert recommendations.
For those seeking to create unique artwork, Blotmap Set VIII by K-OG is an ideal option with its distinctive blot-style brushes.
Artists looking for a comprehensive variety in their brush set will find Brush Supplement #2 by DarlingMionette is a good choice, offering 25 diverse brushes ranging from rough crayon to watercolor.
Lastly, for those wanting to explore new avenues in their art, the 40 Brush Settings by DocWedigo is the right choice, providing an extensive selection of brushes and textures that cater to both beginners and experienced SAI users.
Whichever brush set you choose, remember that practice and experimentation are key to mastering your craft and unlocking your full artistic potential. Happy creating!
There are many microwave myths that have been spread that are either partly true or wholly false. We've compiled ten of the most common myths to debunk and explain them.
One of the most common myths about microwave cooking is that it destroys the nutritional value of your food compared to other cooking methods. This isn't true.
Microwave cooking has the same effects on food cooked through any other cooking method because the changes in your food happen due to the release of thermal energy.
This is commonly known as heat. The one thing that can fail to preserve nutrients is overheating the food, which isn't unique to microwave ovens.
You may have heard of a myth that microwaving water gives it a different chemical structure than regular water and is dangerous for your health.
To set the record straight, microwaved water molecules don't change when heated inside a microwave oven. In fact, they don't boil and bubble up the same way as if it was in a pot.
Unlike conventional stoves, microwaves don't release heat and energy from the water. It doesn't bubble over and change into a gas. Instead, it just rises in temperature.
You may have heard microwaves work by using microwave radiation to heat food. Upon hearing that it uses radioactive waves, you might think of nuclear weapons and power plants.
This has made people believe that radiation from the microwave oven will make food radioactive and unsafe for consumption.
However, microwave ovens use low-energy radiation or non-ionizing radiation. Non-ionizing radiation works similarly to cellphone waves. They only target the water molecules in food.
This is a partially true myth, although it can be easily corrected. Whether microwaving food will have cold areas depends on what you're microwaving.
While many microwaved foods come in prepackaged plastic containers specifically meant for it, you're often going to be placing cold food in glass containers to heat them up.
If you don't distribute the food evenly across microwave-safe containers, you'll end up with hot outer areas compared to the inner part.
This is because microwaves cook through radiation waves. These microwaves won't be able to reach the inner areas. Therefore, you should spread the food evenly for better results.
Myth 5. Microwave Cooking Dries Out Food
Another myth you may have heard is that cooking food using microwave energy will always dry it out, making it lack any liquids and not taste the same.
This is another misleading myth. When food is heated too much using any cooking process, it will always dry out. Microwaving has this issue too, but it can easily be prevented.
While heating food using microwave ovens, check the manual for the proper temperature and time settings to heat up different foods.
This won't only cook your meals properly - it will be energy efficient as you don't always need to run your microwave at full blast.
While some plastics aren't suitable for use in microwave ovens, there are microwave-safe containers that are made of plastic.
The thing to look out for is the microwave-safe label that you can see on the container. Check this before you heat or cook anything using plastic.
You should avoid using plastic wrap, plastic trays, or plastic containers that aren't labeled as microwave-safe containers. This is linked to an increased risk of cancer.
If you want to be safe, you can use glass or ceramic containers, which are more suitable for microwaving food because they're mostly microwave-safe.
Myth 8. Microwaves Zap the Flavor From Your Food
Although microwaves don't prevent you from getting more nutrients or more vitamins from your food, misusing microwaves might not be the best for flavor.
However, this applies to all cooking methods. You wouldn't use microwaves for cooking steak the same way you wouldn't use a conventional electric stove to get grill sears on that same steak.
There are many foods that, when fully cooked using microwaves, are better than other cooking methods. Casseroles, cheesy broccoli risotto, and fluffy sweet potatoes are great options.
Myth 9. Microwaving Costs More Than a Conventional Stove
Unlike what most people say, microwaves actually need less power and electricity to run compared to conventional gas or electric stoves.
According to the EPA, a microwave oven uses up to 80% less power to cook or heat food than conventional stoves.
To put this into a more concrete figure, it would cost around 1.8 cents on your electricity bill to microwave soup compared to 7.1 cents on conventional gas or electric stoves.
Myth 10. Don’t Use a Microwave if You Have a Pacemaker
This is one of the myths that has some truth to it but still ends up mainly being false or lacking context.
While the electromagnetic waves produced by microwaves can disrupt a pacemaker, you must be within 6 inches of a running microwave to feel its effects.
As long as you stay outside that 6-inch range or the range indicated in your pacemaker's manual or by your doctor, you should be ok.
Warning: Other kitchen appliances might not have the same safety range. Check your pacemaker's manual or with your doctor to see which appliances are safe to use.
Microwave Myths FAQs
Now that you know more about how microwaves work, you might still have other questions about microwaves. We’ve answered the most commonly asked questions below.
Which Is Healthier, Microwave Ovens or Gas Ovens?
If you avoid using non-microwave-safe plastic containers in your microwave, then microwaves can be healthier than a gas stove.
In some studies from Healthline, it was found that when cooked using microwaves, some fatty foods produced less harmful compounds like nitrosamines compared to a gas stove.
Additionally, the food doesn’t get as hot when you cook using microwaves. This helps preserve nutrients compared to losing nutrients in higher heat.
Is It Safe to Stand in Front of a Microwave?
If there’s one microwave myth you should stop believing, it’s that radiation can reach you when you stand in front of a microwave.
These microwave ovens are made with materials that seal in the microwaves. They don’t allow any waves to get out – the safety of which is also tested by the FDA.
In fact, cellphone radio waves utilize similar technology to microwaves when they transmit data. You don’t see people avoiding using phones entirely because of this.
Can You Use Metal in Microwaves?
It’s not advisable to use metal in microwaves if they’re thin and crumpled up, like aluminum foil. Using these metals can cause arcing and static electricity.
However, if they are thicker and labeled safe for microwave use, go ahead.
Are Microwave Ovens Only Made to Cook or Heat Junk Foods?
Aside from the usual TV dinners and junk food you associate with cooking or heating using a microwave oven, there are other options for good food.
Flash-frozen vegetables are placed in microwave-safe containers, which are meant to be used in a microwave oven. This method preserves the fresh taste, nutrients, and crisp texture.
Other staples like rice and legumes heat up well in microwaves. They often serve as the carbohydrate base for many meals.
Microwave ovens are modern machines that are safe to use. Whether you get a small microwave or a large one, you're getting one of the most useful kitchen appliances.
Just remember that microwaves don't like plastic that isn't explicitly labeled as safe for microwaves or thinner metals like aluminum foil.
The microwaves themselves are safe. You shouldn't worry about radioactive waves, materials getting into the food or other microwave myths that we've just debunked
Enjoy using your microwave, and remember to check the owner's manual if you're ever confused or unsure if anything is safe to heat in the microwave.
Paint has been an almost indispensable feature of artistic expression throughout the years.
Michelangelo, Picasso, van Gogh, any painter you can think of has used, well, paint, to express themselves!
But, expression was never limited to the canvas and the palette. Over the years, people have found ways to paint walls, buildings, cars, cookware, etc. to express their ideas in their preferred manner.
Another area where paint has found its way is people’s faces. Face painting, once practiced by mime artists only, is now practiced by cosplayers, stage performers, movie actors, and children, be it for commercial, professional, or recreational purposes.
If you’re someone who’s looking to turn their face into a work of art with paint, here are the 11 best face paints of 2023 reviewed.
Without further ado, let’s get started!
Best Face Paints Of 2023
We have compiled 10 face paints based on their quality, color range, and safety. So, if you're looking to elevate your face painting game, here's the list of the 10 best face paints you should check out.
Environmentalists have a point, the rapid deterioration and depletion of resources endanger life as we know it, so, if you’re looking for an environmentally-friendly set of face paints, look no further!
The Go Green face paint kit is a fully organic set of paints that comes in a set of 5 dark or light colors, apart from a mammoth 15-color pack that should prove adequate for almost every application.
As the kit is fully organic, it does not use any synthetic chemicals, which has the added benefit of making it entirely safe for use by children and those with allergies. In fact, eco-friendliness was originally a tertiary consideration for Go Green, as the kit was inspired by a child crying because he couldn’t get his face paint, owing to allergies.
However, that does not mean that the face paint lacks green credentials, it’s simply a jack of all trades!
The paints are very convenient to use as they do not need to be diluted in water before application, simply apply to brush and paint! Go Green also promises loss-free delivery and the packaging is very convenient as it allows for interlocking vertical storage.
Pros
Fully organic, very environmentally-friendly
Safe for use by those with allergies, sensitive skin, and children
Comes with convenient packaging and storage options
Loss-free delivery
Variety of colors to choose from
Cons
Some have complained that the paint is thin and greasy
The “Monster” package is suitable only for Halloween
WASH OFF EASY - The Mosaiz non-toxic water activated face...
EASY USE WATER BASED COLORS- Our paint sticks has broad tip,...
If you’re looking to buy face paints for recreational purposes, the hassle is the last thing you want. Who wants to fiddle with sponges and brushes when you want to have fun?
Fortunately, there is now a way to avoid the hassle with Mosaiz’s set of Face Crayons, which are like the set of crayons you used to doodle with as a kid, except these are meant for your face.
The crayons come in a pack of 12 vibrant and beautiful colors which come in a pen shape for easy application and aesthetic appeal. The pen shape also comes with special grippy sections, which means applying paint to your face becomes an incredibly easy task.
The colors are removable, which means there will be minimal scrubbing and scraping (which, by the way, is very bad for your skin) in front of the mirror. This is because the paints are water-based, which also makes them FDA-compliant and safe for children to use.
Should you need to carry your set of paints around with you, it also comes with a hard-travel case which will prevent them from breaking. Moreover, the sticks are big enough to last much longer than traditional color sticks.
Pros
Comes in a pack of 12 vibrant colors
Easily removable, peels off with soap and warm water
Safe for use by children and those with sensitive skin
PLEASE CHOOSE "Ship in Amazon packaging" at checkout for the...
OUR WATER-BASED FACE PAINTING KITS FOR KIDS PARTY is TO...
Not everyone is a professional in the art of face painting. In fact, given the contours, ridges, crests, depressions, and other unique features of each face, it can prove to be an incredibly difficult task.
Therefore, if you’re just starting out in the field of face painting, you probably don’t want ultra-expensive paints, which is why this set of paints by Create A Face is perfect for the job.
As is the case with the other paints we’ve covered so far, this set is water-based, which means it is safe for use by all and is also FDA-compliant. The pack includes eight base colors with enough quantity to “paint 50 faces”. The paint dries in a maximum of 120 seconds, and Create A Face claims the paint does not fade for hours.
The USP of this pack, however, is the set of 24 stencils that you get with it. As it is aimed at complete beginners, the stencils will help you get some basic shapes and patterns down on your or your friend’s face with minimal hassle, and from there, you can move on to complex designs.
These paints are best suited for recreational use, and professionals are better off with specialized paints.
Pros
FDA-compliant water-based paints are safe and easy to apply and remove
Comes with glitters, brushes, foam, and most importantly, a stencil pack for beginners
TOP PREMIUM QUALITY! Your Purchase will come with 8 Vibrant...
MADE IN USA! - Quality You Can Trust!
If you’ve ever seen a light-and-sound show, you know how awesome they are, and these days, they’re being paired with performers wearing neon paints to make the best use of the lights.
Well, we don’t know which paints the performers use, but we bet they dream of the neon paints by Midnight Glo. There are 6 of these paints (Pink, Orange, Yellow, Green, Blue & Purple) and they come in 0.75oz bottles.
As is expected of neon paints, these glow brightly when placed under a black light and emulate neon glow sticks. These paints are super safe to use and conform to ASTM D-4236 standards, which means you won’t get nasty rashes and burns from them.
Moreover, these paints do not emit nasty fumes, which might make you dizzy and light-headed, especially on stage.
Midnight Glo claims that their paints are very competitively priced at $2.21 per ounce, and we agree with them when they say that this is way cheaper than the current market rate of around $7 per ounce. We couldn’t notice a drop in quality, which makes this a fantastic deal.
These paints are made in the USA, appeasing those wary of Chinese manufacturing.
Pros
American manufacturing
Conform to various safety standards
Priced very competitively
Variety of applications
Six bright and vibrant colors shine intensely under black light
Cons
Some more paints would’ve been appreciated
Paint is slightly thick for our tastes
Cannot be used with an airbrush kit without thinning
FUN FOR ALL – Snazaroo face painting kits are for all...
HIGHEST QUALITY - Snazaroo face and body paints are...
Made by a company based in the United Kingdom, this set of face paints is one of the most popular collections and is used by people world-over. It is suitable for both, professional and personal applications.
As usual, these paints are entirely safe for use on sensitive skin or children and adhere to both, EU and US standards of safety. While they are not organic, they are completely non-toxic.
One of the many reasons why this brand is so well-known in the face-painting community is because of the incredible number of colors you get in the pack. The pack includes a whopping 37 base paints, and that’s without counting the additional metallic and sparkling options!
Further, these paints are ‘water-activated,’ which means that while they’re not exactly water-based, they can be applied by dipping them in water with a brush, which means you get the convenience of a conventional water-based paint with the richness of a traditional paint!
Furthermore, these paints exhibit nothing short of witchcraft, as they are somehow resistant to sweat while still being easy to wash off. Talk about a win-win!
This is one of the most well-rounded paint sets in this list and is suitable for most purposes.
Pros
General purpose pack is suitable for most applications
Complies with EU and US norms
Combines the best of water-based and non-water-based paints
An incredible 37 paints in the pack
All the tools in the kit are upgradable
Cons
Not ideal for professionals serious about face painting
PROFESSIONAL: Mehron’s Paradise Makeup AQ water activated...
MAGNETIC/REFILLS: The magnetic palette allows you to refill,...
Time for another professional face and body paint!! After all, it is the pros to whom the finer distinctions matter, as they have a lot at stake. Thankfully, this paint set by Mehron will not let them down.
A staple of the performing arts and film industry, the Mehron pack comes with an incredible 30 paints; moreover, the recesses in the pack are wide enough for dipping sponges and brushes into.
Apart from three shades of Black and three shades of White, the colors included are Red, Yellow, Dark Blue, Dark Green, Orange, Dark Brown, Teal, Light Green, Dark Pink, and Purple, Lagoon Blue, Beach Berry, Mango, Amazon Green, Lime, Storm Cloud, Wild Orchid, Coral, Light Pink, Light Brown, Light Blue, Violet, Gold, and Silver.
Like the product mentioned above, these colors are ‘activated’ by water, and the level of water required varies with each color. The pigmentation and luster of these colors is very strong, and they’re not prone to smearing.
Apart from offering an amazing color palette, Mehron claims that their paints are completely gluten-free and vegan, which means they’re eco-friendly and cause no irritation to the skin whatsoever!
Lastly, these colors are effortless to remove, use soap and warm water and you’re good to go!
Pros
Amazing color variety
Well-adapted for professional use
Vegan and gluten-free for minimal skin discomfort
Easy to remove with soap and warm water
Attractive packaging and storage
Cons
Not well-suited for recreational purposes
‘Water activated’ is a controversial term
Despite Mehron’s claims, some users have reported color stains
The Artiparty is a paradox in itself; its listing describes it as kids’ paint, but the packaging describes it as professional paint. So, what exactly is it?
This is yet another great all-rounded paint. It features 16 colors and comes only as a starter pack (some other brands featured here do sell individual colors, but for the sake of brevity, we’ve featured only color packs).
As is the norm, the Artiparty face paint set is wholly non-toxic, and FDA-approved. Unlike some water-activated colors we’ve seen, this face paint set is completely water-based, which means it trades in some paint thickness for safety and ease of application as well as removal.
The most significant plus point the Artiparty has going for itself is the fact that it is a very affordable kit, coming in at a way lower price than the competition. However, this does pose some problems as far as quality is concerned, because some users have reported premature smearing of the paint, as well as weak pigmentation.
The bottom line is that this paint is perfect for those on a budget, and while its quality is hit-or-miss at best, it makes sense for single-use applications.
Pros
Cheap; undercuts the competition’s pricing significantly
Offers a lot of colors for the price
FDA-approved and fully non-toxic
Completely water-based, so washes off easily
Cons
Pigmentation may not be the strongest out there
Quality is a gamble
Very vague listing doesn’t present most material information
As if it wasn’t clear by reading the manufacturer’s name already, this face paint kit provides welcome relief from the professional and semi-professional kits we’ve seen recently by focussing completely on recreational use (read: having fun), and since kids are most likely to use, it is made for them specifically.
All the options feature a minimum of 12 colors and vary in ancillary details, such as brushes, extra colors, etc. The most basic kit comes with three brushes for applying the paints. More importantly, as this kit is aimed at kids, it also comes with 30 stencils, which feature exciting shapes, such as the Batman logo, to keep kids entertained for hours!
As is standard, these paints are non-toxic, vegan, FDA-approved, and hypoallergic, meaning that no matter how sensitive your child’s skin may be, these paints will most definitely not harm them.
The paints come in an elegant cosmetic case which itself makes a bold case, stating that the kit has enough material to paint 100 faces. While it proved to be infeasible for us to check the validity of that statement, considering the quantity of the material, we have no doubts about believing the statement.
Pros
Child-friendly, does not harm the most sensitive of skins
Several options and add-ons are available; base 12 colors remain the same
Decent quantity for the price
Comes with three brushes and 30 stencils
Cons
Not intended for professional use, purely for recreational use
Easy to carry snapcase box with 12 ProPaint colors
Includes colors: White Swan, Raven Black, Crimson Red,...
This 12-color set of paints comes from one of the most reputed and well-known players in the industry, Graftobian.
You are greeted with a wave of professionalism from the moment you lay eyes on the box which contains the paints, as it is a beautiful snap-lock box which should do a great job of keeping your colors organized. It even has an organizational chart!
Surprisingly, unlike the other paints mentioned so far in this list, these paints are not water-based; in fact, they are glycerin-based and come in a quantity of 30ml each. Graftobian calls this formula ProPaint, and basing the paints in glycerin gives them the option of pumping them up with pigment, making them appear extremely vivid and lustrous, especially under light (such as on a stage).
As usual, these paints, despite their glycerin base, are non-toxic and approved for use by the FDA. Interestingly, these paints do not have Chinese manufacturing; in fact, they are made in the United States.
In essence, this pack is an elite alternative to the packs featured in this list and does not compromise on quality. It is one of the best products on the market, and if you have the cash, we suggest you go for it.
Pros
Incredible quality of paint
Glycerin base enables Graftobian to add a lot of pigment
American manufacturing
Approved for use by the FDA
Convenient snap-lock box
Cons
Might be hard to peel off, thanks to the Glycerin base
Quite expensive, considering the number of colors offered
WHAT WILL U GET - 12 premium vibrant colors Face Paint that...
CREAMY OIL BASED FACE PAINTING PALETTE - As with any...
The last item on our list is the face paint set made by CCbeauty. It comes in a pack of 24 paints divided into 2, so variety is well taken care of here.
Surprisingly, this is the first and the last oil-based paint in this list, and the implications are obvious. These paints are prone to smudging, and because they are not water-based, they also need more time (and perhaps some setting powder) to fully dry onto the face.
Moreover, because of the complex setting process, it is also incredibly hard to remove from the face. Instead of simply taking to your face with some soap and warm water, with this pack, you must use some sort of makeup removal powder or olive oil or something similar along with a facial cleanser to remove the paint.
However, oil-based paints do have some clear positives over other bases, starting with how flush they sit with the face. To an average observer, a face painted with an oil-based paint seems like the color is due to the skin’s natural pigmentation, such is the blending power of oil-based paint.
Pros
24 colors are decent at the price point
Has a variety of applications, from Halloween to cosplay
Colors come in two elegant cases which also work well for storage
Can also be used as eyeliner or lipstick
Water-resistant
Cons
Removal is a difficult process
Premature smudging is common
May require setting powder during the application period
Choosing the right paint for your face can be a difficult process, as there are a number of variables to consider before finally coming to a decision. To help you with the process, here are the things you must keep in mind prior to ordering a pack of paints.
Base
Most face paints these days are water-based, with the implication being that they are easy to apply, easy to peel off, and also do not irritate the skin. They do not need any special setting powder or something similar during the application which is why the demand for water-based paints is only growing.
Water-activated paints are a new kind of paint that isn’t water-based per se but cannot be applied without being dipped in water. These paints seek to combine the best of both worlds, the integrity of oil-based paints and the convenience of water-based paints, whether they actually do that is purely dependant on luck, but in general, they do perform well.
Oil-based paints are difficult to apply and difficult to remove, and they have a high chance of potentially irritating the skin, but the ‘flushness’ provided by oil-based paints is unparalleled.
Application
There are four main categories of paints, categorized on the basis of the intended application and user:
Kids
Kids are not interested in the artistic aspect of face painting; therefore, they do not care much for nuanced colors and slightly differentiated hues. Instead, kids care more for bright colors, and a palette intended for kids will be full of vibrant colors.
Moreover, kids’ skin, compared to adults’ skin, is much more sensitive to irritants and foreign elements; therefore, almost all kids’ paints are FDA-compliant and will rarely cause skin problems.
Lastly, kids’ paints also come with certain child-friendly brushes and stencils which make diving into the world of face painting less daunting for them.
Cosplay
Cosplay, once a little-known niche of “otakus,” has now become a booming industry, with several specialized accessories being developed especially for cosplay artists. For the uninitiated, it is the art of dressing and decorating oneself to resemble popular characters from fiction, such as superheroes, video game characters, anime characters, etc.
Therefore, it should come as no surprise that cosplayers have taken extensively to face paints and that specific face paints have been developed for cosplayers. These paints, like kids’ face paints, have a wide color spectrum and generally feature higher-quality ingredients than ordinary face paints.
Most of these paints are activated by water, instead of being based on it, because water-based paints start to wear off relatively quickly. If you plan on attending a convention (Comic-Con!), make sure you do not buy water-based paint as you will probably sweat a lot.
Casual
If you plan on applying face paint for an occasion and don’t need something specialized like a cosplayer’s face paint, it’s best for you to get casual face paint.
Casual paint is generally cheaper than specialized face paint. Moreover, since some companies exclusively make casual face paints, they choose to sell them individually instead of in packs, which makes them cheaper to buy.
This makes sense because causal paints are usually used once or twice, and when you buy paints individually, you get a greater quantity of that paint, allowing you to paint the whole family’s face at the reunion!
Professionals
Face painting is not merely a source of recreation; for some, it is a source of income. These professional painters, capitalizing on the popularity of face painting, offer their services as professional painters to the public.
Since professionals charge, those availing of their services expect nothing less than excellence, and excellence comes from excellent paints.
These paints have a bright palette to cater to the needs of the masses and they also come with pans to keep them organized. Since professionals do not want to pay medical bills for their customers’ rash treatments, the paints are usually FDA-compliant.
Lastly, professionals offer their services to artists and stage performers as well, so for them, the paints have to last incredibly long, which is why professional paints do not wear off, even when exposed to extraordinary sweat, dust, and dirt.
Color Range
It doesn’t take a rocket scientist to figure out that color range varies immensely from manufacturer to manufacturer and the aptness of each range is dependent entirely on the wisdom and discretion of said manufacturer.
If you’re buying colors for a party or some social event, it’s best to get yourself a color range that features bright, vibrant colors which will inject some life into the party.
However, if you’re buying colors for, say, Halloween, then get yourself some darker shades that’ll suit the occasion. Darker hues are also preferred for performances where the light will be thrown directly on the performers.
Budget
Obviously, none of us fancy spending a fortune on face paints, which is why it is important to keep the price of each paint or set of paints in mind.
As a thumb rule, paints that are intended for casual applications, such as for use by children, will generally be cheaper than professional paints as the materials used for making them aren’t very expensive (though the inclusion of guidebooks, stencils, etc. drives the cost up).
However, if you’re a professional or a cosplayer, it is strongly recommended that you get a decent paint set, even if you have to pay a little extra, lest you may get stuck on stage or in your convention with paint running down your face.
Face Paints FAQ's
Are face paints safe for use on the skin?
Face paints are generally safe for use on the skin. However, it is recommended to use high-quality face paints made specifically for the skin and avoid using products that contain harmful chemicals or allergens.
Toggle Title
The longevity of face paints depends on the quality of the product, the amount applied, and the skin type of the person wearing it. Typically, face paints can last for several hours to a day.
How do I remove face paint?
To remove face paint, use a gentle cleanser or baby wipe and wipe away the paint from the skin. Avoid using harsh soaps or scrubbing the skin, as this can cause irritation.
Can I use regular paint on my face?
No, it is not recommended to use regular paint on your face. Regular paint contains harmful chemicals and toxins that can cause irritation, allergic reactions, and other skin problems.
Can face paints cause allergic reactions?
Yes, some people may have an allergic reaction to certain ingredients in face paint. It is important to test a small patch of skin before applying the paint to the face or body and to stop using the product if any irritation or allergic reaction occurs.
Can face paints be used on children?
Yes, face paints can be used on children, but it is important to use non-toxic, hypoallergenic, and water-based face paints that are specifically designed for use on children.
Can face paints be used for body painting?
Yes, face paints can be used for body painting, but it is important to choose a high-quality product that is safe for use on the skin and avoid using products that contain harmful chemicals or allergens.
Conclusion
We are truly grateful for your time spent reading our article, and we hope it has proven to be valuable in your search for the perfect face paints. Energized by your passion for the art and an unwavering commitment to guide you in finding the right face paints for you, we're excited to present our top three recommendations based on the reviews above!
The Go Green Face Paint is an ideal option for environmentally-conscious artists who also value organic and safe products, ensuring that neither your skin nor the planet needs to carry the burden of harmful chemicals.
If you're looking for a fun and hassle-free alternative, the Mosaiz Face Crayons is a good option for easy and smooth application. These vibrantly-colored crayons are perfect for recreational purposes, allowing you to express your creativity without the fuss of traditional face paints.
Lastly, if you're a beginner ready to embark on your face painting journey, the Create A Face Paint Set for Beginners is the right choice. With its 24 stencil set catered to new artists and FDA-compliant water-based paints, you'll be able to hone your skills effortlessly and safely.
We cannot wait to see how your creativity unfolds using these face paints. As you experiment and dive deeper into the world of artistic self-expression, remember that your bold and imaginative ideas can paint the world in new and dazzling colors. Keep experimenting and have a fantastic time face painting!
If you're considering putting aluminum foil, metal trays, popcorn bags, or anything containing metal inside your microwave oven, read this essential guide.
After all, not all foods and the metal materials they're packaged in are safe to use in microwaves, even in highly rated small microwaves.
We'll explain how you can safely put metal in the microwave and how to properly heat things up without them melting from the radiation.
Most microwaves come with an owner's manual, which details which materials you can and cannot use inside your microwave.
Some materials that have different compatibility levels depending on the microwave model are aluminum foil, a metal bowl, or other smooth metal-material containers.
Check the packaging or container itself to see if it's microwave safe. You don't want to heat unstable plastic material in a high-powered microwave.
You can usually see the labels like the one pictured above if it is deemed safe to put inside the microwave. Use only plastic containers that have this label or labels similar to it.
Step 3. Use USDA-Approved Containers and Materials
You can study the USDA's list of safe and unsafe containers for microwaving. They test these materials to see if they are better at reflecting or absorbing microwaves.
They also test to see if they emit poisonous chemicals that can endanger you and your family when irradiated.
Step 4. Check Your Food Manufacturers’ Instructions
Avoid using any thin sheet of old crumpled foil with sharp edges close together. This will cause electricity to arc between them, which is a fire hazard.
What Really Happens to Metal in the Microwave?
You might be asking yourself why some metals are unsafe to use in the microwave. We'll dispel some microwave myths here too.
Unlike what microwave myths say, not all metal will explode in the microwave. It will only arc with electricity jumping from metal to metal if they're close enough.
While food particles like water, fat, and sugar molecules efficiently absorb electromagnetic waves from the microwave, metal doesn't act the same way.
Metal in the microwave has a lot of negatively charged electrons. These become loose electrons that get attracted to other metals close by. This is what causes the arcing.
What Kind of Metal Is Microwave-Safe?
Avoid sticking thin metal foil inside a microwave, especially if it's crumpled. This will cause more arcing electricity between them, and the metal clump heats up quickly.
On the other hand, thick metal is safer to use because the thicker metal heats slower. It is less likely to cause static electricity arcing between points.
Which Containers and Materials Are Microwave-Safe?
You should avoid sticking metal that's thin and crumpled because it will lead to electricity arcing between the sharp points.
Don't stick china with delicate golden glaze or other food receptacles that have metal trim unless they're labeled explicitly as microwave-safe.
You can keep the metal rack that comes with the microwave. It's designed to be used with the appliance.
You can put metal-lined pouches like popcorn bags and Hot Pockets. They steer bouncing electrons back into the food to heat them better.
Safely Microwave Metal FAQs
You might still have questions about microwaving metals and other materials after reading about it. We’ve answered the most commonly answered questions below.
What Are Other Unsafe Materials to Microwave?
One material that falls into absolute microwave no-no materials is polystyrene foam, which is widely known as Styrofoam. It can melt and release harmful chemicals into the air.
Also, avoid putting cold storage tubs meant to hold foods like yogurt. They aren’t safe to microwave and might also release chemicals into the air.
What Food Should I Not Heat in the Microwave?
Don’t heat hot chili peppers in the microwave. They will give off retina-burning chemicals that will stay in the air and irritate your eyes for a while.
Hard-boiled eggs and grapes will both explode in the microwave because the electrons can’t escape once they get inside.
We hope this guide has clarified what you should and shouldn't do with metals in the microwave. The important thing to remember is: when in doubt, don't microwave it.
There is nothing more relaxing than feeling the water flow on your skin as it washes the stress away. This is why people consider baths therapeutic.
Stepping into a shower or a bathtub after a long hard day of work is the perfect way to de-stress. So, it is necessary to have the perfect bathroom fittings. Having a drop in bathtub is great not just to rejuvenate but also to enhance the bathroom’s look.
However, there are many kinds of drop-in bathtubs that vary in shape, size, and color. That is why finding the ideal one can be challenging. To make it easier for you, we have put together this guide of detailed reviews of the 8 best drop-in bathtubs that are worth investing in.
Time is of the essence, so let’s dive right in!
Best Drop in Bathtubs
Whether you're looking for a luxurious soak or a practical and efficient option, we have you covered. So without further ado, here's the list of the 8 best drop-in bathtubs.
There is nothing more relaxing than lighting up a few candles, putting on music, and taking a long comfortable bath after a long day. But, this can be difficult in small bathroom spaces. That’s where the Kingston Brass Alcove bathtub comes in, which is made to fit in limited spaces.
Product dimensions – 30-11/16" W x 60" L x 22-1/6" H |...
Why Did We Like It?
This is an excellent option for people that are short on space yet want a small piece of luxury. This alcove bathtub has an acrylic construction, which makes it strong yet easy to move. Plus, there is no need to rush in for a hot bath as the tub has resin reinforcement that ensures better warmth retention.
Now, coming to some of the specifics, the tub has a 55-gallon capacity and measures 60” in length. The amount of area it provides is enough to soak in those well-deserved bubble baths comfortably. Moreover, you can choose between left or right-handed drains so that you can have the best-suited one.
Another impressive thing is that it is packaged well. The tub comes in a cardboard box with plastic corner protectors, so you do not have to worry about any damage. Lastly, the build of the tub makes it easy to install.
What Could’ve Been Better?
One of the most consistent complaints with this bathtub is that it scratches easily. If you have kids who like to bring their toys in the bath, be careful as those can damage the tub. However, if it is nothing significant, it can be fixed with any standard scratch removal kit.
Pros
Well packaged
Easy to install
Great for small bathrooms
Quite deep
Cons
Scratches easily
Material: Acrylic | Dimensions: 60 x 31 x 22 inches | Water Capacity: 64 gallons | Shape: Rectangular
If comfort is what you seek, then you shall receive it with the American Standard acrylic tub. This is one of the most comfortable drop-in bathtubs that has an excellent capacity. It features a clean and minimalistic design that makes it ideal for any bathroom setting.
High-quality acrylic with fiberglass reinforcement
Why Did We Like It?
It is pointless to have a bathtub that does not offer any comfort. After all, that relaxing session you have been looking forward to cannot happen if there are parts jutting out and poking you from all sides. This one by American Standard is the ideal pick if comfort is a significant factor. It has armrests and a backrest that make baths even more relaxing.
Coming to the make of this tub, the acrylic material ensures it is sturdy and is not affected by impact. Much like the bathtubs we have reviewed in the past, it has fiberglass reinforcement to retain heat during hot water baths. Plus, it has a textured floor that improves safety while inside, minimizing accidental slips.
In terms of installation, American Standard has ensured there are enough features that make it easy. The bottom of the tub is pre-leveled, and it also has a three-sided tile flange that makes the installation effortless.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Even after using it for a while, it was tough to find something to complain about. However, we would advise being careful while using bath bombs. Some reviewers mentioned a ring being formed at the bottom that was challenging to remove.
Pros
Great for soaking
Smooth apron giving it a minimalistic look
Easy to install
Armrest and back support for extra comfort
Cons
Might be difficult to clean after using a bath bomb
Material: Acrylic with Fiberglass Reinforcement | Dimensions: 60 x 30 x 18 inches | Water Capacity: 48 gallons | Shape: Rectangular
Another great bathtub to consider for smaller spaces is one from the Aqua Eden collection by Kingston Brass as this collection is full of high-quality and sleek-looking tubs. So, whether you are looking to make bath time fun for kids or want to spend a quiet evening by yourself, this one is guaranteed not to disappoint.
Acrylic construction with fiberglass and resin reinforcement
Alcove tub with apron
Why Did We Like It?
The Aqua Eden collection by Kingston Brass is full of modern and minimalistic options that have plenty to offer. Not only do they have a smooth glossy finish, but they are also lightweight compared to the cast iron ones. These are ideal for anyone looking to have a tub in a small alcove space.
Now, let’s talk about the overall make and dimensions. The tub is made out of acrylic material and is better suited for people looking for a less bulky alternative to cast iron. It is 54” long and seamlessly fits into compact spaces. The depth is 21”, which is enough to soak in after a long day comfortably.
Much like the other Kingston Brass tub, this one too has a smooth apron and a three-wall tile flange, which makes it easy to install. There is no doubt that this one will blend into any bathroom interior and enhance the look of the room effortlessly.
What Could’ve Been Better?
As mentioned, installation is easy; however, there is a need to be a bit careful. Reviewers mentioned that it is not stable when it is empty and tends to lean forward during the process. You might have to press it down on a rubber mat or layer of concrete to have even tub legs.
Pros
Ideal length for a small alcove
Deep enough for a comfortable soal
Lighter alternative to cast iron
Elegant design
Cons
Legs might be uneven during installation
Material: Solid Surface Reinforced Composite | Dimensions: 54 x 30 x 21 inches | Water Capacity: 55.6 gallons | Shape: Rectangular
Kohler has been a leading name in bathroom fixtures for a long time. They have been incorporating their core values of making quality products that are simple to use since they were first established. The Kohler rectangle bathtub is no different as it is simple with a lot to offer.
Molded lumbar support offers extra comfort while bathing
Slotted overflow allows for deep soaking
Why Did We Like It?
Kohler has always offered its customers quality products, and this one is no different. This rectangular bathtub is great for people of varying heights as the depth is 32”. This model is 5 ft. in length but is also available in 5.5 and 6-foot sizes. With an 81-gallon capacity, this is a great tub for a relaxing soak.
Moving on to the make and design, this bathtub is minimal yet elegant. This particular one is in white, but it is available in multiple colors to suit the bathroom’s interior. Additionally, the overall crisp design and fine lines on the tub allow it to blend in well with other granite, stone, and even tile bathroom fittings.
Moreover, the drain is pretty simple as well. It opens and closes with a slight push and is installed at the end of the tub. The backrest is slopped, providing optimal comfort without any jutting parts. And this comes with a 1-year warranty.
What Could’ve Been Better?
There is very little to complain about regarding this tub. Reviewers cannot stop raving about it and for a good reason. However, it is essential to note that the instructions are not very informative, so installations will have to be done after taking measurements. Moreover, it has no texture and has no non-slip features.
Pros
Comes with a warranty
Simple and minimal design
Suited for people with varying heights
Slopped backrest for comfort
Cons
No non-slip features
Material: Acrylic | Dimensions: 60 x 32 x 21 inches | Water Capacity: 60 gallons | Shape: Rectangular
Much like Kohler, American Standard has also been delivering high-quality bathroom fittings for years. Not only are their products beautiful, but they also meet the highest standard of safety. This deep soaking tub by American Standard is one of their many excellent bathtubs. It is luxurious, elegant, and very comfortable.
Deep and roomy for total body immersion and comfort
Drop-in or undermount installation options
Why Did We Like It?
If you are looking for a bathtub that guarantees quality and safety, this is the one to go for. This one by American Standard is durable and sturdy, so you can rest assured that it will last for a long time. The bottom is pre-leveled, making it easy to install regardless of whether it is a drop-in or undermount installation.
As we mentioned, this is very durable as it is reinforced with fiberglass and is made out of acrylic. The acrylic not only makes it stronger but also gives it a beautiful glossy finish. The fiberglass, too, adds to the strength and also ensures an adequate amount of warmth retention. It is available in three colors - white, linen, and arctic white.
In terms of comfort, American Standard has added a lot of features. It has a wide contoured lumbar support, armrests, and a backrest to enhance the comfort factor. Moreover, the floor is slip-resistant, which makes the tub safe to stand in.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Few reviewers have complained about the size of this tub. Even though the depth is a little over 18”, which is enough for a soak without overflowing, it is not long enough. The problem is that people, even the ones below 5’5”, cannot fully submerge in the water for a full soak.
Pros
Durable make
Slip-resistant
Back and armrest for extra comfort
Easy to install
Cons
Not long enough for a full-body soak
Material: Acrylic with Fiberglass Reinforcement | Dimensions: 60 x 32 x 21.5 inches | Water Capacity: 60 gallons | Shape: Rectangular
A tiny bathroom does not mean you need to settle for a simple shower space, at least not until the Fine Fixtures bathtub is around. This one is ideal for people that do not have space for a large tub or want more compact bathroom fittings for a guest bathroom. Let’s have a look at some features.
HIGH QUALITY- Fine Fixtures bathtub is made of Acrylic...
Package Weight: 85.0 pounds
Why Did We Like It?
This tub is 48” in length, making it ideal for a very small area, but has a 32” depth which is enough for a relaxing soak. These dimensions confirm that the days when luxury needed space are long gone. Now, you can unwind with a long comfortable bath even in a small remodeled bathroom.
Now that we have covered the dimensions, let’s move on to the make of the tub. Much like all the other ones we have reviewed, this one too has an acrylic make. This is why it is strong and has a glossy porcelain-like finish. It is also resistant to cracking and is easy to clean after using bath salts and oils.
In terms of installation, the small make of the tub makes that easy. Moreover, the bottom of the tub has legs that make it sit right with the need for mortar as a base.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Since this is small in length, it is no surprise that tall people might be at a disadvantage. Although this is wide enough for anyone to sit in, laying for a full soak may be difficult. A few tall reviewers have mentioned getting in and out was a bit awkward for them, but otherwise, the tub is comfortable.
Pros
Made for smaller spaces
Durable and sturdy
Legs in the bottom for better support
Easy to clean
Cons
Tall people might have difficulty getting in and out
Material: Acrylic | Dimensions: 48 x 32 x 19 inches | Water Capacity: 51.78 gallons | Shape: Rectangular
If you are on the lookout for an ideal soaking bathtub, the ProFlo drop-in tub will not disappoint. This is classy and minimally designed, making it great for any bathroom interior. Also, It can be installed as a drop-in or as an alcove tub. Let’s have a look at some of its features.
All Proflo products are factory tested before disbursement -...
Constructed of durable, Easy-Care acrylic material with...
Why Did We Like It?
Straight off the bat, we were impressed with the quality and satisfaction guarantee this company had to offer. The tub is of an acrylic make, which confirms that it is durable and sturdy. However, if you are not satisfied, the company offers a 5-year warranty which fully covers every aspect of the product.
To elaborate a bit more on the make, it is reinforced with composites that make the material of the tub even stronger. Moreover, it is easy to clean as it is spot and stain-resistant. So, there is no need to worry when using bath salts and oils. It is also deep with an 80-gallon capacity making it ideal for a soak.
Moving on to the installation. It is quite easy to install as it is versatile and can be installed as a drop-in or an alcove. This is a must-have for anyone looking for a good-quality tub to come home to.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Even though this can be installed as an alcove tub, the apron for the alcove is not included in the package and needs to be purchased separately. Another downside to this product is that it is not available in any other color but white, which can be a bit restrictive.
Pros
Guaranteed customer satisfaction with a warranty
Dual installation options
Large capacity
Easy to clean and install
Cons
Only available in white
Material: Acrylic | Dimensions: 76 x 44 x 22 inches | Water Capacity: 90 gallons | Shape: Oval
The next one we will be reviewing is by Swiss Madison. This company prides itself on manufacturing products that are aimed to make their customers’ life easy. Along with that, they also guarantee top-notch quality and excellent customer service. Read on below to see what makes these tubs unique.
Left-Hand Drain: Installation For A Left-Hand Drain...
Why Did We Like It?
We were quite impressed by the company's dedication to producing quality products. The well-made forever collection of products, including this tub, has undergone many durability tests. It is a modern and sleek product that can provide spa-like comfort within the four walls of your house.
Coming to the look for the bathtub, since it is made out of acrylic, it has a glossy and smooth finish giving it a minimalist elegance. It is also effortless to clean, and the acrylic makes it resistant to chipping and cracking. The dimensions for this one are 60” x 30”, making it ideal for a relaxing bath.
One additional impressive feature is the adjustable feet at the bottom. This allows the level of the tub to be adjusted without much hassle. Plus, it also has a 3-sided flange that minimizes water leakage and it is available in right and left-hand drains.
What Could’ve Been Better?
It is a good quality, durable and sturdy product that is bound to impress. However, this particular size might not be ideal for very tall people. Soaking in this tub is possible but only at specific angles. This isn’t an issue since there are multiple sizes available.
Pros
Easy to level during installation
Lesser water leakage
Smooth finish
Resistant to chipping and cracking
Cons
Size is not ideal for very tall people
Material: Acrylic | Dimensions: 60 x 30 x20 inches | Water Capacity: 60 gallons | Shape: Rectangular
After having gone through 9 product reviews, the information could be too much or too little. Either way, there is a need for a certain amount of clarity. This is why we dug a little deeper to understand the essential features that make a tub unique.
So, here we have a buyer’s guide that lists out some things that are worth considering while buying bathroom fittings like bathtubs. Let’s get right into it!
Material
One of the essential features is the material. It pretty much determines the weight and durability of the tub. All of the ones that we have reviewed are mainly acrylic with composite reinforcements like fiber or resin. In combination, these materials make the tub strong and durable. Plus, it also enhances its heat retention.
Apart from acrylic, there is also cast iron and enamel on steel tubs. The former is a heavy-duty material making the tubs resistant to any damage. They tend to last long but are also prone to rust. Enamel on steel is like cast iron, but a little light making it easier to move around. However, they are also prone to rust.
Maintenance
Based on the point above, picking the right material makes maintenance more manageable as well. An acrylic-based tub will always be easier to clean and maintain as opposed to cast iron. This is mainly because acrylics have a smooth surface that does not stain, scratch, or rust.
Size and Shape
It is crucial to find a tub that can be accommodated in the area that is already available to you. So before picking one out, carefully measure the area and ensure that it will seamlessly fit.
The shape here is vital for a more personal reason. There is no point in buying something you will not be comfortable with. So, ensure that the tub has an ergonomic design with plenty of features that enhance comfort, like arm and backrests.
Drop-In Bathtubs
How are drop-in bathtubs installed?
Drop-in bathtubs are typically installed by a professional contractor or plumber. The installation process involves building a deck or enclosure that is custom-fitted to the size and shape of the tub, and then placing the tub into the cutout on the deck. The tub is secured in place with adhesive or screws.
What is the difference between a drop-in bathtub and an alcove bathtub?
Drop-in bathtubs are installed into a pre-framed opening in a platform or deck, while alcove bathtubs are installed into a three-wall enclosure. Drop-in bathtubs offer more flexibility in terms of placement and design, while alcove bathtubs are more space-efficient.
Can I install a drop-in bathtub myself, or do I need to hire a professional?
Installing a drop-in bathtub can be a complex and time-consuming process, and may require plumbing and electrical work. It is recommended that you hire a professional plumber or contractor to ensure that the installation is done safely and correctly.
Are drop-in bathtubs more expensive than other types of bathtubs?
Drop-in bathtubs can be more expensive than other types of bathtubs, depending on the materials used, the size and style of the tub, and the complexity of the installation process. However, there are a range of options available at different price points, so it is possible to find a drop-in bathtub that fits your budget.
Conclusion
We now come to the end of our detailed guide of the 9 best drop-in bathtubs that are popular in the market. We hope that with the information provided, it will be easier for you to choose the ideal one.
However, we understand that this is a lot of information to process, so let us sum it up by listing our favorites. Overall, for the best soak, we would recommend the ProFlo drop in tub. The only issue is that it is only available in white. So, if you want something with more color variants, go for the deep soaking one by American Standard.
We part ways now but don’t worry, as we will be back soon with more reviews and guides. See you next time!
Window air conditioners are cooling systems that are usually mounted on a window and can be removed after use. These systems are significantly easier to install with the right mounting tools when compared to central units.
Installing a central air conditioner is not only a tedious process but also an expensive one. Due to this, most homeowners prefer installing window air conditioning units.
Though these window AC units are easy to install, they do require some know-how to get the job done properly. So, to help you with window AC unit installation, I have compiled this guide to talk about the factors you need to consider before using a window AC!
Window ACs are installed between the sill and sash window, which enables it to compress the air drawn from outside and remove the heat. Once the heat is removed, the hot air is blown back outside, whereas the cold air is blown into the room.
The assembly process of these air conditioners requires the right mounting tools to ensure they don't fall off the window sill. Though the installation process is not complex, it still requires more effort compared to setting up a portable air conditioning unit.
You must also ensure the heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) system is installed closed to the AC power plugs and sockets. This will eliminate the need to use extension cords, guaranteeing safety.
Pros Of Window Air Conditioners
Does not take up much space in the apartment
Projects the compressor noise outside
Better efficiency compared to portable ACs
Cons Of Window Air Conditioners
Installation and removal can be time-consuming
It is louder than a central air conditioner
Considerations For Window AC Unit Installation
Before you use a window air conditioning unit or try installing one, it is crucial to see if it will be the right fit for your home. So, make sure you determine whether the size of the device and the window size of your home are compatible with each other. In case they aren't, it might be better to opt for a portable air conditioning unit.
As mentioned, the window unit that you use should be able to fit on your window without any problems. Most window ACs are made to be compatible with single or double-hung windows. However, making a few changes and adjustments to these window AC units can also allow them to be installed on double-hung windows, sliding windows, or casement windows in the United States.
Window ACs show the maximum and minimum width of the window they can fit into, along with the minimum window opening. The window opening is meant to be wider than the air conditioning unit itself but still narrow to fit the air conditioner’s baffles.
Furthermore, the window should also be able to open to its maximum capacity, which allows the air conditioner to stay between the sill and the sash.
Choosing A Window Air Conditioner For Your Room Size
For efficient energy use, choosing a window air conditioner that is the correct size is key. If the air conditioner is way too small, it won't have the power to cool the entirety of your room. On the other hand, a larger air conditioner can use extra power, leading to expensive energy bills.
Ideally, the cooling capacity of an air conditioner is measured in British Thermal Units or BTU. Smaller air conditioners have a power output range of 5,000 BTU, whereas bigger ones have a range of 20,000 BTU.
To calculate the size of the air conditioner that will be the best fit for your room, you will first need to determine the room's square footage. This can be done by multiplying the length of the room by its width. Once you derive a number, multiply said number by either 20 or 25, which is the number of BTUs needed to cool a single square foot of your living space.
For instance, a 10 by 20-foot room would be around 200 square feet. This means it would require a unit with at least 4,000 or 5,000 BTUs.
Steps To Install A Window Air Conditioner
Once you've successfully selected the right window air conditioner for your home, it's time to begin the installation process.
Step 1: Measuring
As mentioned, before you decide on a window AC unit, ensure that you measure the windows. You can start by measuring the width and height of the window opening with a tape measure. When choosing window ACs, try to find ones that have at least 2 inches of space on both sides of the housing. This allows the baffles of the air conditioning unit to be extended.
Step 2: Assembly
Once you've selected a window air conditioner, you can begin the installation process. First and foremost, attach the flanges, rails, accordion-style panels, etc., to the housing of the unit. Ensure that you refer to the instruction manual provided by the manufacturer and use the screws that come with the device.
Step 3: Preparation
Open the window to its maximum capacity or wide enough to fit the air conditioner. Then, lift the whole unit and place it at the lower end of the window frame. At this point, have a helper hold the device in place while you proceed with other tasks.
Step 4: Positioning
Most window ACs on the market come with two flanges - the first one is situated at the top of the device, whereas the second one is at the bottom. Flanges work best to improve the installation process by making it easier and safer.
Position the lower flange in a way that it sits on the sill. You can then bring down the window sash until the bottom rail meets the top flange of the air conditioning unit to ensure that your air conditioner is held in place.
Based on the size of your window air conditioning unit and the window style of your home, you might be required to install a window air conditioning mount for proper temperature control.
Tip
Remember to consult your building manager about regulations regarding window AC unit installation. And if your air conditioner comprises L brackets, ensure to attach them prior to placing the unit onto the windowsill to make installation easier.
Step 5: Attaching
Most window ACs come with a couple of angle brackets that can be used to attach and secure the lower and upper sash. These brackets are quite important since they prevent the risk of the sashes falling apart or opening the window accidentally. Both these scenarios are quite dangerous as they can lead to your AC unit falling out of the window.
Once the window air conditioner is properly secured, place the angel brackets in the area where the top and bottom sash meet. Use a pencil or chalk to draw guidelines on the bottom sash for the screw holes before drilling the pilot holes to attach the screws.
Coming back to the accordion-style panels that you attached, extend them fully and attach them to your window with the screws that were provided by the manufacturer. Once everything is done, check for any remaining screws and ensure all the screws have been properly tightened with a screwdriver.
Step 6: Paneling
Most window air conditioners are designed with side panels that are accordion-shaped. These panels can retract and extend in order to fit various-sized windows. Furthermore, these panels act as a seal for any gaps and prevent insects or other pests from getting into your home.
Once you've properly mounted the air conditioner to the window, extend the side panels till they fully cover any gaps. However, if you notice that there are still small gaps and cracks near the panel, you can make an airtight foam seal by using foam weather stripping.
After you're done and fully satisfied with the installation, the positioning of the panel, and the air conditioner, find the mounting holes located on the panel. With the help of a drill, make small holes in the window sash that align with the mounting holes. Using a screwdriver and two screws, secure the panel to the sash.
In case your air conditioner does not have an air conditioner screen, using a window AC unit installation kit might be the best option. You can also create a window frame by yourself with some wood or plastic sheeting that covers the gap.
Step 7: Insulation
The final step of the installation process is to seal the gap between both the lower and upper window sash. Since both these window sashes have been lifted to create space for the unit, it is necessary to close the gap once you're done.
Generally, window air conditioners comprise one foam insulating strip in the packaging. Cut the strip to the right length and attach it to the gap, ensuring that it fits snugly.
But in case your window air conditioner unit does not have insulating strips, you can get one online.
Final Words
Installing a window air conditioner is a simple process and does not need any professional experience. Following the steps I mentioned above will help you easily install your window air conditioner.
However, ensure you complete the entire process carefully and do not miss out on anything. Omitting one or more steps can lead to several problems, such as the unit falling out of the window or making your home susceptible to burglary.
Getting the right canvas is one of the most important jobs of an artist.
Doesn’t matter what medium you use or what tools are at your disposal, if the surface of the painting is not right, then you’ll never be able to achieve the desired result.
Moreover, getting the right canvas can also be a tricky job. With all the variety of surfaces that you can get, you’ll have to know what is perfect for your job.
But don’t you worry because we have gathered all the best canvases for oil painting on this list! You’ll find at least one canvas that is perfect for your use, no matter what your need is.
So go ahead and give it a read!
Best Canvases for Oil Painting
Whether you're a beginner or a professional, these canvases are sure to provide you with the best surface for your oil paintings. So without further ado, here's the list of the 10 best canvases for oil painting.
Masterpiece Artist Canvas is objectively the best canvas we have on our list. No other canvas on this list can match its quality and performance. From the material that is used to make this canvas to the way it is crafted, everything about this canvas is impeccable.
Experience
The surface is made from 100% thick cotton and it is also double primed and sized to give the best possible experience for oil painters. Our experience of painting on it was breathtaking.
And along with that, the canvas wrap is also incredibly tight and well done. There is surely no chance of any sort of bubbling or tearing happening with this one.
It uses both solid pine and fir stretcher bars, along with cross braces. So there won’t be any chance of slacking or warping with this canvas. It’ll stay as good as new.
Of course, this canvas is meant for professionals who can afford the premium cost of this canvas but can’t afford to compromise on quality. And sure enough, for the money, you are getting the best canvas.
Pros
Canvas is made from 100% thick cotton which has a great tooth for oil paint
Double-primed and sized to give the best experience
Wrapping is also incredibly tight and there’s no sign of slacking
Cons
It is very expensive
Type of Canvas: Stretched | Material: Cotton | Primed: Yes | Size Range: 8x10-18x24 | Pack Size: 12
100% Cotton Art Canvases for Painting: Our canvas boards for...
Painting Canvas in Bulk: This canvas set includes 12...
Arteza is a famous brand when it comes to art supplies and this is their economic entry, which, we think, is perfect for students and beginner artists. It’s a stretched canvas that comes at an affordable price and is accessible to students. And the quality is so good that even professionals can make good use of it.
Experience
The canvases are of good quality - certainly, better than most student-grade canvases - and they come at a cheap price. The canvas is stretched and it’s an amazing surface to work on.
These are also individually wrapped which is great for storage purposes and feels professional. These are outstanding canvases for casual artists but even for professionals, this is a great practice canvas.
There’s a bit of pillowing on the edges, so, it’s certainly not perfect. But at least there are no ugly staples on the front side, which makes these canvases much more presentable than other student-grade canvases.
Overall, given its quality and price, it’s an excellent choice for beginners and casuals and an excellent practice canvas for professionals.
Pros
Stretched canvases that are amazing for painting
Great price and extremely affordable for students
Great option for professionals for practice
Cons
The pillowing on the edges is not a good sight to see
Professional White Canvas: Design your phenomenal...
Cotton Acid-free Canvas: Made from natural cotton with...
U.S. Art Supply is a well-renowned company for producing top-quality art products of all kinds. These canvas panels are also of incredible quality. Even though these canvases are primarily made for students, professionals can enjoy these as well. The papers also have good enough quality for archival purposes.
Experience
These panels are amazing for working with oil paint. The surface is triple-primes and the way the brushes glide on it makes painting a really enjoyable experience.
The acid-free paper will not corrode even if stored away for long periods of time. You will not need any special medium to make these canvases good for archiving. It’ll not become yellowish or brittle even if stowed away for a long time.
One delightful surprise is the variety of colors, sizes, and bundles of the canvases. The fact that they also give black canvases blew up our minds.
Overall, the quality of these student-grade canvases is splendid. And these redeeming features, like being acid-free and the variety, make this canvas a great buy.
Pros
These canvases have great value for money
It has an acid-free paper that is great for archiving
It has a good variety of colors and sizes, and it also comes in various types of bundles
Cons
It is not intended to be used by professionals
Type of Canvas: Stretched | Material: Linen/Cotton | Primed: Yes | Size Range: 9x12 | Pack Size: 1
Old Holland Claessens Oil Primed Belgian Linen Canvas - 9" x...
9" x 12"
Old Holland is a reputed company in the world of art supplies. Established in 1666, it has been denoted as one of the most respectable brands of art-related products. All their products have a classy design and are crafted to excel at serving artists. These canvases form a perfect middle-of-the-road option between the professional-grade and the student-grade options.
Experience
This Belgian linen canvas has incredible smoothness to it. And along with the tight surface, painting becomes really enjoyable with this canvas.
It is, of course, to be expected because the canvases are made using long staple fiber. The quality of the surface is splendid.
As for color reproduction, two layers of gesso is enough to make your oil colors pop. It also makes the flow of the paint incredibly smooth and the end result will look gorgeous.
With a moderate price, this canvas is an incredible option for both students who want to up their lever and professionals who are looking for something more inexpensive.
Pros
Great middle-of-the-road option
Great quality compared to its price
Surface is incredibly smooth and tight
The color reproduction is excellent as well with oil paint
Cons
It is not as good as some other professional-grade canvases
Type of Canvas: Stretched | Material: Cotton | Primed: Yes | Size Range: 12x12 | Pack Size: 6
Premium Stretched Canvas — Create unique art with Daveliou...
Durable Non Toxic Materials — The individually wrapped...
Daveliou Stretched Canvases are artist-grade canvases that are exceptionally good for oil painting. The quality of the building and the painting experience make it an amazing pick for professional oil painters. It’s also an excellent choice for outdoor painters because of its water-resistant nature.
Experience
The canvas is masterfully crafted as it is built from 3 plies and is stapled to a kiln-dried wooden frame on the backside. Its build is good enough for showcasing.
Daveliou has its own primer for these canvases and it gives the surface ample tooth for any good quality oil paint brush to latch onto it. Painting on this canvas is an incredibly enjoyable experience.
The canvas is also water resistant and it's a heaven-sent for outdoor oil painters. Along with that, the canvas is also backed by a 1-year guarantee.
Overall, it’s a great buy for intermediate artists - students who are looking for ways to level up their artwork.
Pros
It is a well-built canvas that is good enough for showcasing artwork
Value for money is on-point for intermediate artists
It has a 1-year guarantee
The painting experience on this canvas is splendid
Cons
The price point is a little above most students’ budgets
Type of Canvas: Stretched | Material: Cotton | Primed: Yes | Size Range: 8x10 | Pack Size: 10
Art Alternatives Unbleached 4 oz cotton canvas for all media
Primed with acid-free gesso-ready to paint, collage, draw,...
Art Alternatives Stretched Canvas Super Pack is one of the cheapest entries on this list. But even at a low price of $5 per canvas, these canvases are of decent quality and are great for beginners. The canvases have a stretched surface, are individually packed, and have a primed surface.
Experience
The quality of the canvas is astonishing given its price point. The surface is primed, therefore, it is great for oil as well as other mediums like acrylics. The cheap price, the performance of the surface, and the versatility hence make it an attractive offer.
Like the artist-grade canvas from Daveliou, these canvases are also stretched and stapled to a kiln-dried fir wood. Another statement for its quality.
But there are, of course, some downsides. One of which is reported by many artists. And that is the surface soaks up too much oil. It’s not a problem that can’t be fixed by just a little bit of Gesso.
Overall, it’s an amazing buy for beginners given the value for money at such a low price.
Pros
Extremely inexpensive – about $5 per canvas
Canvases are well built – fir wood frame and stretched surface
Versatile canvas, which can be used with other mediums too
It’s a great buy for a beginner or casual artists
Cons
Absorbent to oils, hence, a coating of gesso will be absolutely necessary
Value Pack - This bulk set of canvas boards for painting...
Quality Materials - Let your artistic side shine with these...
Artilicious Canvas Panels are inexpensive but good-quality canvases that are excellent for outdoor painting and practicing. The key reason for being their cheap price, as already mentioned, and the portability due to their small size. These canvases are imported from India.
Experience
The canvases are made from pure cotton and the panels have a rough texture that is primed. Because of that, the surface is ideal for oil painting and the overall experience is enjoyable.
It is extremely portable due to its small profile. That’s why we think these canvases are good for beginners, kids, and casual artists and perfect for artists who like to paint outside.
Although, we should mention that if you are an intermediate artist or a professional one then these canvases are not the right choice for you. Mainly because these are not of good quality.
Still, given the price point, the overall quality and the use case we have in mind, these canvases might be the right one for you.
Pros
Made from 100% cotton imported from India
These canvases are extremely inexpensive
Perfect choice for outdoor painters
Cons
The quality of the canvases is less than satisfactory for intermediate and professional artists
Type of Canvas: Stretched | Material: Cotton | Primed: Yes | Size Range: 6x6-72x72 | Pack Size: Individual
Blick is a well-renowned art company that is responsible for some of the best art products. And these Cotton Canvases are absolutely amazing as well. The canvas is made out of really good quality material and according to us, it is ideal for intermediate and professional artists.
Experience
The canvas surface is made from pure cotton and it is triple-primed. Hence, it provides great tooth and a great painting experience but it still retains the signature woven texture of canvases.
The paper is stretched completely tight and the provided wood doesn’t warp at all. Hence, the build quality is impeccable and it is good enough to be hung off of a wall directly after finishing.
There are 3 different sizes available of varying depths. Overall, it’s an incredible buy for intermediate and professional artists.
The quality is impeccable but the price is a little unjustified for beginners because they usually wouldn’t care about the fine details of it.
Pros
Made from 100% cotton and the surface is triple primed
The frame doesn’t warp at all and the paper is stuck on tight
Great quality product meant for professionals and intermediate artists
Cons
It’s expensive and not recommended for beginners or casual artists
Type of Canvas: Stretched | Material: Linen/Cotton | Primed: Yes | Size Range: 24 x 30 | Pack Size: 3
Winsor & Newton is a reputed establishment that has catered to the needs of various artists of different skill levels with all kinds of products. According to us, this canvas is a great choice for intermediate-level artists. The quality and the price of the product really hits a sweet spot for art students.
Experience
The surface of the canvas is triple-primed which gives the canvas an amazing tooth that grips the strokes really well. The painting experience is significantly more enjoyable than some of our other intermediate-level entries.
The canvas also doesn’t have any noticeable slack because the surface is back-stapled and is handmade. The winding is very tight and the craftsmanship is pretty impressive for the price.
There are 7 different sizes that you could choose from and you can buy these canvases individually or in a pack of 6.
Overall, given the price point and the quality, this canvas is an excellent choice for art students. Any intermediate-level artist, looking to improve the quality of his/her artwork, will also find this canvas very delightful.
Pros
Surface is triple-primed and the tooth is almost perfect for oil painting
Winding is very tight and it is handmade
Comes in 7 different sizes and can be bought individually as well
Cons
More expensive than most other intermediate-level canvases
Type of Canvas: Stretched | Material: Cotton | Primed: Yes | Size Range: 4x4 - 14x18 | Pack Size: Individual
A versatile option for oils, acrylics, water soluble oils,...
10 sheets per pad
Fredrix Canvas Pad is one of the best canvases for purely practice purposes. Especially, for beginners. It’s a great option for learning new techniques and acquiring new skills with practice. You can use these sheets to experiment with new styles and strokes.
Experience
The sheets of this pad are triple-primed and it bears the signature texture of some of the best canvas panels. Hence, the experience of painting on these sheets is pretty amazing in itself but for practice, there’s no better option.
Couple these sheets with cheap oil paint and you can practice to your heart’s content without ever worrying about breaking your wallet.
The price tag hovers somewhere around $7-8 for 10 sheets. We don’t think that there is any other option that is cheaper and gives a more decent experience for practicing with oil paint.
Pros
Triple-primed sheets that impressively mimic the texture of a good canvas panel
It is extremely cheap – $7-8 for 10 sheets of paper
Great for beginner artists who want to hone their craft
Cons
These are not as good as canvas panels for obvious reasons
Type of Canvas: Canvas Pad | Material: Cotton | Primed: Yes | Size Range: 18x24 | Pack Size: 10 sheets
Here are some pieces of information about canvases that should help you make a better decision when it comes to buying canvases.
Type of Canvases
There are many types of canvases to choose from and they can be categorized on the basis of various factors as well. So, here are a few common types of Canvases.
On the basis of fabric
Canvas makers typically use two kinds of fabrics in making the surface of the canvas and those are:
Cotton is the most popular fabric choice for canvases. It’s a shorter fiber with good feedback when the brush is put against the surface.
It’s also more inexpensive to produce compared to our other fabric option - linen. Of course, two canvases made from cotton may not be the same because the cotton that is used in making the canvas also varies in terms of quality.
There are different grades of cotton and depending on the price of the canvas, the performance can vary significantly.
For example, an artist-grade canvas like Masterpiece Artist Canvas uses heavy duck cotton that has amazing feedback and great tooth. But it also comes at a high price.
While on the other hand, Artilicious Canvas Panels can’t be compared to it even though it is also made from cotton.
Linen is a less popular choice for making canvases. These fibers are longer than cotton fibers and they are made from flax.
As a consequence of this, linen canvases are smoother and sturdier than cotton fabrics. They don’t have the same kind of feedback as cotton fabrics.
At the end of the day, it all becomes a thing of preference. While cotton’s springiness has been artists’ favorite for centuries at this point, many prefer the smoothness and rigidity of linen ones.
On the basis of forms
Canvases can be also categorized on the basis of their forms. The following are the three broad kinds of canvases that you can use for oil painting:
Canvas pads are similar to other drawing pads that you can get from a stationery store. But instead of having regular papers, these pads have individual sheets of canvas.
It’s a great option for artists to practice and test out new skills. Because canvases are usually expensive, you don’t get a lot of room for experimenting but canvas pads solve that problem by mimicking the feel of a canvas at an incredibly inexpensive price point.
Canvas panel is sort of a middle ground between canvas pads and stretched canvas - both in terms of price and in terms of ideal use case.
Unlike canvas pads, canvas panels have a hardboard but not a stretcher frame like stretched canvases which are intended for more professional work.
Outdoor painters usually prefer canvas panels over stretched canvas because canvas panels are highly portable.
Canvas panels are great for practicing and studies for professionals, while beginners and intermediate artists can use a canvas panel for a final product as well.
Stretched Canvas is meant for more professional use. It has nice springy feedback which is very important for professional artists.
The stretcher frame gives an incredible amount of durability to the canvas. It inhibits the painted surface from warping and tearing for a long time.
Although stretched canvases can vary a lot depending on the kind of paper and frame used, they are in general more expensive than both canvas pads and canvas panels.
Preparing your canvas
To get the very best performance from the canvas you are using, you’ll have to apply a coat of primer for a good tooth and a smooth finish.
Most professional artists even apply multiple layers of Gesso to get the perfect result that they want.
Doing this is important because a non-primed canvas will absorb a lot more paint than a primed one. And oil paint is expensive, so, investing in a gesso will eventually save you a lot more money.
A more important reason is that a primed surface will have a smoother finish and better tooth. The good tooth will help you be incredibly accurate with your paint.
Oil Painting is a medium of painting that gives you an immense amount of freedom. Using oils you can get life-like shades, tints, and blends that some of the other mediums can never allow you to do.
In this list, we have listed what we think are the best canvases for oil painting but if you are looking for one on your own, then any canvas will do the job.
What you need to worry about is your preference - as in cotton or linen, stretched or panels, etc. Just keep in mind to apply a layer of gesso before you paint apply a layer of gesso before you paint.
Canvas For Oil Painting FAQ's
What is the difference between a stretched canvas and a canvas panel?
A stretched canvas is a canvas that has been stretched over a wooden frame, while a canvas panel is a canvas that has been mounted on a rigid board.
What is the best material for a canvas for oil painting?
The most common materials used for canvases for oil painting are cotton and linen. Linen is considered to be the higher quality material due to its strength and durability, but it is also more expensive.
Should I use a primed or unprimed canvas for oil painting?
It is recommended to use a pre-primed canvas for oil painting, as it helps to protect the canvas from the oil paint and improves the adhesion of the paint.
What is the difference between a cotton canvas and a linen canvas?
A cotton canvas is softer and more flexible, while a linen canvas is stronger and more durable. Linen is also less prone to decay over time compared to cotton.
What is the difference between a pre-stretched canvas and a raw canvas?
A pre-stretched canvas is a canvas that has been stretched over a wooden frame and primed, while a raw canvas is unprimed and unstretched.
How do I prepare a canvas for oil painting?
If using a pre-stretched canvas, make sure it is clean and dry before beginning to paint. If using a raw canvas, it will need to be primed with a gesso primer before painting.
How long does a painted canvas take to dry?
The drying time for an oil painting on canvas can vary depending on the thickness of the paint and the environmental conditions, but it typically takes several days to a few weeks to fully dry.
Can I reuse a canvas for oil painting?
Yes, it is possible to reuse a canvas for oil painting. You can either paint over the existing painting or use a solvent to remove the old paint before painting again.
Conclusion
Thank you for taking the time to read our article on the best canvases for oil painting. We hope our reviews have been helpful and informative for both experienced artists and newcomers alike. It's always exciting to discover new materials that can help bring your artistic visions to life, and the right canvas can make all the difference!
Out of these 10 best canvases for oil painting, here are our top three recommendations:
Best for professional artists: Masterpiece Artist Canvas is an ideal option for those who refuse to compromise on quality. With its 100% thick cotton surface, double priming, and sturdy construction, it truly is the best canvas for serious painters.
Best for beginners and casual artists: Arteza Economy Stretched Canvas is a good option for students and beginner artists. The canvases are of good quality, stretched for ease of use, and boast a reasonable price point. They can even work as practice canvases for professionals.
Best for students and archival purposes: U.S. Art Supply Canvas Panels is the right choice if you need a canvas that lasts longer and comes in exciting varieties. The triple-primed panels are acid-free, making them perfect for archiving your artwork without the risk of damage or discoloration.
The right canvas can help enhance the beauty of your oil paintings and bring joy through every stroke. It's incredible to see how different canvases can cater to different needs, preferences, and budgets. Whether you're an established artist, an aspiring pro, or just starting on your artistic journey, we hope our recommendations help you find the perfect canvas for your oil painting projects. Happy painting!
When working with oil painting or other thicker paints, palettes are much more convenient to use.
A palette is a tool that is specifically invented for creative minds.
Rather than constantly using alternatives, getting a palette will make the work easier and more organized. It also gives the artist a sense of completion and professionalism.
At A Glance: Our Top 5 Picks for Palettes for Oil Painting
Anyway, palettes can be of any material including wood, plastic, ceramic, tempered glass, etc.
And, if you’re looking for a palette to match with your style and preferences, you have just entered the right place.
In this article, we shall review 11 different palettes for oil painting; and what each one has to offer.
So without any more delay, let’s get started!
Best Palettes for Oil Painting
Whether you're a beginner or a seasoned pro, you're sure to find a palette that will meet your needs and help you create beautiful works of art. So without further ado, here's the list of the 9 best palettes for oil painting.
Durable Plastic Paint Palette: Made from durable,...
Peel-Up Acrylic Paint Palette: Designed for acrylics, this...
Our first on the list is a non-stick palette made of dependable plastic. Its surface measures 11 x 15 inches and it weighs 7.2 ounces.
This oval-shaped white palette also has a thumb hole to make handling easy. Besides that, the palette looks pretty simple, yet has a highly professional appeal.
Experience
The Art Advantage Non-Stick Palette is very small and lightweight, which is good for long hours of work. Working with this palette does not leave your hands feeling deadened later.
We also like that this palette is pretty easy to clean up after work. The smooth plastic surface does not hold any stains.
Whether the leftover paints have dried or still remain wet, removing them only requires water and a sponge. And in the case of dried-up paints, you can just scrape it off with a palette knife and then rinse it.
Although this palette provides ample space (for its size) to mix oil paints, somehow we think that separate allotments would have been better and more organized.
You probably have experienced that some white plastic palettes can face discoloration in the long run, due to long work hours. But with this palette, the sleek plastic surface prevents that from happening.
Pros
The smooth surface makes cleaning pretty easy
It is very light and ideal for long hours of work without stressing your hand
Cons
This palette does not contain separate allotments to organize the paints better
Material/Type: Plastic | Shape: Oval | Size (inches): 15.51 x 12.51 | Number of Wells: n/a | Non-Stick Surface: Yes | Peel-Off Capability: No
This is a palette that’s ideal for oil and acrylic paints. It is constructed from highly condensed plastic and that makes it very durable.
On the palette, there are two separate mixing areas: one surrounding the palette, and the other is a big oval-shaped area in the center. It also has a medium-sized thumbhole.
Experience
What’s great about this palette is that it allows you to peel off the leftover dry paint every single time you finish using it.
It is pretty handy at times when you’re busy that you forget to clean up, and you see the paint has dried up. You can just peel it off and this will save you the time you’ll spend scraping, washing, and drying it during busy schedules.
The two separated wells are really helpful when you have to mix different paints.
First, they are both large and they offer a lot of space for mixing oil paints. It’s great when you have to work with multiple colors. This will save a lot of time spent on changing/pouring color after color.
It is also pretty affordable for its quality and service.
However, every time you have to use the palette again (after it’s cleaned), it does not hold paints really well because of its extra slippery surface. And this will create a lot of mess.
Pros
It is a high-quality and really affordable palette
The leftover and dry paints can be peeled off easily to save some time for cleaning and drying
Cons
The slippery surface can create a lot of mess on every first use
Material/Type: Plastic | Shape: Oval | Size (inches): 18 x 15 | Number of Wells: 1 Central Well | Non-Stick Surface: No | Peel-Off Capability: Yes
Next is a square-shaped palette which is 14” x 14” wide. It contains 24 small wells, along with 8 larger corner wells and a large paint mixing area in the middle.
The palette comes with a firm lid so that in case you leave wet paint, it’ll prevent them from spilling out.
Experience
We love that there are a lot of color plots on this palette. And this helps to sort out colors easily and more precisely.
The mixing pad also has a large space that’s perfect for when you need to use multiple colors for your painting, without having to clean it every now and then.
We love that there is a lid that comes along with this palette. The lid has helped to prevent paint spills or any other possible accidents. It’s very thoughtful from the manufacturer’s side.
However, the palette itself is very thin. So you might have to handle it with care when you’re working with it.
Pros
There are plenty of color wells that help with better organizing and sorting out colors
It comes with a secure lid that helps prevent the potential spilling of paints
Cons
The palette’s construction is pretty thin, which requires to be handled with care
Material/Type: Plastic | Shape: Round | Size (inches): 5.98 x 7.87 | Number of Wells: N/A | Non-Stick Surface: No | Peel-Off Capability: No
The POSH Glass Artist Palette is made of tempered glass for...
Uses: The perfect addition to your artist painting supplies....
This palette is made of tempered glass and comes in 3 colors: transparent, grey, and white.
The surface is very wide and allows free mixing of colors. You can rinse off wet paint easily because it is smooth. Otherwise, if it’s dry, it can just be peeled off.
All its four edges are covered with safety guards for protection and safety.
Experience
With this palette, cleaning is pretty easy. We can just scrape off dry paint by using a sharp palette knife or a new blade.
We like that the slippery surface receives all types of paints, especially oil and acrylic paints. And blending them becomes pretty easy.
The palette is a bit heavy but it is very comfortable to hold because it is flat and sleek. And we think this is one of the best things about this palette.
Moreover, these palettes come in different sizes and weights. So you can get one according to your preferred size.
To make sure that the palette stays in good shape for a long time, putting it in the freezer will help serve this purpose.
However, the price of this palette is expensive and it might not be ideal for an artist who is on a tight budget.
Pros
This palette is very easy to clean with water, solutions, sponges, and palette knives
It is comfortable to hold and is great for long hours of work
The edges are protected with a rubber material to assure safety
Cons
It is expensive
Material/Type: Tempered Glass | Shape: Rectangular | Size (inches): 12 x 16 | Number of Wells: N/A | Non-Stick Surface: Yes | Peel-Off Capability: N/A
Airtight palette for acrylic or oil paint keeps colors fresh...
Features 28 divided wells and one large central mixing area
Here is another palette that comes with a secured lid. The lid of this palette is airtight to prevent paints from drying off quickly.
It has got 28 paint wells, and this is great when using multiple paint colors. Besides that, it also has a larger rectangular mixing area in the center.
Experience
Just as the name suggests, the Mijello Multi-Purpose Palette can be used for different kinds of paints.
What we really like about this palette is that it has double shutters on all sides to prevent paint from drying out too soon. This saves a lot of time that you would have spent scraping/cleaning dry paint. It can also prevent the wastage of good paint every now and then.
But in the case of leftover dry paints, you can always just peel them right off the smooth surface, followed by rinsing and drying it.
Unlike certain palettes, you can carry this one around because it has a lid on it to protect the paints. So, this is ideal for artists who like to paint outdoors.
Since the palette is heavy, it can numb the arm after long hours of use. So what we think could have made this palette better is if it has a holder (if not necessarily a thumb hole).
Pros
The palette comes with a tight lid to protect liquid paints from drying
It offers a lot of wells to keep multiple paints
Cons
It is heavy and it does not have a holder
Material/Type: Plastic | Shape: Rectangular | Size (inches): 9 x 13 | Number of Wells: 24 | Non-Stick Surface: Yes | Peel-Off Capability: Yes
Next up is a palette that looks completely different from the regular ones. It’s stylish, sleek, and made from plexiglass.
The Caran d’Ache Aquarelle Palette is pretty light and sleek. It’s ideal for traveling artists and art students.
This palette is smooth on one side while it’s textured on the other.
Experience
This palette is fit for carrying around in a bag. It doesn’t consume much space, or any space at all for that matter, because it is very thin and also very light. Students and artists who are on the go will likely find this to be very convenient for their work.
We love that the palette offers two purposes; which is a feature that we don’t normally find with regular palettes.
On its rough/textured side, we can actually use dry, soluble paints. And so far, it has been really good and has given out terrific results. While on the smooth surface, we mix our normal liquid paints.
On top of that, the palette is also very polished on its smooth side. And this makes it very easy to clean or peel off dry paint.
But apart from being a high-quality palette, it is somewhat small and leans a little bit to the expensive side.
Pros
This palette is pretty flimsy and different in shape
It is portable which is great for students/artists on the go
It has a smooth and rough side for wet and dry paint mixing
Cons
The palette comes at somewhat of an expensive rate
Material/Type: Metal | Shape: Rectangular | Size (inches): 10 x 5 | Number of Wells: N/A | Non-Stick Surface: Yes | Peel-Off Capability: N/A
Handcrafted: Our wooden artist paint palettes are...
Material: Hard white maple wood provides the paint palette...
The New Wave Posh Tabletop Palette is made from maple wood. It is completed with a grey finish which adds to its elegance.
What makes this palette unique is that it is entirely crafted by hand and that sets it apart from other machine-made palettes.
Because it is made from polished wood, that makes it water-resistant and warp-free.
Experience
We admire this palette because it’s made of wood and that adds to its grand and luxurious looks.
One might think that wood palettes are restricted to indoor use. However, this palette resists both water and outdoor elements. So it is great for outdoor paintings just as it is for indoor use.
The mixing surface accepts all kinds of paints and is also very easy to clean, especially with a damp cloth.
One thing that this palette lacks is a thumb hole. Because it is large, we think that a thumb hole would have completed it since handling becomes a little difficult. Otherwise, keeping it in place will also work fine if you’re working in the comfort of your own home.
Pros
The palette’s surface is polished and very smooth, making it water-resistant, dust-resistant, and easy to clean up
It has got a superior, elegant look
Cleaning the palette is pretty easy with a damp/wet cloth
Cons
It lacks a holder/thumb hole which could make it easier to handle
Material/Type: Wood | Shape: Rectangular | Size (inches): 12 x 16 | Number of Wells: N/A | Non-Stick Surface: No | Peel-Off Capability: No
We have another grand wooden palette -- and that is the Jack Richeson Wooden Palette.
This one is an oval-shaped palette. It accepts all kinds of paints as well because the surface is smoothly polished.
It is medium-sized and it comes at a fairly affordable and reasonable price.
Experience
The palette is quite sturdy and robust. It does not easily develop scratches from scraping or scrubbing off dried paint.
On being a wooden palette, we think it’s great that it has a thumb hole. It can help reduce numbness caused by handling it for too long.
The surface receives all types of paints beautifully since it is pretty smooth. It can also be cleaned up easily under running water.
Also, the palette shows no signs of damage even after it has dropped a number of times.
However, it can cause them to dry quickly and you have to coat it with oil so that it will prevent the paints from drying faster. This should be done once a while.
Pros
It is a highly condensed, strong palette that prevents scratches and breakage
The surface is very smooth and accepts all paints well, especially oil paints
It has a thumb hole for comfortable handling even during long hours of painting
Cons
Sometimes, it requires you to oil the surface so that the paints do not dry off fast
Material/Type: Wood | Shape: Oval | Size (inches): 12 x 16 | Number of Wells: N/A | Non-Stick Surface: No | Peel-Off Capability: N/A
So far we have discussed washable and reusable palettes. However, these next ones are disposable palette papers in a pad.
The Pro Art Oil Palette Pad contains 50 sheets of tearable palette paper.
These sheets are made of treated papers to make them impenetrable when mixing oil paints.
Experience
The best thing about these paper palettes is that when you’re done, you can just discard them. There’s no need to set aside time for cleaning them as you do with washable palettes.
Also, you can even use them more than once, depending on how you mix your paints and how you clean them.
These are very light and thin sheets. It makes them convenient and easy to take to the studio or to school, in the case of art students.
Besides being light, all the sheets have thumb holes which, in this case, just adds more to the comfort of handling them.
However, because these are paper palettes, they have the tendency to make your paints dry out much faster than they should. And to solve this, you need to spray spritz water on them to maintain the moisture of the paints.
Pros
Sheets are both disposable and tearable
They receive oil/acrylic paints well since they are impenetrable
The pad is very lightweight and thin which makes transporting them easy
Cons
Since these are paper palettes, they can cause paints to dry off pretty fast
Material/Type: Paper pad with palette shape | Shape: Rectangular | Size (inches): 9 x 12 | Number of Wells: 50 wells | Non-Stick Surface: No | Peel-Off Capability: N/A
If you are still wondering which features you should look for in a palette, take a look at our few suggestions:
Smoothness: A palette that is smooth allows you to mix oil paints really well. Not only that, but they are also very easy to clean up afterward.
Comfortable to hold:When looking for a palette, make sure you find one that’s comfortable to hold. Whether it has a thumb hole or not, a palette should not strain your hand.
Lightweight:Finally, a good palette should be light. It must be easy to carry around with you. It also shouldn’t take up too much space inside your bag.
Palettes For Oil Painting FAQ's
What are the different types of palettes for oil painting?
There are several types of palettes for oil painting, including plastic palettes, glass palettes, metal palettes, and wooden palettes. Each has its advantages and disadvantages, so choosing the right one for your specific needs is important.
How do I choose the right palette for oil painting?
When choosing a palette for oil painting, consider factors such as the size and shape of the palette, the material it’s made from, the number of wells, and whether it has a non-stick surface. It’s also important to consider your own personal preferences and painting style.
Can I use any type of palette for oil painting?
While you can technically use any type of palette for oil painting, certain types may be better suited to your needs. For example, plastic and glass palettes are easy to clean, while wooden palettes may be better for artists who prefer a more traditional feel.
What is the best material for a palette for oil painting?
The best material for a palette for oil painting will depend on your individual needs and preferences. Glass and plastic palettes are non-porous and easy to clean, while metal and wooden palettes may have a more traditional feel.
Do I need a non-stick surface on my palette for oil painting?
A non-stick surface can be helpful when working with oil paints, making mixing and blending colors easier. However, it’s not strictly necessary, and some artists prefer to work without a non-stick surface.
How many wells do I need on my palette for oil painting?
The number of wells you need on your palette for oil painting will depend on your individual needs and painting style. Some artists prefer a large number of wells for mixing and blending, while others prefer fewer wells for a simpler setup.
Conclusion
Thank you for taking the time to read this comprehensive article on the best palettes for oil painting. We hope you found it both valuable and informative. Our goal is to make sure you choose the right palette that best fits your artistic needs, preferences, and budget.
Out of these 9 best palettes for oil painting, here are our top three recommendations:
Best for easy cleaning and lightweight design: The Art Advantage Non-Stick Palette is an ideal option for artists who value quick and effortless cleanup after their painting sessions. Its lightweight design also allows for long hours of work without causing hand fatigue.
Best for paint-mixing versatility: The Mijello Ellipse Peel Off Palette is a good option for those who require a larger space for mixing multiple colors. It also offers peel-off capabilities of dried paint, which can be beneficial in terms of efficiency.
Best for portability and versatility: The Caran d'Ache Palette Aquarelle is the right choice for on-the-go artists, due to its thin and lightweight design. The dual-sided feature, offering a smooth side for wet paints and a textured side for dry paints, makes it versatile for different types of media.
As artists ourselves, we know that each person's preferences vary when it comes to selecting the perfect palette. Consider your own painting habits, the space you have available for work, and your budget when selecting one of these top-rated picks. Ultimately, the key is to choose a palette that enhances your experience, allowing you to fully enjoy and express your creativity in every painting session.
Remember, the right palette can make all the difference in elevating and simplifying your creative process. We hope our recommendations and insights will help you choose the best possible palette to fuel your passion for oil painting. Happy painting!
A paintbrush is like an artist’s body part – vital and indispensable.
Creating an art masterpiece without the right brush is a long shot. If you look at the successful artists and experts worldwide, you will find one thing in common – a set of paintbrushes that is perfect for them, tailored to fit their needs.
At A Glance: Our Top 5 Picks for Oil Paint Brushes
When it comes to oil paints, choosing the right brush is even more critical. There are many reputed brands providing art and craft supplies. We have carefully shortlisted eight of the best oil paintbrushes that you should consider.
Without further ado, let’s get to the detailed reviews of these oil paint brushes.
Best Oil Paint Brushes
Whether you're a beginner or a professional artist, this list will help you find the perfect set of brushes to take your oil painting to the next level. So, without further ado, here's the list of the 7 best oil paint brushes.
Art Advantage offers an affordable and comprehensive paintbrush set, specifically designed for beginners, students, and art hobbyists. The collection includes 24 paint brushes of varying sizes and finishes – six brushes each of Flat Synthetic, Flat Natural, Round Synthetic, and Round Natural. The set comes in a well-organized storage pouch.
Experience
We have included the 8724VP Paintbrush Set from Art Advantage in this list for one reason – it is one of the most inexpensive paintbrush sets available in the market and works well for beginners and hobbyists. You get an adequate variety of brush types in this set that works well with both oil and acrylic paints.
We especially liked this set as it includes twelve sturdy hog bristle brushes and twelve white nylon brushes. Each set of twelve has one flat brush and one round unit in sizes 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, and 12.
If you are new to the field of art and have a lot to learn, you would not want to spend a fortune on art supplies. This set is specifically designed for beginners who most likely operate on a tight budget.
You need to be aware of the fact that this paintbrush set is not meant for professional artists and experts. There is only so much you can get for a substantially low price. As long as you are comfortable with average quality at rock-bottom prices, this set will not disappoint you.
Pros
One of the most reasonably-priced paintbrush sets available in the market
Offers versatile use across different mediums, including oil and acrylic
Ideal set for beginners and art students
Cons
It is not well-suited for professionals and experts, who will prefer a better, long-lasting brush set
Includes Size 3 in series 10, 11, 35 and 5506 to compare and...
The second spot in our recommendations has a paintbrush set for beginners, so let’s talk about the flip side of the coin. At the second spot, we have included the Da Vinci Maestro, which is a series of high-quality, top-of-the-line brushes that can be used with oil and acrylic paints.
Experience
You can choose from seven varieties of paint brushes in the Maestro series by Da Vinci – Round, Rigger Medium, Rigger XL, Filbert, Linear Medium, Cats Tongue, and Bright. You can also choose the perfect size to meet your needs, ranging from 0 to 24.
There is no gimmick here – this is undoubtedly one of the most premium paint brushes available in the market and accordingly commands a steep price. We especially liked the top-notch finish of these brushes, handmade in Germany from male winter Kolinsky Red Sable.
If you are a professional artist or an expert who is looking for a premium paintbrush, the Da Vinci Maestro is the winner hands down. You get superior control and spring with the seamless ferrules and plated brass.
Da Vinci brushes have been a go-to product for professionals and experts for several generations. You will be pleased to know that these brushes are handcrafted from sustainably-sourced wood to prevent any adverse environmental impact. We recommend these brushes due to their long-lasting needle-like point and longer bristles that allow faster tip action and tight point snap.
Pros
Premium paintbrush from a reputed brand, guaranteeing optimal quality
An ideal product for professional artists and experts
Each brush is handcrafted in Germany, goes through a thorough quality inspection, and is carefully packaged
Only gold and nickel-plated brass ferrules are used in this brush, making it rust-resistant
Cons
It is quite expensive, with each brush costing close to $30
BREAKTHROUGH TECHNOLOGY—The Catalyst series features...
ADVANCED POLYTIP BRISTLES—Each fiber has two to three...
The Princeton Catalyst Polytip Bristle Brushes serve as an advancement in the scientific breakthrough of synthetic fiber technology. It is available in eight varieties – Fan, Flat brushes, Egbert, Round, Filbert, Bright, Short Filbert, and Angle Bright. It is also available in all sizes, ranging from 0 to 24.
Experience
We recommend the Princeton Catalyst Polytip Brushes to anybody who wants to get their hands on a nearly artist-grade brush without having to pay an exorbitant price. These brushes are available at an average price of most synthetic bristle brushes but can effectively mimic the high quality of natural fiber brushes.
You might be thinking about how a synthetic fiber brush can compete with top-notch natural fiber painting brushes like the Da Vinci Maestro we just reviewed. The answer is reasonably straightforward – these brushes are made in a unique manufacturing process wherein each synthetic fiber is split at the end, allowing for a far heavier load that improves flow as well as efficiency.
If you are a student or a hobbyist who wants to get a taste of artist-grade art supplies without burning a hole in your wallet, you should consider buying these paintbrushes. If you are a seasoned veteran in the art field, you know this is a close replica of artist-grade paint brushes, but you may still find it useful if you want to save some bucks.
We especially liked painting with brushes because they are incredibly responsive and super stiff. These oil paint brushes are specifically designed for use with acrylic and oil paint.
Pros
The bristles maintain an excellent shape even after heavy use
It is moderately priced to be attractive for students as well as experts
The synthetic tips are split at the end to have an increased volume
Cons
It is not the sturdiest option if you indulge in scumbling techniques and the brushes may lose their shape
The Natural Curve Of The Hog Bristle Produces A Resilient...
A list of art and craft supplies will rarely be complete without at least one product from the reputed house of Winsor & Newton. The Long Handle Brush Set includes five oil paintbrushes – Fan (size 3), Flat (size 6), Bright (size 8), Filbert (size 6), and Round (size 6).
Experience
What we loved about the Long Handle Brush set from Winsor & Newton is the superior build of each brush. These brushes are made from the best Chinese hog bristles and are seamlessly handcrafted into corrosion-resistant ferrules. Although specifically designed for use with oil paints, these brushes work equally well with acrylics too.
You will notice a slight natural curve of the bristle on these brushes, allowing them to retain shape even after heavy use. The brush handles have a green-colored natural wood finish, which is protected by four coats of lacquer. You will not have to worry about these paint brushes for oil looking old and discolored anytime soon.
These animal fiber bristle painting brushes are not as top-notch as Sable but are significantly better than most synthetic bristle brushes. When you buy this set from Winsor & Newton, you get a better-than-average brush set at a very reasonable price.
However, if you are looking for an artist-grade brush set and have considerable funds at your disposal, you should go for an expensive and better alternative.
Pros
A carefully designed starter set for beginners, students, and hobbyists
The Winsor & Newton brand promises optimal quality and long-lasting performance
The set includes a nice variety of medium-sized brushes, perfect for starting with oil paints
Costing around $4 per brush, it is one of the most affordable quality brush sets in the market
Cons
It is not meant for professional artists and experts, who may find its quality to be sub-standard
PREMIUM DESIGN FEATURES — Benefits of Taklon synthetic...
EXCELLENT VARIETY FOR MULTIPLE EFFECTS — 7 professional...
One of the most inexpensive paintbrush sets in this list, the LorDac Arts Detail Paintbrush set includes 12 brushes that can be used with oil, acrylic, or watercolor paint. The set includes five liners (sizes 0000, 000, 00, 0, and 1), five rounds (sizes 0000, 000, 00, 0, and 1), and two flats (sizes 0 and 1).
Experience
LorDac Arts Details Paintbrush is the only product in this list that is made from Taklon synthetic bristles. We love these bristles because relative to natural hair bristles they are less likely to break, more hygienic, easier to clean, and last longer.
The set has a comprehensive variety of brushes, each featuring a short handle design to enable precision work. We recommend this set to students and beginners as it is very reasonable, costing less than $1.5 per brush.
We especially liked the durable construction of each brush in this set. The ferrules are made of aluminum and are double-crimped onto the handle, ensuring long-lasting performance and resistance to damage from paint and solvents.
You will appreciate the ergonomic design of these brushes – perfectly balanced thick, and short handles ensure a stress-free and fatigue-free painting experience. It is reasonably straightforward to maintain precision points with these brushes, helping substantially with detailed painting.
Pros
One of the most inexpensive brush sets on the market
Offers versatile use and works well with oil, acrylic, and watercolor paint
Features sturdy construction and double-crimped ferrules to ensure longevity
Features synthetic Taklon bristles which are better than natural hair bristles
Cons
In spite of all the right things about this brush set, it is not artist-grade and may not appeal to veterans in the art industry
Soft, white nylon bristles ensure even strokes and excellent...
Next on our list of recommendations for oil paint brushes is an all-out winner for students, beginners, and hobbyists. Grumbacher offers student-grade Academy brushes, made of white nylon synthetic fibers. These brushes are excellent for use with oil as well as acrylic paint. Grumbacher offers these brushes in the flat brushes variant in three sizes 6, 8, and 10.
Experience
When it comes to recommending a paintbrush for students, we will undoubtedly pick the Grumbacher Academy Oil & Academy Brush. It has a sleek design and soft nylon synthetic bristles, making it ideal for various painting techniques, including glazing.
We cannot emphasize how easy and comfortable it was to carry out fine detailed work with these brushes. If you indulge in any painting endeavor which requires you to minimize brush strokes, you will realize how comfortable these brushes from Grumbacher are.
You will appreciate the thoughtful design of these brushes. It features a long handle with an oversized center, which allows you an unparalleled comfort level to paint for hours on end. While painting your next masterpiece, this brush will not be causing any hand fatigue or discomfort.
The design of this brush from Grumbacher is not only ergonomic but also attractive. The brush has a durable wood shaft that is covered with a beautiful blue metallic finish. Students will like this brush as it works well with all popular paint mediums like watercolor, acrylic, and oil painting.
Pros
Made from versatile synthetic bristles and can be used with oil and acrylic paint
Features an oversized center and a long handle, allowing for comfortable use even for hours
Handcrafted explicitly for beginners and students
Cons
Available in limited varieties and can be used for some specific painting projects only
ARTIST PAINTBRUSH MADE WITH PURE KOLINSKY HAIR - Optima...
SIZE 1 OIL AND ACRYLIC PAINTBRUSH - Pointed round shape...
Escoda Optimo offers a premium artist-grade Kolinsky Sable brush which is great for controlled, delicate works of art. The fine-haired bristles form a soft brush head, enabling better flow and control. These are available in nine different brush sizes in either round or flat brush variants.
Experience
We are essentially paying homage to the adage “Last but not least” by keeping the Escoda Optimo Paintbrush at the end of our product review list. It is one of the most beautiful artist-grade oil paint brushes you can get your hands on. It is handcrafted from the best Kolinsky Sable bristles.
Escoda uses its exclusive triple crimping process to make these brushes. You will never have to worry about any of the bristles falling out from the ferrule or the unit breaking into two parts, even after the most substantial use.
We especially liked this premium product as a lifetime guarantee backs it, so you know you get your money’s worth when you shell out those extra bucks to buy it. It is also ISO 9001/100 certified, proving that it adheres to the best consistency and quality standards.
It is an artist-grade brush and students or beginners will not be willing to spend so much. A trivial limitation of the brush is that it is specifically designed for oil painting brushes and does not fare well when used with other mediums like watercolor and acrylic paints.
Pros
Comes with a lifetime guarantee, ensuring best-in-class consumer satisfaction
Holds an ISO 9001/100 certification, meeting the best consistency and quality standards
One of the most excellent artist-grade Kolinsky Sable brushes available in the market
The ferrule of this brush is crimpled thrice, to ensure that none of the bristles fall out even during heavy use
Cons
Expensive and cannot be used with other mediums like acrylic and watercolor paints
Buying the perfect paintbrush is more complicated than most people realize. Professional artists and experts know what to look for in a paintbrush, but the same cannot be said for beginners and hobbyists. We have summarized some helpful information that can help you choose the best paint brushes that meets your needs.
Size and Shape of Brush
There are two essential factors to consider when you purchase a paintbrush – the size and the shape.
As a general rule of thumb – go for a size 6 or smaller brush for intricate details, size 6 to size 14 for color blocking or medium-scale work, and size 14 or above for washing, backgrounds, or large-scale paintings.
Paintbrushes are available in many shapes, but if you are going to work with oil paints, you should be concerned with three – Flat for edges, lines, and color blocking, Filbert for blending, Round for patterns, curved lines, and detailed work.
Cleaning and Maintaining Your Brushes
No matter which paintbrush you choose to buy, it will last as long as you do the needful for preserving its useful life. Unlike most of other art supplies, a paintbrush is very delicate and needs utmost care. Even the most expensive brushes will give in to damage unless you clean them regularly.
You should choose a brush that is easy to clean, with regular soap water or inexpensive solvents that are readily available.
Parts of a Brush
You should be aware of the different parts of an oil painting brushes to gain a better understanding of what makes a brush better than the rest. There are three major components of a brush – bristles, handle, and ferrule.
Bristles can be made of sable or hog hair, natural or synthetic, hard or soft. Handles can be long or short and are usually made from plastic or wood. A longer handle is preferred by artists who prefer a lighter touch on the canvas. The ferrule is the metal band that holds the bristles on one end and attaches to the handle on the other. A durable ferrule is vital for a long-lasting paintbrush.
Oil Paint Brushes FAQ's
What are the different shapes of oil paintbrushes?
Oil paint brushes come in a variety of shapes, including round, flat, filbert, fan, and angular. Each shape is suited for different types of brushstrokes and painting techniques.
How do I choose the right brush size for oil painting?
When choosing the right brush size for oil painting, consider the size of your canvas and the level of detail you want to achieve. Smaller brushes are best for fine details, while larger brushes are better suited for broader strokes and larger areas of color.
How do I clean my oil paintbrushes?
To clean oil paint brushes, use a solvent such as turpentine or mineral spirits. Rinse the brush in the solvent until the paint is removed, then rinse it with soap and water. Avoid using hot water or harsh cleaners, as these can damage the brush.
How do I store my oil paintbrushes?
To store oil paint brushes, rinse them with solvent to remove any remaining paint, reshape the bristles, and allow them to air dry. Store them upright in a brush holder or wrapped in paper or cloth to protect the bristles.
How often should I replace my oil paintbrushes?
The lifespan of oil paint brushes depends on how often they are used and how well they are cared for. As a general rule, brushes should be replaced when they start to lose their shape or become too worn to create the desired brushstrokes.
How do I care for natural hair oil paint brushes?
To care for natural hair oil paint brushes, rinse them with solvent after each use, reshape the bristles, and store them upright in a brush holder. Avoid using hot water or harsh cleaners, as these can damage the brush.
What are synthetic oil paint brushes?
Synthetic oil paint brushes are made from man-made materials like nylon or polyester. These brushes are often less expensive than natural hair brushes and are suitable for a variety of painting techniques.
Can I use the same brushes for acrylic and oil painting?
While it’s possible to use the same brushes for acrylic and oil painting, it’s generally not recommended. Acrylic paint can be harder on brushes and can cause them to wear out more quickly. It’s best to use separate sets of brushes for each medium.
Conclusion
We hope you've found this article on the best oil paintbrushes informative and helpful. Thank you for taking the time to read it! Now that you are well-versed with various oil paintbrush options, it's time to reveal our top three recommendations. Ready to take your painting endeavors to the next level?
Out of these 7 best oil paintbrushes, here are our top three recommendations:
Best for beginners: Art Advantage Oil Brush Set is an ideal option for those who are just starting with oil painting, due to its affordability and variety, as well as its compatibility with both oil and acrylic paints. However, remember it's not designed for professional artists and experts.
Best for professionals: Da Vinci Maestro Brush is a good option for professional artists and experts who are looking for premium, high-quality brushes for the finest work. Made from Kolinsky Red Sable and handcrafted in Germany, these brushes offer superior control, spring and rust resistance, albeit with a higher price-tag.
Best value for money: Princeton Catalyst Polytip Oil Brushes is the right choice for painters who want to experience artist-grade brushes without breaking the bank. Made with advanced synthetic fiber technology, these brushes mimic the quality of natural fiber brushes and are suitable for both acrylic and oil paint.
As you take a moment to decide which of these top three best oil paintbrushes to invest in, we encourage you to consider not only the quality but also the value and suitability for your specific painting style and needs. Whether you are a beginner, a professional artist, or a hobbyist looking to hone your skills, rest assured that your creativity will be beautifully expressed with these fantastic oil paintbrush options. And, as you embark on your journey with oil painting, remember that progress is made by practicing your craft, enjoying the process, and never being afraid to make a few happy accidents along the way. Happy Painting!
Pastel pencils are just amazing when it comes to producing artworks that are not only vibrant but have an amazing color depth to them as well.
They might be one of the newer forms of coloring medium in the market, but definitely not the least sought after.
Their ease of use and vibrancy make them one of the most popular coloring mediums today.
However, with so many brands and models in the market, it can be rather difficult to pick the right pastel pencil set that can fit your needs and budget the best.
So if you too are struggling with your choices, then to help you out we have brought our top 7 list along with a helpful guide.
We are confident that our article today will be able to solve all your pastel pencil-related problems.
Best Pastel Pencils Of 2023
Whether you're a professional artist or just starting out, these pastel pencils are sure to take your artwork to the next level. So, without further ado, here's the list of the 7 best pastel pencils.
Artist quality chalk-pastel coloring pencils - available in...
The Stabilo CarbOthello range of Pastel pencils is perhaps one of the most popular models out there in today’s market. They are extremely easy to use and can be utilized effortlessly by amateurs and student artists alike. They are quite affordable as well and come in five different set ranges to fit a wider variety of needs and purposes.
Experience
One unique aspect of the Stabilo CarbOthello pastel pencils is that they come with their own lightfastness rating, which not many of the other standard models come with. The Stabilo CarbOthello pencils have a star on the barrel that indicates their individual ratings, which really comes in handy when creating detailed artwork.
And more importantly, you can purchase these pencils individually as well. So if you’re out of a particular shade, then you can go ahead and purchase that color without having to invest in a complete set.
The lead diameter of the Stabilo CarbOthello is 4.4mm in width, which makes these pencils just perfect for both smaller more detailed, along with larger more colorful artworks. And even though these pencils might have a lot of vibrancy to their shades, they are indeed very affordable and will come in handy for both professional users and student painters.
However, the variety of colors that the Stabilo CarbOthello sets provide can feel inadequate for many users. Their largest set comes with just 60 colors, which may not be the best for attempting the most vibrant art pieces.
Pros
Comes with its own lightfastness rating on the barrel
Affordable and can fit both amateurs and professionals alike
4.4mm width lead perfect for both detailed and large-scale artworks
Easy to use and can be purchased separately
Cons
The amount of color variety may feel inadequate for many
Set size: 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, and 72 | Lead hardness: Soft | Color range: 60 colors | Lightfastness: Excellent | Water-resistant: Yes
The pencils have a smooth pigment rich bendable formula that...
Great for beginners as well as professional artists
General’s has been known to be one of the best charcoal pencil manufacturers for some years now. And their range of pastel pencil sets is made specifically with beginner users and amateur artists in mind. The sets are quite cheap with easy-to-use and easy-to-apply features, thereby making them a fan favorite among student artists.
Experience
What we absolutely loved about the General’s set is that these pencils are sturdy; incredibly sturdy. You can sharpen them to a point and not have to worry about the lead crumbling even during rough use and constant sketching exercises.
They are extremely smooth on the roughest of paper surfaces as well and will help you to easily make large-scale artworks that do not require much detailing.
All in all, we will be recommending the General’s Pastel pencils more for beginners than professionals really. As their lead width is on the thicker side; control may be an issue and producing smaller and more detailed artwork with them may just be very difficult.
But on the plus side, these pencils are perfect for large-scale works where detail is not really a factor. Using them is relatively easy as well, and it won’t take much to get used to these pencils.
However, you cannot buy these pencils individually, so if you’re out of a particular shave, you will have to invest in a whole set.
Pros
One of the cheapest pastel pencil sets on our list today
Extremely amateur-friendly, as these pencils are very easy to get used to
Durable lead which can glide over the roughest of papers
Perfect for large-scale paintings and sketching
Cons
Not recommended for detailing and precise art
The shades are not sold individually
Set size: 36 | Lead hardness: Soft | Color range: 36 colors | Lightfastness: Not specified | Water-resistant: No
Established in 1761, Faber-Castell has been one of the world's biggest and most well-known manufacturers of art supplies for centuries now. Their latest in-line Pitt Pastel Pencils are one of the most versatile models which along with being budget-friendly have a really good light fastness and performance as well.
Experience
As a middle-of-the-road pastel pencil set, the Faber-Castell Pitt is something that both amateurs and professionals seek out for their art pieces. And though in terms of price and set range, they might feel like an average to standard pastel set, however, that is not the case with their performance.
When it comes to consistency, the Pitt pastel has a sort of light, buttery smoothness to them which not even some of the more high-end brands are able to produce.
Moreover, these pencils have a water solvent binding to them as well. Hence, if you’re looking to turn those pastel shades into a nice rich watercolor, then you will be very easily able to do that with the help of a damp brush or even a wet sponge.
For professional painters, Faber-Castell tries to help them out by providing a convenient color chart on their website. This helps them to get an idea of the color variants they want if they are planning to do detailed artwork.
However, their largest set comes with 60 different colors, which again like the Stabilo CarbOthello set might not be adequate for the most vibrant of artworks.
Pros
One of the most versatile pastel pencil sets
Perfect for both detailed works and larger arts
Has a professional grade consistency but comes at a very affordable price tag
The Faber-Castell website has a color chart that gives an idea of the color variations
Cons
Not enough shades for the most vibrant art pieces
Set size: 60 | Lead hardness: Medium | Color range: 60 colors | Lightfastness: Good | Water-resistant: Yes
Traditional pastel application with a more precise pencil...
Smooth, round barrel allows for the pencil to be held...
The Derwent brand has been in the art supply industry for years now. They have designed and produced a wide variety of quality art tools from charcoal pencils, to student-friendly watercolor pencils along with synthetic water brushes. They love to make their products for newer users and beginners, and their pastel pencils are definitely not alien to that fact.
Experience
The largest Derwent set comes with 72 different color variants all wrapped neatly inside a tin and wooden box. So not only will they allow you to effortlessly make vibrant and unique artwork, but you can also carry these pencils around wherever you go.
The Derwent set is just perfect for all forms of plein-air painting. You never know when inspiration might strike, hence the portability of this set is what makes it so very popular among globe-trotting artists and outdoor student painters alike.
Professional artists love the Derwent set for their amazing vibrancy and consistent performance across all types of surfaces. Each of the pencils comes with a product number on the barrel as well, so that if you’re out of a shade, you will be easily able to purchase it separately.
However, one gripe that we do have with the Derwent model is durability. The lead of these pencils is prone to crumbling is subjected to rough use for a considerable amount of time. So if you are using the pencils on finer details for a small-scale pastel piece, then it’s important to keep this aspect of the pencils in mind.
Pros
Perfect for beginners and for those new to using pastel pencils
72 different colors allow a great amount of vibrancy
Portability ensures that the pencils are perfect for plein air painting
Cons
The lead tends to crumble during detailed works
Set size: 24 and 72 | Lead hardness: Soft | Color range: 72 colors | Lightfastness: Good | Water-resistant: Yes
Made from high-quality, pure, micro-pulverized pastel...
Pastels produce lush, vibrant color
Another pastel pencil set that’s built specifically for beginners. The Koh-i-Noor Gioconda has 48 different color varieties in them, which may not seem like much, but the amount of detail that they can provide is truly astounding.
Made in the Czech Republic, the Koh-i-Noor Gioconda pencils can be just what you’re searching for and are pinning to go from a brand outside of the US.
Experience
Something which is not typically found in a student set but Koh-i-Noor provides is a color chart. Now you might just be wondering, what significance will a color chart bring in a pastel set that’s made for beginners?
Well, the Koh-i-Noor Gioconda pencils have a lead width diameter of 3.8mm, which will be one of the smallest on our list today. What a thinner lead provides, is an amazing amount of detail to every art piece and this is where the color chart comes in.
Even though this is a student-level set, it will still allow you to make incredibly detailed works without many problems. The pencils even come with a lightfastness rating along the barrel, which again is of great help for detailing purposes.
However, with just 48 colors vibrancy can indeed be an issue. And none of the shades are sold separately, so if you do run out on color, be prepared to invest in an entire shade.
But, all in all, this student-grade pastel pencil set is a great contender to all the other high-end brands out there.
Pros
Comes with its very own color chart
The 3.8mm lead width is just perfect for detailed artwork
Has it’s very own lightfastness rating on the barrel
Perfect for students and beginner users
Cons
Not enough color variation
The pencils are not sold separately
Set size: 48 | Lead hardness: Soft | Color range: 48 colors | Lightfastness: Not specified | Water-resistant: No
The exceptional diameter of the Conte a Paris pastel pencil...
The pastel is perfect pencil companion to soft pastel...
As one of the best options for a complimentary medium for soft pastel pieces, the Conté à Paris pencils are just amazing when it comes to producing reliable, clean lines on larger artworks. They have the quality of soft pastels and have quite a buttery texture and consistency which blends rather well with all the other mediums.
Experience
What we find to be so very unique about the Conté à Paris pastel pencil set is their led diameter. Unlike the other pastel pencil sets on our list today, the lead width of the Conté à Paris is not at all narrow.
They have gone the opposite way and provided their pencils with a lead diameter of 5.0mm which is quite a lot. So, what these pencils will allow you to do is to help you to create reliably clean outlines for any soft pastel piece without having the fear of the stick crumbling.
These pencils also blend exceptionally well with the soft pastel colors, as they have a very rich texture and a buttery consistency allowing them to provide rich tones and shades on paper.
The pencil shades are also sold individually, so investing in an entire set again is also out of the question. But, their set only comes with 48 different colors which can be rather small for certain vibrant pieces. And doing really detailed artwork with a 5.0mm lead diameter can be incredibly difficult as well.
Pros
Rich, buttery texture that blends well with soft pastels
The 5.0mm tip is incredibly useful for creating outlines for soft pastels
Durable lead tip leaves no crumbles behind during use
Pencil shades are sold separately
Cons
Comes in only 48 different colors
Detailing will be an issue with the 5.0mm tip
Set size: 48 | Lead hardness: Hard | Color range: 48 colors | Lightfastness: Good | Water-resistant: Yes
When people generally think of Caran D’ache and their range of art supplies, ‘expensive’ is probably the first word that comes to their mind. Well, we wouldn't blame them for thinking that really, as most of their products, especially the high-end models come at a fortune and are specifically aimed towards professionals who do a lot of commissioned work.
Experience
The Caran D’ache Pastel Pencils may be expensive, but when it comes to quality, not many models will be able to compete with what these are able to bring to the table.
The Caran D’ache comes with the widest color range out of all the other models on our list today. It will provide you with a fantastic 84-color variation so that you can achieve the most vibrant of artworks as effectively as possible.
All the pencils have some of the best lightfastness as well, and a lot of them can go up to 100 years without showing any signs of fading. They also provide a color chart with each set which not only displays the whole line-up but also the separate pigments that are used in making each pencil.
In terms of lead diameter, the Caran D’ache pencils are on the smaller side. With a 3.0mm width, they are perfect for finer detailing work and making intricate patterns which a lot of professional artists generally do.
Hence, if you really don’t mind the pocket-emptying expenses of the Caran D’ache pencils, then they will be the best you can ever hope for.
Pros
Has one of the best texture and lightfastness ratings
Comes with 84 colors for making the most vibrant and vivid artwork
Easy to use and comes with a color chart
The 3.0mm tip is perfect for detailed work
Cons
Extremely expensive, and out of reach for average customers
Somethings to keep in mind when using Pastel Pencils
Set size: 84 | Lead hardness: Soft | Color range: 84 colors | Lightfastness: Excellent | Water-resistant: Yes
Before investing your money in any art material, it’s important to look out for the features that it’s providing and seeing if they will adequately fit your requirements or not. And this habit should be maintained for picking pastel pencils as well.
So if you’re getting your pencils from the local art supply store or from an online retailer then make sure to keep the following points in mind.
The Budget
Unless you’re a professional painter, you will rarely want a pastel pencil set that will put a hole through your hard-earned savings. Hence, the price you pay is always essential when deciding on new art materials.
There are a lot of money-grabbing art supply manufacturing companies out there that you should look out for. They create substandard products that promise a lot, and deliver very little but come at a really steep price.
So, keep a realistic budget, find reliable companies through customer reviews, and select the ones who have the best value-for-money pencil sets.
You can try going for high-end pastel pencil sets as well, but these ones can be quite expensive and fit professional needs better.
For beginner painters or for those who haven’t used pastel pencils before, going for a cheaper set is the wiser choice. But cheap here shouldn’t necessarily mean low quality. Just be on the lookout for standard sets which are budget-friendly.
Variety in Purchase options
Not everyone looking for pastel pencils want to purchase a complete set. There are a lot of users who want to pick a few particular shades separately and not invest in a whole bunch of colors that they will never use.
So make sure to use the pencils of a brand that will allow you to buy the shades you want separately. Because if you’re using a brand that doesn’t sell shades separately then after using up a particular color buying them from another brand may bring inconsistencies in your artwork.
Certain companies like General Pastel Pencils and Koh-i-noor Gioconda Pastel Pencils provide colors separately, and will really come in handy for large-scale artworks.
However, on the other hand, if you’re into smaller art pieces and like using a lot of color shades, then a complete pastel pencil set might be the way to go.
The Available Colors
Pastel pencils are just amazing when it comes to blending with each and creating different color shades and contrasts. And more the variety of colors present in a set the more vivid and colorful can the resulting artwork can get.
However, unlike soft pastels which host up to 400 different colors, pastel pencils, on the other hand, are quite limited when it comes to variety.
Caran D’ache is probably the only company that comes close to 100 different shades while the rest (like Derwent and Koh-i-noor) are near average at the 60 mark.
The Diameter of the Lead
Not a lot of people are aware of the importance of the diameter of the lead of a pastel pencil. In our opinion, it is perhaps one of the most important features of these pencils alongside color shade and color variety.
The diameter of the lead of any pastel pencil determines the amount of control that you have over that coloring medium. An artist, may he/she be a professional or an amateur needs to have complete control over the medium that he/she is using.
Precision and finesse are key when it comes to creating pieces that house a lot of intricate detailing and vividness. So, if you’re working on one such concept, then it’s best to go for pastel pencils that support a narrower diameter.
The bigger the diameter, the lesser will you be able to control the medium; however, you will be able to color faster and speed up the task with them. Hence, for large artworks that don’t need a lot of detailing, or even for some abstract Avant-garde paintings, pastel pencils with bigger diameters will suit the purposes just fine.
Additionally, another thing which you should take note of is that the pencils with bigger diameter barrels are a bit more expensive than the narrower ones.
And if you are not certain which diameter lead will suit your needs the best, then you can always opt for a middle-range one which can give you a basic idea on what you’re looking for.
The Difference Between Professional Grade and Student Grade Pastel Pencils
Not just pastel pencils but any form of art supply comes in two particular variants: professional and student.
There was a time when professional-grade art supplies were out of reach for the more amateur painters. However, recent advancements in technology have bridged the gap considerably, but that’s not to say that commercial-grade pastel pencils are cheap.
And, on the other hand, it will also be wrong to think of student-level pencils to be products that are of low quality. There are a lot of brands that sell great quality pastel pencils but at a very affordable rate.
Moreover, today, the biggest difference that you will spot between these two categories will be with lightfastness ratings, pigment purity and general composition.
The student-grade pastel pencils are perfect for those who are still new to using this type of drawing medium. Or if you’re planning to try out new techniques and new styles of painting, then the student-grade pencils will be able to help you achieve that without breaking the bank.
However, if you do a lot of commissioned pieces and try to make your art as vivid and colorful as possible, then professional pastel pencils might be the best choice for you.
Additionally, there are a lot of companies that provide color charts with their professional-grade pencils. This will help you to compare each pencil individually and make it significantly easier to chart out color schemes for your next piece.
Just pastel or watercolor as well?
There are a lot of pastel pencils in today’s market that comes with a water solvent binding. This allows the already existing color strokes to act as a source of watercolor with just the use of a slightly wet and damp brush.
This makes these sorts of pastels quite similar to watercolor pencils, but their tones and shades are richer and much more vibrant. So if you’re having issues with your existing soft pastel piece, then you can get these variants of pencils and jazz up your artwork a bit. But they are a bit expensive and out of reach for a lot of average customers, and we shall not be recommending them to beginner users as well.
Portability
Not all companies provide their pastel pencils with nice little boxes so that you can carry them around everywhere. So if you love to do a lot of plein air painting or just like to travel everywhere with your art kit, then it’s always more preferable to go with a set of portable pastel pencils.
Best Pastel Pencils FAQ's
Should you just work with pastel pencils?
Initially, when you’re starting out with this medium, it’s better to work with nothing but the pencils until you familiarize yourself with them. And once when you start to grow in confidence, then you branch off to other sections such as fixatives, which deal primarily with preservation, along with blending stump.
Tools such as a blending stump or even a tortillon can be a fantastic way of getting more even gradients in your artwork while employing newer techniques and sketching methods.
How would you sharpen your pastel pencil?
Unlike your normal color pencils and watercolor pencils, sharpening a pastel pencil can indeed be very tricky.
If you’re using a traditional pencil sharpener, you will notice that after bringing the pastel pencil to a fine point, the lead will inevitably break. This can be rather annoying if you’re doing a lot of detailing work or using pencils which are quite expensive and don’t sell separately.
As an effective alternative to the traditional pencil sharpener, a sanding block can be a valid option. But if you don’t mind spending a bit to keep the sharpness and durability of your pencils in check, then you can buy those special pastel pencil sharpeners which a lot of brands like Derwent manufacture and sell.
Which type of paper suits pastel pencils the best?
If you are new to the pastel pencil scene, then the mixed media paper will be your best bet.
But for professional users, we will recommend the specially made oil pastel papers which have a stark surface contrast from other traditional drawing papers.
These papers have a set tooth which is much deeper and will allow the pastel shades to effortlessly latch onto the surface and immediately blend into it.
Mixed paper media, on the other hand, will help the pastel to latch on but blending and layering is quite inferior in comparison.
Pastel pencils vs. regular chalk pastels
Pastel pencils are like a ‘medium-soft pastel encased in wood,’ whereas the chalk pastel, on the other hand, have a firmer body which is easier to work with.
The major differences between these two medium lie in pigment concentration and binder ratio. The chalk pastels have a higher concentration of binder, which is what makes them firmer and perfect for line work.
From where to purchase pastel pencils online
Though there are a lot of art supply stores online which sell these products at discounted and non-discounted prices, in our opinion Blick and Amazon are the best out of them.
But this is only true for the US; if you live in some other country and planning to get one of the above set there, then it’s best to first look up which retailers provide the best service there and plan accordingly.
Conclusion
Thank you for taking the time to read our carefully researched article on the best pastel pencils available today. We hope the insights and experiences provided have been helpful for you in choosing the perfect pastel pencil set to suit your artistic needs. Your talent deserves the best tools, and finding the right pastel pencil can make a world of difference in achieving exciting and vibrant artwork.
Out of these 7 best pastel pencils, here are our top three recommendations:
Stabilo CarbOthello Pastel Pencils are an ideal option for those who need a pastel pencil set that offers a lightfastness rating on the barrel and great affordability. Their 4.4mm width lead makes them suitable for both detailed and large-scale artworks.
General’s Pastel Pencils are a good option for beginners and amateur artists looking for a budget-friendly set that performs well on rough surfaces. They are extremely durable and perfect for large-scale paintings and sketching, but may not be suitable for detailed, precise art.
Faber-Castell Pitt Pastel Pencils are the right choice for artists who want a versatile pastel pencil set that is suitable for both detailed works and larger art, whilst still maintaining an affordable price tag. Their website's color chart is also a helpful feature that adds to the overall convenience of using this set.
We encourage you to explore these recommended pastel pencil sets, as well as the other fantastic options we've outlined in this article. Experimenting with different brands and styles of pastel pencils can help you discover new techniques and unlock your full artistic potential. Happy drawing, and may your artistic journey be filled with vibrant colors that bring your creations to life!
Artists are a talented bunch of people.
Contrary to popular belief, they toil day and night to create those breathtaking masterpieces; masterpieces that break the dull monotony of life, inspire us, and stir our imagination.
Of course, for being such skilled crafts-persons, they need to have the right implements. Given their finesse, it is natural for them to get picky about their stationery. Pens, brushes, paper, canvas, models, pencils, you name it.
Wait, did we mention palettes yet? A palette is what an artist pours paint on to dab his brush into, and, as you’ve guessed, it’s indispensable to any artistic endeavor which involves paint and a brush.
Choosing this all-important palette can be a daunting and challenging task, given how competitive the market is. Fortunately, we’re here to help, as we’ve rounded up the ten best palettes for acrylic paint.
So, let’s get started!
Best Palettes For Acrylic Paint
To help narrow down your search, we've put together a list of the 7 best palettes for acrylic paint. Whether you're a beginner or a professional artist, these palettes are sure to enhance your painting experience and help you achieve the perfect color blends.
The second item on our list is Amaco’s Paragona Glass Palette. This palette is, as you’ve guessed, made of glass, but it’s no ordinary glass. It’s made of safety glass, which does not crumble away even if it breaks.
Read on to find out more about it.
The Paragona is made of safety glass, which is a very upmarket material and puts it in the category of premium palettes. It is meant to be rested on a table instead of being held in hand, so it’s suitable for jobs that don’t require moving around.
It comes with a white safety vinyl back, which helps with grip on flat surfaces as well as in hand. It measures 11 x 14 inches, which makes it larger than the Darice by half an inch on each side. The glass is tempered, which is the same technology used for making screen guards. It is also non-porous, meaning the colors won’t stick or seep through the glass.
Experience
During our time with Paragona, we found it to be one of the best palettes on the market.
The glass construction makes the Paragona feel incredibly upmarket. However, the construction does not pose a safety threat, as, during our drop test, the glass merely broke, and not a single shard was ejected.
The vinyl back makes it easy to grip and also helps it stay in place on angled surfaces.
The glass itself is non-porous, meaning colors will neither seep into the glass nor stick to its surface. During our time, we tested this palette with acrylic paint and, with a little bit of peeling, it came off easily.
The surface is, naturally, smooth, as are the edges, so this palette is kind to brushes.
This palette is, of course, washable and reusable.
Pros
Tempered glass construction feels upmarket
Colors neither seep through nor stick to the glass
The vinyl back feels good and sticks to surfaces well
Washable and reusable
Cons
Slightly pricey
No organization system
Material: Glass | Size: 15 x 11.5" | Shape: Rectangular | Number of wells: N/A | Cleaning Method: Easy to clean
Ideal for use as a disposable paint-mixing palette
Okay, before we get accused of cheating by including palette paper instead of a “real” palette, hear us out. The basic job of a palette is to hold your paints and enable you to mix them, so we don’t see how palette paper fails you as far as doing that is concerned.
We’re reviewing one of the best palette papers on the market today: the Strathmore 300 Series Palette Paper. It comes in two sizes, 9 x 12 inches and 12 x 16 inches. It comes in a tape-bound pad form which includes 40 sheets of palette paper.
The Strathmore pad is one of the best options in the market if you’re looking to buy a surface for mixing your paints but don’t want to invest in a palette.
As the sheets are disposable, it is recommended to buy them for one-time use applications, as they are made of high quality, and replacing them repeatedly may prove to be costly.
The paper features a quality of 67 gsm, which makes mixing easy. The paper also tears easily, should the need arise to tear a bit of it.
One side of the sheet features a slight wax coating to prevent the seeping and leaking of the paint to the other side.
The sheets are also very versatile as they can be used on top of conventional palette pads as well.
Experience
In our experience, the Strathmore paper proved to be one of the best surfaces to mix colors on and works great as a substitute for a traditional palette.
Starting with the quality of the paper, the 67 grams per square meter count means that mixing colors is easy and it doesn’t feel cheap in any way. We appreciated the wax coating on one side, and during our usage, it did not let the paint seep.
We tried both sizes and felt that the smaller size is suited for casual applications whereas the larger size is best suited for more professional takes.
The disposal of these papers makes them great, and you don’t have to deal with any messy cleanup.
Pros
Mixing paints is easy, thanks to the paper’s great quality
Two different sizes
Easy to tear off
Wax coating on one side prevents seepage
Cons
Not as convenient as traditional hand-held palettes
Material: Paper | Size: 9 x 12", 12 X 16" | Shape: Rectangular | Number of wells: N/A | Cleaning Method: Disposable
The fourth item on our list is the Clear Acrylic Palette by Blick Art Materials.
Don’t let the name fool you into thinking that the palette is made of glass, as it is made of clear plastic.
Blick Art Materials is a family-owned business that supplies arts and craft equipment.
The palette has clear plastic construction, as opposed to a glass construction, as some might believe.
This palette features a traditional palette shape, i.e., it looks like an engorged crescent moon and features a thumbhole.
There are no wells or recesses for pouring your paints, so this palette should be held more or less upright.
Experience
In our experience, the Blick Clear Acrylic Palette proved to be a very well-rounded option for those looking for a simple, no-frills palette.
Starting with the design, the traditional ‘C-shape’ of the palette brings back memories of old wooden palettes to mind. It features a thumbhole whose position is very well-judged.
The lack of wells and recesses of some sort means you will have to hold the palette more-or-less upright, which can get tiring at times.
The edge(s) of the palette are smoothened out, and this palette is brush-friendly. Cleaning, though, is a tough task, as you will need some alcohol solution to clear the dried acrylic paint from your palette.
Pros
Simple, functional palette
The traditional design looks great
Thumbhole is convenient
Rounded edges are brush-friendly
Cons
No wells or recesses
Cleaning is tough
Material: Acrylic | Size: 9" x 12" | Shape: Rectangular | Number of wells: N/A | Cleaning Method: Disposable
This Masterson Sta-Wet Premier Palette has everything you...
Masterson Sta-Wet Premier Palette – 12in x 16in x 1.75in....
The fifth item on our list is the Masterson Stay-Wet Premier Palette. As the name indicates, this palette is designed to stay wet and prevent your paints from drying up.
Paint life is the main priority for Masterson. It features a patented sponge along with permeable palette paper, which works together to keep the paint moist. It also features a lid that keeps the paint wet for use, even between painting sessions.
The palette ships with one sponge insert and five palette paper sheets, so you might incur recurring costs if you plan on using this product for a long time.
The palette measures 16 x 12 inches, one of the largest palettes we’ve come across so far, so space shouldn’t be a problem.
Experience
In our experience, the Masterson proved to be a wonderful palette that truly does keep paints moist.
Starting with the setup, it is fairly straightforward. Just run the sponge through tap water, place it in the box, place the paper on top and you’re set!
We were surprised that the paper is porous when most of the industry is trying to make their sheets as impermeable as possible. However, permeability is essential if the paints are to remain moist.
We found that the sheets are washable and reusable, which is novel and rather surprising!
This palette not only saves money on paints, then, but also saves money on sheets.
Pros
Keeps paint moist for long periods
Washable and reusable
Novel idea
Great for saving money
Cons
No walls or recesses
Dealing with a wet sponge may prove to be cumbersome
Material: Acrylic | Size: 16 x 12" | Shape: Rectangular | Number of wells: N/A | Cleaning Method: Disposable
Yep, here it is! This is the traditional wooden palette that the Picassos of Yore used to create their masterpieces. This palette by Richeson is as simple as it gets.
This product is, basically, the same old wooden palette that has continued for centuries. It features a traditional design, which, when viewed from a certain angle, looks a man talking!
It comes in six size options, ranging from 9 x 12 inches to 18 x 26 ½ inches. The palette comes in four shapes: rectangle, oval, and two for left-handed or right-handed people.
On all of these palettes, the thumbhole is reinforced with extra wood to boost stability.
Experience
In our experience, the Richeson palette is the best example of the KISS (Keep It Simple, Stupid!) rule.
The wood on our test unit was well-polished, smooth, and devoid of protrusions and jagged edges.
The wood also helps keep paint from falling off, should you feel the need to tilt the palette, which is why it was the preferred material for a long while.
We found that the extra wood under the thumbhole, while great for stability, also prevents the palette from sitting flat on surfaces, which is appreciated, as reaching a flat palette is cumbersome.
The edges need a little work, though, as they might damage your brushes if you aren’t careful.
Pros
Simple, functional, and proven design
Paint does not fall off easily
Comes in a multitude of shapes and sizes
Cons
No real distinguishing features
Edges could’ve been smoother
Material: Wood | Size: 26.5 x 18" | Shape: Rectangular | Number of wells: N/A | Cleaning Method: Requires thorough cleaning
ALL THE COLORS AT YOUR FINGERTIPS - The reusable painting...
STURDY & LONG LASTING - Made with sturdy plastic, these...
The seventh item on our list is the Paint Tray Palette by Artilicious.
It has a plastic construction and comes in either a 3-pack oval shape or a 6-pack round shape.
It features white plastic construction.
This palette comes in two shapes. The oval shape features a thumbhole and mostly round wells, with a few exceptions. The circular shape features ten uniform round wells and resembles the chamber of a revolver.
The palette is made of white molded plastic for durability and ease of cleaning. It is suitable for containing oils, watercolors, and acrylic paints.
Experience
During our time with the Artilicious, we found it to be very similar to the Darice paint palette, albeit with a different shape and with a few other differences.
We tried the oval palette first and are glad to report that it preserves the classic palette shape properly. It has six round wells and four irregular wells, which do an excellent job of holding the paints in their places.
The round palette drops the thumbhole but gains a large center area in addition to the ten small round wells.
The palettes are made of durable plastic which neither looks nor feels very premium, but it enables the Artilicious to be light on the wallet and easy to clean. We had a great time painting with these palettes and found that the colors come right off with simple tap water, even if you leave them overnight.
Pros
Available in two shapes
Features lots of wells for organization
Plastic construction is cheap, durable, and easy to clean
Cons
Plastic construction might put some people off
Wells’ edges aren’t very smooth
Material: Plastic | Size: 8.8 x 6.5" | Shape: Oval | Number of wells: 10 | Cleaning Method: Easy to clean
Durable plastic palette with smooth surface. Easy for use...
Well, we’re yet to see a more meta name! The Large Plastic Palette is, well, just a large plastic palette! Measuring 11 ¾ x 16 ½ inches, this palette will not leave you wanting for size.
This palette is like most of the other palettes we’ve featured on the list so far. It has a plastic construction and features the typical oval shape with a thumbhole, so it’s suitable for artists who prefer to work standing up.
Instead of wells, the palette features three thin dividers, which aren’t very useful for organizing but are useful for preventing watercolors from spilling and mixing.
Experience
During our time with the Large Plastic Palette, we found that it works just fine as a, well, large plastic palette!
The palette is, obviously, made of plastic. It is high-quality plastic, though, and feels reasonably premium in hand. It is resistant to stains, and if they do occur, they’re very easy to wash off.
This palette is huge and does feel slightly unwieldy at times, but, if you’re looking for a lot of real estate from your palette, you will not be disappointed.
We are, however, disappointed with the thumbhole. If you’re right-handed, you won’t face any problems, but if you’re left-handed, the ridges and irregularities will not let you work properly.
The same goes for the edges of the dividers, which are rough and can potentially harm your brush.
Pros
Very large; you won’t be left wanting for space
Dividers are a nice little extra
Comes in the classic oval shape
Cons
Thumbhole could’ve been better designed
Dividers and edges might harm your brush
Material: Plastic | Size: 16 x 12" | Shape: Round | Number of wells: N/A | Cleaning Method: Easy to clean
Buying Guide For The Best Palettes For Acrylic Paint
If you’re in the market for a new palette, keep these factors in mind before deciding on one.
Wells
Some dividers come with wells for organizing your paints whereas some feature a smooth, flat surface. Decide which kind you want beforehand.
If you are methodical in your approach, get a palette with wells, and if you’re a free spirit, we recommend a spartan palette.
Shape and size
We have reviewed several palettes in this list, and they come in many different shapes and sizes. Get a palette that perfectly suits your needs.
For example, get a large rectangular palette if you plan to work sitting down on a table, otherwise, get an oval palette with a thumbhole.
Thumbhole
The aforementioned thumbhole should be your number one priority if you like working standing up. Look for a palette (preferably oval) that has a thumbhole and make sure that it’s not too rough and fits both your hands.
Construction material
Palettes come in several different constructions, the most popular being plastic.
If you’re looking for a premium palette, consider a safety glass or wooden palette, otherwise, if you’re on a budget, consider a plastic palette.
Disability
We’ve also featured disposable sheets on this list, which are essentially sheets of hard paper that can be disposed of once you’re done with them. These usually cannot be washed. So, if you’re fine with the recurring costs, go for it, otherwise, buy a traditional palette.
Palettes For Acrylic Paint FAQ's
How many wells should a palette have for acrylic paint?
The number of wells a palette should have for acrylic paint depends on your personal preference and the type of painting you will be doing. Some artists prefer palettes with many small wells for precise color mixing, while others prefer palettes with fewer, larger wells for more fluid mixing.
What is the best material for an acrylic paint palette?
The best materials for an acrylic paint palette are glass, plastic, or acrylic. Glass is a popular option because it is non-porous, scratch-resistant, and easy to clean. Plastic or acrylic palettes are also durable and easy to clean, making them popular among artists.
Do I need a palette with wells or compartments for acrylic paint?
While it’s not absolutely necessary to have a palette with wells or compartments for acrylic paint, it can be helpful for keeping colors separate and organized. This is especially important when mixing small amounts of paint to achieve precise color blends.
How do I clean my acrylic paint palette?
First, remove any excess paint with a paper towel or cloth to clean an acrylic paint palette. Then, use warm water and soap to gently scrub the palette clean. For stubborn stains, you can use a paint scraper or plastic tool to gently scrape away the paint.
Can I use a paper palette for acrylic paint?
Yes, paper palettes are popular for acrylic paint because they are disposable and easy to use. However, they may not be as durable as other types of palettes, and they can become soggy if too much water is used.
What size palette should I use for acrylic paint?
The size of the palette you should use depends on the size of your canvas and how much paint you will be using. A larger palette may be more suitable for larger paintings, while a smaller palette may be more suitable for smaller paintings or detail work.
Should I choose a palette with a lid?
A palette with a lid can be useful for keeping your paint wet and preventing it from drying out too quickly. However, it is not absolutely necessary, and some artists prefer not to use a lid.
Conclusion
Thank you so much for joining us on this colorful journey as we explored the best palettes for acrylic paints! We hope this article has been informative, engaging, and helpful in guiding you toward the perfect palette for your artistic needs. We understand the importance of having the right tools to enhance your creativity and let it shine. With so many great options available, it's finally time to reveal our top three recommendations:
Out of these 7 best palettes for acrylic paints, here are our top three recommendations:
Amaco Paragona Glass Palette is an ideal option for artists seeking a premium, upmarket feel. Its tempered glass construction not only feels luxurious but ensures that colors won't seep through or stick to the surface. The white safety vinyl back provides added grip and stability, making this palette suitable for table-based projects.
Strathmore 300 Series Palette Paper is a good option for those who want a disposable, hassle-free surface for mixing paints. With its high-quality paper and convenient wax coating, this palette paper works great as a substitute for a traditional palette. As a bonus, it comes in two different sizes to suit varying artistic needs.
Blick Clear Acrylic Palette is the right choice for those desiring a simple, functional, and traditional design. Its classic "C-shape" look, comfortable thumbhole, and rounded edges create a user-friendly experience. Bear in mind that cleaning the palette might be slightly challenging and it lacks built-in wells or recesses.
Now that you have our top three picks, it's time for you to unleash your creativity and let your art flourish with the perfect palette! Remember, the right tools can make all the difference in the final outcome of your work. Once you've selected your ideal palette, go forth and create masterpieces that showcase your unique artistic expression!
Pyrography is the art of burning wood or leather to write something. The part “pyro” comes from the Greek word “pur” meaning fire, and “graphy” comes from the Greek word “graphos” signifying the act of writing. Therefore, pyrography literally means the act of writing with fire and the best pyrography pens and wood-burning tools are here for the big show.
Pyrography may seem new to you but it’s an art form that originated centuries ago. Back in those days, it was performed using metal pokers on wood or leather pieces but now we have wood-burning tools that look like pens. Much like soldering equipment.
I found pyrography pens pretty straightforward to use as most of them come equipped with temperature monitors and controls, and have a very convenient design. But if you are new to the art then you can be pretty confused about getting the right equipment for yourself. Don’t worry though, I have undergone the experience myself and took the trouble to make an entry just to help you, a fellow pyrographic artist.
Here are some best pyrography pens that will be perfect for you to get crafty!
But first, some guidance to help you decide what product is right for you.
This is a great tool for the beginner. In my review, I found that it had a really comfortable design which was easy for me to hold and work with.
I started out my adventure with this tool and I found that on multiple occasions its safety guard protected my hand from burning. Such a welcomed feature, especially for the newbies. It also comes with variable temperature control which made the pen very versatile to work with. I’d generally start etching with a lower temperature in the beginning, then gradually move to a higher temperature for darker shades.
Wood burning tool with variable temperature control and 11...
Tool features a comfort grip for extended use and a stand to...
In my experience, the temperature control was really convenient to let me get into more complex designs. I soon found myself trying out flowers and pattern designs instead of making blobs on a piece of wood. Also, the multiple heads helped with getting creative with my artwork.
It’s also inexpensive, adding to the feature list that is meant for beginners. Get your hands dirty and get crafty with this pen right away.
Power Source: Corded | Temperature Range: 750-950°F | Tips Included: 11 interchangeable tips | Warranty: 4 years
The tool comes with 14 pieces, loaded for perfectly executing any type of project you may want to. Wood burning, shrinking, or maybe even area heating; everything can be done with this tool.
It even does soldering as it comes with a butane torch that is really easy to use. It has its own ignition trigger and a feature called “flame lock”. This feature is especially helpful when soldering and it made it so easy for my wrists.
CORDLESS BUTANE SOLDERING TORCH ideal for wood burning,...
INTEGRATED IGNITION TRIGGER with safety lock for easy start...
The temperature control was more tactile and responsive in my opinion. And the quality of the product is a bit better in my opinion than the previous entry. It also comes with a storage case which is very handy in my opinion.
I found it extremely versatile for working on different projects and also this one seems less flimsy and more long-lasting.
Power Source: Butane | Temperature Range: 1022°F - 2192° F | Tips Included: 7 interchangeable tips | Warranty: 2 years
The “10-in-1” Wall Lenk Woodworker pyrography pen comes with seven tips for wood burning, two for fusing and cutting, and one for soldering. Of course, this pen doesn’t mess around and is great for any form of pyrography. Not just wood. Although I have only used it for wood-based pyrography, other users have mentioned that it’s great for leather pyrography as well.
What I loved the most about this simple tool is that it’s loved by both beginners like me and more experienced pyrography peers I have. It's practical and functional every time you need it to be.
1-30 watt Professional tool, 7-burning tips, 2-cutting and...
It also comes with a storage case like the last entry, which I find really convenient. It's maybe a budget-friendly tool, which is great for beginners, but it doesn’t mess around as it has 30 watts of power that reach over 1000 Fahrenheit.
I’d recommend it to beginners to start with something simple and for experts as well to add it to their arsenal.
Power Source: Corded | Temperature Range: 350-900°F | Tips Included: 10 interchangeable tips | Warranty: 5 years
This is a tool meant for the experts. The amount of control of the craft I got with this tool is immeasurable to any of the tools I have yet mentioned in this list.
It has a refined temperature control that has a marking range from 1 to 10, which is incredibly helpful when doing more complex multi-layered artwork.
Not only that but it also comes with more than 800 pens and tip combinations which is extremely versatile for pyrography. There’s no match for its universal nature. At least not in any of the products I got to use, including the ones I didn’t bring up on this list.
10 amp output provides the fastest tip-heat recovery in the...
ideal wide-range temperature control: won't scorch wood at...
If that is not impressive enough for you then consider its 10-amp output which results in one of the fastest temperature recovery times of the tip, aided as well by its wire-style design.
This is a serious tool for artwork, that is meant for serious business. But that doesn’t mean that it’s not meant for beginners as well. As a beginner myself, I found this tool a great investment in enhancing my artwork capabilities.
The fact that it also works with tips from other brands made it so easy for me to get used to it as I’d use the tips of my previous pens to mimic the designs I’ve got handy. This pen is all about modularity, ease of use, and functionality.
Since all the pyrography pens are relatively inexpensive products, it doesn’t hurt the wallet to go for a more expensive entry like this. It’s also really durable and long-lasting by design. Even long-time users of this pen are satisfied by its durability.
It was impossible to find a negative review of it, online or offline. Instead of shipping issues, that very few people had, it seems to have no downsides. Excellent temperature control, safe design, and pen-tip modularity make this the best product to go for on this list.
Power Source: Corded | Temperature Range: 600-800°F | Tips Included: 2 interchangeable pens | Warranty: 1 year
I may have been chanting too much praise for Razertip’s pen but this one takes the top spot in every regard. This one is meant only for professional use. And getting this pen means that you are ready for some serious pyrography as well.
It has a 60-watt wood burner which results in an incredibly quick tip recovery time. I feel as if I am using the Ferrari of pyrography pens.
CONSTANT HEAT - Super powerful 60W wood burner features...
ERGONOMIC - Small and lightweight hand piece design...
Its lightweight design made it comfortable and made it possible to work on finer designs as if you were holding just a ball-point pen. There are 20 tips included in the box as well. It made it so flexible to use me that I don’t think any professional would have a problem with the inadequacy of any sort.
This pen can do incredibly detailed artwork on any medium, such as wood, gourds, leather, and even paper. And I didn’t have any problem with its reliability or safety. Especially because of its lightweight and straightforward design.
The temperature control is precise well with no room for any complaints.
But in all seriousness, as a new pyrographer, I felt as if I didn’t deserve to use this for my small projects. Using the same car analogy, it felt as if a Prius driver is driving a Ferrari on a street instead of a racetrack.
Power Source: Corded | Temperature Range: 392-842°F | Tips Included: 40 interchangeable tips and 2 pens included | Warranty: 2 years
The primary categorization of pens is done on the basis of the type of tips, namely, solid tip burners and variable temperature wood burners.
Solid tip burners, also known as craft-style wood burners, are great for beginners. It’s excellent for filling up big chunks of designs which you can use to make signs or simple designs. Corollary, on the other hand, fails at creating complex or highly detailed designs.
Copper tips are usually thicker.
Heating and cooling take a lot more time, about 5-10 minutes.
The handle is much larger.
Most come equipped with a hand shield to prevent the user’s hands from burning.
For executing complex designs, artists use variable-temperature wood burners instead. These have finer tips and come in different shapes and sizes, much like brushes, for burning different strokes of design.
These come with finer pen tips for much more detailed work.
The handles are smaller for writing and drawing on wood.
The heating and cooling time is much lower.
These also have electrical temperature control which is great for detailed work.
Working and Performance Parameters
There are several parameters that can judge the performance of the pen. Here I have listed some of the key factors that you should be taking a look at before making the purchase.
Of course, you should know what’s your use case before making up your mind about any pen. But that may be even harder to do if you have no idea what specifications you need for the use case. So let’s get started.
Power
Manufacturers will make advertising that the higher the power the better. But professionals know that isn’t true at all. And as a beginner myself, I can also say that it’s about the right balance. If the pen has more power, of course, it’ll get hot faster and it’ll be easier to etch faster. But if you don’t know what you are doing or are not used to doing the design fast, you may end up burning the material being used to the point it has black spots.
Hence, it’s a no-brainer that lower-power pens are great for doing more detailed work than the more powerful ones. Keeping an arsenal of differently-abled pens is also a great idea, especially if the pens you buy don’t have temperature control.
Comfort
One of the deciding features during my purchase of the pens was comfort. Sometimes, I work on longer projects for hours. Even when I don’t have elaborate ideas and designs, I often like to practice for a long time on scrap pieces.
For that, I always consider if the pen is easy to hold and if it’s lightweight. Higher-end pens pay more attention to comfort so I generally have a bias toward that. After shelling out a few extra dollars from my wallet, I can definitely say that comfort is a worthwhile investment for serious beginners and professionals alike.
Kinds of Tips for Pyrography Pens
To execute the artwork without any error, the artist must know the types of tips available and which ones to use for the particular design.
Fixed tips
These tips are designed to heat up faster and are incredibly helpful for more consistent artwork.
Polished tips
These are smooth tips, which run more easily over the material than their non-polished counterparts. These are extremely helpful for working on more detailed parts of the project. Variable-temperature wood burner tools usually come with polished tips.
Non-polished tips
Rougher tips are great for blacking out bigger parts of the design and it is great for etching and making rougher textures on the surface. But keep in mind that it looks less refined and has more imperfections than its polished counterparts. Solid tips are usually equipped with non-polished tips.
Interchangeable tips
If it were me, I’d only recommend interchangeable tips. Versatility is great for detailed artistry. Using different types of tips on the fly is incredibly necessary for more detailed projects. Especially if they are more elaborate.
Cost
Pyrography pens are generally inexpensive but they can range from $20 to $200 dollars. In my opinion, it only depends on what use you have for the pen.
I don’t think the cost matters much if you know what the use case is as all the tool's prices are defined by what it can do. Hence, the value proposition is consistent across the board.
I’d rather recommend finding your use case before investing too much time into the cost of the product.
Conclusion
Thank you for taking the time to read this article on the best wood-burning tool kits. It's exciting to journey into the world of pyrography, and I hope you found this information essential and helpful in selecting the perfect tool kit for your needs. As someone who had the chance to experience and test each of these wonderful tools, I want to ensure that you make the right choice.
Out of these 5 best wood-burning tool kits, here are the top three expert recommendations:
Walnut Hollow Creative Versa is an ideal option for beginners looking to jump into pyrography. The safety guard and multiple heads offer versatility, making it perfect for those embarking on their first artistic adventure.
Dremel 2000 Versa Tip Butane Torch is a good option for those who desire more extensive functionalities and higher quality. With precise temperature control and a butane torch for soldering, this tool kit can handle a wide range of projects.
Wall Lenk Woodworker 10-in-1is the right choice for both beginners and seasoned pyrography experts, offering a simple yet powerful design. With 30 watts of power and a combination of tips suited for different crafts, this is a versatile and reliable choice for any level of talent.
In conclusion, selecting the right pyrography tool kit is crucial, as it is the gateway to a new world of creativity and expression. Each of the top three recommended kits caters to a particular set of needs, ensuring that you find the perfect match for your goals and artistic preferences. Happy burning, and may your journey through the world of pyrography be fruitful and enjoyable!
Nothing beats that feeling when you get into the shower after the end of a long and exhausting day at work.
For many people, the shower is often the best place to refresh, relax, and collect their thoughts. However, the best shower experiences depend upon the water pressure, and low water pressure can leave you frustrated. In such cases, getting a new showerhead might be the best solution.
There are several options out there that can help you get the best shower experience. But going through multiple reviews of various products can be quite time-consuming and requires a lot of effort.
That’s why we decided to put together this detailed review-based guide regarding the best options on the market. It even contains a buying guide and some FAQs that will make your job easier.
Without further ado, let’s get started!
Best High-Pressure Shower Heads
From handheld to rain shower heads, here's the list of the 10 best high-pressure showering heads to transform your daily shower routine.
AquaDance is a leading manufacturer of premium quality bathroom fixtures that are designed to provide the best experience. And this high-pressure shower head is no exception, as it comes with a large shower face and multiple shower settings. It provides complete coverage and can be adjusted easily for a personalized shower experience.
Our best 3 pick : Vigorously tested by our professional team...
Each shower has 6 settings: Power Rain, Pulsating Massage,...
Why Did We Like It?
AquaDance products are meant to provide the best experience and this high-pressure shower head does exactly that with its huge seven-inch face that provides complete coverage, soaking the entire body.
Besides this, it has a high-pressure click lever dial that makes it easy to operate the shower. You also get six settings that allow adjusting the water spray according to your preferences effortlessly.
The overhead bracket which is part of the heavy-duty design is similarly adjustable for easier positioning of the shower at the desired angle. But what we liked best about this shower head is the tool-free connection that allows you to install it in a matter of minutes to any standard shower arm. Thus, it does not require any special tools or the services of a plumber for the installation.
What Could’ve Been Better?
We did not come across any significant downsides to this amazing showerhead from AquaDance. However, the seal tape that it comes with is a bit on the thinner side. We suggest getting good-quality sealing tape for the installation to avoid facing any problems later on.
Pros
High-pressure shower head
Easy installation
Affordable
Attractive design
Cons
Thin sealing tape
Shower Head Type: Fixed | Number of Settings: 6 | Water Flow Rate (GPM): 2.5 | Material: Chrome-plated ABS plastic | Hose Length (ft): 5 | Installation Type: Wall-mount
SparkPod is especially known for its shower heads designed to cater to different showering requirements, such as this high-pressure luxury rain shower head from the brand. It comes with a chrome finish that is compatible with almost any bathroom décor while having a maximum outflow of 1.8 GPM for preventing water wastage.
HIGH PRESSURE RAINFALL SHOWER HEAD: Our luxury bathroom...
EASY NO-TOOL INSTALLATION: Our universal shower head quickly...
Why Did We Like It?
The SparkPod High-Pressure Rain Shower Head comes with a “rain” design that allows the water to cover more area. This makes it the ideal option for those who love the feeling of raindrops falling on their skin.
It is made of rustproof ABS plastic luxury shower head with a chrome finish that ensures durability while improving the aesthetics of your bathroom. Besides that, you get easy-to-clean rubber jets that require minimal maintenance, helping you save time as well as effort.
One of the best things we liked about this showerhead was the simple installation process. It can easily fit into any standard shower arm and even comes with Teflon tape and an extra water filter which make the process easier.
It also has a maximum outflow of 1.8 gallons per minute (GPM), which is great for saving energy, so you can take longer showers.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Performance-wise, this showerhead from Sparkpod does an amazing job. But you have to keep in mind that it is among the smallest options on the market, which you might not know from looking at the pictures online. But the size does not affect the performance of this showerhead.
Pros
Durable
Value for money
Powerful spray
Energy efficient
Cons
Very small size
Shower Head Type: Fixed | Number of Settings: 1 | Water Flow Rate (GPM): 1.8 | Material: Premium ABS Plastic | Hose Length (ft): N/A | Installation Type: Wall-mount
The HO2ME Handheld Shower Head is a worthy choice for those who want greater control without sacrificing the strength of the spray. It comes with multiple control settings for adjusting the spray of the water, plus a stainless steel hose that makes it lightweight and easy to use.
High Pressure Handheld Shower Heads: Make Your Showering...
Relaxing Showering: Take a deep breath and relax as the...
Why Did We Like It?
With a host of useful features, such as an adjustable shower bracket and two extra hose gaskets, the HO2ME multi-function handheld shower head is an outstanding option. It releases water at high pressure that can help relieve muscle pain, which can be especially helpful after spending hours sitting in front of a desk at work.
The high quality of this shower head is due to its premium construction, which is made from high-strength ABS engineering-grade plastic. In addition to that, the manufacturer has used stainless steel to construct the hose with solid brass fittings, preventing any splitting or cracking. The nozzles, on the other hand, are made of rubber, preventing the buildup of minerals and making cleaning and maintenance easy.
For controlling the strength of the water, there are three settings including a powerful shooting release, pulse massage, and a mixed shower function that can be adjusted using a switch.
What Could’ve Been Better?
This shower head comes with an eye-cleaning mode, but the water pressure is quite intense even in that mode. So, you might not want to let the spray hit your face directly. We would’ve liked this shower head even more if the pressure in the eye-cleaning mode was a bit on the lower side.
Pros
Good build quality
Powerful spray
Easy to clean
Simple installation
Cons
Strong pressure even in the eye-cleaning mode
Shower Head Type: Handheld | Number of Settings: 3 | Water Flow Rate (GPM): 2.5 | Material: Chrome-plated ABS plastic | Hose Length (ft): 6.7 | Installation Type: Wall-mount, handheld
Hopopro specializes in the manufacture of plumbing fixtures for your home, such as bathroom faucets, kitchen faucets, and showerheads. This handheld shower head from the brand is made of high-quality ABS chrome and offers six different spray patterns so you can easily customize your shower experience.
6 Different Shower Modes for Different Shower Experience:...
Why Did We Like It?
The performance of any showerhead depends to a large extent on its construction; that’s what makes this Hopopro device a fantastic choice, thanks to its 59 inches of stainless steel hose. While the head is made of high-quality ABS chrome, this shower head is durable yet lightweight.
Additionally, it comes with six spray patterns that enhance your showering experience. Simply rotate the handle on the showerhead panel to switch between the various functions. And speaking of these functions, we really liked the water-saving mode that helps pause the water when required.
You also get 39 self-cleaning silicone jet nozzles along with 15 ABS nozzles for easy maintenance. This ensures that the water outlets of the head won’t be blocked while making maintenance simpler.
Meanwhile, the adjustable brass overhead bracket allows you to change the direction of the showerhead without effort.
What Could’ve Been Better?
We noticed when using this showerhead that it is not easy to rest it on the holder as the showerhead tends to fall down. The manufacturer should look into the issue and modify the design to solve the problem.
Pros
High-quality construction
Easily adjustable
Helps save water
Strong water pressure
Cons
The showerhead does not fit into the holder
Shower Head Type: Handheld | Number of Settings: 9 | Water Flow Rate (GPM): 2.5 | Material: Stainless Steel | Hose Length (ft): 5.11 | Installation Type: Wall-mount, handheld
LOKBY is a brand that designs products that help you unwind easily while taking a shower, such as this high-pressure shower head that comes with grouped silicone jets. These jets help improve the water pressure by providing a powerful spray while making it easy to clean the shower head.
Water Saving: Save up to 28% on water consumption compared...
High Pressure: Experience the invigorating power of the high...
Why Did We Like It?
It is impossible not to be impressed with the construction and performance of this showerhead from LOKBY. Constructed using highly durable ABS material, this high-pressure shower headis meant to last for several years. Additionally, it uses a solid brass adjustable swivel ball joint that allows you to adjust it as needed easily.
The installation process is also simple, as this rain shower head comes with universal G1/2 inch threads that can fit any standard shower arm. What’s more, this shower head has closely grouped silicone jets that ensure a uniform spray. This provides the best showering experience and prevents the buildup of hard water, which can be difficult to clean.
Moreover, there are five spray patterns to help you enjoy your bath even at low pressure, and you can use the stop and pause functions to save water while showering.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Like the other items on our list, this shower head is very easy to install and does not require much time or effort. But if you run into any issues, there are no installation instructions included that can help sort them out. You will need to rely on trial and error methods in such cases.
Pros
Attractive design
Durable
Value for money
Very powerful spray
Cons
Does not come with instructions
Shower Head Type: Fixed | Number of Settings: 6 | Water Flow Rate (GPM): 2.5 | Material: Stainless steel | Hose Length (ft): 4.9 | Installation Type: Wall-mount
Moving on to the next item, we have the Aqua Elegante High-Pressure Shower Head, which features a robust design and provides a reliable high-pressure spray. If you want a pleasurable showering experience without worrying about low water pressure, this could be the ideal solution to your problems.
💦 UNLIKE OTHER SHOWER HEADS THAT are made from cheap,...
💦 DON'T PUT UP WITH SHOWER HEADS THAT clog up or spray in...
Why Did We Like It?
Let’s just begin with the construction of the Aqua Elegante high-pressure shower head. It has an ABS thermoplastic resin construction that provides it with durability and impact resistance. Plus, this material is BPA-free making it completely safe for you and your family.
It also has brass fittings that prevent cracking or leaking, while the superior ball joints allow easy adjustability while the shower is in use. The showerhead also comes in different finishes, so you can select the one which matches your bathroom decor.
Apart from that, this shower head comes with self-cleaning nozzles made from mineral-resistant silicone that prevents calcium buildup and makes maintenance easier. This material also prevents hard water from clogging up the spray nozzles and restricting the water flow.
The performance of the showerhead is praiseworthy as well, and it does a fine job of increasing the water pressure in areas with low pressure.
What Could’ve Been Better?
If you’re dealing with low water pressure in your shower on a regular basis, this shower head can help solve that problem. Just make sure to use the water restrictor that is provided; otherwise, the water pressure might become too strong for showering purposes.
Pros
Reliable construction
Easily cleanable
Multiple finishing choices
Comes with step-by-step instructions
Cons
It should be used with a restrictor
Shower Head Type: Fixed | Number of Settings: 1 | Water Flow Rate (GPM): 2.5 | Material: Chrome-plated ABS plastic | Hose Length (ft): N/A | Installation Type: Wall-mount
While good water pressure is essential for overhead showers, it is equally important for handheld showers. That’s why Newentor has come up with this powerful handheld shower head that provides a strong spray so you can enjoy a relaxing bath without worrying about the pressure.
The first feature that we liked about the Newentor high-pressure shower head is the manufacturer’s focus on promoting sustainability. This shower head is made from eco-friendly materials and undergoes an electroplating process that provides high corrosion resistance. Plus, it is acid and salt spray tested to ensure the highest quality.
Another thing we liked very much is its design since it makes switching between different modes very easy and allows you to use the shower with a single hand. This is also made possible by the multi-angle adjustable showerbrackets.
Furthermore, there are six spray settings that make this shower head truly a multipurpose device. You can easily adjust the settings according to different requirements, such as for cleaning the bathroom or bathing your pets.
Cleaning this high-pressure shower head is also a simple process thanks to the silicone nozzles that prevent the buildup of dirt.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Newentor has outdone itself with this highly versatile shower head that makes you want to stay in the shower longer. We only wish that the installation process was a bit easier since it does require some effort but it is all worth it in the end.
Pros
Environment-friendly
Versatile
Low maintenance
Value for money
Cons
Installation is not very simple
Shower Head Type: Handheld | Number of Settings: 6 | Water Flow Rate (GPM): 2.5 | Material: ABS plastic | Hose Length (ft): N/A | Installation Type: Wall-mount, handheld
Since our next item is another product from AquaDance, we’re not going to waste time talking about the brand. This rain shower head combo can help improve the water pressure for consistent water flow, ensuring greater reliability and providing a customized shower experience.
ANTIMICROBIAL / ANTI-CLOG NOZZLES FOR LESS CLOGGING & MORE...
CLEANER SHOWER FOR YOUR ENTIRE FAMILY! Since shower heads...
Why Did We Like It?
We liked this high-pressure rain shower head right from the start because it offers the best combination of useful features and performance. It comes with an all-chrome finish that makes for an eye-catching design while protecting against rust. This construction also provides it with a high level of durability.
Another feature that sets this high-pressure shower head apart from the competition is the patented 3-way water diverter, allowing you to enjoy two showers separately or together. Each of these showers comes with six settings for making adjustments easily as required and has a large face for ensuring complete body coverage.
What’s more, the revolutionary micro ban protection technology ensures that the water pressure remains high by preventing clogging of the jet passages in the shower head. The flexible rubber design further makes it easy to clean the shower head and prevent the buildup of calcium and mineral deposits.
What Could’ve Been Better?
The diverter switch for the two shower heads is located behind the head and is quite difficult to reach. It is also quite stiff and requires considerable effort to turn it. We only wish the manufacturer had designed the switch to be accessible and usable more easily.
Pros
Strong water pressure
Sturdy design
Easy to clean
Simple installation
Cons
Difficult to reach and use the diverter switch
Shower Head Type: Fixed | Number of Settings: 30 | Water Flow Rate (GPM): 2.5 | Material: Stainless Steel | Hose Length (ft): 5 | Installation Type: Wall-mount
We decided to include the Kaqinu showerhead on our list due to its sturdy build and fantastic performance. It is made from high-quality materials and aims to provide you with a hotel-style luxurious shower experience right in your home while also helping save energy.
[Shower head Combo] - California Compliant. 8’’ Large...
[Large Square Rainfall Shower Head] - 8’’ Large Square...
Why Did We Like It?
The Kaqinu showerhead is the largest of all shower heads that we tested, and this size is the first feature of this device that impressed us. The large size combined with the high-pressure water spray helps provide complete coverage to the body for the most luxurious bathing experience.
We found the build quality to be equally impressive, with the stainless steel body and the chrome face ensuring durability with style. This construction is also leak-proof, so you do not need to worry about water wastage.
Additionally, his shower head comes with a water flow regulator that lets you easily adjust the pressure in case it is too strong. You can also adjust the spray easily using the three different spray modes that this shower head offers.
This high-pressure shower head also comes with self-cleaning silicone nozzles for a consistent water flow for a better bathing experience.
What Could’ve Been Better?
The valve for the shower head is located above the shower head, which might be an issue if the shower is located at a reasonable height. This would not be an issue if the shower head had an auto divert feature. The manufacturer should look into adding this feature to make this showerhead even better.
Pros
Elegant design
Low maintenance
Durable
Value for money
Cons
No auto divert feature
Shower Head Type: Fixed | Number of Settings: 3 | Water Flow Rate (GPM): 2.5 | Material: Stainless Steel | Hose Length (ft): 5 | Installation Type: Wall-mount
The Speakman adjustable high-pressure shower head is another exciting product on this list, with a modern faucet design that can make all your low water pressure woes disappear. Offering the best quality construction with high performance, this shower head is a must-have option, delivering the best experience.
ICONIC STYLE: This solid brass shower head has clean lines...
ANYSTREAM TECHNOLOGY: The adjustable shower head’s...
Why Did We Like It?
Speakman is known for developing products that offer incredible durability and customization, and that’s evident in this showerhead as it comes with solid brass construction. This ensures long-term reliability while allowing you to choose from different finishes, such as polished chrome, satin, brass, and more.
Its superb construction helps enhance the modern design that uses clean lines and a corrosion-resistant metal finish, making it the perfect accessory for any contemporary bathroom. The design also incorporates the Anystream 360-degree technology, which lets you select from different types of sprays comprising three different settings, including Intense, Rain, and Full Flood.
We especially liked the showerhead plungers that help control the speed of the water, ensuring that the water leaves the nozzles at high pressure. Then, the self-cleansing nozzles prevent hard water and sediment buildup, so you won’t need to spend a lot of time on their cleaning and maintenance.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Due to the solid metal construction of this shower head from Speakman, this fixture is sure to last for a long time. Unfortunately, that is what makes it quite heavy and might not be a great choice if you’re looking for a lightweight option.
Pros
Sturdy construction
Easy to clean
Modern design
Easily adjustable settings
Cons
Heavy
Shower Head Type: Fixed | Number of Settings: 3 | Water Flow Rate (GPM): 2.5 | Material: Brass | Hose Length (ft): N/A | Installation Type: Wall-mount
Buying Guide For The Best High-Pressure Shower Heads
Even after knowing about the best options on the market, selecting the right high-pressure showerhead can be challenging. This is because you need to consider several factors before you can find the most appropriate product.
To simplify the process, we’ve created this buyer’s guide that lists some of the crucial factors you need to consider when buying a high-pressure showerhead. Read on to learn about them in detail.
1. Build Material
There are two main materials used for the construction of showerheads - plastic and metal. Plastic shower heads are generally more affordable but less durable than metal ones, while metal shower heads reduce the chances of cracking and can easily outlast plastic options. And various brands use different types of metals, such as stainless steel or brass, for making different components.
If you’re on a tight budget, go with a plastic shower head, but if you want greater durability, a metal shower head is a better option.
2. Water Pressure
Water pressure is the most important factor to consider when purchasing a high-pressure shower head, and it depends upon three main elements. These include the flow rate, the diameter and type of shower head, and the additional functions. Higher water pressure requires a higher flow rate, but this has to remain within legally acceptable limits.
Additionally, a larger-sized shower head tends to have lower pressure, while those with a smaller diameter have high water pressure. Finally, functions such as concentrated sprays can also affect water pressure.
3. Ease Of Use
Showers from different manufacturers come with a variety of settings to operate various features. Such features might be useful for certain customers, while others might find them confusing. A simple shower head is the easiest to use and can be operated easily when installed.
On the other hand, a complete shower system with multiple heads, faucets, and features might take some time for you to get familiar with.
4. Spray Settings
The simplest shower heads come with a single setting as their only purpose is to spray water. However, if you want a more luxurious shower experience, look for a showerhead that offers multiple settings. Such shower heads can offer different types of sprays, such as mist, rain, and massage, and come with easily adjustable settings to customize the water pressure as well.
When getting a showerhead with multiple spray settings, make sure that these settings are easy to adjust for the best experience.
5. Water Conservation
Many manufacturers are designing shower heads to minimize water wastage, and such options can be great if you are concerned about sustainability. Such shower heads generally come with settings that allow you to minimize the amount of water used without sacrificing the pleasure of a good shower.
6. Budget
The prices of shower heads from different manufacturers can vary significantly, with the simplest ones being the most affordable. If you’re looking for something more stylish and featureful, you will need to shell out a bit more money. The most advanced shower systems that include the most features are the most expensive and can cost thousands of dollars.
Keep in mind what features you require and make a decision based on that to prevent overspending or losing out on essential features.
High-Pressure Shower Heads FAQ's
Are high-pressure shower heads more expensive than regular shower heads?
Not necessarily. While there are some high-end high-pressure shower heads that can be quite expensive, there are also many affordable options available on the market.
Will a high-pressure shower head work with low water pressure?
It depends on the specific model of high-pressure shower head you choose. Some models are designed to work specifically with low water pressure, while others may require a minimum water pressure to function properly.
Are high-pressure shower heads water-efficient?
Not necessarily. While some high-pressure shower heads may use less water than traditional shower heads by increasing the pressure of the water, others may actually use more water due to the increased flow rate.
Are high-pressure shower heads easy to install?
Yes, most high-pressure shower heads are designed to be easy to install and can typically be installed in just a few minutes without the need for professional plumbing services.
Can high-pressure shower heads be used with a water softener?
Yes, high-pressure shower heads can be used with a water softener. In fact, using a water softener can actually help to prolong the life of your high-pressure shower head by reducing the buildup of mineral deposits.
Are high-pressure shower heads compatible with all shower arms?
Most high-pressure shower heads are designed to be compatible with standard shower arms, but it’s always a good idea to double-check the specifications of your specific model before making a purchase to ensure compatibility.
Conclusion
Our review-based guide regarding the best high-pressure shower heads currently available on the market has now come to an end. All that remains is to share some of our favorites from the list with you.
Finally, we liked the HO2ME High-Pressure Handheld Showerhead which offers three spray settings that allow easy customization for different showering requirements.
Himalayan Glow Salt Lamps offer a multi-functional lighting solution that promotes relaxation and can be used as a night light. Himalayan salt lamps from The Body Source and Pure Enrichment are also excellent options for their aesthetics.
Handmade out of pink salt, Himalayan salt lamps evoke a calming ambiance. But that isn’t the only reason behind their soaring popularity– many buy them for the host of health benefits they offer. Their reddish-pink glow is believed to soothe allergies, boost mood, clean the air, and improve sleep.
So, ready to add one to your space? Then read on to learn about the orange or orange and pink Himalayan salt lamps that are worth considering for your home.
Best Himalayan Salt Lamps
Whether you're looking for a small night light or a large centerpiece for your living room, we have got you covered. So, without further ado, here's the list of the 9 best Himalayan salt lamps that you can consider for your home or office.
Unique salt lamp is made from Natural Himalayan salt...
Once lit the lamp will emit a calming Amber color
Handmade in Pakistan, the Himalayan Glow Salt Lamp emits a warm amber glow to create a relaxing and soothing atmosphere. It comes with a pre-installed 15-watt bulb and a dimmer switch to adjust the brightness levels to suit your mood.
Why Did We Like It?
Sporting natural salt crystals that are handcrafted in the Himalayan mountains, this salt lamp by Himalayan Glow adds sophistication to your living space. Inside the rock salt is housed a 15-watt light bulb that casts a soft glow and lights up the space instantly. For this reason, you can use it as an accent piece and place it in your living room, bedroom, spa room, meditation room, and office desk.
Aside from adding warmth and glow to your space, the pink rock releases negative ions into the air and improves air quality. As it traps all allergens, it’s a blessing for people who suffer from asthma and allergies.
The pink Himalayan salt crystal sits on a neem wood base that serves as a sturdy and stylish foundation.
Want to create a romantic atmosphere or use it as a gentle bedside lamp? All you need to do is dim the brightness of the incandescent bulb using the dimmer switch that is attached to the lamp base.
What Could’ve Been Better?
If you’re looking for an affordable Himalayan salt lamp that serves as a centerpiece and natural air purifier, the Himalayan Glow Soft Lamp will fit the bill. The only drawback we’d like to mention is that the pink salt lamp makes a faint buzzing sound when turned on.
Pros
Allows you to adjust the brightness level
Easy to assemble
Can be used both as a night light and an accent piece
Himalayan Glow Pillar Style Salt Lamp with Pink Salt Chunks...
Great As a Bed Light, Decorative Light and More. Himalayan...
Great for Thanksgiving and Christmas decorations, the Himalayan Glow Natural Himalayan Salt Lamp features an oval basket that is filled with salt crystals. Featuring an incandescent light bulb, this lamp comes with a dimmer switch, power cord, and base, which are ETL-approved.
Why Did We Like It?
We picked this basket-style lamp for its stunning design, but it earns a solid score for its functionality as well. This Himalayan salt lamp sports an industrial-style black metal wire cage that is filled to the brim with chunks of pure crystal rock salt. On top of that, the black coating of the basket blends well with other home décor items.
In the middle of the salt rocks is placed a 15-watt incandescent bulb that emits a warm glow while giving off a calming effect on your physical and mental health.
What’s more, the metal basket is built to last and resists corrosion, so you can rest assured of its quality. Interestingly, this Himalayan rock salt lamp is manufactured in accordance with US safety standards, and its ETL certificate testifies to that.
Thanks to the dimmable switch, you can create a relaxing atmosphere by turning the knob. Lastly, the brand offers a 30-day money-back guarantee with its lamp, so you can order without worries.
What Could’ve Been Better?
What makes it one of the best salt lamps is that it creates a beautiful ambiance when turned on and glows like a flame. For this reason, most homeowners use it as accent pieces or during outdoor parties. But the lamp is slightly heavy because of the metal frame, so moving it from one space to another can be challenging.
100% Pure & Natural: The rock salt lamp is expertly...
Adjustable Brightness: The integrated lamp dimmer switch...
Featuring Himalayan salt excavated from the Khewra Salt Mine in Pakistan, this salt lamp from the house of The Body Source creates a perfect atmosphere for relaxing, unwinding, and de-stressing. Available in three different sizes, each lamp has a unique shape and is secured to a wooden base, adding a decorative touch.
Why Did We Like It?
One thing we particularly like about The Body Source Himalayan Salt Lamp is that it comes fully assembled and is ready to use right out of the box.
Pure crystal rock salt is expertly hand-carved out ofauthentic Himalayan salt, which is why every lamp differs in shape. Positioned on a wooden base, the salt lamp is equipped with a 15-watt bulb that effuses a soothing glow and brings the body and mind to a state of tranquility.
The package includes a dimmable cable that allows users to adjust the glow and warmth of the lamp. From having a candlelight dinner to turning it into a night lamp, the adjustable dimmer makes it easy to customize warmth and brightness.
Not only does it release negative ions to boost mood and relieve stress, but it also helps relieve congestion, headaches, psoriasis, migraines, and insomnia. Better yet, the brand supplies two light bulbs in the package, so you don’t have to order one again and again.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Ideal for coffee tables, side tables, and office desks, the peaceful orange hues of The Body Source Himalayan Salt Lamp release negative ions that calm the mind. However, it might not be an ideal option for those on a budget because it’s slightly expensive. So, you’ll have to fork out extra cash to add this to your space.
Himalayan Salt Lamp & Oil Diffuser: Create a spa-like...
Heated Halotherapy: Our Himalayan pink salt is 100%...
Looking for a Himalayan salt lamp that perfectly complements the classic black-white interiors of your space? Then the Pure Enrichment PureGlow Crystal Himalayan Salt Lamp and Ultrasonic Oil Diffuser will be a perfect addition to your modern space. Thanks to the stylish white body, the device oozes elegance into any space you place it.
Why Did We Like It?
Boasting a sleek silhouette, this device from Pure Enrichment is highly versatile, as it works both as a salt lamp and a diffuser. On top of that, it is finished in a marble color that makes it attractive and can be used as a home décor item.
Unlike other lamps that only illuminate, the 2-in-1 salt lamp and oil diffuser heat the crystals to release negative ions into the air. Thus, it draws impurities and allergens from the air and purifies it.
And whenever you wish to pamper yourself with aromatherapy, add about 5.4 ounces of water to the tank, a few drops of any essential oil, and that’s it! Your diffuser will keep the room deodorized for up to 16 hours.
Instead of incandescent light, there is a halogen light bulb inside the unit to give off a relaxing glow. Even better, the salt lamp allows you to customize lighting that best suits your mood, thanks to the five adjustable levels.
What Could’ve Been Better?
The Pure Enrichment PureGlow Crystal Himalayan Salt Lamp and Ultrasonic Oil Diffuser leave no room for complaints when it comes to performance. However, note that cleaning the unit is slightly challenging, and you’ll also have to press the on/off button several times to put the light out.
Pros
Sleek and attractive
Doesn’t make noise
Backed by a five-year warranty
Five adjustable light levels
Cons
Challenging to clean
Size: 10-12 inches | Weight: 8-11 lbs. | Bulb Type: LED bulb and ultrasonic diffuser | Dimmer Switch: Yes | Air Purification: Yes | Design: Natural irregular shape with crystal accents | Warranty: 5-year warranty
Sold in a two-pack set, the Nevlers Natural Hand-Carved Himalayan Salt Lamps are perfect for lighting a large bedroom or living room. On top of the wooden base of each lamp is placed a handcrafted Himalayan salt mined from Pakistan.
Why Did We Like It?
Uniquely handcrafted in Pakistan by local artisans, these Himalayan salt lamps illuminate the room while creating a calming atmosphere, so you can relax after a hectic day.
Both lamps are fitted with a 15-watt UL and CE-approved light bulb and a light switch for easy operations. These Himalayan salt lamps cast a soft, beautiful glow, making them a charming addition to your space. With just a click, you can transform the atmosphere of your room to romantic or relaxing.
When turned on, these Himalayan salt lamps release negative ions into the air and improve mood. Besides, they draw away pet dander, dirt, and other minute particles from the air to purify it. This two-pack Himalayan salt lamp benefits people of all ages, especially those who suffer from allergies and asthma.
If a two-pack option doesn’t fit your bill, you can go for a one or a three-pack set offered by the brand. Oh, and did we mention that a one-year warranty backs them?
What Could’ve Been Better?
Honestly, it’s one of the most cost-effective Himalayan salt lamps you can consider for your home. However, we would have liked it even more if the salt lamps had a dimmer switch to adjust the brightness levels. That’s because the amber light is slightly brighter than we like, so you may not be able to use it as a night lamp.
HIMALAYAN SALT LAMP NIGHT LIGHT : Spantik's Himalayan Salt...
DIMMABLE DIMMER SWITCH FOR LIVING ROOM : Spantik's Himalayan...
The Spantik Himalayan Salt Lamp features a one-of-a-kind Himalayan natural crystal culled from the Himalayan mountains that emits a deep and rich red glow. Upon lighting up, it traps allergens from the space and cleans the air by releasing negative ions. Best of all, you get an extra replacement bulb along with the lamp and dimmer switch.
Why Did We Like It?
Prefer a lightweight lamp that fills the room with a soothing glow of light and creates a beautiful ambiance? Well, look no further than the Spantik Himalayan Salt Lamp because its 15-watt incandescent bulb casts a warm glow upon the space and transforms the atmosphere within minutes.
Furthermore, this Himalayan salt lamp night light comes with an inline dimmer switch to allow users to adjust the light as per their mood. This means you can use it as a reading light, meditating light, or accent piece in your office, living room, or bedroom.
All things aside, the dark brown wooden base strikes a super-satisfying contrast with the pure crystal rock salt that sits atop it. Besides enhancing its aesthetics, it makes for a secure foundation, so your lamp will last long.
Last but not least, this lamp makes for a perfect gift for housewarming parties, Mother’s day, Father’s day, Christmas, graduation, and anniversary because of its unique and stunning design.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Easy to assemble and lightweight, the Spantik Himalayan Pink Salt Lamp adds a stylish element to any space you place it. Our only gripe is that the base of the lamp isn’t as sturdy as we expected from Spantik. Hence, we suggest using grip tape to prevent the Himalayan Salt Lamp from toppling over.
PURE HIMALAYAN SALT: 100% Authentic Himalayan Rock Salt lamp...
HEALTH BENEFITS: Natural salt rock light emits negative ions...
Want to make your birthday dinners, anniversary dinners, Thanksgiving, Christmas, and other occasions more special? This multi-color changing Himalayan Salt Lamp from FANHAO will be a perfect addition to your space. What’s more, its cable is UL/CE-approved and conforms to RoHS, so it’s completely safe to use around children and pets.
Why Did We Like It?
The FANHAO Himalayan Salt Lamp isn’t like other lamps on the market that emits only orange hues. Instead, this Himalayan salt lamp is unique because it creates a pleasant and calming atmosphere with its multi-color changing glows. Pink, blue, orange, red, green, purple, and amber– the light changes to seven unique colors for different moods.
Coming to the design, the natural pink salt crystal rests on top of a dark brown neem wooden base. As neem wood is known for its exceptional durability, you can rest assured that the base won’t split or crack easily.
This salt lamp is made of natural Himalayan salt crystals, so it is packed with all the benefits (therapeutic and atmospheric) you’d expect from such a lamp. Not only does it illuminate a space with its warm glow, but it also draws dirt, pet dander, and other allergens from the room and cleans the air.
With a CE/UL-approved cable and a 30-day return and refund guarantee, this hand-carved Himalayan salt lamp is perfect for every small to medium-sized space.
What Could’ve Been Better?
With dimensions of 3.5” D x 3.5” W x 5.1” H and a weight of about 1.54 pounds, this Himalayan salt lamp is slightly small– more like a mini lamp. For this reason, it won’t be ideal for a living room or large bedroom.
Searching for a Himalayan salt lamp that seamlessly blends with the natural and earthy textures in your bedroom scheme? Then the Himalayan CrystalLitez Himalayan Salt Lamp would perfectly complement your décor while illuminating the space. Unlike other Himalayan salt lamps, it scores high on versatility, as it can be used as a diffuser and night light.
Why Did We Like It?
Designed in ethnic tribal sun style, the Himalayan CrystalLitez Himalayan Salt Lamp astounded us with its multi-functionality. Aside from using it as a Himalayan salt lamp, you can use it as a night light and an essential oil diffuser.
To use it as a night lamp, all you need to do is adjust the brightness level to the lowest, and it will create a perfect sleeping atmosphere. On the other hand, you can turn it into a diffuser by adding a few drops of your favorite essential oil on top of the salt crystals.
This handcrafted artisan bowl is filled with salt crystals hand-mined from the salt mines of the Himalayan mountains. It relies on a 15-watt light bulb to diffuse amber glow and lowers stress levels.
What’s more, this stunning handmade lamp is safe for use around pets, so you need not worry about the safety of your furry friends. And the best part? This artisan-made Himalayan salt lamp comes in dozens of wonderful options, so you’re spoilt for variety.
What Could’ve Been Better?
No doubt, it does a great job of trapping impurities from the air and purifying it. However, it’s slightly wobbly because the four nubs are placed toward the center instead of the sides. So, you’ll need a solid base to make sure this Himalayan salt lamp doesn’t fall and break.
UPGRADE DESIGN -- Handmade crystal salt lamp 4.41lbs & 5.9...
FREELY CUSTOMIZED LIGHTING -- Household salt lamp can adjust...
Another stunning lamp we have for you is this color-changing Himalayan Salt Lamp manufactured by V.C.Formark. What sets it apart from other Himalayan salt lamps is its remote control, allowing users to adjust the lighting with a click.
Why Did We Like It?
The V.C.Formark Himalayan Salt Lamp is sure to grab your visitor’s attention, thanks to the distinctive ice-cracked glass bowl. Inside the bowl are a few chunks of natural pink salt rock and a 3-watt multi-color bulb whose colorful lights transform the aura of space within minutes.
Unlike other Himalayan salt lamps, it allows users to choose from 16 fixed color lights to suit their different moods. Interestingly, it comes with a remote control, so you won’t have to get up to adjust the colors or modes. Not just that, but you can also use it to turn off the light, which is impressive.
By adding a few drops of essential oils, you can convert this Himalayan salt lamp into a diffuser and unwind before sleeping. As Himalayan rock salt is known to release negative ions, this lamp is particularly beneficial for those who suffer from Seasonal Affective Disorder (SAD) and folks who struggle to sleep.
Lastly, this RoHS, CE, FCC, and ETL-certified Himalayan salt lamp is covered by a 60-day money-back guarantee.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Certainly, this eye-catching Himalayan salt lamp does a great job of relaxing the mind and purifying the air. But, it doesn’t emit as bright light as demonstrated in the picture, which is disappointing. For this reason, it’s a perfect lamp for sleeping or relaxing, but not for reading.
Himalayan salt lamps offer various benefits, from relieving stress to purifying air by trapping allergens. However, you’ll receive all the benefits only when you purchase an authentic Himalayan salt lamp.
Unlike ancient times, a multitude of brands have emerged on the market, but not every brand goes the extra mile to procure salt rocks from the Khewra salt mine in Pakistan. Likewise, there are other factors that you must pay attention to while buying a Himalayan salt lamp.
Ahead, we’ve mentioned some important pointers that will come in handy in the decision-making process. Let’s check them out.
1. Color Of Himalayan Salt Lamps
Spotting a fake Himalayan salt lamp isn’t easy, especially if you’re a first-time buyer. So, when you’re shopping for Himalayan salt lamps, check the color of the rock salt and try to make a thorough salt lamp check.
Authentic Himalayan salt lamps depend upon the trace minerals of the veins and are usually of four colors– pink, off-white, orange, and red. Another thing we’d like to mention is that you must purchase Himalayan salt lamps from a reputable brand because they use only authentic crystals in their salt lamp.
2. Size Of The Room
Your room size plays a crucial role in determining which Himalayan salt lamp would be perfect for your space.
Of course, a small Himalayan salt lamp won’t be ideal for a living room or a large bedroom. So, if you’re looking for a lamp for a medium size room, we suggest opting for two salt lamps.
But, if you wish to light the lamp in a living room or a master bedroom, you must go for one designed for large spaces. A slightly larger lamp will purify the air better than a small one.
3. Shape Of The Lamp
More often than not, Himalayan salt lamps are either natural or crafted by artisans.
Natural variety is nothing but a large block of pink Himalayan salt having a rough-hewn appearance. Meanwhile, the crafted variety is hand-carved into many shapes, such as hearts, flowers, pyramids, and so on.
Both varieties release negative ions in the air and purify it while creating a relaxing atmosphere, so you can choose any shape that you like. However, people with small children must avoid going for lamps with pointy edges.
4. Base of Salt Lamp
Aside from shape, color, and size, you must choose a Himalayan salt lamp that comes with a sturdy base. In this regard, neem wood base salt lamps are excellent because they are highly durable and won’t break quickly.
Not just durability, but they also add to the aesthetics of the lamp, adding a stylish element to your space.
5. Bulbs for Himalayan Salt Lamps
Most Himalayan salt lamps rely on incandescent bulbs for emitting light, while a few modern ones use halogen.
In the salt lamp industry, 15-watt bulbs are standard because they emit a decent amount of light. Though ideal for a small space, a 15-watt light salt lamp won’t be the right choice for a large area. Therefore, you must look for Himalayan salt lamps that feature light bulbs of 25-watt or 40-watt.
Himalayan Salts FAQs
What are the benefits of Himalayan salt lamps?
There are several benefits associated with Himalayan salt lamps, including improving air quality, reducing stress and anxiety, improving mood, and promoting better sleep. However, it is important to note that many of these claims are not scientifically proven.
Do Himalayan salt lamps really work?
The effectiveness of Himalayan salt lamps is a topic of much debate. While some people swear by them and believe in their health benefits, others are skeptical and do not believe that they work.
How do I clean my Himalayan salt lamp?
To clean your Himalayan salt lamp, you can wipe it down with a damp cloth. It is important to avoid getting the lamp too wet, as this can cause it to break down over time.
What size Himalayan salt lamp should I get?
The size of the Himalayan salt lamp you should get depends on the size of the room you plan to use it in. As a general rule, a small lamp (under 5 pounds) is best for small rooms, while larger lamps (over 5 pounds) are better suited for larger rooms.
Can I leave my Himalayan salt lamp on all the time?
Yes, you can leave your Himalayan salt lamp on for as long as you like. However, it is important to note that leaving it on for extended periods of time can cause it to break down over time. It is recommended to use the lamp for a few hours each day.
Conclusion
Well, that brings us to the end of our comprehensive guide to thebest Himalayan salt lamps.
To sum it up, Himalayan salt lamps promote relaxation and help you sleep better by purifying the air. Besides, their sleek profile and stylish design spruce up any space you place it.
Before we call it a day, here’s a quick rundown of our favorites. For us, the Himalayan Glow Salt Lamp takes the crown because of the beautiful glow it diffuses.
But if you’re looking for a lamp that serves as an accent piece, the Himalayan Glow Natural Salt Lamp will be a perfect addition to your modern space. Also, it is covered by a 30-day money-back guarantee– so you can return it if it isn’t to your liking.
Almost all artists around the globe can agree that paintbrushes are one of the most - if not the most - important thing of a painting kit.
So, it’s a no-brainer that if you are a painter who is serious about your art then you should be looking for brushes that can help you bring your ideas to life without any hassle.
Especially, for acrylic painting brushes have to be of impeccable quality because acrylic paint on its own is a very harsh medium and if the brushes are not suited for it then they won’t last long.
For that reason, we have gathered some of the best brushes that we think are great to be used with acrylic paint and tested them out in a 3 days painting session!
And just to help you out a little more, we have also added a small guide about how to care for your brushes at the end.
So, let’s get on with the best acrylic paintbrushes, shall we?
Best Acrylic Paint Brushes
To help you navigate the world of paintbrushes, we've put together a list of the 9 best acrylic paintbrushes. Whether you're a beginner or a professional artist, these brushes are sure to enhance your painting experience and help you achieve the perfect brushstrokes.
Grumbacher is one of the most famous brands when it comes to art supplies. Many of their other products have impressed our artists and these acrylic paint brushes are no slouch either. Goldenedge paint brushes are made out of synthetic fiber which is great for acrylic painting as they last really long and perform fantastically.
Experience
Goldenedge paintbrushes are available in 9 different sizes and all of them give a quality painting experience while still being budget-friendly - especially for students.
The synthetic fiber used in its making is of top-notch quality and it can withstand the harsh treatment of acrylic paint without any problem.
Don’t be afraid to repeatedly wash it with water because even after soaking it several times, in our testing, the bristles stayed intact and performed flawlessly.
Its durability is also aided by its quality brass ferrule which holds the bristles tight together and doesn’t let them wither away easily.
The brass ferrule is also very comfortable to use and didn’t cause any sort of fatigue for us in our long acrylic painting sessions.
Even if these brushes are affordable and geared more towards beginner and intermediate artists, we recommend them for professional to professionals as well because they perform really well and will last you ages if maintained properly, we could not be happier with them after painting with them an entire day!
Pros
Performs really well with acrylic paint, the paint holds well and the finish is really smooth and even
Synthetic fibers are super durable and they give an excellent spring to it, it can be washed repeatedly without any signs of wear and tear
The brass ferrule is of incredible quality and holds the bristles really well together. It is also very comfortable to use
Cons
Size option is very limiting as it only has 9 different sizes
This offering from Princeton has enough merits to please any acrylic painter - even professionals. With great hog fiber bristles that are also synthetic, these brushes perform more than just fine for acrylic as well as oil painting. Available in a huge variety of shapes, if you decide to vouch for these brushes you’ll never need another one.
Experience
The hog fiber bristles have multiple splits at the end of each bristle, making them way more color than other bristles and giving a more smooth and even coat of paint.
And the bristles are also very durable as they are synthetic and even after soaking them several times, there was no sign of any kind of wear and tear.
Apart from that the brushes also come in various sizes and kinds - Round, Flat, Filbert, Bright, Fan, and Angle Bright - so, if you love these brushes then you’ll have to never go for anything else if you don’t want to.
And it is possible because not only these brushes are durable and perform really well, but they also are very comfortable to use for longer sessions of work.
After trying it in various situations we can honestly say it performs better than most other brands and we recommend it for intermediate and professional artistry.
But you’ll have to shell out a few extra dollars to get all of these merits.
Pros
Has a plethora of sizes and shapes to provide every need
Great quality hog bristles that perform really well
The synthetic form makes the bristles extra durable and wear and tear proof
If you are an absolute beginner and looking for a brush set to just get started then the Mont Marte Gallery series Acrylic Paint Brush Set is our top recommendation for you. In the kit, you get two round, two flat, and two Filbert brushes that is good enough for getting started with acrylic painting.
Professional quality: brushes are made with taklon bristles
Experience
The Taklon synthetic bristles used in the making of these brushes are extremely durable and with proper maintenance, they will last you years of use.
They don’t frail or wither with repeated washing and soaking in water.
The bristles also give a nice spring to the brush and hold acrylic paint fantastically providing a smooth and seamless acrylic painting experience.
In the box, you get 2 Round (#6 and #16), 2 Flat (#8 and #10), and 2 Filbert (#8 and #10) brushes that are great for getting started with painting.
The brushes look very sleek and beautiful as well with their gunmetal ferrule. It holds the bristles extremely tightly while giving a comfortable painting experience.
Our hands-on review showed that it’s a great starting kit for beginner of painting but we don’t recommend this to any intermediate or professional artists because the brushes are only available in sets. And there’s not enough variety of sizes.
Pros
Has great synthetic bristles that are very durable and hold paint well
Ferrule is also very comfortable to use and keeps the brush intact
Kit comes with a convenient set of brushes to get started with painting
The brushes look very sleek and gorgeous
Cons
Not meant for professional use because of the lack of variety and no individual availability
Royal & Langnickel is a well-established art product manufacturer that has been in business since the 1950s. These short-handle brushes are great for detailing and in general, a smaller scale of work. The set has 10 round brushes of various sizes - all meant for minute details - and a shader brush.
For detailing with acrylic paint, this brush set is our top recommendation.
The brushes have short handles because this set is designed for detail work but the overall body is girthy giving a comfortable experience while having a long work session.
The ferrule is made from a black coated brass right which gives it a sleek and elegant look while providing ample grip to the bristles. They also resist rust and any other form of depreciation really well.
Talking about the bristles, they are very stiff which is great for detailed work. They are also extremely durable due to their synthetic make and we didn’t notice any significant wear and tear even after washing them repeatedly.
Drawing from experience, the small round brushes are meant for detailing and the durability of the bristles is even more important than regular brushes, we are glad to say that these bristles are plenty durable and after painting with them in various angles, with different paints, they performed flawlessly.
Pros
Synthetic bristles are very durable and incredibly stiff which is great for minute details
The handle is extremely comfortable and causes no fatigue while working for longer sessions
The brass ferrule is really durable and gives these brushes a distinctly sleek and elegant look
Cons
Brushes are only meant for working with minute details
For the people who want to save a few bucks but still get a good quality set of brushes, Jerry Q is our recommendation. With nylon bristles and 12 different brushes in a single set, these brushes are good enough for beginners and new art students. Apart from performing decently with the acrylic medium, these brushes can also be used for watercolors.
High Quality Golden Synthetic Hair, No Shedding, Highly...
Short Wooden Handles, Variety of 12 Brushes for Fine Details
Experience
The best part about this brush set is its cheap price tag and the performance it can manage to deliver even after being so inexpensive.
With a sub $10 price for the set, you are only paying about $0.75 for each brush. And the quality of the brush makes it an amazing bargain.
The variety of brushes is actually pretty decent. As a beginner, you’ll easily be able to work on details as well as large blocks. The brushes have long handles that are comfortable to use for long work sessions.
The bristles are decent. They are made out of nylon and are very durable. Repeated washing showed no signs of damage and the color grip is decent.
Don’t expect too much from these brushes and you shall enjoy them. These are nylon and we have discovered while painting with them that they lack a certain finesse, that is the main reason why we are not recommending it to professionals who have really honed their skills and need something very particular to work with.
Pros
In the set, you get 12 different brushes with a good variety
Extremely affordable, about #0.75 for each brush
The brushes have long handles and are very comfortable to use
Nylon brushes are very durable and have a decent grip on acrylic paint
Winsor & Newton is a beloved manufacturer in the art community because of their quality products and reasonable pricing. And Monarch Acrylic Paint Brushes live quite well to that reputation. The brushes have stiff bristles and long handles, and come in a variety of shapes and sizes to choose from.
Experience
The bristles are a little stiff because they are designed for acrylic paint. But they are not very hard, rather they have a live bounce and give good feedback while painting.
They showed no signs of withering in our tests and worked perfectly every time.
The long handles are comfortable to use for long sessions and if you usually do large-scale acrylic painting then you’ll love these even more.
These brushes are sold individually, so, you have the liberty to expand your arsenal the way you want to with these brushes. And the fact that these brushes come in a variety of shapes and sizes adds to that modularity even more.
After spending some time with these brushes and enjoying their strokes, the thing we love the most about them is that we can recommend them to everyone. These brushes are well-suited for beginners and professionals alike. The brushes are moderately priced and have a good value for money but they perform well above their price point, a thing which can't be said for many products these days.
Pros
Bristles are great, they have a nice spring and give good feedback while painting
Sold individually which gives a great amount of liberty when it comes to personalizing your kit
Brushes have long handles that are very comfortable to use
Cons
A little more expensive than starter sets but the quality is worth it for many people
When it comes to quality and premium experience, there’s hardly any other brand that can top Blick. With Master Bristle Brushes you get a lifetime guarantee and if anywhere down the road your brush gives in and you order the same one again, it’ll give exactly (and we can’t stress this enough) the same experience.
Experience
Blick brushes are made with master molds. Hence, each brush of a specific character set is manufactured completely ditto to another. There’s nothing that can top its consistency.
As for its endurance, each bristle of the brush is patiently planted inside the ferrule by hand. This provides immense durability and the brushes never even show a hint of shedding - which is very common with machine-made brushes.
After closely examining the brush and painting for hours we noticed the handle is also crafted with extreme care and they are immensely comfortable to use.
On the other hand, Blick also has one of the widest - if not the widest - selection of brushes. So, however specific your desired brush may be, we are sure that you can find one from Blick.
Blick provides professional artists around the globe with the utmost satisfaction and if you are a professional and you aren’t satisfied with your current brush set, try Blick (or da Vinci). You’ll love it!
Pros
Impeccable quality and consistency with these brushes
Performance is outstanding and many professional artists vouch for these brushes
Brushes come with a lifetime guarantee
The selection range is one of the widest we have ever seen
Da Vinci is one of the most respected art companies in the world. It’s been established for over 110 years at this point and its products have been faithful to many professionals around the world. All their products have impeccable quality and their brushes have been professionals’ favorites for many years - including these acrylic brushes.
Grigio: another breakthrough in synthetic brushes from da...
4 brush set - Rounds - Series 7795 sizes 1, 2, 4 & 6
Experience
Unlike Da Vinci’s oil paint brushes which are made from Kolinsky sable fibers, these acrylic brushes have synthetic bristles. This reduces the price drastically as an acrylic paint brush set of 3 will cost you only $40 in comparison to $300 for a single oil paint brush.
But the choice of synthetic brushes is a good one not only in terms of price but also in terms of durability. Natural fibers can withstand the harshness of acrylic paint.
The performance of the brush is nothing but flawless. The slight bounce of the bristles gives good control of the brush as well as makes it easy to wash.
The body of the brush has a comfortable grip and is made from sustainable wood that has the least possible ecological impact.
Da Vinci has one of the widest selections of brushes. There’s nothing better than Da Vinci for professional artists. It is only second-bested by Blick in our opinion.
Pros
Bristles that have a good bounce and smooth application
The body is comfortable to hold and is made from sustainable wood
One of the most reputed brands in the art industry
Widest selection of brushes and are sold individually
Cons
Slightly expensive but totally worth the price, especially, for professionals
LorDac Acrylic Paint Brush Set is a great affordable option for artists on the go. The brushes are well made and the performance is pretty decent. In the set, you get 7 different brushes in total - 3 rounds, 2 Flat, 1 Filbert, and 1 Angular.
PREMIUM DESIGN FEATURES — Benefits of Taklon synthetic...
EXCELLENT VARIETY FOR MULTIPLE EFFECTS — 7 professional...
Experience
The synthetic bristles are decent enough. They have a nice spring and give a smooth finish while acrylic painting.
They are also plenty durable and we saw no signs of damage after repeated washes. The ferrule is also good. It gives a nice grip and holds the acrylic brushes very well - no apparent shedding even after extensive use.
The brush set also comes with a cool traveling case. It’s a great option for artists on the go and students who have to travel a lot around with their equipment. An intelligent design choice allows the travel case to be reconfigured into a brush holder.
Ultimately, the set comes at a very reasonable price and performs pretty great for the money. It’s a great bargain for beginners and hence, makes it on our recommendation list.
Pros
Bristles are pretty decent, they are durable and perform really well
The brush set is extremely affordable, a great bargain for beginners
Comes with a travel case that can be transformed into a brush holder
If you're an artist or an aspiring one, a quality set of acrylic paint brushes is crucial for your painting journey. In this comprehensive buying guide, you'll find helpful tips on choosing the best acrylic paint brushes for your unique needs.
Bristle Type
Natural Bristle Brushes: Made from animal hair, these brushes hold paint well and can produce a nice smooth finish. However, they may not be as durable or resilient as synthetic bristles, especially with acrylic paints.
Synthetic Bristle Brushes: Made of polyester or nylon, these brushes tend to be sturdier and maintain their shape better, making them more suitable for acrylic paints.
Bristle Shape
Round: Ideal for detail work, lines, and small areas.
Flat: Suitable for layering colors, filling large areas, and creating sharp edges.
Filbert: Oval-shaped, offering versatility for blending, strokes, and detail work.
Angle: Great for lines, edges, and curves, as well as reaching into tight corners.
Fan: Useful for blending, smoothing, and creating textures.
Handle Length
Short Handles: Good choice for detail work and working close to the painting surface.
Long Handles: Provide a more comfortable grip and better control when painting on larger canvases or easels.
Ferrule Material
Brass: Strong and durable, but more expensive.
Aluminum: Lightweight and affordable, but may become loose over time.
Plastic: Less durable, prone to breaking, and may not provide a secure grip on the bristles.
Price & Quality
Consider purchasing a brush set within your budget, but remember that pricier options may provide better performance, comfort, and durability in the long run.
Cleaning & Maintenance
Proper cleaning and maintenance are essential for prolonging the life of your brushes. Look for brushes that are easy to clean and have a reputation for retaining their shape.
Essential Tips for Choosing the Best Acrylic Paint Brushes
Remember that the right brush depends on your personal preferences and painting style. Test different shapes and bristle types to discover what works best for you.
Trying out brushes in person, when possible, can be invaluable. Handle the brushes, test their weight, and observe their balance and materials to ensure a comfortable painting experience.
Additional Tip
Always clean your brushes thoroughly after painting and store them flat or upright with the bristles pointing up to maintain their shape and avoid damage.
By considering the factors mentioned in this guide, you'll be able to confidently select the best acrylic paint brushes for your artistic journey. Happy painting!
Acrylic Brushes Care Guide
Now that you have got your favorite acrylic paint brushes, here are some tips and tricks regarding washing and storing the acrylic brushes that should help you keep them in healthy shape for as long as possible.
Acrylic paint is extremely harsh on brushes and you’ll have to take good care of them if you want to keep using them for a long time.
Washing
The key takeaway from here is to remember to never let the paint dry on the brushes. Acrylic paint when left unwashed will seriously damage the brush no matter what is used to clean them afterward.
The task can be a little tedious and annoying given how fast acrylic paint dries. But to wash them properly we advise you to use the double wash system.
It’s actually pretty simple. You’ll just have to keep two jars of solvents to properly clean the brushes.
The first jar should just have clean water to wash the initial pigments off the brush. This will make sure that the paint won’t quickly dry and damage the bristle.
The second jar should have some soapy mixture of water - or a brush cleaner solution - for a deeper rinse of the brush.
After washing, let the brushes dry up for a while, or use a soft fabric to soak the remaining water from the bristles.
Storing
Drawing from experience, apart from washing, proper storage of your acrylic brushes is also important for their good health.
It’s really not that hard. You’ll just have to be careful when storing them. Ensure you’re storing the acrylic brushes with the tip facing upwards.
That way the bristles won’t be broken or bent when stored for a long time. Use a jar or a brush stand to store the brushes and make sure they are properly washed and dry before storing.
Don’t buy natural brushes for acrylic paint
We all love acrylic brushes with animal hair fibers because they give a very smooth, elegant, and satisfactory experience.
Even though they are a bit pricey, we do recommend animal hair fibers for oil paint and watercolors. But when it comes to acrylic paint, stay away from natural hair fibers.
Always buy synthetic fibers if you are planning to paint with acrylic paint. Apart from being way cheaper, there are other two good reasons for that.
First, natural fibers can’t withstand the abuse of acrylic paint. They will get severely damaged and will start to fall out even with careful washing and good storage practices.
And second, natural fibers don’t have a nice spring. When painting with acrylic paint, you’d want a good bounce from the bristles for smooth and accurate finishing. While synthetic fibers have that kind of spring, natural ones are just soft and smooth with no bounce.
Through our trial and error, we discovered that f you want brushes for acrylic paint that last a good amount of time and perform well, go for synthetic brushes. And as a bonus, you’ll also have to pay less for them.
Acrylic Paintbrushes FAQ's
What is the difference between natural and synthetic bristles for acrylic paintbrushes?
Natural bristles, such as hog or sable hair, are made from animal hair and are best suited for oil painting. On the other hand, synthetic bristles are made from man-made materials such as nylon, polyester, or taklon, and are better suited for acrylic painting. Synthetic bristles are also more affordable and easier to maintain than natural bristles.
How do I choose the right size brush for acrylic painting?
The size of the brush you should use for acrylic painting depends on the size of your canvas and the level of detail you wish to achieve. For large areas, use larger brushes and for details and lines, use smaller brushes. It is recommended to have a range of brush sizes available.
Can I use watercolor brushes for acrylic painting?
While watercolor brushes can be used for acrylic painting, they are not ideal due to their soft bristles which may not work well with the thicker consistency of acrylic paint. It is recommended to use brushes specifically designed for acrylic painting.
How do I clean my acrylic paintbrushes?
To clean acrylic paintbrushes, rinse them with warm water and gently rub the bristles with soap or brush cleaner until the water runs clear. Avoid using hot water as it can damage the brush hairs. After cleaning, reshape the brush and allow it to air dry.
Should I buy individual brushes or a set of brushes for acrylic painting?
This depends on your personal preference and budget. Buying a set of brushes can be more cost-effective and provide a range of brush sizes, while buying individual brushes allows for more customization and control over your brush collection.
What is the best shape of brush for acrylic painting?
The best shape of brush for acrylic painting depends on the technique and style of painting you will be using. Flat and bright brushes are best for large areas and washes, while round and filbert brushes are better for detail work and blending.
Conclusion
Thank you so much for reading our article on the best acrylic paintbrushes. We're thrilled you took the time to explore these options with us. We know how important it is to find the perfect paintbrush for your creative projects, so we tested each product in various situations to give you the most accurate reviews possible. Let's take a look at our top three recommendations for different factors and preferences.
Out of these 9 best acrylic paintbrushes, here are our top three recommendations:
Best for durability and budget-friendliness: The Grumbacher Goldenedge Acrylic Paint Brush is an ideal option. Its synthetic fibers last really long, and the brass ferrule ensures the bristles stay intact even after repeated use. Moreover, these brushes are available at a reasonable price, which is great news for students who are just starting their creative journey.
Best for variety and performance: The Princeton Acrylic Paint Brush is a good option. With their quality hog fiber bristles and synthetic durability, these brushes perform exceptionally well for a smooth and even coat of paint. They're also available in numerous shapes and sizes, catering to different painting styles and requirements.
Best for beginners: The Mont Marte Gallery Series Acrylic Paint Brush Set is the right choice. This set has six brushes made from sturdy Taklon synthetic bristles with a nice spring to hold acrylic paint well. The selection of brush shapes is perfect for those just starting with acrylic painting, and the gunmetal ferrule ensures a comfortable painting experience.
As you pick the best acrylic paintbrushes for yourself, always prioritize your personal preferences, budget, and skill level. We hope our reviews and recommendations have made your selection process faster and simpler. Remember, investing in a quality paintbrush can make all the difference in your art journey. Happy painting!
Colored pencils are some of the easiest and most exciting mediums for putting those vibrant colors onto paper. It is not only satisfying to take up a neat little set and get right down to fill any blank space up with vivid shades and stunning textures, but it’s also a great way to let the day’s steam off and bust that stress well!
You do get a lot of versatility out of color pencils than most other color mediums which could take time to get used to.
However, the one thing that could be really tricky regarding color pencils is when you get that unwanted stray line out of the boundary, which just won’t erase. It can be pretty frustrating, especially for beginners to scrub out such marks and stains which can ruin the entire picture.
But the good news is you can easily avail erasable colored pencils that put the problem of color stains on paper right out of the equation! And if this is what you’re looking for right now, then we’re here to get you out of that situation!
'Cause in the following read, we’ll be reviewing some of the best erasable colored pencils for you to check out right now!
Best Erasable Colored Pencils
To help you find the best erasable colored pencils for your needs, we've put together a list of the top options available on the market today. So, without further ado, here’s the list of the 6 best erasable colored pencils.
The Japanese color brand Tombow is reputed globally, owing to its Irojiten range of colors that produces some of the most vivid and creamy textures ever! These pencils come in two dominant variant packs- “Vivid” which gives off the most luxuriantly dark tones and “Tranquil” which consists of lighter colors.
We did try out the “Vivid” range and now duly realize why it’s known as one of the best color pencils ever, and that too, in the erasable colors department!
Experience
The Irojiten Vivid comes in a set of 24 or 12 colors that also includes a color pencil eraser and a single-slot sharpener. The wooden casing is made using hard cedar wood which makes it considerably formidable and resistant to breakage or splintering.
But the best part about these was, unquestionably, the color pay-off. We were simply stunned by how beautifully the leads glided onto the paper and delivered rich shades of vibrant hues in the pitch-perfect color saturation it offered.
The coolest thing about this one is that it blends so satisfyingly smoothly when it comes to blending and layering upon colors. Unlike most other color pencil variants that get patchy especially while layering, these go on like a dream with even consistency in every way.
Now, to say about the “erasability” of these colors, there were a few pros and cons. The block of eraser that the set includes for you does a fine job of removing almost all of the stains for you. But, since the color is that rich, it might leave behind the faintest hint of the stain behind, which, however, won’t even be visible to the eyes if you didn’t look closely.
But, the problem with this is that it might not work the same way with a regular eraser for that matter.
But, apart from this, this is one color pencil set that in our opinion every art enthusiast should try out for once at least!
Pros
Lux colors and incredibly consistent pay-off
Doesn’t damage or harm the paper in any way, even while being erased
Could be used by both beginners and professionals
Cons
The lead could feel a tad bit hard to maneuver initially
Lighter than standard blue, non-photo blue is designed for...
Non-repro blue color eliminates the need to erase before...
Prism's Color has always been known to offer a range of some of the finest grade color mediums for the world to use and create spectacular art pieces.
The Col-Erase Erasable Colored Pencils from the brand work beautifully to deliver a stunning color payoff. The durable and robust medium point keeps the pencils from cracking at any point in time during usage even under constant pressure.
Experience
We did have high hopes for this Prismacolor product, and in all honesty, it performed really well for that. The color pay-off is decent gliding on evenly even during long stretches and strokes. The comfortable, easy grip and size of the pencils make it ideal for beginners and professionals alike.
When we tested out the color-saturation and layering capacity of the pencils, we were pleased to find that the medium to fine lead of these pencils worked with the ease of the standard graphite pencils, because the wax content was considerably less compared to other brands. This prevented the smattering of colors, making it excellent for precision detailing.
Each pencil comes with an eraser attached to the pencil head that helps you to erase any extra colored lines. It does the job well enough for fine lines and even the standard strokes. The only issue regarding this could be if you go really dark on the lines and over a large surface area, in which case it could leave a stain behind.
All in all, The Col-Erase from Prisma color is one of the most affordable and fine options in the erasable color department that you shouldn’t definitely miss out on!
Pros
Works like the standard graphite pencils making for easy and clean use
Brilliant color deliverance and layerability
The erasers work quite well in erasing stains and unwanted colored lines without damaging the paper
Ideal for precision work
Cons
Could get a tad bit patchy when it comes to filling larger blank spaces
Anti breaking coating covers entire length lead to prevent...
So when it’s Staedtler, you know that there isn’t really a chance of things going wrong in your art gig. Recognized as one of the top art supply brands around the globe, Staedtler does a marvelous job at coloring life for you!
And the Erasable Colored Pencils from the brand do just that and allow the scope for experimentation owing to their erasable colors! So now you can color to your heart’s content without worrying about making mistakes!
Experience
Well, we knew that we could expect nothing but the absolute best from this German-based brand that has been a favorite amongst every artist since it’s emergence into the field.
One of the hallmarks of Staedtler is the brilliantly designed hexagonal pencils that provide a pretty easy and comfortable grip and an incredibly durable, crack, or chip-resistant overall structure.
The lead itself is highly pigmented and pays off smoothly in a semi-waxy finish. This fine, soft lead works beautifully for detailing and filling up significant blank spaces. These features make the pencils an ideal coloring medium for literally all ages.
The pencils come with an eraser stump end that you could use to erase bits and portions of colored areas. The erasers are latex-free and work fine, and there isn’t much that’s left behind on the paper once you’ve used them, but these can be a tad bit hard in form. It’s better to use a thicker paper texture for these erasers.
But apart from this, the pencils are an appropriate coloring medium for school projects, or for more serious artworks such as illustration and detailing.
Pros
Perfect for all ages
Beautifully designed for easy maneuvering with a chip-resistant structure
Erasers on the pencils do a good job of removing color
Cons
Thinner sketching papers might get affected by the erasers
Color Pencil without ink. Eraser on top, exclusive pen case...
This set includes 12 colors: Black, Blue, Brown, Green,...
We’ve all had our favorite Pilot pens for a range of purposes that included everything from writing crisp letters to doodling at the back bench. The Frixion Erasable Colored Pencils from the brand is an exclusive range of uniquely designed coloring pencils with non-dusting erasers that works almost like a pen, making coloring the blank spaces an even more enjoyable task for all!
The erasers ensure that a mess-free coloring spree that helps keep the environment clean, especially for kids.
Experience
So although we have greatly loved our days with our favorite Pilots, we were a bit skeptical about the Frixion Colored Pencils, given the fact that we were aware of the mixed reviews that it had got.
But, it did really impress us with the kind of performance it put up even against all of these top brands that we’re reviewing today. These pencils come in a durable casing and deliver almost an inky yet texturized vibrant pay-off that looks absolutely amazing. This makes it a hot favorite amongst kids and an ideal choice for school projects.
This is made even more exciting by the fact that the erasers that you get with these leave no shaving and dirt behind. It cleans up the stains easily and quickly, keeping the worktop clean. The fine tips of the product make it perfect for detailing and intricate work or even writing (what Pilot does best)!
The only part we found to be a tad bit tricky is that you’d really have to add pressure in order to get bolder, more defined lines because the pay-off is kind of diluted and light otherwise, especially when you have to color larger spaces.
Also, we wish that these were a bit more affordable.
Pros
Fine lead makes it pretty easy to detail or write
Mess-free erasing thanks to the non-dusting rubber tips on the pencils
Quite expensive
Cons
Color payoff may become lighter while filling larger spaces
50 ERASABLE COLORED PENCILS: Includes 50 Erasable Crayola...
VIBRANT COLORS: Explore a palette of 50 rich, vibrant colors...
When you read “Crayola,” it’s almost always a trip down memory lane because just about each one of us has grown up using these special brand of colors. And what makes these special is the superior, consistent performance that has essentially woven Crayola into our childhood.
The Erasable colored pencils from the brand offer a decent range of removable colors that is ideal for every kid and for all kinds of school or home projects.
Experience
Apart from the fact that we went absolutely kiddish while testing these out, Crayola still didn’t cease to surprise us with its consistent performance even after all this while! As expected, the color deliverance is great on these that fill up the largest areas on paper without ugly patches or scratches.
However, the leads of these are pretty soft with a greater wax content than those from the other brands. So, although, this pays off in immensely vibrant and rich colors, they can smudge and stain the other portions of the paper.
This is another set that gives you a separate block of erasers, and this really does a fine job of cleaning up the color stains in a jiffy. But these do leave shavings quite a lot, and it might just be difficult to scrub off really dark areas with it. Also, regular erasers won’t quite work.
But, Crayola indeed provides a lot more than most other brands at a price that’s more reasonable and affordable than others.
Basically, the colored pencils from Crayola are ideal for kids but not so much for professionals.
Pros
Rich, vibrant color payoff with a smooth, glossy texture
Eraser cleans up stains well without harming the paper
CRAYOLA ERASABLE COLORED PENCILS: Includes 36 Erasable...
VIBRANT COLORS: Explore a palette of 36 rich, vibrant colors...
The Crayola Twistable Erasable is a newer launch from the brand that boasts of an exclusive range of twistable tube pencils that has a durable plastic casing rather than the traditional wooden variant.
The colors are as pretty and vibrant as the original Crayola colored pencils. The Twistable pencils are entirely erasable and each pencil comes equipped with rubber tips at their ends, that can be used to scrub out any unwanted mark or stain.
Experience
The Twistables from Crayola are definitely a fantastic upgrade to what we reviewed for you earlier from the same brand. It delivers a decent color payoff in every stroke, gliding smoothly over the surface.
The leads will obviously need no sharpening as you can simply twist it up and use it to color whenever you want. This makes it so much more convenient and easier to use and is perfect for kids to use anywhere. The set contains 12 shades that come with the erasers at the end.
The eraser does a good job of removing colored lines or marks. However, we thought that compared to the classic Crayola erasable pencils that came with a separate block of eraser, this one might just be a bit too patchy touch to use, especially over larger surfaces.
Also, darker strokes could be a challenge and effort to remove even using these erasers.
Pros
Very convenient, non-toxic, and hence, very safe to use by kids
Delivers a decent color pay-off
Pretty affordable than the ones from most other brands
Erasers work well, but not as much for darker lines
Buying Guide For The Best Erasable Colored Pencils
While purchasing a set of erasable colored pencils isn’t normally a big deal under any circumstance, knowing how to select just the right product will take more than just time and basic know-how regarding the product itself.
Art supplies don’t come in cheap and to land up with an inferior-grade product would be mean a loss of money and time. Also, things like colors or other art mediums should be bought with extra care and attention to ensure that they are absolutely easy to use, especially by children.
And, to simplify things further for you, we have decided to include this short buyers’ guide for you to know what to consider while buying erasable colored pencils!
Lead Quality: The quality of the lead is the main factor to consider when buying whatever kind of colored pencils you want to buy. Remember, softer leads will have more wax content while harder leads could be a tad bit difficult to work with initially.
How easy it might be to erase the lines created by either type will depend on the kind of pigment formulation the brand offers. This will also decide what brands would work best for children and beginners and what should you avoid if you’re a professional. So, you could test a few out individually before deciding on a complete set.
Crack and chip-resistance: the leads of the colored pencils, as well as the casing, should be durable enough to resist cracking or chipping which might lead to wastage of the product and hence, stacks heavily against the investment. Softer leads are more prone to breaking and should be handled with care during usage.
Eraser: This is the essential determinant for an erasable pencil. The erasers provided to remove the colored marks should work well enough to not leave any stain or mess behind. It’s always a good idea to go for those that come with non-dusting erasers.
These keep your worktop super-clean and mess-free for. You should also consider whether or not you could use a regular eraser for the kind of pigments your pencils offer by checking how well the one included in the set fares.
Safety: Always, and we mean, ALWAYS go for non-toxic products. Otherwise, the shavings from the erasers mixed with the pigments from the pencils can cause respiratory diseases if they aren’t certifiably safe. This is where you should, at all costs, consider investing in a good brand, especially if kids are gonna use it.
Price: Although colored pencils generally come at a really affordable and reasonable price tag, certain top-notch brands can be pretty expensive. However, if you’re looking to buy a set to experiment with or keep it casual and not-so-professional, then we would advise you to go for individual purchases from different brands rather than investing in a full set right away.
This way, you get to customize your own pallet and understand which brands and kinds of color will work best for you while cutting down on the overall significantly.
Erasable Colored Pencils FAQ's
Are erasable colored pencils as good as regular colored pencils?
While erasable colored pencils may not have the same color intensity and vibrancy as regular colored pencils, they are still a great option for beginners and for those who want to make fewer mistakes in their artwork.
Can erasable colored pencils be used on all types of paper?
Erasable colored pencils can be used on most types of paper, but it’s recommended to use them on paper with a smooth texture for the best results. Rough or textured paper can cause the eraser to smudge the colors and leave marks.
Do erasable colored pencils come in sets or individual colors?
Erasable colored pencils are usually sold in sets, but individual colors can also be purchased separately. It’s best to purchase a set that includes a wide range of colors to allow for more creativity.
Can erasable colored pencil marks be blended like regular colored pencil marks?
Erasable colored pencil marks can be blended like regular colored pencil marks, but it’s important to blend them before erasing, as the eraser can remove some of the color and affect the blending.
Conclusion
We appreciate you taking the time to read our article on the best erasable colored pencils. We're confident that this information has given you the insights you need to make an informed decision on which erasable colored pencils to purchase. The right set of erasable colored pencils can make all the difference in your artistic creations, allowing you to make adjustments and achieve the perfect results effortlessly.
Out of these 6 best erasable colored pencils, here are our top three recommendations:
Tombow Irojiten Colored Pencils- Best for Luxurious Colors: Packed with a range of vivid and creamy colors, the Tombow Irojiten Colored Pencils is an ideal option for those who seek top-notch color payoff and blendability.
Prismacolor Col-Erase Erasable Colored Pencils - Best for Precision Work: With its easy-to-use design and excellent erasability, Prismacolor Col-Erase is a good option for artists who need precision in their work without worrying about making mistakes.
Staedtler Erasable Colored Pencils - Best for All Ages: Thanks to its comfortable grip and high pigmentation, the Staedtler Erasable Colored Pencils is the right choice for artists of all ages and skill levels.
Armed with these recommendations, you're ready to embark on a creative journey filled with vibrant colors and endless possibilities. Don't be afraid to experiment with different techniques and color combinations, as the erasable nature of these colored pencils makes it easy to refine your skills and achieve your desired results. So, go ahead and unleash your imagination with these fantastic erasable colored pencils. Happy coloring!
The first thing which comes to mind when we hear ‘pastels’ is that no preparation is needed.
Most mediums out there require some time for preparation before starting the painting process but pastels are ready for use anytime we feel like getting creative.
The second important feature of these colorful sticks is that they are portable. This is an outcome of them being ready to use anytime. Moreover, they are handy and most of the time will come in a tightly secured box.
However, being easily available does not necessarily mean they are easy to use as well.
In fact, pastels are slightly harder to work with as compared to other mediums due to the fact that we have to apply them directly onto the surface. But with practice, the process will eventually become easy for creating something beautiful.
In today’s article, we will review 7 of the best oil pastels used by artists worldwide. Apart from that, we will also share basic information that you will want to know about these mediums.
Best Oil Pastels
Take a moment and have a look at this list of the 7 best oil pastels we’ve carefully selected to meet any of your creative requirements.
The Original Oil Pastels: Sakura color pastels are the...
Expressionist Range for Painterly Effects: This oil pastels...
From an endless collection of Sakura Cray-Pas oil pastels, we chose to start off with this pack for a lot of reasons which you will see in a minute.
The pack contains 50 non-toxic sticks of different shades that are very rich in pigments. It also comes with a color chart which can be handy for beginners.
Experience
One of the features which make the Sakura Cray-Pas Oil Pastels very dear to users is that it is beginner-friendly.
Firstly, the fact that it comes with a color chart to guide learners makes it easy to use. We also like that the chart shows the pigments as they really are when applied.
We find that using this pack to guide younger artists does not raise any concerns because they are non-toxic.
If there are children, you will understand the worries that come with having colors lying either in the studio or around the house.
But that is not the case with these pastels because you can go anywhere and be worry-free, except for them ruining the precious sticks, of course.
However, we think the best aspect of these pastels is they can be sold individually as well. We tend to run out of blue or yellow every so often when doing landscape paintings and this is where the option to buy a single stick can be very helpful.
Besides, they are inexpensive as each pastel costs $0.67. For those starting out with a single art concept, it would be a waste to purchase the whole set at once.
But a collection of 50 colors is still too less to choose from. We have to rely on mixing/blending in order to get the desired shades for our paintings.
Nonetheless, we notice the pastels provide very tight texture which is what artists would look for to achieve full coverage. Along with that, they also deliver a smooth outlook with an opaque touch to it.
All in all, we would suggest getting this pack to those artists who are looking for quality over quantity.
Pros
The pastels are beginner-friendly and come with a color chart to see the actual results when used
They are non-toxic which is suitable for younger artists to use as well
Each pastel is available individually and costs $0.67, so it’s perfect for artists on a budget
Cons
The range of colors is too less, making blending the only option to achieve desired shades
Material: Soft | Quantity: 50 | Container: Box | Dimensions: 4.4 x 9.9 x 0.8 inches
Pentel has been around for about 70 years and above. To say that they produce great-quality art supplies throughout the years would be a correct statement.
Because the brand focuses on delivering art supplies for students, the products are also highly affordable - and the pastels are no exception. Their retail price is mostly under $10 for a number of 50 pastel sticks.
Experience
We can’t help but mention the price tag first. 50 sticks of pastels for under $10 is like a steal. Not only are we impressed by the quantity but we also loved how the results turn out.
No doubt, the pigments are as rich as those of high-end brands but they do produce perfect strokes on a surface. What is also not compromised is the blend and binder that these pastels are capable of delivering.
Because they are relatively cheaper, it makes them suitable for children to use as well. It would be heartbreaking to give expensive pastels to kids when they are liable to break them, especially if we are on a tight budget.
The only disadvantage we find with these pastels is that they are not available for buying individually.
If we run out of a couple of colors, we have to turn to other brands which provide individual purchases. And buying a whole new box of these would be a waste if we rarely use the other colors.
We would say that the pastels are great if you’re just starting out or perhaps to purchase for young artists.
Also, if you are on a restricted budget for purchasing high-end brands but want to buy quality sticks anyway, we will highly recommend this option that won’t leave you disappointed.
Pros
These pastels come at a much cheaper retail price compared to other brands because they are intended for students
The blend and stroke are exceptional as compared to its price
Children can also use these pastels for fun because of the cheap price
Cons
They are not available for purchasing individual sticks
2.
Material: Soft | Quantity: 432 | Container: Box | Dimensions: 13.4 x 10.6 x 3.4 inches
Oil pastel. I use the pigment of high quality, purity of...
Supplies
Here are pastel sticks that fall between student and artist grades in terms of classification and ratings.
The Caran d’Ache Neopastels is great for artists who are on the journey of mastering oil pastels as a painting medium. Learners too can go for these pastels if they want to take on another level of pastels.
Experience
What we really admire about the Caran d’Ache Neopastels is its consistency. It delivers a soft and creamy texture while working.
We can understand why many artists would prefer this option if they’re looking for easy and smooth blending. And because the pastels are really soft, they are rich in pigments and that can produce vibrant results which anyone would want for their artwork.
The pack comes with a color chart which is very different from the one we get with the Sakura Cray-Pas pastels. In the chart, you’ll see a more detailed explanation to give artists a visual guide before mixing colors.
The chart specifies includes everything one needs to know about the pastels - from their unique names to pigments and lightfastness. So if you’re a self-taught beginner, this would be a good pick to get yourself familiar with mixing colors.
We took it from different artists who said that the pastels are a great investment and that there is a wide range of colors within the pack. Sure enough, we didn’t get disappointed since they do justice to our work.
If you’re wondering, the overall online rating of these pastels is 4.7 from 5.0. With an affordable price and brilliant quality, we feel these are indeed worth investing in.
One of their best features is they are available separately too. Imagine running out of a few shades and not having to spend money on a whole box of pastels over time and again - that is in itself a great deal.
But sometimes the quality of the pigments can differ with each stick. At times, we find some shades to be too dry to work with.
All in all, we would suggest going for this option if you want to shift the focus from your previous pastels to a pack of superior-quality ones.
Pros
Pastels are extraordinarily smooth and creamy which is perfect for blending
Pack comes with a color chart that provides basic and easy details
Available for purchasing individually so it saves a lot of money
Cons
Some shades can get too dry to work with at times
Material: Soft | Quantity: 96 | Container: Box | Dimensions: 13.5 x 9.8 x 0.8 inches
It will take 10 to 17 business days as your goods arrive...
One of the high-end brands is Holbein. It is likely you will know this if you have been around art supplies for a while.
These Japan-based pastels are decently hard and rectangular in shape, which makes them perfect when working on outlining and small details.
What makes this stand out from the rest of oil pastels is their chalky composition.
Experience
We really like how these pastels provide full coverage when working with backgrounds. Moreover, they are pretty easy and quick to blend because of the chalk and oil combination. They hardly spread over the painting nor are they messy.
Because their structure leans a bit to the hard side, we find them to be great for working with minor details in the artwork. This is also because they are not easily breakable as soft pastels are.
The rectangular shape of the pastels also has a part to play with the texture of the painting. it really gives a fine gradient touch when toning the surface.
But what surpasses every aspect of the pastels is that the pack contains up to 225 colors which makes our work pretty easy since there is no need to blend colors to get the desired shade.
This also saves us a lot of money which we could have spent trying to find a box with different other shades.
The pastels are available in a set as well as individually. In case we used up a shade, it will be pretty easy to order one right away.
If you’re wondering if the price is a major drawback, you’re right. Even though they are available to buy separately, each pastel costs $3.29 and that can be too much for artists with a tight budget.
But to be on the safe side, you can always try out a few shades before deciding if these pastels will meet your requirements.
Besides, you can always get only a few of these and mix them with other brands to get a completely unique piece.
Pros
Chalky composition helps make blending quick and easy
Perfect for creating outlines and sharp edges
Total number of 225 sticks are available in the set for the artist to explore a wider range of colors
These pastels are also available individually and as a set
Cons
One stick costs $3.29, which may not be ideal for every artist
Material: Soft | Quantity: 40 | Container: Cardboard Box | Dimensions: 9.2 x 7.2 x 0.8 inches
Mungyo Gallery Soft Oil Pastels Set of 48 - Assorted Colors
You probably have come across this brand while watching tutorials every now and then. Mungyo is very popular in the world of oil pastels currently.
While the quality is very much like that of Sennelier’s, these come at a more affordable price, however.
These oil pastels have a smooth and buttery touch to them which makes them highly preferable.
Experience
As we have stated before, they are high-quality pastels that come at a very affordable price of $25 per set. This is one of the reasons why we are drawn to these colorful sticks.
Although the number of pastels is limited to only 48 sticks in one set, we love the consistency it delivers to the paintings. More importantly, the coverage is compact and smooth.
The best feature when it comes to these pastels is that they offer extraordinary results while highlighting since they are very vibrant and rich in pigment.
If you’re looking for pastels that are easy to use, we highly recommend these for their amazing composition as a whole. Both texture and consistency make these a perfect choice for the complete beginner who just started out with the basics of oil pastels.
But unlike most of the good pastels we’ve reviewed, these do not come with a color chart. On top of this, we also found that they are not available for buying separately. It leaves us no choice but to look at other brands and find a similar shade to the one we used up from this set.
Overall, we can say these are ideal for learners who want to explore good-quality oil pastels without having to spend too much money on them. Also, they can compare to see the difference between average pastels and those that hold superior quality.
Pros
Easy and simple to use which makes them ideal for complete beginners
Lower price than high-end pastels, given their wonderful quality
Working with highlights is very easy with the pastels since they are soft and contain a high level of pigment
Cons
The set does not have a color chart which should include details about the pastels
They are not available for individual purchase
Material: Soft | Quantity: 48 | Container: Box | Dimensions: 9.3 x 6.5 x 0.7 inches
Whether you’re into paintings or not, it would be a lie if you have not heard of Crayola before.
At some point of time, you probably have come across this brand, especially as a kid when art class was necessary to enhance our creative minds.
There are many reasons why we included this on the list - one of them is they make cleaning up very easy.
Experience
We will first begin by stating the comfort of holding these large-size oil sticks.
Whenever we paint or sketch with most oil pastels, we have to keep in mind to always be extra careful not to break them. But working with the Crayola oil pastels reduces those worries since they are thick, which makes them less susceptible to breakage.
Of course, that is the reason why these are perfect for children and young artists because they can get quite reckless at times.
But that is not only ideal for youngsters since we also find this structure beneficial for certain uses. For instance, when having to work on filling the background or creating sharp outlines, we can do so with ease and there’s no tension behind it.
The sharpened tip is also one of the best features required for the painting process. With a sharp tip like this, creating precise lines is not an issue.
However, the quality of these pastels is nowhere near that of high-end brands. But that does not come as a surprise since these come at a pretty affordable price because they are meant for children.
Keeping that aside, if you are looking for oil pastels that can serve both you and the kids, we would suggest going for this option.
Pros
Really affordable and good for children to use
They are both rigid and big which makes holding them very comfortable
Great for working with backgrounds
Cons
Quality of these pastels is average compared to high-end brands
Material: Hard | Quantity: 12 | Container: Box | Dimensions: 4.4 x 1.4 x 3.4 inches (each)
Last on the list, we have a high-end brand that most artists would know.
The French-based brand Sennelier has been around for a long time and had served great artists such as Picasso.
You can just imagine the kind of quality Sennelier would provide when it comes to oil pastels. This particular set is undeniably great for delivering marvelous results.
Experience
We discussed some brands which offer oil pastels with high consistency and smoothness, but the same features that Sennelier pastels have are unbeatable.
We can tell the difference when comparing a similar test painting using Sennelier oil pastels and inexpensive sticks. The vibrancy which the former delivers is classic and rich. Also, working with these pastels allow us to have more control over the sticks.
The set contains 120 unique colors which can fulfill any artist’s desired shade, either directly or through blending.
This is a great aspect that we would look for in our oil pastels because we don’t have to go to other brands in search of a single intended shade. And unlike liquid paints, blending oil pastels is a bit harder, therefore, the wide range of colors reduces that tension as well.
Along with that, the price of this set is already high enough for artists with a limited budget. So, settling for this alone already solved most of our shade-hunting problem.
Artists who wonder what the color chart is like would be glad to know that it contains the list of colors and details on opacity and their lightfastness. Beginners would also find this feature beneficial while learning about oil pastels.
The pastels can also be bought individually as well as a set, which again prevents us from going through the shade-hunting process all over again.
But as we have mentioned, the price of these high-end pastels is very high and might not be reasonable for students and budget artists.
Pros
Pastels deliver outstanding consistency and vibrancy to the piece
120 different shades in the set which most artists prefer to reduce the process of blending
Set also comes with a handy color chart which is easy to understand
Cons
The cost of these pastels can be too much for many budget artists and students
Material: Soft | Quantity: 48 | Container: Cardboard Box | Dimensions: 10.8 x 6.9 x 0.9 inches
Before we move forward with the reviews, let’s take a quick look at how oil-based pastels are different from those pastels with different compositions.
If you are an advanced artist who is already familiar with the differences, we’d suggest skipping this part. But if you are new to pastels and want to purchase a set, you might want to go through this brief guide.
From the name itself, you can tell that these sticks produce rich pigments. They are perfect for creating really bright and luminous paintings.
Because they are soft in form, it makes them pretty delicate and fragile to work with. However, this does not mean that one should refrain from using them since you get one of the best results by using them.
However, keep in mind there are certain types of soft pastels that are toxic like those with cadmium pigments. Therefore, we would recommend looking for non-toxic soft pastels if you have children around by going through the labels first.
Contrary to soft pastels, pencil pastels are usually hard-structured and slightly tough to blend. However, what they are perfect for is that they can create fine and accurate lines. They are also good for highlighting small details.
And unlike soft pastels, these are pointed and rigid, which makes them unbreakable when used.
They can actually be used as a separate medium for minor details to complement and complete your oil pastel painting.
As the name suggests, these sticks are pretty hard and deliver lesser pigments to your paintings.
But like the pencil pastels, they do a good job when you need to create precise outlines and extra highlights. Besides that, many artists use them for creating backgrounds.
Also, if you are a traveling artist, these will come in very handy in your creative journeys because they are not fragile.
Finally, let’s look at oil pastels and see why they are favored by most artists to create beautiful artwork.
Oil pastels have a different composition altogether. They are made of wax and contain mineral or linseed oil. This gives them a reason to produce vibrant colors. They are also soft which makes them pleasant to hold while painting.
But the only drawback of this pastel type is that it can get too tough to blend when working on rough textures due to their thickness. Keeping that in mind, the one thing that makes oil pastels stand out from the rest is they have no requirement for a preserving medium or a fixative. While other types of pastels depend on a spray to prevent discoloration, oil pastels only require to be stored away from direct heat.
The second striking difference is that oil pastels can be mixed with certain chemicals to thin them down creating various effects.
Note: Remember that oil sticks and oil pastels are not the same. The former can dry out after some time, while the latter does not.
Buying Guide For The Best Oil Pastel
Before purchasing a set of oil pastels, there are a few things you might want to first take into consideration.
Grade
Like other art supplies, oil pastels also come in two different grades: Artist and Student. Deciding which one is for you requires knowing where you and your skills stand. Take a quick look at the two options for a better understanding.
Artist
The reason why you see some oil pastels are termed as artist grade is that they have superior quality in performance and pigments. In fact, if we look at every aspect, artist-grade pastels surpass others.
Moreover, artist-quality oil pastels are resistant to oxidation. They contain more oil than wax in their composition.
Caran d’Ache Neopastels, Holbein Artist, Sennelier, and Sakura Cray-Pas are some examples of artist grade pastels.
Student
On the other hand, student-grade oil pastels have lesser pigments. They also contain more wax and less oil in the composition.
This is the reason why they are more affordable so that students or artists on a budget can have access to them financially.
But not all student grade pastels have compromised quality to a large extent. There are brands such as Mungyo Gallery and Van Gogh that offer the best kind of student-grade oil pastels.
Pigment
Lightfastness means the amount of light that can affect the pigments of these paints. We all have some idea about how different colors reflect and absorb light.
This information is available mostly on the color chart which comes with the set. Therefore, when buying oil pastels for serious paintings, we suggest looking for those with a color chart.
Consistency
The consistency of pastels entirely depends on your preferences. If you are going for a vibrant and luminous look, then those with a creamy recipe will work for you.
But if you’re looking for kid-friendly and good for outlines, you will want to look for options that lean more towards the hard side.
Individual or Set
By now, you would already know the importance of buying from a brand that offers both individual and sets, finding the best oil pastel set for you can greatly emphasize your efforts.
The reason this is very important is that it will save you a lot of money and time, especially when working on a larger artwork. The fact of having to replace the same color time and again will not be convenient if you can’t purchase it individually.
However, if you’re a beginner working on smaller projects, a set would be the ideal pick for you.
A tortillon is a tool useful for blending pastels. It is nothing fancy but a piece of paper that is tightly rolled up so that it forms a tip at the end which can assist the artist with blending the colors smoothly.
A palette knife is a versatile tool. It can be used to blend liquid paints but for pastels, it can help in the process of scraping off any excess paints to create sharp and clean edges.
Turpentine or other mineral spirits are used for blending colors as well. These solutions help make the colors creamy and soft to blend.
They also help remove any pastel stains which are left on the surface after scraping off the excess paint.
If you use them for blending, you can use a brush and dip them in the turpentine. Wipe off the excess liquid and apply it to the area where you need to blend. It will soften the wax in the oil pastels and make it better for the process of blending.
In case there is a need to clean the areas where the paints are spreading, use a small piece of cloth.
Another one of the blending tools is the color shaper. It is perfect for use with oil pastels because its shape is very similar to that of a brush.
However, the tip does not have any bristles but instead has either a silicone or a plastic end which is great to blend detailed areas in an oil pastel painting.
A primer is a necessity in the world of paintings as a whole. If you are an experienced artist, you will know the striking difference between paintings with and without a primer. The primer plays a role in the outcome of a painting.
Without it, your painting will be very hard to manage throughout the entire process. It will create issues when trying to blend colors or working with strokes for that matter.
But if you prime the surface before starting, the results will be completely different. You will see it is smoother to work on and the finished painting will be very alluring.
While liquid paints dry out eventually, oil pastels are not the same whatsoever.
Made with oils that do not dry, oil pastels are vulnerable to heat and other elements. This leaves the artist with two options to preserve the painting: framing or using fixatives.
While framing sounds like a perfect idea, not everybody can afford to frame each and every piece of their collection. This is where fixatives come in.
If you want to preserve your oil pastel artwork, use a decent fixative that is made for oil pastels. That will prevent the painting from dust and discoloration in the long run, keeping it fresh.
Oil Pastels FAQ's
How are oil pastels different from other art materials?
Oil pastels are different from other art materials, such as regular pastels or colored pencils, in that they are made with oil and wax, which makes them softer and easier to blend. They also have a more intense and vibrant color than other art materials.
Can oil pastels be used with other art materials?
Yes, oil pastels can be used with other art materials, such as acrylic paint, watercolor, or graphite. However, it’s important to use a surface that is suitable for the specific medium, as some surfaces may not be compatible with oil pastels.
Are oil pastels toxic?
Oil pastels are generally considered safe to use, but some brands may contain toxic materials, such as heavy metals or solvents. It’s important to read the labels and follow the safety instructions provided by the manufacturer.
How do you store oil pastels?
Oil pastels should be stored in a cool, dry place to prevent them from melting or becoming too soft. They should also be kept in their original packaging or a separate container to prevent them from getting dirty or mixing with other colors.
Can oil pastel artwork be preserved?
Yes, oil pastel artwork can be preserved by fixing it with a fixative spray or framing it behind glass. It’s important to use a fixative that is suitable for oil pastels to prevent the colors from smudging or fading over time.
Can oil pastels be used for professional artwork?
Yes, oil pastels can be used for professional artwork and are a popular choice for artists who want to create vibrant and expressive pieces. There are many artists who specialize in oil pastel artwork and have gained recognition for their unique and innovative styles.
How do you clean up after using oil pastels?
Oil pastels can be messy, so it’s important to clean up properly after using them. You can use a soft cloth or tissue to wipe off any excess pastel from your hands or the surface. You should also avoid blowing on the pastels, as this can spread the dust and make the mess worse.
Conclusion
Thank you for taking the time to explore our in-depth article on the best oil pastels. We trust that you found the information valuable and are now equipped with the knowledge you need when deciding which oil pastels to purchase. As you embark on your artistic journey, these oil pastels will help elevate your artwork to a whole new level of vibrancy and depth.
Out of these 7 best oil pastels, here are our top three recommendations:
Sakura Cray-Pas Oil Pastels - Best for Beginner-Friendly Experience: This pack not only comes with a color chart but is also non-toxic and suitable for younger artists. A great option for those new to oil pastel painting.
Pentel Arts Oil Pastels - Best for Budget-Conscious Artists: With an impressive collection of 50 pastel sticks for an affordable price, Pentel Arts Oil Pastels are perfect for student artists or those on a tight budget.
Caran d'Ache Neopastels - Best for Smooth Blending: These pastels boast a soft, creamy texture ideal for smooth blending, making them well-suited for artists looking to level up their oil pastel skills.
With these recommendations, you are now ready to embark on a colorful adventure, creating breathtaking masterpieces with your chosen oil pastels. Trust your artistic instincts and let your creative spirit flourish with every stroke and blend of color. The world of oil pastels awaits you – go ahead and unleash your imagination! Happy painting!
Soft pastels are one of the most widely used art supplies. How do you select the best soft pastels for your artistic endeavors?
With many companies offering hundreds of soft pastels, both individually and in sets, choosing the perfect product can be a challenge. When it comes to soft pastels, there is a lot more than what meets the eye.
If you have not used soft pastels before, this is the perfect guide for you. Even if you are an art veteran and have used soft pastels before, we might have some information that could help you upgrade to a better set of pastels.
After going through hundreds of products and studying their reviews, we shortlisted about a dozen products and used them extensively on various projects.
After using the pastel sets, we handpicked the seven best options that you must consider.
Best Soft Pastels
Whether you are a student or a professional, one of these recommended products will surely fit the bill. Stick around till the end to read the buyers’ guide and FAQs that will help you choose the perfect soft pastel for your painting endeavors. Without further ado, let us delve into detailed reviews of 6 of the best soft pastels available in the market right now.
Schmincke offers handmade pastels in three sets of 18 colors each. Each pastel in this set is made from fine ground artists’ pigments in high concentration. This set from Schmincke has made its way into our list of recommendations owing to its highest lightfastness and minimum binders.
🎨 THE BRAND: Schmincke has been producing the best,...
🎨 Pastel: Large cardboard set "Multipurpose", with 30...
Experience
There is a reason for giving the numero uno spot to Schmincke’s Half-Stick Extra-Soft Artist Pastel set – optimal quality at an affordable price. We especially liked the smoothness and color of each pastel in this set. These extra-soft pastels are made in Germany in a precise and slow manufacturing process to ensure consistent quality.
One of the typical hassles of using a pastel set is that some of the colors are more frequently used than others and thereby tend to run out quickly. Replacing a specific color from a pastel set is often troublesome and time-consuming. Schmincke recognizes this common hindrance faced by artists and offers over 400 individual pastels, allowing for quick and hassle-free replacement of any shade.
If you have not used any of the Schmincke pastels already and are skeptical about their quality, you can purchase any of the individual pastels and then go for the set. The range of colors provided by Schmincke is second to none. To give you an idea, if you want to use Ultramarine Deep variants in a project, with Schmincke, you get Black, Pure Color, White, White +, and White ++.
It can get challenging to find the perfect colors when you have so many options – almost like finding a needle in a haystack. Schmincke offers a detailed color chart for a straightforward comparison of colors. You can use the color chart to know the lightfastness rating and pigment purity of each pastel stick. Schmincke’s Pastel Set is undoubtedly a top pick for artists and professionals everywhere.
Pros
Easy to blend, giving you unlimited creative color options
Wide range of colors provided by Schmincke enables the creation of the most intricate and meticulous art pieces
Made in Germany using a slow and accurate manufacturing process to maintain consistent quality
Each pastel stick in the set features optimal lightfastness and minimum binders
These pastel sticks are known for high pigment concentration
Cons
Some artists have observed that the texture of these pastels is not as soft as they prefer
Number of Colors: 30 | Stick Size: Full Stick | Softness: Extra soft | Lightfastness: Good | Packaging: Cardboard box
The next soft pastel set in our list of recommendations comes from the reputed house of Royal Talens. The Rembrandt line of soft pastels comes after over 100 years of excellence in offering soft pastels. With these pastels, an artist gets what she wants – optimal quality and long-lasting performance.
These professional-quality soft pastel sticks are...
English (Publication Language)
Experience
The Rembrandt Pastel kit from Royal Talens offers a unique feature. We loved the composition of these pastel sticks – the manufacturing process relies on kaolin clay to work as a binder, which adds a slightly firm finish to these pastels (not firm enough to be classified as hard pastels). Having a relatively solid finish for soft pastels, artists get a secure grip and control.
Added grip and control allows for smooth strokes on the paint surface. But these pastels are not just magnificent for stroke work. You will be pleased to know that the unique binder of these pastels can crumble with ease, enabling you to blend various colors with ease. Each pastel stick measures 1.375” in length.
With Rembrandt Pastels, you need not worry about quality. Two of the standout features of these pastels are the rich pigment concentration and high lightfastness. Rembrandt offers these pastels in 218 colors – 61 with a lightfastness rating ranging from 25 to 100 years and 157 with a lightfastness rating of more than 100 years. You can rest assured that these pastels will maintain their luster throughout your lifetime.
Like every top-notch pastel brand, Rembrandt pastels are available in affordable sets as well as individual sticks. You can conveniently restock any color from a collection. Royal Talens also provides an in-depth color chart for reference for professional artists who may want to review the swatches and pigments.
There are no gimmicks or false promotions when it comes to Rembrandt. These pastels are artist-grade and command a slight premium in price. If you have a few extra bucks to spare, these pastels are the best option.
Pros
Rembrandt pastel sticks contain zero sharp edges or hard bits, which can lead to scratches or bright spots during application
Each pastel stick is hand-checked multiple times throughout the production process to ensure optimal quality
It is a perfect kit for artists who are looking for top-notch quality
Rembrandt pastels come in a wide range of colors and are easy to blend
Cons
It can be a tad bit expensive for students and beginners
Number of Colors: 30 | Stick Size: Half Stick | Softness: Soft | Lightfastness: Good | Packaging: Cardboard box
Next, on our list of recommendations is the Mungyo Soft Pastel set that has 64 colors. The unique feature of this set is that each pastel stick is designed as a square instead of a circle. The square design is ideal for optimal grip and effortless stroke work.
Vivid and brilliant colors - available up to 64 colors (US...
All techniques of the pastel can be applied easily ;...
Experience
The first two soft pastel sets in our list cater to professional artists and experts. It is time to include a pastel set for students, beginners, and hobbyists. We recommend the Mungyo Soft Pastel Square Chalk set to anybody who is operating on a tight budget and wants reasonably priced pastels.
You will want to buy this set because of the sheer value for the money it provides. At a price less than $15, you get 64 pastels – that is less than 25 cents per pastel stick. It is natural to think that if a comprehensive pastel set is priced so low, it might be of inferior quality. We have used it extensively, and we can assure you that it is not the case with Mungyo’s set.
This set is not artist-grade and does not come with a color chart. There is no information on the pigment concentration and lightfastness rating. These pastels are made in Korea and are far from the best products available in the market. It serves as a perfect starter kit for students or hobbyists who want to learn.
There have been a few complaints about the poor packaging of this pastel set, which has led to some of the sticks breaking in transit. We got our set in perfect condition, and we found the packaging to be excellent – protected by a cover sheet and foam cushion in the box. The pastels are small in size and will run out soon after being put to use.
Pros
One of the cheapest pastel sets available in the market, costing less than 25 cents per pastel stick.
Comprehensive set, with 64 colors of soft pastels
Ideal starter set for art students, hobbyists, and beginners
Unique square design of the pastel sticks allows for better grip and more effective stroke work
Cons
Pastels are very small and will run out very soon after being put to use
There is no color chart in the set, so the lightfastness rating and pigment purity cannot be ascertained
Number of Colors: 64 | Stick Size: Mini Stick | Softness: Soft | Lightfastness: Fair | Packaging: Foam cushion
Halfway through our recommendations comes one of the most comprehensive pastel sets available in the market. Sennelier offers the half-stick Paris collection that consists of 120 colors. Sennelier is one of the most renowned brands in the pastels industry and has been providing art and craft supplies for over 100 years.
Manufacturing process of the Sennelier cylindrical pastel...
Wide range of luxurious, brilliant colors
Experience
If you are looking for the most delicate soft pastels, you go for one of the most reputed brands in the pastel industry – Royal Talens, Holbein, or Sennelier. Based out of France, Sennelier has been the go-to brand for many famous artists since 1887. If you need proof, Picasso and Van Gogh used Sennelier products.
So why is Sennelier so good? We especially liked the full range of colors that Sennelier offers – 525 in total. Finding the right colors for your next art masterpiece will not be a hassle if you search the Sennelier color chart. We recommend the half-stick Paris collection because of its top-notch permanence, pigment purity, and lightfastness rating.
The set comes in a sturdy cardboard box, which allows secure storage. If you will be performing substantial overlapping work with these pastels, it is preferable that you fix between layers. Avoid heavily fixing the final layer to preserve the original tones. You will appreciate the extra soft finish of these pastels.
One of the downsides and a significant one at that is the price of Sennelier pastels. Soft pastels can cost up to nearly five dollars per piece and its most extensive set consisting of all 525 colors comes at a steep price exceeding $1,000. It is not your average pastel brand and commands a significant premium relative to other brands.
Due to its expensive price tag, the Sennelier half-stick Paris set is not well-suited for art students, beginners, and hobbyists. If you are still new to the world of soft pastels or are still experimenting and learning, this is not the set you want to buy.
Pros
Set contains artist-grade, extra soft pastels of premium quality that are made in France
It features best-in-industry pigment purity, permanence, and lightfastness rating
Sennelier offers 525 color options, providing a diverse range of color options for artists
It is made from a perfect mix of high-quality pure pigment and a natural transparent binder
Cons
It is one of the most expensive soft pastel brands, making it suitable only for professional artists, art teachers, and experts
Number of Colors: 120 | Stick Size: Half Stick | Softness: Soft | Lightfastness: Excellent | Packaging: Cardboard box
Any art or craft supply list will be incomplete without a Blick product. All artists in the USA have heard of or used Blick’s products. The Artists’ Soft Pastels are available in a wide array of vibrant, rich colors, ideal for all kinds of color sketching and pastel painting.
Experience
Over recent years, Blick has emerged as a go-to brand for all types of art and craft supplies. Do not label it as just an average store brand. While Blick’s NYC store has the most extensive and well-thought-out collection of supplies for artists, their products always pack a punch.
We especially liked the Blick Artists’ Soft Pastels because of their high pigment concentration and minimal binders. Like the premium brands of Royal Talens and Sennelier, the final color is bright and vibrant. These pastels are available individually as well as in sets. Each pastel stick measures 2.5 inches in length and 0.5 inches in diameter.
You will notice a soft, velvety texture in these pastels, which enables consistent coverage and easy laydown. These pastels from Blick are versatile and can be used for layering, blending, and softening edges. We ought to mention that, unlike most past pastels, they do not crumble easily. You get optimal lightfastness with these pastels.
What makes Blick click is the affordable price of its products. Most Blick products cost about 25% less than its premium alternatives, but the quality of these products has a negligible difference. If you can buy an artist-grade product from a non-premium brand at a moderate price, it is a win-win situation.
Blick’s Soft Pastels set is affordable for both professionals and students. Blick offers the most bang for your buck, and these soft pastels will not disappoint. If you are looking for an upgrade from a basic pastel set without spending a fortune, this is the brand for you.
Pros
Set has artist-grade pastels that have high pigment concentration and negligible binders
Pastels do not crumble easily and provide intense, bright color
Ideal for various techniques like layering, blending, and softening edges
Moderately priced, making it affordable for students and professionals alike
Each pastel has a velvety texture and optimal lightfastness
Cons
It is a store brand and does not command a super brand value like other premium brands
Number of Colors: 60 | Stick Size: Full Stick | Softness: Soft | Lightfastness: Good | Packaging: Foam cushion
Faber-Castell is a name that a majority of artists are familiar with, both students and professionals. The FC128272 Creative Studio Soft Pastels set includes 72 colors. The vibrant color deposit in these pastels provides an exceptionally bright and intense finish. These pastels are ideal for drawing fine lines and details and for shading larger background areas.
Soft colour deposit for extremely intense and vivid colours
Ideal for drawing fine details and shading larger areas
Experience
The last recommendation we have is a treat for art students and hobbyists. Take the Loew-Cornell set we just reviewed and make it more comprehensive and reasonable to get the Faber-Castell FC128272 set. It includes 72 vivid colors of half-stick pastels, making it an excellent addition to any student’s art supplies.
We especially liked the sturdy cardboard box this set comes in, making it ideal for traveling. These pastels are designed in the traditional square to offer better precision and control. Each pastel stick measures 1.125 inches in length. You will be pleased to know that these pastels conform to ASTM D4236 and are 100% safe to use.
The pastels feature a stable consistency and can adhere to various surfaces like card, paper, stone, and wood. We loved how easy it was to clean a wrong stroke – wipe with your finger, pastel brush or a paper wiper. These pastels are excellent for all kinds of blending projects, especially for subtle blends.
The primary reason for including this pastel set in our list is its cost-effectiveness. At a price of around $27, 72 colors of half-stick pastels is a great buy. As the Loew-Cornell set, this set suffers from similar drawbacks. There is no color chart so you cannot find the pigment purity and lightfastness rating of these pastels.
Faber-Castell does not sell these pastels individually. So if some of your pastels run out sooner than the rest, you have to either buy those colors from another brand or purchase the entire set again. Despite these shortcomings, it is an excellent set for art students, beginners, and hobbyists who do not want to spend a lot of money.
Pros
One of the most reasonable soft pastel sets for students
Comprehensive set consisting of 72 colors of half-stick pastels
Each pastel in this set conforms to ASTM D4236
These pastels work perfectly for creating subtle blends
Cons
The set does not include a color chart, so information about the pigment purity and lightfastness rating is not available
Pastels are not sold individually, making restocking troublesome and expensive
Number of Colors: 24, 48, 72 | Stick Size: Half Stick | Softness: Soft | Lightfastness: Good | Packaging: Metal case
Now that we have shortlisted seven of the best soft pastels from hundreds, you might be wondering how to choose the ideal product for you out of these seven. We have covered all the factors you need to consider to select the best soft pastel for your needs.
Budget Constraints
One of the most basic and crucial factors that determine which pastel set you will be purchasing is your budget. The amount of money you are able and willing to spend on pastels will either limit or expand your options.
Professional artists and experts who make sufficient money from their work will go for artist-grade pastels. They want uncompromising quality and top-notch pastels with high pigment concentration, optimal lightfastness, and permanence.
Art students and hobbyists operate on a tight budget and will go for student-grade pastels. They are looking for affordable supplies to practice and learn and do not need high-end products.
Characteristics of Soft Pastel
Soft pastels can help you create some beautiful art, but the process is not always as glamorous. Some natural features of soft pastels make it chalk-like, meaning it will crumble and produce a lot of dust. Soft pastel does not adhere to the paint surface, thereby leading to a need to use fixative with layering.
Due to these characteristics of soft pastels, it is imperative that you use them in a well-ventilated area to avoid breathing in the pigments and binders, which may be toxic. If you are not game for the messy process that using soft pastels entails, you should probably go for oil pastels instead.
Individual or Set?
Most of the pastel sets we have recommended are available both individually and in sets. Buying individual pastels allows you to test them, especially if you are considering buying one of the premium sets. Before investing hundreds of dollars in a comprehensive collection, it makes sense to test specific colors.
Purchasing a set is advisable because it is more cost-effective in the long run. Students and hobbyists should buy sets. You should preferably buy a set from a company that also sells its pastels individually to ensure convenient restocking and replenishment of the set.
Color Charts and Selection
Color charts make an essential part of pastel sets, especially for premium and expensive products from reputed brands like Royal Talens and Sennelier. Color charts give you a vivid look at what the colors will look like on paper. They also contain some vital information that professionals want to know to assess the quality of pastels, like permanence, lightfastness rating, and pigment purity.
When it comes to soft pastels, having a wide range of colors in the studio is always a good idea. It is easy to blend soft pastels, but the more you mix, the lesser the vibrancy of each color. Having a comprehensive set that includes various colors will go a long way in your artistic journey.
Pastel Stick Size
Soft pastels are available in two stick sizes:
Full stick, measuring about two inches in length.
Half stick, measuring about one inch in length.
It is a personal choice whether you will buy half-stick or full-stick pastels. Depending on your comfort and hand size, you can choose to use either of the two. The pastel quality remains the same across both sizes.
Soft Pastels FAQ's
What are soft pastels?
Soft pastels are pastels containing mostly pure pigment with a very low proportion of binders. Soft pastels are known for having brighter colors and being incredibly smooth. Soft pastels are notoriously famous for producing a lot of dust as well.
Can soft pastels and oil pastels be used together?
Soft pastels and oil pastels are like the flipsides of a coin – soft pastels can be brushed off the surface due to low adhesion whereas oil pastels adhere to the surface but do not dry completely. It is not common to use oil and soft pastels together due to the vastly different finish of each medium.
How is a soft pastel different from a hard pastel?
A hard pastel and a soft pastel mostly have the same ingredients, only in different quantities. Hard pastels contain less pure pigment and more binders, making them more durable and less bright.
What type of paper should be used with soft pastels?
Pastels are incredibly versatile art mediums. Soft pastels can be used with nearly all surfaces that have a decent amount of tooth and texture. Some artists prefer only pastel paper, while others use regular drawing paper. You can even use boards, sandpaper, and canvas.
Is a fixative required for a soft pastel?
Soft pastels do not adhere to most paint surfaces and can come off quickly if a fixative is not used. It is recommended to use fixative with soft pastels for the preservation of artworks. If you are going to use layering, using fixative is a must between layers.
Is it safe to use soft pastels?
Soft pastels are known to produce a lot of dust, significantly higher than hard pastels and oil pastels. Most soft pastels are safe to use though. As a general rule of thumb, buy pastels that are non-toxic, and ASTM certified.
Conclusion
We're absolutely thrilled that you've joined us in exploring the wonderful world of soft pastels! We hope you found this article to be an exciting and eye-opening journey into the colorful realm of this versatile artistic medium. It truly is an amazing way to express your creativity and create stunning masterpieces.
Out of these 6 best soft pastels, here are our top three recommendations:
Best for color richness: Sennelier Soft Pastels is an ideal option. Sennelier's luxurious and buttery texture delivers intensely pigmented and vibrant colors, making it a standout choice for artists who seek true-to-life color representation in their work. With a vast array of hues and shades, this select set ensures that your creative vision is never compromised.
Best for affordability: Faber-Castell Creative Studio Soft Pastels is a good option. Catering to the budget-conscious artist without compromising on quality, these pastels offer an excellent balance between price and performance. The pastels' strong pigments, smooth blending, and durability make it a popular choice for novice and experienced artists alike.
Best for beginners: Prismacolor NuPastel Artists' Pastels is the right choice. These hard pastels provide great control and precision for those who might be new to the art form. They're less prone to breakage than softer alternatives, making them more forgiving and user-friendly for beginners getting a feel for the medium.
We are confident that, armed with the knowledge we've provided in this article, you'll be well-equipped to make an informed decision on the best soft pastels to suit your personal artistic needs. Go on, unleash your creativity and enjoy the spectacular colors and texture that soft pastels can bring to your artwork. Remember, the only boundaries in art are the ones we create ourselves, so dream big and make your mark! Happy coloring!
Fixative is a liquid solution similar to varnishes, which is made from either casein or resin and is used for drying paints.
It is also used as a coating medium to protect the painting from various elements. Besides that, it delivers great results while allowing your paintings to age successfully without the risk of facing discoloration.
And since it speeds up the drying process, almost every good fixative in the market is alcohol-based as well as acid-free.
Normally, high-quality fixatives for pastels are available in either of these types: final or workable, which we will discuss in a couple of minutes.
In today’s guide, we will review 6 of the best fixatives for pastels that we are sure you’ll love. We will also provide a basic guide that can be useful if you’re a beginner setting off to get yourself a can of fixative.
So without further ado, let’s proceed!
Best Fixatives for Pastels
Give the following a quick look to see the differences between the 6 best fixatives for pastels so you can choose one that best suits your requirements.
What’s a better way than to start off this list with a fixative that can be used for all purposes?
The Winsor & Newton Workable Fixative is highly versatile, in that it can be used not only with given specific paints but with other media such as oil pastels, chalk, and even charcoal.
Colorless Fixative For Use On Charcoal, Pastel, Pencil &...
To Protect From Smudging & Dust
Experience
Before we get to our review, the first thing you should know (in case you’re not aware of it yet) is that this brand is well known for its great-quality art supplies such as acrylic paints and watercolors. And now, we have the fixative, one of the best products yet.
First of all, for its amazing effects, we think the fixative comes at a very reasonable price of about $12 per can.
However, we find that, unlike other fixatives which are meant to enhance the paints, this one can somewhat make the paints seem a bit shadier than how they actually appear.
But the best feature about the Winsor & Newton fixative is that it protects the painting with a very light coat. With a thin coating, artists have more control over the texture and the tooth of the surface. This is one important feature to look for in a fixative if you want your paintings to dry quicker.
We would recommend getting this fixative if you are looking for a more budget-friendly option that produces excellent results.
Pros
This spray covers paintings with a very thin coat, in which case allows the artist to manipulate the tooth surface
The price of the fixative is very reasonable and budget-friendly
It dries off pretty quickly after application
Cons
It might darken the painting a little and that can create a slight difference in the outcome from the original idea
If you’re searching for a brand that produces a wide range of art products, you’ll be glad to know it’s Blick.
What you would love to know, however, is that Blick performs pretty well when it comes to delivering both quantity and quality.
Apart from its many art supplies, the Blick Matte Fixative is one of the best products this brand offers and we will see why.
Experience
What we really like about this fixative is the cost. For the quality of coverage and protection that it offers, we think it comes at a very affordable price of around $6 per can. However, if we buy it in large quantities, we can get higher discounts.
This is another fixative that can be used on different mediums and not just one. For instance, when used with media such as charcoal and pencils, we see that it produces the most terrific results.
Don’t let the name fool you because this fixative comes in both glossy and matte sprays. And since it comes at a very low price, a lot of artists can afford both of these options to create different types of artwork.
We will also suggest this fixative for beginners and students since they are likely to make multiple mistakes in the process. Moreover, they still need to explore the effects of different sprays and will probably need cheaper options.
Unlike most fixatives, it dries out very quickly - about 15 minutes approximately. When it comes to this aspect, we find that the fixative lives up to our expectations.
Although it enhances the artwork, the original pigments, however, remain the same with only a slight visible change that one can hardly tell the difference. But the best feature of this fixative is that it provides more teeth to the surface once it dries out.
One flaw which we found with this fixative is that it releases a very unpleasant smell once sprayed. We suggest working in a place that has proper ventilation while using a half mask to protect yourself from its fumes.
Pros
Comes at a pretty affordable price which is great for those on a budget
The fixative dries out quickly within 15 minutes
It provides excellent tooth surface after drying
Cons
While spraying, it produces a very strong, unpleasant smell
Volume/Weight: 12 oz | Type: Aerosol | Finish: Matte | Spray Type: Fine mist | Acid-Free: Yes | Archival Quality: Yes | UV Protection: No
If you have been around this line of work for a while now, you’ll know that Krylon is one of the most famous names when it comes to sprays for artwork.
Among other sprays, this workable fixative is known for providing the best results when it comes to oil or soft pastels. It also can be used with multiple other mediums as well.
Prevents smudging, wrinkling and allows for easy reworking...
Experience
We like that this workable fixative is acid-free, therefore, it safeguards our artworks and prevents them from discoloring as they age.
Another reason we love this spray so much is that it is affordable. Although the price is a bit higher than that of the Blick fixative, we think that this is still wallet-friendly for a lot of artists out there with a restricted budget.
The price is very reasonable compared to the benefits we get from this fixative.
First of all, it is suitable for artists who are getting themselves familiar with fixatives. And apart from being acid-free, it also provides a smooth matte finish that is perfect for display with enough tooth on the surface.
If we look at the aspect of enhancing colors, we find that the fixative does not quite meet our expectations since it produces normal results. However, it does provide a barrier of protection against dust and discoloration. This is why we feel that the fixative is a great pick for beginners.
Finally, the drying time of each layer takes around half an hour. Although it is a slow process, we think the final result which includes a matte finish and good tooth is worth the wait.
Pros
The Krylon fixative is acid-free which is good for preventing discoloration and patches development
It comes at a very affordable price to meet the need of artists with budgets
It provides enough tooth and a matte surface after the process is done
Have you ever wondered which brands of pastels the great masters used to depend upon to create their amazing masterpieces?
Well, you’ll be glad to know that the French brand, Sennelier, is one of the most favorable options. Artists such as Picasso, Van Gogh, and Cezanne used art supplies from here. It has been around since the year 1887.
We can’t help but recommend the fixative by one of the most trusted companies when it comes to art supplies.
If you feel you’re ready to explore some expert levels in the world of art, give this big name a try and you’ll see a huge difference between using average sprays and the ones from Sennelier.
There are two kinds of fixatives that Sennelier offers for pastels: Latour and D’Artigny, the former being for soft pastels, while the latter is for oil pastels.
You are probably thinking why one should go to such an extent to differentiate pastels.
But then again, that is the reason which makes Sennelier such a high-quality brand. According to their Materials Safety Data Sheet, the two fixatives are made to specifically serve an intended purpose following the elements present in soft and oil pastels.
They focus on producing memorable and lasting professional artwork while being efficient in the approach of making quality fixative sprays.
We personally love these sprays for the light touch they have on the surface, making it smooth to run through with your hand.
Both of them are also very fast to dry, therefore, working multiple layers is not an exhausting task and we don’t have to wait for a very long time.
Another important feature these sprays hold is that they do not affect the original pigments in any way. All they do is leave our work with a glossy appealing look.
What the Sennelier sprays do is give our piece the type of preservation that does not affect the original look. While some fixatives can change the actual form of our work, we find that these offer what we or any other artist are looking for.
However, it would be impossible for the sprays to be without flaws because, with high quality and a respectable name, they will also come at a higher cost than normal options.
But overall, these are perfect for artists who look for transparent resin-based fixatives to shield their work with.
Pros
Made to focus on specific purposes according to the pastels composition in order to ensure the best final results
They have a quick drying time which is perfect for the layering process
They do not meddle with the original pigments which the artist used
If you are looking for a spray that contains no chemicals and is safe for children, you will be happy to know there is the SpectraFix Pastel Fixative.
Going through its Materials Safety Data Sheet information, it states that the spray contains only water, casein, and denatured alcohol.
But do not let this simple composition fool you into thinking it compromises the performance because it does not, and that is why it falls under this top 6 list.
PLEASE NOTE: This product is available in multiple sizes and...
The version you will receive by ordering from this page is...
Experience
If you have kids in the house, you’ll understand the need of getting a spray (or any other material for that matter) that prevents the chance of harmful incidents.
This is the reason why we love the non-toxic SpectraFix so much. It also reduces our worries about misplacing them, especially during busy days.
Apart from the safety features, the spray can be used with any medium such as watercolor, gouache, and even charcoal. This saves a lot of money rather than buying different fixatives at higher prices for each of them.
Although it costs around $14, we are satisfied with the fixative since there is a lot of quantity in one big container. It will probably serve for a very long period and we don’t have to shed some extra bucks for the time being.
There is one thing we don’t find help with the fixative, and that is the spray feature.
Being a non-toxic fixative comes with some disadvantages on its own. While other fixatives depend on propellants like propane to achieve consistent sprays, this one does not have such chemicals, making it watery while spraying.
The runny spray can be the cause for uneven distribution of the solution throughout the painting, which can get messy. Beginners may not have any problem regarding this, but experts just might.
We will complete the list with a brand name that is known for its efficiency with the products they offer. Grumbacher delivers carefully formulated art supplies, and one of them is the workable fixative spray.
The quality you get with this spray is very much the same as you get when using renowned high-end fixatives.
The feature of this fixative which is worth mentioning first is its drying time.
Among the other sprays we’ve mentioned on this list, this one is the quickest to dry. It only takes about 7 minutes maximum for a light spray to completely dry out until we can touch it or work another layer on top of it.
This makes it way easier for us to work on a piece at a much faster pace. We would recommend this option if you are an artist who regularly works on commission. It will save a lot of time and you will finish more artwork faster.
Another desirable feature is versatility, which this fixative happens to embrace. We love how easily it can go with any given medium and still be able to deliver great teeth that we can work on pretty smoothly.
A few examples of the kind of mediums this goes along pretty well with our oil or soft pastels, charcoal, as well as pencils.
Last but not least, the spray does not hold back the original pigments to pop up as they are. If we are going to talk about the resemblance, we find that this is the feature that truly makes it similar to high-end products. It only provides transparent protection with a glossy effect.
However, the only drawback of this fixative spray is its price. It might not be suitable for artists with a tight budget or students for that matter.
But overall, the fixative spray is a great pick especially if you want your paintings to age properly since it is acid-free and prevents discoloration.
Pros
Dries out in about 7 minutes; quicker than most sprays out there
A great level of versatility which makes it suitable for use with different other mediums
Acid-free and it does not affect the original colors of your painting
Cons
Can be too expensive for some artists
Volume/Weight: 11.75 oz | Type: Aerosol | Finish: Matte | Spray Type: Fine mist | Acid-Free: Yes | Archival Quality: Yes | UV Protection: No
To help make your search easier, take a look at the brief suggestions below for finding the right fixative that best suits your needs:
The Winsor & Newton fixative is perfect if you are looking for a perfect workable spray. In case you want a safer workable option, we would suggest going for the SpectraFix spray. You can opt for the Blick fixative if you’re looking for a wallet-friendly workable fixative.
Lastly, we found that the Sennelier fixative is the most reliable option for the final spray.
Buying Guide For The Best Fixatives for Pastels
If you are new to fixatives or you’re not sure what to look for while buying one, we have prepared a guide below.
There are a few considerations that you might want to look at before purchasing a fixative so that you won’t get disappointed later on.
Type of pastel
From what we have reviewed, you see that almost all of the fixatives can be used for multiple mediums including soft and oil pastels.
Unless your intention is to purchase different fixatives for different pastels, we suggest going for a versatile option if you are on a budget.
We also recommend students and beginners not stress much about getting the perfect fixative for their desired pastels since that can be done as you become more experienced.
Cost
As it is with any product, the price of fixatives will depend on the brand name or quality. Similar to what we mentioned above, high-end brands tend to have more varieties and more specifications.
But we found the main reason that makes high-end fixatives costly is that they are composed of superior quality materials which means they will have greater performance.
Because they are specifically made for an intended composition of pastels, they will also produce better results.
Most importantly, most higher-end fixatives aim to be safer and acid-free.
On the other hand, fixatives that are less expensive save more money and have more versatility.
While they are affordable, there is also a chance that the cans will come with a warning label that they are dangerous to health because of their inexpensive ingredients.
However, with extra care, inexpensive fixatives can produce great results when it comes to finishing.
Grade
You are probably aware of the fact that most art products have grades such as student and professional.
Popular reputed brands such as Winsor & Newton, Sennelier, or Grumbacher offer fixatives that are professional grade. While many experienced artists lean towards these brands, it does not mean beginners shouldn’t give them a try either. The whole idea is to find a fixative that your artwork truly deserves.
It is always good to explore the workings of the two grades so you can see the different effects both of them deliver.
Type of fixative
Before choosing a fixative, keep in mind that there are two types - one is ‘workable’ and the other is ‘final’. If you are wondering what the difference is between the two, the answer lies in the application process.
Workable fixatives are used when you have to spray one layer after another while working on the painting.
And as the name suggests, the final fixative is meant for the finishing in order to protect your artwork from elements.
Keep in mind these will work with any pastels and that there are no specifications as to finding the right workable/final fixative.
How To Use Fixatives
We have seen some questions on the usage of fixatives and today we will try to answer a few of them.
How do I use fixatives?
The first piece of advice we would give is to read the instructions before using them because one can’s directions will always be different from the other.
However, the normal application includes spraying a light mist while holding the can about 1 ft away from the artwork.
Keep in mind never to bring the can closer than 1 ft to the painting because it will ruin the original form.
While spraying, make sure to go through the surface gently and uniformly so that it provides maximum even coverage throughout.
In case you are using a workable spray, remember to wait until the last layer is dry before touching or applying another layer on top of it.
The amount of layers to add depends on the type of spray you’re using or the ingredients within it.
Can I use a hair spray as a fixative?
Just because the two of them are both sprays, it does not necessarily make them substitutes for each other.
Although at first glance a hair spray looks as if it produces the same results a fixative does, it is actually deceiving. The contents used for protecting hair are not the same as those for protecting pastels.
No doubt, it can be tempting to use hair spray as it is relatively cheaper but we advise never to use it as an alternative to a fixative spray. In the long run, either the paints will flake or the painting will be damaged.
Which online sites should I go to for fixatives?
The best sites you can get fixatives are either Amazon or Blick Art materials. Both of these sites offer international shipping and they also come with a good return policy in case you are not satisfied with the product.
Fixatives For Pastels FAQ's
What is a fixative for pastels?
A fixative for pastels is a spray that is applied to a pastel drawing or painting to prevent the colors from smudging or rubbing off. It creates a protective layer over the pastel that helps preserve the artwork and make it more durable.
How many coats of fixative should I use on my pastel artwork?
The number of coats of fixative you should use on your pastel artwork depends on the level of protection you want to achieve. In general, 2-3 light coats of fixative are recommended, allowing each coat to dry completely before applying the next.
Are fixatives for pastels toxic?
Some fixatives for pastels contain toxic ingredients, such as VOCs (volatile organic compounds), which can be harmful if inhaled or absorbed through the skin. It is important to read the label and follow the safety instructions carefully when using any fixative spray.
Can I use hairspray as a fixative for pastels?
While hairspray can be used as a substitute for a fixative spray, it is not recommended. Hairspray contains different ingredients than fixative sprays, and may not provide the same level of protection or preservation for your artwork.
What is the difference between a workable fixative and a final fixative for pastels?
A workable fixative for pastels is designed to be used during the creation of a pastel artwork and allows the artist to continue working on the surface of the artwork after it has been sprayed. A final fixative is used after the artwork is completed and is designed to provide a more permanent protective layer over the pastel.
Conclusion
Thank you for joining us on this exploration of the best fixatives for pastels! We hope this article has provided you with valuable insights and useful information. We've tested each of the six fixatives extensively, and we're confident that these excellent products will do wonders for your artwork preservation and enhancement needs.
Out of these 6 best fixatives for pastels, here are our top three recommendations:
Winsor & Newton Artists' Aerosols Workable Fixative is an ideal option for artists seeking a versatile and budget-friendly fixative. It provides a light coat while maintaining the texture of the painting, despite sometimes making the colors appear a bit shadier.
Blick Matte Fixative is a good option for both beginners and seasoned artists. This affordable fixative dries quickly (within 15 minutes) and provides excellent tooth surface after drying. Just make sure you work in a well-ventilated area due to its strong smell.
Krylon Workable Fixatif Spray is the right choice for artists looking for an acid-free and affordable fixative. It protects against dust and discoloration while providing a smooth matte finish and good teeth.
As you can see, each of these top three recommendations has its own unique qualities and advantages. Whichever you choose, remember that the right fixative can make all the difference in preserving your pastel artwork's beauty and longevity. With a quality fixative on your side, you'll have peace of mind knowing your masterpiece is protected, allowing you to fully focus on your creative journey. Happy painting, and may your artwork continue to inspire and delight!
Hands down, acrylic paints are one of the most versatile painting mediums available on the market.
They are excellent for beginners who want to jump into art and are a popular art supply for students or professional artists because of their ease of use. On top of that, most art brands carry a variety of acrylic paints, including student and professional lines.
This creates an opportunity for amateur art enthusiasts or students to pick up basic paints to begin their journey as an artist. However, a common problem with student-grade paints is the inferior quality. These paints usually make the artwork look terrible and may demoralize a person from further projects.
Therefore, we thought of coming up with a list of excellent yet cheap acrylic paints easily accessible to budding artists. Without further ado, let's get started!
Best Cheap Acrylic Paints
To help you find the best affordable acrylic paints, we have compiled a list of 23 options with their most important features and attributes. So, whether you're a beginner or a professional artist, here's the list of the 23 best cheap acrylic paints for you to consider.
By far, one of the most talked-about lines of cheap acrylic paints is the BASICS line from Liquitex. As you can understand, it's a student-grade acrylic paint, but it's equally popular among professional artists.
The best thing about these paints is the consistency that's neither too thick nor thin. You can easily spread the paint with a palette knife, and there's no streaking due to the presence of the highest-quality fine art pigments in the formula. Moreover, the paints seem to work pretty great with blending and pouring mediums, giving you more versatility while working with them.
Coming to the color range, Liquitex BASICS are available in 72 options, with the small tubes containing 4 oz of paint, while the biggest pot contains paint worth 32 oz.
Quantity: 32 oz tube | Color Selection: 72 colors | Finish: Matte | Lightfastness: Yes
CONVENIENT SIZE & FUN BRIGHT COLORS - This versatile acrylic...
MATTE FINISH - Each of these bold and bright colors dries to...
Another widely available but cheap option is the Apple Barrel acrylic paints, mostly known for their versatility. Indeed, you can apply them on different surfaces, including wood, ceramic, plastic, terra cotta, and even plaster.
This acrylic dries fast, so you won't need to worry about messing up your project. As this is a water-based formula, the paint glides on any surface without giving you any trouble. And, it doesn't dry streaky, giving your paintings and DIY projects a nice finish.
Moreover, the Apple Barrel acrylic paint can be found in almost a hundred colors, while the company has recently launched the popular acrylic paint in a gloss finish. This paint line contains kid-friendly products with a non-toxic formula, so you won't have to worry even if your kids get this paint all over them.
Quantity: 2 oz bottle | Color Selection: 224 colors | Finish: Matte | Lightfastness: No
Exciting Selection of Artist-Quality Acrylic Paint Colors:...
Rich, Vivid Pigments: Your premium bulk acrylic paint kit...
A cheap acrylic paint lineup that has been the talk of the town is from the art supplies brand, Arteza. To be honest, the company has a vast range of acrylic paints, including excellent pouring paints.
It's easy to blend and layer these Arteza acrylic paints either with a brush or a palette knife. What’s more, you can use them on paper or canvas, and the best part is that the paints don't crack or chip even if there's any unevenness on the surface. The acrylic paint dries to a glossy finish, leaving your paintings even more appealing.
These acrylic colors are also lightfast, so your paintings would remain vivid and bright years after you have created them. Additionally, the best way to start using the Arteza acrylic paints is through the 60 colors set, whereby you get 0.74 oz. tubes of individual colors in a box.
Quantity: 4 oz bottle | Color Selection: 60 colors | Finish: Matte | Lightfastness: Yes
Experience the even, flowing consistency of richly pigmented...
Includes - Benzimidazolone Yellow Medium, Pyrrole Red,...
Golden has been a leading name in the art industry for a long time. And even though the company has different lines of acrylic paints, we were drawn to the fluid acrylic paint. As you can understand, these paints are supposed to have low viscosity compared to their heavy-bodied counterparts.
Moreover, Golden recommends the use of this color for a variety of projects such as dry brush techniques, adding fine details, acrylic pouring, spraying, and even staining. The fluid acrylic paint line also contains some of the best metallic and iridescent colors. Hence, there's no need to add any fillers or extenders, as the color payoff of these paints is pretty consistent.
Compared to the other student-grade acrylics we mentioned, this will cost you a bit more money, but it still falls under the affordable category. However, what makes the paint truly worthy has to be its lightfastness which is comparable to any artist-grade paint.
Quantity: 1 oz bottle | Color Selection: 43 colors | Finish: Matte | Lightfastness: Yes
High quality Acrylic which delivers professional results
Ideal for artists who want good quality color at an...
Hearing the name of the brand, Winsor & Newton, may make you think that we are going to mention some expensive acrylic paints, but that's not true. Known mainly for watercolors, Winsor & Newton has released other art supplies like acrylic paints.
As such, the Galeria acrylic paint line from Winsor & Newton is dedicated to vibrant and fluid paints for a smooth painting experience. This high-quality acrylic paint is available in 57 colors, including metallic and transparent shades.
Even though it's a beginner-friendly range, the Galeria acrylic paints have premium-quality pigments with a high pigment load comparable to the professional range. Additionally, using it is an excellent way to ease yourself into the techniques of using artist-grade paints.
Quantity: 2 oz tube | Color Selection: 57 colors | Finish: Glossy or matte | Lightfastness: Yes
Originally, Blick was a platform for ordering art supplies, and then the company went ahead and launched its own supplies. You’ll find that the student-grade acrylics are packaged under the label Blickrylic and have got some great customer reviews.
Blick describes the product as a true acrylic paint that has been priced affordably to make it available for most people. Moreover, the paints come in 30 rich and vivid, carefully chosen shades, and you can easily mix them to make new colors. They are even compatible with acrylic paints or mediums from other brands, making them highly versatile.
What's more, these acrylics can be used on various surfaces like wood, canvas, cardboard, and paper. You can even use it on fabrics and heat-set the paint using an iron to make it waterproof. Naturally, this acrylic paint dries to a permanent semi-gloss finish which looks quite good irrespective of the painting surface.
Quantity: 2 oz tube | Color Selection: 59 colors | Finish: Matte | Lightfastness: Yes
No more dull acrylic paint sets! Each tube of water-based,...
This colorful and vibrant set comes with 38ml tubes of...
Next up, we have the Daler Rowney Graduate acrylic paints that are pretty popular in the art supplies market. Along with being available worldwide, the brand is known for its good quality products available at an affordable price point.
The Graduate line contains medium-bodied acrylic paints with good pigment strength and high lightfastness. So, even if you're making the paintings in college, you can expect them to look just as attractive after some years. Also, as the formula is water-based and solvent-free, the paint can be easily mixed with art mediums from other brands.
Moving on, these acrylic paints from Daler Rowney dry with a flexible finish, preventing your paintings from developing cracks. In a nutshell, it's a smooth, fast-drying, easy-to-use paint, so students and amateurs can learn to paint with it.
Plus, this affordable acrylic can be used on several surfaces, including paper, canvas, wood, and ceramic.
Quantity: 120 ml tube | Color Selection: 40 colors | Finish: Glossy or matte | Lightfastness: No
Housed in an extra-sturdy, easy-to-transport squeezable...
Package features a transparent window that shows the exact...
Moving on, we have the Sennelier Abstract acrylic paints that the brand defines as innovative. Unlike many other cheap acrylic options available on the market, it's a heavy-bodied multimedia paint with a high pigment concentration.
Coming to the colors, the brand offers you a brilliant range of 60 shades, comprising satin, high-gloss, iridescent, and fluorescent. We especially appreciate the transparent pouch as it lets you see the true color to make the right choice.
Moreover, apart from the original heavy body range, Sennelier has launched a soft body matte range of 35 vibrant colors in 2 fl oz pouches. The brand describes this paint as creamy-to-thick, making it great for elaborate acrylic paintings on canvases. At the same time, the consistency is perfect for covering a surface like clay or wood.
Long story short, the potent formula truly brings forth the idea of having an all-purpose acrylic paint for a variety of art projects.
Quantity: 2 fl oz | Color Selection: 60 colors | Finish: Glossy or matte | Lightfastness: Yes
Fast drying time allows you to layer paint quickly without...
Are you trying to find acrylic paints available in bulk? If so, you may really like the bigger acrylic color pump bottles from Mont Marte. Even though the paint ends up being exceptionally cheap, we were pretty impressed by their color payoff and quality.
You will find that the bottles are usually labeled as "school studio acrylic" or as just acrylic color, but both are similar and have the same color options. The pump bottles contain 67.6 fl oz. or half a gallon of paint which is an excellent amount for classrooms or art studios.
This water-based, fast-drying, and non-toxic acrylic paint is also suitable for kids, teens, and amateur artists. Rather than having a very thin or thick consistency, the paint has an in-between creamy viscosity to make it suitable for various art projects.
Currently, the full Mont Marte acrylic paint range has 100 colors available in various finishes.
Quantity: 67.6 fl oz tube | Color Selection: 100 colors | Finish: Glossy or matte | Lightfastness: Yes
ACRYLIC PAINTING FOR ALL: This classic acrylic is ideal for...
SATIN MATTE FINISHES: Thick and satin, Studio Fine Acrylic...
Pébéo is one of the oldest art supply brands that's still dominating the market with great products. We especially picked the Pébéo Studio Acrylics for this list as it's a suitable student-grade heavy body paint. Currently, it is available in 62 attractive colors and offers a beautiful satin finish.
The brand has crafted the paint for use by professionals and students on canvases, wood, cardboard, and even metal. And despite being a heavy body variant, this acrylic paint is quite pliable, delivering a smooth finish. At the same time, you can use it for textured work as the paint can retain brush or spatula marks.
Nevertheless, what stood out the most were the colors in the Pébéo Studio Acrylics range. Apart from being richly pigmented, the colors are pretty bright and a dream to work with when mixed with other paints.
Quantity: 100 ml tube | Color Selection: 48 colors | Finish: Glossy or matte | Lightfastness: Yes
Acrylic Paint Set With 12 Brushes: Premium paints glide on...
Rich Pigments, Certified Safe & Non-Toxic: No need to worry...
Are you looking to use acrylics for a one-time project? If so, you shouldn't bother about spending a lot of money on them. However, as we don't want you to sacrifice quality, our suggestion would be to opt for the Caliart acrylic paint.
These paints are priced affordably, but we really like how they glide onto any surface to provide a consistent color payoff. The company even uses premium-quality pigments in these paints to make them appear vibrant.
Besides, the best feature of this acrylic paint is its formulation that's certified safe and non-toxic. Therefore, you can get the Caliart acrylic paint set (available in a handy set of 24 shades in 2 oz bottles) for your kids as it's safe for all ages.
Quantity: 2 oz bottle | Color Selection: 24 colors | Finish: Matte | Lightfastness: Yes
Most acrylic paints tend to be quick-drying to make the painting process simpler. That said, some people really enjoy the malleability of paints as it helps in seamless blending.
Atelier Interactive tries to solve the problem by mixing tradition with innovation to create one of the best artist-grade acrylic paints. These acrylics can be easily used for controlled wet blending to get the desired effect.
On top of that, the Atelier range has a lot of mediums that can change the texture of the paints. The company even has a special "Unlocking Formula" to keep your paintings wet for a longer time.
Additionally, the Atelier Interactive acrylic paints are available in 75 colors with seven new pastel shades.
Quantity: 2 oz tube | Color Selection: 75 colors | Finish: Satin | Lightfastness: Yes
Holbein Heavy Body Acrylics - Luminous Set of 6, 60 ml,...
Luminous Set of 6
Holbein is known for producing one of the best heavy-body acrylic paints available on the market. Yes, it might cost you a bit more money, but the paints provide a professional finish to your projects.
However, what makes Holbein heavy body acrylics unique is the vast color range of 113 shades. The company states that these colors have been created from Western and Eastern influences to provide a special palette to artists. Added to that, mixing these acrylics is seamless and effortless.
Besides the heavy body range, acrylic paints are available in fluid and matte versions. For instance, we even like the acrylic-colored gesso as it's perfect for working on canvases.
Quantity: 60 ml tube | Color Selection: 113 colors | Finish: Glossy or matte | Lightfastness: Yes
These heavy body, high viscosity acrylics are brilliant and...
Perfect For Impasto Painting techniques, Painting large...
Matisse is best known for the Structure Formula paints that are available in 95 vibrant colors on the market. The company describes it as an impasto paint meant to be used with palette knives and brushes to get textured effects.
Moreover, most of the shades have a lightfastness rating of ASTM I or II, which helps preserve the archival quality of your paintings. And you can even mix these paints with various Matisse mediums to make them more versatile.
Otherwise, try out the Flow Formula or Fluid Formula if you're looking for low-viscosity paints. But irrespective of the viscosity, the color payoff is consistent, and the paint is easy-to-use.
Quantity: 75 ml tube | Color Selection: 95 colors | Finish: Glossy or matte | Lightfastness: Yes
ACRYLIC PAINT SET - Our premium acrylic set features highly...
VIBRANT COLOURS - This acrylic set includes five vibrant...
Reeves has been the way to go for many years when it comes to purchasing affordable art supplies. The acrylic paint from Reeves is vibrant with a high pigment load and is available in 50 beautiful colors.
Rather than being too flowy or thick, this paint has a buttery consistency that lets you apply it on various surfaces. And, because of the high-quality pigment, there's no streaking.
We would especially recommend the Reeves acrylic paint to students and amateur artists. You can purchase sets of 24 or 10 colors to get an idea of the shade range and color payoff.
Quantity: 75 ml tube | Color Selection: 50 colors | Finish: Glossy or matte | Lightfastness: No
A very high level of lightfastness thanks to the use of pure...
An exceptionally durable paint film (the binding agent...
Amsterdam creates its acrylic paints with high-grade pigments through a total acrylic emulsion process. The most popular product range from Amsterdam is the standard series having 90 colors available in different quantities. We were especially impressed by the pearl and metallic colors.
These are medium-viscosity paints, so you can easily spread them on any surface, canvas, or wall. And according to regular artists, this product works well for techniques like multi-layering, wet-on-wet, and glazing.
Moreover, Amsterdam has 18 cheap acrylic paint sets. Some are even based on themes like urban landscapes and portraits. The largest acrylic paint set we found had all 90 shades in handy 20 ml tubes.
Quantity: 120 ml tube | Color Selection: 70 colors | Finish: Glossy or matte | Lightfastness: Yes
MADE TO MAKE IT EASY Squeeze paint direct for bold impact or...
UPGRADE YOUR ACRYLICS ARMOURY Wide ranging set of large...
An acrylic paint set is often the best place to start for a beginner to get introduced to a new painting medium. However, it can be a challenging task to find the right set with proper colors and quality. Castle Art Supplies have made it easier to pick premium quality acrylic paint sets at an affordable price.
Currently, the company has options of 12, 24, and 48-piece acrylic paint sets. Along with that, there's an exclusive metallic set with 24 shades.
The paints are suitable for painters of all skill levels and are convenient to use in the paint. On top of that, these paints are non-toxic and water-based, so you can give the sets to kids.
Quantity: 22 ml tube | Color Selection: 48 colors | Finish: Glossy or matte | Lightfastness: Yes
Among all the art supplies companies we check out for this list, Tri-Art has one of the most diverse product lists. Like other brands, it separates the products according to levels of quality but also introduces special items.
The best-selling item from Tri-Art is the high-viscosity acrylic paints, and a close second would be the liquid acrylics that have a creamy consistency. Moreover, Tri-Art makes acrylic gouache, full-body acrylic, and even acrylic printing ink.
For absolute beginners, Tri-Art has introduced Primary Paint, a liquid acrylic with rich pigments, and this paint is available in ten colors. It has a beautiful matte finish with resistance to cracking and chipping.
Quantity: 120 ml tube | Color Selection: 88 colors | Finish: Glossy or matte | Lightfastness: Yes
Are you fond of using watercolors? If so, you'll surely like using the acrylic paints made by M. Graham & Co. The company believes in designing the finest paints for artists, so it skips on using inferior fillers and bulking agents. Furthermore, the paints are created in small batches with premium pigments in the highest concentration.
These artist-grade paints are excellent for adding details to your paintings or even for creating entire washes with a consistent color payoff. As this paint has a gouache-like consistency, it's best for intermediate-level artists.
Quantity: 2 oz tube | Color Selection: 70 colors | Finish: Glossy or matte | Lightfastness: Yes
6-COLOR STARTER SET: This set is ideal for starting your...
MIX, TINT, AND SHADE: Primary paints can mix a wide range of...
Another best cheap acrylic paint option available on the market is the Grumbacher Academy Acrylics. The range contains 48 brilliant colors with an ASTM lightfast rating of 1. These acrylics are AP certified, so they can be used for your schoolwork.
However, the best thing about these paints has to be their spectacular tinting quality due to the high concentration of pigment used for every shade. If your acrylics seem to dry quickly, go for the Grumbacher metal 90 ml tubes for getting longer usage.
We think both professional artists and students would like these acrylic paints because of their thick consistency and excellent color payoff.
Quantity: 75 ml tube | Color Selection: 48 colors | Finish: Glossy or matte | Lightfastness: Yes
Lascaux Artist Acrylics - Cadmium Green Light, 45 ml tube
157 Cadmium Green Light
Lascaux, the name comes from a prehistoric cave in France that was discovered to have paintings made by ancient human beings. Similarly, the tagline of this brand is "the spirit of colors," which has helped it create excellent high-quality paints. Artists worldwide enjoy using Lascaux acrylic paints because of the variety of colors and textures.
The Lascaux Artist Metallics are especially popular as the thick body paint has a consistency similar to that of oil paints. At the same time, the Lascaux Artist range contains 54 vibrant colors with outstanding lightfastness, weather resistance, and a beautiful semi-matte finish.
Quantity: 85 ml tube | Color Selection: 54 colors | Finish: Glossy or matte | Lightfastness: Yes
Old Holland New Masters Classic Acrylics - French...
673 French Ultramarine Extra
Let's start by saying that after you have gained some experience working with acrylics, it's a great idea to invest in quality paints. One such brand preferred by professional artists is Old Holland. The company is primarily known for making excellent oil paints, and the New Masters Classic acrylic paint line is based on them.
There are 168 lightfast opaque, and transparent colors available in this range that dry to a satin gloss finish. Moreover, the paints are made with 100% pure acrylic binder, making your painting last for a long time.
Quantity: 60 ml tube | Color Selection: 168 colors | Finish: Glossy or matte | Lightfastness: Yes
Last but not least, we have the Utrecht Artists' Acrylic, a heavy body paint with a smooth buttery texture. Utrecht uses the finest pure pigments and a 100% pure acrylic polymer to give the paints a premium quality with the highest possible concentration.
However, if you aren't ready to pay the high price, the Utrecht Studio Series acrylics are just as good and have similar pigments. As it's AP-certified and non-toxic, kids can use the paints for schoolwork.
Both variants are available in several vibrant colors with different opacities. But, only the colors of the Artists' Acrylic come in acrylic paint set options.
Quantity: 2 oz tube | Color Selection: 96 colors | Finish: Glossy or matte | Lightfastness: Yes
Are you still a bit confused about picking the best cheap acrylic paint? Don't worry, as we will help you out by providing some of the essential features to look for in any paint. Usually, when thinking about using cheap paint, we expect it to be bad.
But, keeping a note of these points while picking the paint may lead you to cheap acrylics that perform way better than what's expected from them. We did use these points to shortlist the products mentioned in this article. So, we can give the assurance that none of the acrylics would let you down while painting.
Now, let's have a look at how to choose great acrylics for yourself at a cheap price.
A. Color Range
To be honest, you can possibly make various shades using primary colors along with black and white paints. However, it can quickly get inconvenient if you're working on a large project or want the paints for kids. And we even think that having access to various color options can make you more productive while painting.
On top of that, acrylic painting calls for vibrant colors, and the brightness might be affected while mixing paints. But, the problem with cheap acrylics is that they typically come with a limited color range.
Moreover, we found that the options typically lack the right in-between shades. This makes creating color transitions and blending exceptionally challenging while painting. Therefore, if you're someone who uses a lot of colors, always go for brands with a proper color range.
Furthermore, other factors like transparency and finish matter when it comes to colors. This is especially true for people working with different painting mediums and surfaces. So, whenever you're thinking of getting cheap acrylic paint, check for details like finish, hue, transparency, brightness, and radiance, among other things.
We highly recommend looking for a proper shade card to check the actual colors. If possible, visit a drawing supply store near you to get ahold of the swatches and color charts or order them online.
B. Overall Quality
It might be too much to expect the best cheap acrylic paint to have a quality similar to artist-grade paints. But, we would definitely want the paint to have an overall good quality. This includes the use of decent pigments to make vibrant colors and proper binders that keep the paint from cracking or separating.
A typical problem seen in cheap acrylics is the texture being glue-like or too gloopy. This is due to the use of an improper binder or any other additives that ruins the formula of the paint. Moreover, these paints tend to remain tacky even when the painting has been left to dry for days.
Therefore, even while looking for affordable or student-grade acrylics, go for products that have proven quality. That's why we trust paints produced by known brands like Golden or Liquitex as there's some assurance of quality.
Having said that, we know that it can be hard for a beginner to assess the quality of a product. In that case, you can either purchase a small tube of the paint or check if a sample is available at the nearest store. If you like how the paint feels, go ahead and order more.
C. Viscosity
One of the things to understand while using acrylics is the viscosity of paints. Don't worry; it's not a difficult concept, as viscosity stands for how the paint flows. Typically, acrylics are divided into two categories, heavy body, and soft body.
When you look at artist-grade paints, most of them tend to have a heavy body. As the viscosity is high, the colors tend to be thick, making it perfect for textured work. So, if you're transitioning from oil paints to acrylics, heavy body paints might suit you better. And they can be used with a palette knife.
On the other hand, thin-body acrylics are creamy and flowy due to their low viscosity. Along with painting, thin body paints are perfect for pouring, glazing, and DIY crafts and can be used on various surfaces.
Nonetheless, acrylics such as Liquitex BASICS are getting more popular that come with a medium viscosity. Therefore, you can use these paints for DIY crafts as well as for elaborate paintings.
Another thing to note is that thick body paints can be easily thinned by adding mediums to decrease viscosity. Similarly, pouring mediums can be added to thin-body acrylics to give them a more consistent flow.
D. Lightfastness And Permanence
Have you ever wondered how paintings look great even after decades? It's due to the paints having excellent lightfastness and permanence ratings.
Lightfastness determines the probability of paint fading over time when it's exposed to light, especially sunlight. Now, it isn't realistic to forever trap your painting in a dark, flightless room. But, you can always try to use paints that don't fade drastically over time.
Therefore, while making the purchase, always look for the lightfastness rating of a paint. However, do note that the lightfastness may vary based on colors. So, at times you may need to pick alternatives to increase the archival quality of an acrylic painting.
Similar to lightfastness is the concept of permanence. This helps you understand how the paint will act over time. Needless to say, cheap acrylics that are loaded with low-quality binders and additives don't last for a long time. If you're looking for acrylics to do commission work, it's best to rely on paints with either AA or A permanence rating.
Having said that, you should also invest in a high-quality varnish to increase the life of your paintings. Furthermore, the varnish seals the painting to protect it from dust, mites, harmful UV rays, and other harmful forces.
Best Cheap Acrylic Paints
Can you add water to cheap acrylics?
Yes, you can add water to any acrylic paint. For some reason, adding water to acrylics is a controversial topic, and it’s considered out of bounds among professional painters. But, we would like to let you know that using water is absolutely okay if you’re able to figure out the correct proportions.
Moreover, adding water in a 1:1 ratio to a heavy body acrylic wouldn’t make such a difference. In turn, it does make the paint have a better flow.
Having said that, adding water to low body paint, especially in huge quantities, may lead to over-dilution. Also, some people use the over-dilution method to create beautiful washes.
To be on the safer side, try using the smallest amount of water at the beginning until you figure out the perfect ratio. And, if your goal is to increase the drying time of the paint, try using a retarder for better results.
Do cheap acrylics have bad quality?
Not, an acrylic paint being cheap doesn’t necessarily mean that it’s going to be of bad quality. Contrary to it, most popular art supplies brands actually use the same pigments or formulations while creating the cheaper versions. This helps the brand to make the product lines more consistent, and you get to have an excellent product at a better price.
Having said that, there are some acrylics on the market that look a bit off. That’s why we recommend using a small sample of any paint before splurging on getting the large sets or a big bottle of paint. Many professional painters, in fact, use cheaper versions instead of artist-grade paints as they believe in using their skills to make good art.
Conclusion
That's everything we had to tell you about purchasing the best cheap acrylic paints available on the market. As you may understand, we have tried to limit your choices by narrowing down only the best products.
We are absolutely sure that you would have a blast painting with any of our suggested acrylic paints. Having said that, it's crucial to note that every painter has distinct preferences while working with acrylics. In other words, you may need to try a couple of paints before finding the one that suits your style.
Also, remember to refer to the buying guide when you're unsure about getting any cheap acrylic paint. With that, we have come to the end of this informative piece.
Getting the right acrylic paint can be a tricky job. You’ll have to factor in a lot of factors - like consistency, vibrancy, permanence, etc. to know whether or not a given paint is worth the price.
And then you’ll have to judge whether or not it’s the right one for you!
If you are not in the mood to create an excel sheet and compare all the different brands and varieties, then you’ve come to the right place.
We have done the hard work for you! We have tried and tested several brands of acrylic paints and have brought the best ones on this list.
Here are the 13 Best Acrylic Paints for Beginners and Professionals!
If you are looking for the best cheap acrylic paints that do not sacrifice quality, you can find them here.
Best Acrylic Paints and Paint Colors
Whether you're a beginner or a professional artist, there's something on this list for everyone. So without further ado, here's the list of the 13 best acrylic paints to inspire your next masterpiece.
Utrecht is a famous company in the art community as the maker of some of the best gear for professional artists. They have been serving for the past 50 years or more and now are part of another globally renowned company, Blick. This product, in particular, is one of the best acrylic paints and professionals’ favorite.
Experience
The colors are of top-notch quality. They are amazingly vibrant and the paint has a very high pigment count. And the saturation of individual colors is as expected.
Of course, the lightfastness and permeance of each color vary from each other but the quality is uber with no doubt.
They also mix evenly and accurately. The colors, truly, are artists’ grade colors.
The colors can be bought individually or as a set of 65, and are available in 3 sizes of tubes - 2, 5, and 16 oz.
They are quite expensive but the performance and quality make it totally worth the price.
Pros
Amazing color performance in terms of vibrancy, accuracy, lightfastness, and permeance
Available in various options of size and are sold individually and as a set of 65
Truly artist grade quality and from a brand that has been established for over 50 years
Cons
It is expensive but totally worth the price for a professional
Size/Volume: 2 oz | Finish/Texture: Matte | Pigment Quality: Professional Grade | Consistency: Thick & Creamy
Blick is a world-famous company when it comes to professional-grade art products. We have already talked once about it in the previous section.
Blick Artists’ Acrylics are available in 70 different colors and all of them are absolutely the best quality. Although a bit expensive these colors are totally worth the price.
Experience
The colors have a very high pigment count, are astoundingly lightfast, and have great saturation and accuracy.
It’s not news, though, because Blick is one of the world’s most renowned art companies for a good reason.
The colors are available in 4 sizes - 2, 8, 16, and 65 oz. You’ll have to be decisive about the quantity of each color you get with Blick because they are super expensive.
There are 70 different colors in total. Out of the 70, 38 are made from a single pigment source and they perform the same in terms of lightfastness and permanence. The other 32 are made from a combination of pigments.
Pros
Colors are amazingly vibrant, lightfast, and accurate, and A-grade performance
Available in many sizes and each color can be bought individually
This lineup has one of the widest color selections
Cons
It is expensive but totally worth the price for professionals
Graham is a US-based company that makes good quality paint - oil, watercolors, acrylic, etc. - for artists all around the world. This line-up comes in a set of 6 colors that can also be bought individually. The colors are Azo Yellow, Naphthol Red, Ultramarine Blue, Phthalo Green, Mars Black, and Titanium White.
Experience
The colors have a high pigment count, which makes the color vibrant no matter what surface you are using. The performance is also great in terms of lightfastness and permanence. These truly are professional-grade colors.
Although the colors mix accurately and you get the primary colors, the inclusion of only 6 colors makes creating other colors a manual process, which is cumbersome.
The feel of the paint is great if you are switching to acrylic from oil paint. The application and the performance are pretty similar between the two.
Since the colors are meant for professional artists, they don’t come for cheap and there are two sizes available for the paint - 2 oz (59ml) and 6 oz (150ml).
Pros
Vibrant and saturated colors with high pigment count
Each color can be bought separately or you can buy a set of 6
Great for artists who are switching to acrylic from oil paint
Cons
Although all the primary colors are present, with only 6 total colors, it is cumbersome to produce other colors
Size/Volume: 2 oz, 5 oz | Finish/Texture: Matte, Gloss | Pigment Quality: Professional Grade | Consistency: Heavy Body
Exciting Selection of Artist-Quality Acrylic Paint Colors:...
Rich, Vivid Pigments: Your premium bulk acrylic paint kit...
Till now, we have only discussed professional-grade expensive acrylic paint. In this entry, Arteza brings an option for casual painters, kids, and decorative artists. The paint has decent performance at an affordable price along with a wide variety of colors to choose from - 60 different colors in a given set.
Experience
The colors perform pretty well for the price. They are plenty vibrant and they mix reasonably accurately. The pigment count and permanence may not be that impressive but for the price, it is to be expected.
One thing that did impress us in terms of performance was the colors’ lightfastness which is more than just sufficient given the price.
There’s a wide variety of colors in the set but unfortunately, the colors can’t be purchased individually.
The colors are completely safe and non-toxic, so don’t be scared to give these to your child. Also, the caps can be resealed without any hassle making it a perfect buy for the occasional creator.
Pros
Very affordable price
Colors perform really well for hobbyists, beginners, and kids
Huge variety of colors
Tube caps can be resealed for long-term storage
Cons
Colors can’t be bought individually
Size/Volume: 22 ml | Finish/Texture: Matte, Gloss | Pigment Quality: Student & Professional Grade | Consistency: Consistent & Smooth
Atelier Interactive Acrylics allow the artist control over...
Drying time can be extended and dry colors can be...
Chroma Atelier Interactive Acrylics don’t give exactly the experience of painting with acrylics. It is best suited for artists who are switching to acrylics from watercolors. The paint has been engineered in such a way that it behaves more like watercolors than acrylics while still giving similar results.
Experience
This paint doesn’t form a skin over the canvas or paper as conventional acrylic does when it dries. That means you can use water to rehydrate the paint again with water and control the spread again, somewhat, like watercolors.
All acrylic painters know that correctly blending is one of the hardest things to do with acrylic paint because it dries up so fast. This paint doesn’t have that issue. There’s no sense of urgency with this paint when it comes to blending.
That’s why watercolor artists would feel at home with this paint, and we recommend you also try this if you do a lot of blending and not glazing.
Pros
Good performance in terms of vibrancy and accuracy
Blending with it is super easy – like watercolors
It comes at a pretty reasonable price
Cons
It’s not very lightfast and is less permanent than conventional acrylic paint
Size/Volume: 80 ml | Finish/Texture: Satin, Gloss | Pigment Quality: Professional Grade | Consistency: Smooth & Creamy
This set of 6 Professional Golden Heavy Body Acrylics...
Heavy Body acrylics are known for their smooth, thick,...
Golden’s Heavy Body Acrylic is our top pick for artists who are more comfortable with heavy-body acrylic paint. For the uninitiated, heavy body paint is more viscous, or in other words, heavy. They form thicker skin and usually dry up faster.
There are 6 colors in this set (which can also be bought individually) - Phthalo Blue, Hansa Yellow Medium, Quinacridone Magenta, Titanium White, Carbon Black, and Phthalo Green.
Experience
Painting with heavy-body acrylic is a thing of preference and if it’s your preference then Golden Heavy Body is our top recommendation for you.
The colors perform amazingly. The colors are obviously very saturated and vibrant. They are also incredibly lightfast and permanent.
One thing to keep in mind if you are new to heavy-body acrylic is that blending is difficult with it. You'll have to resort to glazing and use a knife for mixing colors. Even special acrylic brushes will not be able to handle the harshness of heavy-body acrylic paint.
And the fact that there are only 6 different colors makes getting specific colors and blends a totally manual process, which is quite cumbersome.
Pros
It has amazing saturation and vibrancy due to a high pigment count
The quality and performance are professional grades
Smooth experience and amazing permanence
Cons
It is expensive
Size/Volume: 2 oz | Finish/Texture: Matte, Gloss | Pigment Quality: Professional Grade | Consistency: Thick & Heavy
Intensely Colored Ink - Daler-Rowney acrylic ink is made...
High Lightfastness - Our acrylic ink is fully intermixable,...
Daler-Rowney provides good acrylics at a cheaper price than other brands like Golden, Liquitex, Winsor, and Newton. We included this option because of the quality you get for the price, and more importantly, because we know that artists need cheap acrylics for background filling.
Experience
Every painter has to use a large portion of colors to fill up the background and other large areas of the painting. For that purpose, we recommend using this cheap acrylic for Daler-Rowney.
Don’t let the cheap price tag fool you because the colors are actually pretty decent, and in the box, you get a total of 10 different colors. The variety is sufficient for base filling.
Do keep in mind that the colors are not of professional grade, so we don’t recommend using this color set for anything more than background filling for serious work.
Other than that, also keep in mind that the colors are a little on the thicker side.
Pros
It is inexpensive
Good color variety right out of the box
Thick and buttery consistency
Great for casual use
Cons
It is not meant for professional use
Size/Volume: 1 oz | Finish/Texture: Matte, Satin, Gloss | Pigment Quality: Professional Grade | Consistency: Viscous & Moist
Matisse Structure Formula Acrylics is a great option for kids because of its modularity in terms of consistency and its affordable price. We also recommend it to casual artists and hobbyists. In the set we reviewed, you get 12 different shades of 12ml each.
Experience
Controlling the paint is one of the toughest jobs when it comes to painting with acrylic paint. So, if you are new to painting, in general, then it can scare you away.
That’s where this paint impressed us the most. You can dilute this color with water or medium to give a thinner and more fluid experience.
You can also make it thicker using impasto or texture medium if you prefer that experience.
Otherwise, the colors perform decently enough for the price. The vibrancy is great for the price and the permanency is above average.
If you are new to the art or have kids who want to discover their artistic side, then go with this as it’ll be really helpful for learning the basics.
Pros
Very affordable
Color performance is pretty decent
Paint permanency is great for the price
Paint is extremely modular in terms of consistency
Cons
It is only meant for casual use
Size/Volume: 2 oz, 4.2 oz, 8.4 oz | Finish/Texture: Matte, Gloss, Satin | Pigment Quality: Professional Grade | Consistency: Heavy Body
MADE TO MAKE IT EASY Squeeze paint direct for bold impact or...
UPGRADE YOUR ACRYLICS ARMOURY Wide ranging set of large...
Castle Art Supplies Acrylic Paint Set is our top budget pick that is meant for beginner and casual artists. These colors come at almost half the price of the Arteza color set we talked about. The set has 48 different colors, and the quality and the performance of the paint are well beyond the expectations one could have given the price.
Experience
The colors have a decent pigment count, and they are pretty vibrant. The permanence and the lightfastness are also well above average.
The experience of painting with this color set is also very satisfactory, especially, given the price point.
The set has 48 different colors, which is more than enough in terms of variety. The variety of the color set becomes even more important if you consider that this paint set will mostly be used by beginners and casual artists.
The only gripe that we have with this color set is the fact that the tubes are not big - 22ml each - and the colors can’t be purchased individually. Because of this, the basic colors, which are used the most, run out pretty soon.
Pros
It is the best value for money in the budget category
Colors perform decently in terms of permanency, vibrancy, and experience
Set includes one tube each: Burnt Sienna, Burnt Umber,...
ASTM lightfast rating of 1- Excellent
Grumbacher Acrylic Paint Set is the best student-grade acrylic set according to us. At the student grade bracket, this acrylic set gives the closest performance to professional-grade acrylic paint. These colors can be bought individually as well as in sets. There are four sizes available as well - 2.5, 3, 5.07, and 6.76 oz.
Experience
The experience of painting with these colors is amazing. The consistency is extremely smooth and the feel of the paint is spectacular for the price. It’s a little surprising to see such a good performance in a student grade color set.
The colors excel in vibrancy as well. It seems like the paint has a high pigment count and the colors are, very poopy and bright. The results look very close to what we’d have gotten with professional-grade paint.
The paint is decently permanent and lightfast as well. But the colors vary from each other in terms of durability, so, we recommend you to check their website for the specifics.
Pros
Well into the affordable range for most artists
48 different colors in the set, and it offers plenty of variety
Consistency and vibrancy are almost at par with professional-grade paint
Color is extremely durable as well with great lightfastness and permanency
Cons
However good this acrylic paint may be, these are not professional-grade colors
Size/Volume: 75 ml | Finish/Texture: Matte, Gloss | Pigment Quality: Student & Professional Grade | Consistency: Thick & Viscous
WHY BASICS; Liquitex invented artists' acrylics back in 1955...
HIGHEST QUALITY PIGMENTS Basics uses the the same high...
Liquitex is a brand of art supplies that was founded in 1955, and since then, Liquitex has made some of the best art products, including paint. This heavy-body acrylic set performs outstandingly in every regard, and we can recommend this paint enough to professionals who use heavy-body acrylics.
Experience
This heavy-body acrylic has outstanding performance in every area. The consistency is marvelous, with a buttery flow and a gorgeous satin finish.
The colors are pretty bright and vibrant, even though the pigment count is not very high. It’s good in a way because many professionals like more somber colors.
The durability of the paint is incredible. The paint is extremely lightfast and permanent, no matter the color. The paint is water-resistant and UV resistant.
It is our top recommendation for professionals who prefer heavy-body acrylics.
The set we reviewed had 12 different colors, and the colors can also be individually purchased through various online and offline retailers. The color variety is a bit underwhelming, but we figure it’s enough to satisfy most artists’ needs.
There are four sizes to choose from - 2, 4.65, and 32 oz.
Pros
The colors have an amazing performance in terms of vibrancy and consistency
It has a gorgeous satin finish
The colors are incredibly durable as well; they are water-resistant and UV resistant
Cons
It is expensive
Size/Volume: 4 oz | Finish/Texture: Matte, Satin, Gloss | Pigment Quality: Professional Grade | Consistency: Fluid & Satin
High quality Acrylic which delivers professional results
Ideal for artists who want good quality color at an...
Winsor & Newton's Galeria is a series of paint that bridges the gap between the student-grade and the professional-grade paints. With a modest price tag, this paint set provides more than most student-grade paint sets. It’s sort of a middle ground of acrylic paint and hence, it makes it on our list.
Experience
The colors are reasonable, vibrant, and sort of mimic the look of professional-grade paint while being a lot cheaper. We think professional artists who are new to acrylics will find this paint the most useful.
The colors are fairly lightfast and permanent but you’ll have to look up online for details about the durability of individual colors.
Although the colors we are discussing here come in a set of 10, you can buy 57 different colors individually as well.
There are in total 4 different sizes for the paint - 60, 200, 250, and 500 ml. Although you do keep in mind that some colors don’t have all the sizes available.
Pros
Perfect paint set for intermediates or professionals who are new to acrylics
Colors perform reasonably well and are extremely durable
There’s a wide selection of colors available – 57 in total – that can be bought individually
Moderate price tag and good performance, providing a middle ground of acrylic paints
Cons
The size options and their availability is a bit problematic
Size/Volume: 60 ml | Finish/Texture: Matte, Satin, Gloss | Pigment Quality: Student & Professional Grade | Consistency: Smooth & Soft
Paint has very little odor and dries rapidly to create a...
Made with high quality pigments, from the most demanding...
This acrylic set makes it here because of the incredible handiness of blending and glazing with these. The colors perform reasonably well and at an affordable price. The smoothness of the flow and color vibrancy is a delightful experience.
Experience
The colors are on the more saturated and strong side. The colors pop out after drying and overall, it’s a good look.
The consistency is on the softer side - kind of thin. The paint seems to glide on the canvas and the experience, hence, is very smooth and pleasing.
For that very reason, we think that this acrylic set is perfect for blending, glazing, and mixing colors.
On the other side, the colors are also very durable. They are decently lightfast and retain their saturation very well. Overall, it’s a good pick.
Pros
Colors are well-saturated and vibrant
Paint has a buttery experience when put onto the canvas
Colors are plenty durable – light-fast and don’t lose their saturation
Cons
Not recommended for professionals, fall short in performance when compared to artist-grade paints
Size/Volume: 21 ml | Finish/Texture: Matte, Satin, Gloss, Iridescent | Pigment Quality: Professional Grade | Consistency: Creamy & Rich
FUN FACT | Did you know acrylic paints dry way faster than other paints?
If we are able to curb your interest, here is our article on how long acrylic paints take to dry. Many take this as a blessing whereas others feel this is not suitable for painting.
Go on and give it a read!
Here are some parameters that are used to judge the quality of acrylic paint.
Vibrancy
The vibrancy of the paint depends on the pigments that are used to make the paint. The source of the pigment, its purity, and its concentration decides the brightness of the paint.
The paint that has ‘Hue’ in its name is made from a combination of pigments to produce that specific color. These are, hence, not naturally sourced.
Typically, artist-grade paints are more vibrant and have better pigments than student-grade paints.
Consistency
Acrylic paint can be of various kinds in terms of consistency. And in acrylic paints, consistency matters a lot because the experience is significantly different, and different consistencies are used to achieve different results.
Heavy body paint is, especially, a different breed of its own. Because it has an almost putty-like consistency and the artists use it to achieve very different results from other acrylic paints.
Lightfastness
Lightfastness is the ability of the paint to resist the depreciation that is caused by light and radiation. Lightfast paint retains its saturation even after long exposure to light.
ASTM categorizes colors using 5 buckets of lightfastness: Very Poor, Poor, Fair, Very Good, and Excellent.
Often lightfastness varies from color to color even if they come from the same line-up. This is because different kinds of pigments are used for different colors.
If you are concerned about the lightfastness of the paint you use, be sure to check the ratings of individual colors from the website of the manufacturer.
Permanence
The permanence of a paint tries to quantify or categorize the permanency of that paint. Of course, this also includes how lightfast the paint is, but it also includes other aging factors of the paint.
Often, casual artists can ignore the permanency of the paint but professional artists are very serious about this.
Our recommendation for them will be to carefully note the permanency of individual colors from the manufacturer’s website as permanency also varies with the colors.
Acrylic Paints FAQs
What is the best acrylic paint for professionals?
Utrecht is a famous company in the art community as the maker of some of the best gear for professional artists. They have been serving for the past 50 years or more and now are part of another globally renowned company, Blick. This product, in particular, is one of the best acrylic paints and professionals’ favorite.
What is the best acrylic paint for beginners?
Till now, we have only discussed professional grade expensive acrylic paint. In this entry, Arteza brings an option for casual painters, kids, and decorative artists. The paint has decent performance at an affordable price along with a wide variety of colors to choose from – 60 different colors in a given set.
What is the best acrylic paint for kids?
Matisse Structure Formula Acrylics is a great option for kids because of its modularity in terms of consistency and its affordable price. We also recommend it to casual artists and hobbyists. In the set we reviewed, you get 12 different shades of 12ml each.
Conclusion
So, that’ll be all for this article.
We listed our top picks for acrylic paints and also included our review about them.. Keep in mind that these entries are listed to cater to unique and different needs, so there’s not any sort of ranking.
We hope that you enjoyed reading this piece and found it helpful. We hope you the very best in your endeavors, and thank you for reading!
The canvas is the cornerstone of any painter’s journey with their art.
Being such a critical part of your progression as an artist, it’s crucial to know which canvas is the best suited for your particular usage. The adage “different strokes for different folks” also holds well for choosing canvases.
To make your job of scouring through hundreds or even thousands of canvases on the market today easier, we’ll walk you through the top ten canvases for acrylic paints. We then follow our reviews up with a small guide on how to choose the best canvases for your art style and work.
Without wasting much time, we’ll now move toward reviewing the first canvas on our list!
Best Canvas for Acrylic Reviewed
So, whether you're a professional artist or a beginner, here's the list of the 10 best canvases for acrylic that you can consider for your next masterpiece.
While most of us know Blick from their popular online art and craft supplies store, it might be a surprise to note that they manufacture their own supplies as well. And in fact, they do it very well. This particular canvas is completely woven by hand, and the surface is perfect for painting with acrylic paints. It’s a 12x12 woven canvas with cotton derived from India.
Experience
Blick has left no stone unturned in making sure this canvas has nothing to lose when compared to the best in the business, and that too with a more affordable price. The canvas is gallery-wrapped and back-stapled with uncut corners and a large amount of selvage, allowing you to re-stretch the canvas in the future. For tension adjustments, keys come as standard.
It comes in three different profiles: .875", 1.5", and 2.375", thus giving you a huge boost when it comes to displays. These are useful when you want to display your works in studios, museums, or galleries. The canvas weighs around 10 oz when it’s pre-primed, and once primed it weighs around 15 oz. It’s triple-primed with a high-quality, acid-free gesso.
The priming process includes being sanded between primer layers, which makes for a fairly smooth surface with a good enough tooth for most art uses. What’s more, the entire range of All large Blick canvases come with supports as standard. The wood quality and woodwork are also wonderful - all in all, it’s a brilliant and value-for-money canvas for all your painting needs.
Pros
Comes with a high-quality triple-primed canvas, with a great tooth quality
Three different profiles available as per intended usage
Canvas material is super smooth to work with
Cons
Raw corners may not be suited to everyone’s tastes
A little bit farther from the fully professional Blick reviewed above, Arteza is a name renowned in the student and hobby artist community - instead of delivering the best of the best, it gives you a relatively very affordable yet decent quality canvas. They become even more affordable when it comes to bulk ordering - and if you’re not satisfied, they offer full refunds.
Cotton Surface Ideal for Many Types of Media: Your stretched...
Sturdily Constructed: These 11x14 canvases are stretched and...
Experience
Well, looks like you won’t be needing a refund any time soon - the Arteza Stretched Canvas in White is a solid performer, any way you look at it. First off, there’s the material - it’s 100 percent cotton and comes with a good quality acid-free acrylic gesso. The canvas comes pre-stretched, and hence you have a nice, light spring for your brush.
It’s an 11” x 14” size canvas, which is perfect for almost any student or hobby artist. It always comes in packs and is extremely well-priced when it comes to per-unit cost. The wood used is pinewood and is back-stapled to ensure the canvas sticks well. The gesso layering is about 8 oz. It also comes in a number of other sizes as well, and the smaller sizes are cheaper still.
Your paints will glide on the surface, and thus the canvas responds to each stroke of the brush. This gives you a great surface to paint on - except if you’re a professional artist. Then the surface is much rougher and comes with a harder tooth than you’re used to. Other than that, the Arteza is a universally usable, decent-quality product that comes with great value for money.
Pros
Best value and quality combination for students and intermediate hobbyists
100% cotton surface that responds well to your strokes
If you’re looking for a canvas that comes with a bit more panache than the Arteza, yet do not want to wander into the full professional territory, the Darice Stretched Canvas presents a great compromise, and that too at a wonderful price. It comes in a huge variety of sizes and packs, from the smallest 8” x 10” in a single pack to a 30” x 40” pack of 40.
BLANK CANVAS–Every masterpiece begins on a blank slate,...
VERSATILE –This medium weight canvas on a wood frame is...
Experience
Darice presents a slightly different take on the canvas. Instead of having just one size in packs, they have a whole range of sizes to suit each and every artist. These are acid-free, medium-weight canvases that are double-primed (you might notice that the Arteza was single-primed, while the Blick was triple-primed and sanded). It’s much lighter than the Blick, however.
The material choice is also great - it’s 100 percent decent quality cotton, again slotting in somewhere between the Blick and the Arteza in terms of smoothness and the tooth of the canvas. The best part is, it’s lighter than either and also comes with wood stretcher keys to help you tighten the canvas. The thickness is approximately an inch, give or take.
Darice has been around starting off with a single store in 1954 and then expanding all over. Now, it’s an internationally renowned brand - and its products are definitely of a good standard. A number of people have reviewed this as being solid enough and toothy enough for their artwork, and in all but the most professional uses the canvas finds work.
Pros
Double-primed canvas which is also lightweight yet high quality
The cotton is smooth enough for most uses
Good value for money when you buy larger packs
Cons
Some users complain of issues with stapling and some tightness problems at times
Once you go full professional, you wouldn’t be willing to make compromises which you did as a hobbyist or as a student. Hence, we present to you the Monet Pro, named after the Impressionist pioneer. Coming in with a double primed surface, a cross brace, and no finger joints to avoid chances of breakage over time, the Monet Pro is a wonderful canvas.
Masterpiece has been around in the market for years now, and the one thing that sums up their art supplies is the phrase “no compromises”. Whether it’s the quality of the raw materials or the design and finishing of their products - they do not look the other way for even the smallest of details. This holds true for this product as well - it’s easily one of the best canvases reviewed.
First, we come to the canvas surface. It is double primed and has just the right amount of tooth and undulation for acrylic paints to flow when being painted, but at the same time, stick to the surface when dried. There is another proprietary smoothing process for the surface, making sure you get the best possible painting experience on the canvas.
Other important features include an adjustable tension and a best-in-class stretching process. The cross brace at the back for sizes over 16 inches helps ensure stability. For those who are environmentally conscious, the canvas is made from sustainably sourced wood. This is a lightweight, classy canvas that guarantees one of the best possible painting experiences.
Pros
Comes with a cross brace instead of finger joints to hold the canvas, tightest corners of all canvases tested
Environmentally conscious manufacturing
Double primed, extra processing to ensure super smooth painting
Coming back to the humble hobbyist and student - if you’re looking for the best possible compromise between value and quality, the Daveliou is one of our top picks. The edges are staple-free, and Daveliou uses its own gesso for priming the canvas - making sure that your painting experience is a joyous one. These frames also stay clean until used!
Premium Stretched Canvas — Create unique art with Daveliou...
Durable Non Toxic Materials — The individually wrapped...
Experience
The canvas is a perfect mix of value and performance - coming in at a highly reasonable price point, given that it does not have regular staples holding the canvas together. The frame itself is around ⅝” thick and comes as standard with a triple priming process already complete. You do not have to spend a single moment in preparation or setting up - this one comes ready as it is.
The canvas comes prepared with a non-yellowing agent, which allows it to stay clean for as long as you wish for it to - it does not get yellowed with time. It is lightweight enough to be carried around from place to place, even though it comes triple-primed. Their gesso is also cruelty-free and vegan. The canvas comes in three different sizes - 8" x 10”, 11" x 14", and 16" x 20".
A number of media including oil, acrylic, casein, tempera, and collage media are at home with this canvas, so you can easily create mixed media artwork if you wish to.
Pros
Perfect value/performance ratio
Lightweight
Come Standard with a triple priming process already done
This canvas is specifically for those who intend to work with a pitch-black backdrop and yet need a wonderful painting experience. A little bit off-center, this canvas delivers a solid painting experience with acrylic paints as well as other media. Though it’s made out of black fabric, make no mistake - it can easily stand its own among the hordes of canvases out there.
Pack of 4 - Professional Artist Quality: 3/4" thickness...
100% Cotton Canvases: Pure cotton canvases with medium...
Experience
This canvas is incredibly good for painting those night skies, planets, or galactic scenes from outer space. However, the world is your oyster - since this canvas delivers a wonderful overall performance, with a triple-primed satin-smooth surface and comes with sustainably derived wood. The canvas also does not cost all that much relative to other canvases on the market.
Even though this is triple-primed, we suggest students also consider this because of its affordability and the great performance it delivers. It comes with a profile of around ¾” and the gesso used to prime the surface is acid-free high-quality gesso. It weighs around 7 ounces unprimed and 12 ounces once triple-primed.
The stapling is done on the back of the canvas, with the edges having no staples on it. The canvas isn’t dyed black but instead comes pre-painted since there are no paints on the back side of the canvas. Overall, barring a few issues with the tightness of the canvas, this is a perfectly good canvas to paint on with acrylic paints.
Pros
Comes pre-painted black, which spares you the effort of having to paint the canvas yourself
Triple-primed for a smooth painting experience
High-quality gesso being used
Cons
A few artists report that the canvas loosened over time
If you’re looking for a compact enough canvas to hang on the wall once you’re done painting, the best bet you have is the Stretched Canvas by Alt Alternatives. It comes primed, but there’s no bleaching to speak of. Though it requires some prep unlike many others reviewed, it presents a great value for money proposition, especially for those just beginning with acrylic paint.
Art Alternatives Unbleached 4 oz cotton canvas for all media
Primed with acid-free gesso-ready to paint, collage, draw,...
Experience
While this comes unprimed, you can easily use this to learn how to prime a canvas or prime it to your particular convenience if you’re experienced with painting on canvas. It comes in a number of size options, but the usual recommended size is 11” x 14”. The canvas is just half an inch wide, so you can easily hang them up once you’re finished. The cotton comes unbleached.
The canvas has a natural and untarnished look and feel. For beginners who want to understand how to prime their own surface, they can easily learn on these canvases since they’re pretty affordable. Unlike other surfaces, you’re in charge here - so how toothy or harsh the surface is depends entirely on how well you prime the surface. The corners are completely square.
The canvas is gallery wrapped, so you can easily paint on the sides as well. The canvas comes plastic wrapped individually, as well as the entire shipment of the pack. The weave of the canvas is somewhat visible with the original gesso - easily fixable with a couple of extra layers of paint. Overall, it’s a wonderful canvas that gives you the power to customize your canvas.
Pros
Can be primed as many times as you desire with the gesso of your choice
Thin enough to be hung on walls or other display surfaces
Squared corners are useful
Cons
Some of the weaves are visible when the canvas is shipped
The Conda stretched canvas is the canvas to go for if you want the best bang for your buck, and you don’t mind switching surfaces for it. The Conda canvas comes in very close to the cheapest canvases on the market, and yet somehow - it comes triple-primed! The tooth to price ratio of the Conda is nigh on the best on the market. You can also add your own gesso on top.
100% COTTON CANVAS: Cotton Makes the Ideal Art Surface. It...
PINEWOOD STRETCHED BARS: These stretched canvases are...
Experience
If you’re someone who’s just starting out with painting with acrylic paints, you’re best off getting a multi-pack of Conda’s canvases since they’re incredibly low-cost. However, do not take it as a sign of cheapness - it delivers a solid painting experience, and acrylic paints respond very well to it. To adjust the tension, the canvas comes with wooden wedges on the back.
It comes in packs of 10, which may cost less than one single canvas from other options in certain cases. It’s a medium-grained canvas that finds use here. The wooden frame is pure fir or pine and the canvas comes pre-stretched for a great painting experience. The sizes range from 8” x 10” to 16” x 20”, so you have enough flexibility in choosing sizes.
There are more than a few imperfections on the canvas surface, but that’s acceptable given the beginner-friendly nature of the canvas. This canvas is perfect, especially for toddlers and children who are just getting their bearings - it’s smooth enough to work on right out of the pack and is affordable enough to let the kids freely paint to their heart’s content.
Pros
Very affordable compared to other canvases on the market
Relatively thin, can be hung on walls easily
Perfect for children and beginners
Cons
A few inconsistencies and a general looseness of the canvas
This is the best of the best. At prices for a single canvas which are four times as much as for a pack of ten for most canvases, this canvas comes with no compromises at all. You only get the best painting experience possible. Instead of cotton, you get luxurious Belgian linen. The stretcher bars have no seams, and the corners are astoundingly well-made.
State-of-the-art construction from kiln dried solid wood
Patented keyable bracing system
Experience
The Elite represents the pinnacle of Masterpiece’s canvases. If you want the best canvas for your work, this is, without a doubt, the canvas you should go in for. There are two variants on offer, suitable for two different kinds of users - one is the Oil-primed canvas and the other is the Acrylic-primed canvas. The Acrylic primed canvas is the one that we considered.
The Acrylic-primed canvas comes with two coatings of size as well as four coatings of gesso primer, which comes in at around 14.4 oz per square inch. Unlike most other canvases, this has a hefty width of around 1.5”, so you can stay assured of the support your canvas will have while painting. The stretcher bar is quite heavy, so make sure your studio has enough space.
The texture of the canvas is wonderful for acrylics, and the linen itself sits just perfectly on top of the wooden structure. It comes off perfectly, and you can easily transfer the painting to another location. It comes in a huge variety of sizes, many of which are similar - so make sure you know the perfect size for your painting before going ahead and getting this canvas.
Pros
Represents the absolute best among canvases on offer today
Corners, linen, gesso, and stretching are all done just right
Last but not least by any means, the Creative Mark represents the golden mean of the canvases on offer today - it’s a perfect intermediate-level canvas, with just the right mix of features and cost-effectiveness to make it wonderful for painting regularly. The Creative Mark comes with perfectly finished corners and a triple-primed linen surface to boot.
Beefy 14oz. Primed Weight: With a raw weight of 8 oz., this...
Hand Stretched and Triple-Acrylic Primed: Our canvas for...
Experience
This particular stretched canvas comes with perfectly folded corners to ensure that you can display this frameless as well as with a frame depending on your choice. These canvases are perfect for oils, water mixable oils, alkyds, acrylics, mixed media works, and frameless artwork presentations. Further, you can have it in either a 1.5” or a 2.5” width.
Without priming, the Creative Mark canvas comes in at around 8 oz, but it goes up to a solid 14 oz once they’re finished priming. It comes triple-primed, but you should probably go in for another layer or two of gesso before having a go at the canvas. The perfectly finished corners make it much easier to paint until the very edge of the canvas, should you want to do so.
The primer itself is something you can talk home about because it’s pretty good compared to what else is available on the market - bar the very best canvases which ship for more than $50 per unit. Thus, you should have no problems painting on this canvas - it makes for a solid value proposition and ticks all the right boxes too. It comes in a variety of size options too.
Pros
Perfectly finished corners, usually only found in the best canvases
Options for choosing the width of the canvas
The primer coating developed by Creative Mark gives more expensive canvases a run for their money
Cons
Some users report inconsistent corners due to shipping problems
With this, we wrap up reviews of the top 10 canvases on the market today, for both students and artists alike. They cover a variety of materials, and canvas types, as well as surfaces suitable for a variety of media. However, should you not find these products readily, we have a buyer’s guide incoming which will help you take the call on which canvas is best for you.
Go through it thoroughly in order to sort through the best canvases on the market, and to find out which one suits your particular usage. Without further ado, let’s begin with the buyer’s guide!
Buying Guide For The Best Canvases for Acrylic Painting
If you’re on the lookout for a canvas for your particular needs, you should know which factors come into the picture whilst getting one. Since your canvas goes a long way in making sure your art stands out, you should take care of each and every one of these factors listed below before going in for your next supplies run.
Kind and quality of the fabric
The kind of quality of the fabric used for the canvas should be a top priority when buying an acrylic paint canvas. It should not be hard enough for the paint to stick immediately, but it should eventually dry well enough to last long.
Layers of priming
Following the point above, the layers of priming play a huge role in the kind of canvas you end up getting. As s student or a hobbyist, you probably don’t require more than say a single layer or at maximum, a double layer of primer. If you’re a professional, do look for three or possibly more layers of primer to get the perfect canvas finish.
Quality and type of wood used in the canvas
The woodwork of your canvas has long-term implications for its stability. You should stick to Oakwood for the best results. Make sure the canvas you purchase has some kind of indication or verification as to the quality of the wood with the packaging it comes with.
Presence of finger joints
Finger joints are not at all recommended for any case but are the cheapest of the canvases. Finger joints have a tendency to come off with time. If you’re planning to preserve your canvas over long periods of time, this can potentially mean bad news for the canvas.
The material of the gesso
The gesso is the substance with which the priming process is done. Gesso gives the canvas a shimmery, shiny, satin-like smoothness - but bear in mind that it costs a lot of money as well. As such, you’re better off getting a canvas that has already been primed. Look for acid-free gessos, since they allow your paint to hold much better and for a longer time span.
Even if the canvases come double or triple-primed, make sure to add your own layer of gesso if you can. That way, you can adjust the level of smoothness and tooth the canvas gives while painting.
Price
The price of the canvas shouldn’t be overly cheap (it takes an effort to build a good quality canvas), but make sure you aren’t being duped. Even the higher-quality canvases which come with three primer layers and high-quality wood, with good teeth don’t cost too much per canvas.
Canvas For Acrylic FAQ's
What is the difference between cotton and linen canvas for acrylic painting?
Cotton canvas is a popular choice for acrylic painting due to its affordability and versatility. It is available in a range of weights and textures, and it can be stretched or mounted easily. Linen canvas, on the other hand, is more expensive but considered a higher quality option due to its strength, durability, and resistance to decay. It is also known for its unique surface texture that some artists prefer.
Can you use acrylic paint on a primed canvas?
Yes, acrylic paint can be used on a primed canvas. In fact, priming a canvas is recommended for best results. A primer helps to create a smooth surface and improves the adhesion of the paint to the canvas. It also prevents the paint from seeping through the canvas fibers and yellowing over time.
What is a stretched canvas?
A stretched canvas refers to a canvas that has been stretched and secured onto a wooden frame. This is typically done by stretching the canvas tightly over the frame and then stapling it to the back. Stretched canvases are ready to use and can be painted on directly without the need for additional preparation.
What is the best size canvas for acrylic painting?
The best size canvas for acrylic painting depends on the artist’s preference and the intended use of the artwork. Small canvases are ideal for detailed work and studies, while larger canvases are better suited for larger compositions and expressive brushwork. Common sizes include 8×10 inches, 11×14 inches, and 16×20 inches.
Can you reuse a painted canvas for a new acrylic painting?
Yes, it is possible to reuse a painted canvas for a new acrylic painting. However, the old painting must be completely dry and the surface should be lightly sanded or primed to create a fresh surface for the new paint. Some artists prefer to gesso the entire canvas again to create an even base for the new painting.
Conclusion
Thank you for reading our article on the best canvases for acrylic painting! We hope you enjoyed it and found it helpful in selecting the perfect canvas for your painting needs. A quality canvas is crucial for bringing your vision to life, so it's important to invest in one that suits your style and level of expertise.
Out of these 10 best canvases for acrylic, here are the top three expert recommendations:
Blick Premiere Cotton Canvas is an ideal option for those who are looking for a versatile and high-quality canvas at an affordable price. Its triple-primed, smooth surface makes it easy to work with, and the different profile options provide a great display advantage for your artwork.
Arteza Stretched White Canvas is a good option, particularly for students and intermediate hobbyists. Its combination of quality and value makes it a perfect choice for those who are still exploring the world of acrylic painting, as well as those who need to purchase canvases in bulk.
Darice Stretched Canvas is the right choice for artists who want high-quality material and double-primed canvases without venturing into the professional range. It is a great compromise in terms of quality, size, and price, offering a wide variety of options to suit each artist's needs.
As you continue to hone your skills and perfect your craft, remember that the canvas you choose can have a significant impact on your final results. Keep experimenting and discovering what works best for you, and don't be afraid to invest in a new canvas that fits your evolving needs as an artist. Happy painting!
How does the paper make a difference in any painting? Is there a specific type of paper you should be using for the best results with acrylic paint?
When it comes to acrylic artwork, the canvas is the go-to option. There are many options available in the market, each with varying features. Picking the right canvas is the first step in creating a masterpiece.
Without further ado, let’s get to the product reviews.
Best Paper for Acrylic Paint
With so many options available, it can be overwhelming to decide which paper to choose. To make your decision easier, we have compiled a list of the best paper for acrylic paint. From texture to thickness, we have considered all the essential factors to ensure that you get the best results for your artwork. So, without further ado, here’s the list of the 8 best papers for acrylic paint.
Taking the second spot on our list is the Art Alternatives Stretched White Canvas. It comes in a multi-pack consisting of seven unbleached 4 oz. cotton canvases. It is ideal for use with oil, acrylic, and alkyd paints. We have reviewed the 11 inches x 14 inches canvas that has a depth of 0.5 inches.
Experience
First of all, we have to mention how affordable this canvas is. If you are a beginner and do not want to spend a lot in your initial painting ventures, this is a perfect choice. We especially liked the careful individual plastic packing of each of the seven canvases in this pack.
The lightweight canvas almost mimics linen, and at a thickness of 0.5 inches, you get the option of displaying it with or without a frame. We like the gallery wrapping of the canvas that allows you to apply paint to the sides. The corners are a perfect square.
We recommend that you do not use very heavy layers of paint on this canvas as it is not hand-stretched and may sag. If you find the canvas to be a little loose, you can spray the back and corners with water and let it dry to make it tight as a drum.
Pros
Suitable for professionals as well as beginners
Multi-pack of seven canvases makes it highly affordable
Unbleached cotton gives the canvas a natural look
Each canvas is individually wrapped to prevent contamination until you need it
Cons
Not as tightly stretched as other hand-stretched canvases
Pack of 4 - Professional Artist Quality: 3/4" thickness...
100% Cotton Canvases: Pure cotton canvases with medium...
US Art Supply Stretched Canvas is available in two variants – Black 4-pack and White 6-pack. We have chosen the Black 4-pack and used it extensively to give you a comprehensive and accurate review. US Art Supply offers this canvas in various sizes. In the Black 4-pack, we have reviewed, each canvas measures 8 x 10 inches with ¾ inch depth.
Experience
The US Art Supply Stretched Canvas pack is ideal for use with all kinds of oil and acrylic paints. We liked the hand-stretched canvas that is tight enough for multiple layers of paint. The 0.75-inch profile of these canvases coupled with staple-free edges allows for a convenient frameless display on walls.
We liked the smooth finish of the canvas, thanks to three layers of environment-friendly, acid-free acrylic gesso. The triple-primed canvas ensures that none of your acrylic paint is soaked up. You will appreciate the fact that these canvases are hand-stretched over stretcher bars obtained from environmentally managed forests.
The black finish of these canvases is well-suited for creating night-time landscapes or deep-space scenes. Each canvas weighs about 12 oz after priming and is 100% cotton.
Pros
Black color makes it perfect for painting night-time sceneries
Multi-pack of four canvases provides optimal value for money
It is triple-primed with acid-free acrylic gesso
Each canvas is hand-stretched over kiln-dried stretcher bars
Cons
Canvases are not individually packed and may stick together at times
Size: 18 x 24", 12 x 12", 16 x 16", 16 x 20" | Pack Quantity: 4 | Pre-Primed: Yes | Suitable for: Oil, acrylic | Acid-Free: Yes | Backing Material: Wood
STRETCHED CANVAS – Every masterpiece begins on a blank...
VERSATILE – This medium-weight, wood frame canvas is...
Darice offers the Cotton Stretched Canvas in eleven different sizes and ten-pack variants. We have selected the pack of two 18” x 24” canvases and reviewed it. Darice has been providing affordable art and craft supplies for over 60 years and is a renowned brand trusted by artists worldwide.
Experience
We believe that a list of the best canvases for acrylic paints cannot be complete without the Darice Cotton Stretched Canvas. The brand is known for its art and craft supplies, and we were not disappointed. Each medium-weight, acid-free canvas is ideal for use with acrylic paints.
The canvas is double primed so you do not have to worry about high absorption and can start painting as soon as you unpack it. We liked the affordable price tag on this top-notch canvas pack, and we recommend it to artists operating on a tight budget.
The canvas has an ergonomic design and is back-stapled to allow you to paint on the sides as well. In case you find the canvas to be a bit loose for your liking, it comes with stretcher keys that can be used to tighten it.
Pros
Thoughtful inclusion of stretcher keys allows you to re-stretch the canvas
Canvas is available in a wide array of sizes, making it suitable for all kinds of paintings
Double-primed canvas provides a smooth surface with reduced absorbency
Cons
Packaging can be improved to protect the canvases better
Size: 16 x 20", 11 x 14", 12 x 16", 18 x 24" | Pack Quantity: 2 | Pre-Primed: Yes | Suitable for: Acrylic | Acid-Free: Yes | Backing Material: Wood
Masterpiece Artist Canvas from the Monet Pro Line is available in various size options and styles. We have reviewed the 8” x 10” Cotton 10.5 oz. – 3X – Carmel Portrait Smooth variant. It is made from 100% cotton and has a depth of 1.5 inches.
Experience
We loved the Masterpiece Carmel Portrait Smooth Canvas. It is based on 100% cotton, medium-weight canvas and is sized and double primed with archival quality, acid-free acrylic gesso. You will not have to worry about the paint being absorbed too quickly by the canvas surface.
You will appreciate the versatile use of this canvas – it goes with oils, acrylics, and alkyds. A significant reason for including this canvas in our list was the additional procedure undertaken to make the canvas texture incredibly smooth.
In addition to the usual features that are common in most high-quality canvases, what sets this specific canvas apart is its “Canvas Relief” feature. There is ½ inch space between the stretcher bar and the canvas surface to prevent the possibility of pressing the fabric and touching the bar underneath.
You get the option to re-stretch the canvas, if needed, with the help of pre-installed corner and brace keys.
Pros
Stretcher bar of this canvas is made from sustainably obtained wood
Double primed with archival quality, acid-free acrylic gesso
Stretched up to 50% tighter than other canvases
Comes with pre-installed corner keys and brace keys
Cons
It is relatively expensive, especially for beginners
100% Cotton Art Canvases for Painting: Our canvas boards for...
Painting Canvas in Bulk: This canvas set includes 6...
From the house of Arteza, we bring to you the 11” x 14” Stretched White 100% Cotton Canvas. It can be used by all types of artists – beginners, hobbyists, and professionals – and is ideal for use with oil, acrylic, water, tempera, and gouache paints. It comes in a super value pack of eight canvases, each having a 5/8” profile.
Experience
There are a few features of this canvas pack from Arteza that are worth highlighting. First of all, each canvas has a highly sturdy construction with the fabric being stretched over and stapled onto pinewood stretcher bars.
Secondly, each canvas comes coated with 8 oz of acrylic, acid-free titanium gesso primer. You can start painting your favorite art as soon as you unpack this canvas. We especially liked the thoughtful individual packaging of each canvas in this set. We recommend this canvas pack from Arteza for gifting purposes, owing to its win-win features.
The Arteza Stretched White Canvas comes in a wide array of dimensions, making it convenient for anybody to find the perfect size they need. You will appreciate the 100% money-back guarantee that Arteza offers with this canvas set, which goes to show how much the company values customer satisfaction.
Pros
Each canvas is primed with acid-free, acrylic titanium gesso
Each canvas is individually wrapped to ensure safe storage
Comes with a 100% money-back guarantee, providing consumer satisfaction
Highly affordable; thanks to the super value pack containing eight canvases
Cons
Having only one coat of acrylic gesso primer, this canvas can be improved by adding another layer
100% COTTON CANVAS: Cotton Makes the Ideal Art Surface. It...
PINEWOOD STRETCHED BARS: These stretched canvases are...
CONDA offers the Artist Stretched Canvas in three size variants. We used the 5” x 7” canvas pack that includes six pieces. It is made from 100% unbleached cotton and is acid and oil-free. It is ideal for oil as well as acrylic painting.
Experience
We had an enriching experience using the CONDA Artist Stretched Canvas pack. Each canvas is triple-primed with acrylic gesso to ensure that the color holds on the surface and there is no chance of the paint seeping through to the back of the fabric.
We especially liked the traditional handmade design of the canvas, which is tacked and has wooden wedges to adjust tension. A significant positive of the pack is that each canvas is packed individually so you can safely store canvases not being immediately used.
You will want to buy the CONDA Canvas pack as it offers top-notch quality at an affordable price. The wooden frame of each canvas is made from pure fir wood with the utmost care and craftsmanship to guarantee a sturdy and stretched canvas.
We recommend this canvas pack to anybody who is just starting on their artistic journey, only because of how inexpensive it is.
Pros
Pack of 10 canvases, making it reasonable for beginners
FSC certified
Each canvas is made from 100% unbleached cotton and is acid-free
Includes wooden wedges that allow you to adjust the tension if needed
Cons
The texture on the canvas fabric is a bit rough, and some professionals may not like it
Size: 5 x 7", 4 x 4", 6 x 6", 8 x 8", 8 x 10", 11 x 14", 16 x 20", 18 x 24" | Pack Quantity: 6 | Pre-Primed: Yes | Suitable for: Acrylic | Acid-Free: Yes | Backing Material: Wood
The Edge All Media Cotton Canvas is available in dozens of sizes and two depth variants – 1.5” and 2.5”. We have reviewed the pack of three 24 inches x 36 inches, 1.5-inch deep canvases. Each canvas is perfect for alkyds, oils, acrylics, frameless artwork presentations, and mixed media works.
Experience
This list would be incomplete without the Edge All Media Cotton Canvas offered by Creative Mark. We especially liked the “tuck-n-roll” style of its construction, which leaves the edges staple-free and clean for painting and frameless display.
A particular highlight of this canvas is the unique primer developed and used by Creative Mark which is significantly better than other primers and allows your paintings to preserve their vibrant colors with maximum adhesion.
You will be pleased to know that each of the three canvases in this pack is hand-stretched by skilled craftsmen to ensure that the fabric is not loose. The material is stapled in each corner at the back. The raw canvas weighs 8 oz., and the primed canvas weighs about 14 oz.
We also liked the durable construction of the wooden stretcher bars in this canvas. If you take our word for it, buying this canvas is a no-brainer.
Pros
Better than average durability and texture
Top-notch triple priming of this canvas ensures optimum results with oil and acrylic paints
It is back-splined, stretched, and stapled at each corner for a tight and sturdy finish
Ideal for painting on the edges and displaying without a frame
Premium Stretched Canvas — Create unique art with Daveliou...
Durable Non Toxic Materials — The individually wrapped...
The Daveliou Stretched Canvas is available in a pack of five pieces in three sizes – 8 x 10 inches, 11 x 14 inches, and 16 x 20 inches. It is made from 100% pure three-ply/280-gsm cotton. It has a 5/8” profile and is suitable for use with oil and acrylic paints.
Experience
At the final spot on our list of recommendations is the Daveliou Stretched Canvas. We extensively used the 11 inches x 14 inches canvas pack and were convinced to include it in our list. The canvas features staple-free edges and a perfectly firm surface.
We especially liked the top-notch build of this canvas. It is made from pure cotton, which is meticulously stretched and wrapped on a kiln-dried, beveled stretcher bar frame. You will not face any problems with this canvas regarding its tightness.
A significant highlight of this canvas from Florida-based Daveliou is the use of their proprietary gesso primer, which adds just the perfect absorption and tooth to the canvas surface.
You will be pleased to know that this canvas comes with a one-year money-back guarantee, making it a definite customer favorite.
Pros
Relatively reasonable, especially being a five-canvas pack
Each canvas in the package is individually wrapped
Ideal for all types of media
It comes with a one-year money-back guarantee
Cons
Some discrepancies have been reported about products having loose corners
We have shortlisted ten of the best canvases from the hundreds available in the market. When it comes to picking one of these ten products that will perfectly meet your requirements, you should consider the following factors:
Primed for Perfection?
When it comes to canvases, it is not rocket science to add a coat of primer. Most of the products we shortlisted come with two or three coatings of acrylic gesso primer, which ought to be sufficient in most cases. To be on the safer side, you should consider applying an additional coat of primer before you paint.
A perfectly primed canvas prevents the absorption of paint and allows you to create your art without unnecessary hassles.
Opt for Bulk Buying
Whether you are a beginner or a professional, it makes sense to buy your canvases in bulk. Having a decent stock of painting materials and canvases is cost-effective in the long run.
Like everything, there is a learning curve when it comes to using canvases. Bulk buying ensures you get used to painting on a specific surface. When buying in bulk, we advise you to go for individually packed canvases to avoid damage and wastage over time.
Absorption and Tooth
Absorption and Tooth are the bread and butter of canvases. Gesso primer coatings help to build up the tooth on the surface of a canvas, which makes it smoother and provides a good texture.
Another essential factor to consider is absorption. You do not want to buy a canvas that soaks up your paint as soon as you apply it, as that can make detailed art nearly impossible to create.
Papers For Acrylic Paints FAQ's
What type of paper is best for acrylic paint?
Acrylic paint can be used on a variety of surfaces, but paper with a weight of 300 gsm or more is ideal for acrylic painting. Look for papers that are specifically labeled as suitable for acrylic paint.
Can I use regular paper for acrylic painting?
Regular paper is not recommended for acrylic painting, as it is not sturdy enough to hold the weight of the paint. The paint may bleed through or the paper may wrinkle and warp.
Can I use watercolor paper for acrylic painting?
Watercolor paper can be used for acrylic painting, but it may require more paint and layering to achieve a solid color. Look for watercolor papers with a weight of 300 gsm or more, and avoid papers with a strong texture.
Can I use canvas paper for acrylic painting?
Canvas paper is a good option for acrylic painting, as it mimics the texture of canvas without the added cost. Look for papers with a weight of 300 gsm or more and a surface that is specifically designed for acrylic paint.
Do I need to prepare the paper before painting with acrylics?
Some papers may require priming before painting with acrylics to prevent the paint from soaking into the paper fibers. Check the manufacturer’s instructions for the specific paper you are using.
Conclusion
Thank you for taking the time to read our article on the best papers for acrylic paint, and we hope you found it insightful and helpful. We understand how essential it is to choose the right surface to work on for your masterpiece, and after thoroughly testing various products, we are excited to share our top expert recommendations. Acrylic paintings are vibrant and bring life to any canvas, so finding the perfect match is crucial.
Out of these 8 best papers for acrylic paint, here are the top three expert recommendations:
Art Alternatives Stretched White Canvas is an ideal option for those looking for affordability, especially beginners. The seven canvases included in this pack are perfect for practicing without needing to worry about the cost. The lightweight construction and individually wrapped canvases also add value to the overall experience.
US Art Supply Stretched Canvas 4-Pack is a good option for artists wanting to create nighttime landscapes or deep-space scenes due to their black finish. The hand-stretched canvases provide a tight surface to work on, and the triple-primed acid-free acrylic gesso delivers a smooth finish perfect for acrylic paints.
Darice Cotton Stretched Canvas, Pack of 2 is the right choice for artists on a tight budget who still desire a high-quality canvas. Double-primed and designed to minimize paint absorption, these medium-weight canvases are suitable for a variety of acrylic painting projects.
In revealing our top three recommendations, we factored in the availability of multiple sizes, the ability to re-stretch the canvas, and whether the canvas is pre-primed. Our choices cater to a range of artist preferences, whether you are just beginning your artistic journey or an experienced professional. It's our pleasure to help you find the best product for your needs so you can continue creating beautiful acrylic masterpieces. Happy painting!
A headband magnifier can be the difference between perfect vision and, as Yossarian would say, seeing two of everything!
Headband magnifiers have a multitude of uses ranging from medical purposes, creating art, machining jewelry, repairing watches, etc.
At its core, it’s a fairly simple apparatus comprising a band to be worn around the head with magnifying lenses attached to the front.
Headband magnifiers may be simple but the fiercely-competitive market is saturated with several great items. Moreover, key industry players have stepped their game up considerably.
With that in mind, we make choosing the best headband magnifiers easier for you by reviewing the best ones of 2023.
Best Headband Magnifiers
From magnification power to lens size, we've considered all the important attributes to give you a comprehensive overview of each product. So, without further ado, here's the list of the 5 best headband magnifiers!
The latest offering by American company Carson, the CP-60 MagniVisor Deluxe is part of their PRO series and currently retails for 23 dollars on Amazon. Four levels of magnification (1.5x, 2x, 2.5x and 3x) allow you to work on the minutest details with pinpoint precision and the LED light means you don’t need to burn any oil to work through the night.
Ergonomically designed head mounted LED lighted adjustable...
Includes 4 precision cut interchangeable acrylic lenses with...
Experience
The well-made CP-60 makes light work of tasks demanding precision and finesse.
Starting with ergonomics, the CP-60 is comfortable to wear around the head and the presence of an adjustable strap means it can be adjusted to suit the contours of your head. It is slightly front-heavy as the batteries are mounted there but once you get used to it, it’s no bother.
Swapping the lenses is reasonably easy, but the procedure described in the instructions needs to be followed as the lenses are prone to breaking. They provide good magnification with minimal blurring.
The CP-60’s party piece, its LED light with three bulbs, is the icing on the cake. The light is bright but not excessively so, the spread is well-balanced and the light is focused. It makes working in the dark quite easy.
Pros
Well-sorted ergonomics make wearing it easy
Lenses offer good magnification and are well-judged
Bright, focused light makes working at night a breeze
Cons
Lenses are fairly delicate and swapping them is a delicate process
Slightly rough headpiece
Takes some getting used to
Magnification Power: 1.5x, 2x, 2.5x, 3x | Lens Size (inches): 4 | Number of Lenses: 4 | LED Light: Yes | Adjustable Headband: Yes
The simply-named Headband Magnifier by MagnifyLabs is a slightly cheaper option for those looking for a no-frills magnifier. Its party piece is its glass lens plate (compared to the plastic ones of its competitors). It retails for 20 dollars on Amazon.
Real glass lenses: Visor glasses are shaped, ground, and...
Adjustable head mount: Comfortable and form fitting to all...
Experience
The MagnifyLabs Headband Magnifier is an effective no-frills magnifier, but enhanced abilities come at a price.
The Magnifier has a soft forehead piece which makes wearing it nobody’s business. Weighing in at 6.9 ounces, it is a relatively light piece and is best suited for bright environments. The adjustable visor and headband are a revelation in magnifier convenience.
The presence of a glass lens piece scores a lot of points for the Magnifier. The quality and clarity of a glass piece are unparalleled by any plastic piece. The increase in resolution will undoubtedly be appreciated when reading fine print or working on semiconductors.
While the brilliant ergonomics and crisp graphics tip the scales in its favor, the lack of lighting or adjustable magnification (you get just one 2.5x piece) balances them. Competitors like the CP-60 are providing them at a shade over the price.
Moreover, to get adjustable magnification for the Magnifier, you’ll have to buy lenses separately, driving price up to a whopping 40 dollars!
Pros
Well-sorted ergonomics make working long hours a breeze
No-frills package minimizes complexity and enhances durability
Glass lens piece works wonders for resolution and clarity
Adjustable visor and headband a great feature
Cons
Fixed magnification might be a deal-breaker
Lack of a light means you’ll have to make hay while the sun shines
Competitors offer more features at the same price
Magnification Power: 1.0x, 1.5x, 2.0x, 2.5x, 3.5x | Lens Size (inches): 1.9 | Number of Lenses: 5 | LED Light: Yes | Adjustable Headband: Yes
✔ COMFORTABLE AND STYLISH: You can put this head-mount...
Experience
In our experience, the MagniPros Optical Glass Magnifier is a strong contender, even in the company of such heavy hitters.
The ergonomics are some of the best we’ve experienced.
The headband portion has a comfort band which makes wearing it infinitely more comfortable compared to the rest of the field. Even though the visor is not really adjustable, the headband is, ensuring that it fits perfectly on your head.
Unlike the MagnifyLabs model, this one comes with four adjustable lenses and their magnification is very well-judged. The lenses are, disappointingly, acrylic, but their quality, clarity, crispness, and resolution are anything but disappointing and on par with glass lenses.
Pros
Brilliant ergonomics and a comfort band make it very easy to wear
Adjustable lenses included for variable magnification
Lenses are very clear despite being acrylic
Cons
Glass lens isn’t missed but would’ve been nice
Magnification Power: 1.5x, 2.0x, 2.5x, 3.5x | Lens Size (inches): 5.2 | Number of Lenses: 4 | LED Light: Yes | Adjustable Headband: Yes
DoCooler, an American company, make their version of a basic headband magnifier. It comes with an adjustable headband, four interchangeable lenses (of 1.5x, 2x, 2.5x and 3.5x magnification) and retails for 27 dollars on Amazon.
During our time with the DoCooler, we found it to be very similar to the MagniPros Optical Glass Magnifier.
That is no bad thing though, as the MagniPros model is an excellent magnifier in its own right and matching it is no mean feat.
However, they are not Siamese twins. Far from it, the GXG has its distinctive characteristics.
The frame is extremely lightweight and the magnifier weighs in at a mere 4.9 ounces. This makes the wearer feel as if he’s wearing nothing on his head at all, which is excellent news for those who find magnifiers too obtrusive.
However, the DoCooler has some flaws. The build quality leaves a lot to be desired and falls far below the bar set by the competition. The front piece does not stay in place and kept falling to my nose. Changing the lens is a hassle and you need a pair of tweezers to do so.
Pros
Lightweight frame
Interchangeable lenses included
Cons
Overpriced
Poor build quality
No included light
Magnification Power: 1.0x, 1.5x, 2.0x, 2.5x, 3.5x | Lens Size (inches): 2.9 | Number of Lenses: 5 | LED Light: Yes | Adjustable Headband: Yes
Headband binocular visor with snap-in 1.5X magnifying lens...
Ground and polished glass prismatic lens for improved focus...
Experience
The Donegan DA-2 makes it to the bottom of this list for obvious reasons, but it still has a lot to its credit.
The DA-2 has a glass lens, a rarity in an increasingly plastic world. Further, the adjustment range of the headband is the greatest we’ve seen so far and can accommodate heads of all shapes and sizes.
It has a retractable visor, a nifty feature when you want to quickly alternate between viewing through the lens and not.
I’m afraid we must discuss Donegan’s flaws now. You get only one lens (no interchangeable lenses here), although you can choose its strength at the time of purchase. You also don’t get a light for night-time work.
However, the DA-2’s biggest drawback is its price. It is highly overpriced compared to the competition and cannot justify it, except for brand value.
Pros
Highly adjustable headband
Glass lens
Brand value
Cons
Highly overpriced
Lacks a light
No interchangeable lenses
Magnification Power: 1.5x, 2.0x, 2.5x, 3.0x | Lens Size (inches): 3.5 | Number of Lenses: 1 | LED Light: No | Adjustable Headband: Yes
Here are some of the things to look out for while choosing the perfect magnifier:
Lens Material
Different magnifiers use different materials for their lenses. Some manufacturers use acrylic and other plastics for their lenses while some use glass.
As a thumb rule, glass lenses are better than plastic lenses as they provide better quality, clarity, sharpness, and resolution.
However, there are exceptions to the rule and during our time, we found a few acrylic lenses whose clarity was on par with their glass counterparts.
Interchangeability of Lenses
Interchangeability of lenses, or lack of it, could be a deal breaker when choosing headband magnifiers.
While most manufacturers offer headband magnifiers with interchangeable lenses, some offer models with fixed lenses. In these models, even if there is a provision for changing lenses, they are usually sold separately and this drives the price up.
Lighting
If you wish to use your headband magnifier for working during the night, opt for one which has an inbuilt light.
Most models do not offer a light which increases the marketability of the ones which do. Having a light is a boon for productive night owls.
Models like the Carson CP-60 are worth serious consideration. Try to look for a magnifier that has LED lights as they offer adequate brightness, a balanced spread, and minimal power consumption.
Comfort
If you’re planning to buy a headband magnifier, chances are you’re going to be wearing it more often than not, which is why comfort is essential.
It is recommended to approach your local vendor and try all these models once to see which fits best.
Not all models are designed equally and their bands’ shape may vary, hence, it is important to pick the one which wraps around the contours of the head most snugly.
Band and Visor Adjustability
While adjustable headbands are the norm, there are bound to be some exceptions to this rule and we’d rather not see you end up with one of them!
An adjustable band is almost a non-negotiable feature these days. After all, how can you expect people to have the same sort of head shape and size?
While adjustable bands are common, adjustable visors are not. It is recommended to buy a magnifier with an adjustable visor as it improves clarity, depth, and convenience.
Price
Lastly, we get to the most important factor; price.
Throughout the course of our reviews, we found tons of value-for-money magnifiers which offered the most for your dollar.
Contrast these to some 30+ dollar items which didn’t even have adjustable headbands!
Headband Magnifiers FAQ's
What are some common uses for a headband magnifier?
Headband magnifiers are commonly used for tasks that require close-up work, such as crafting, jewelry-making, and electronics repair. They can also be useful for people with visual impairments who need extra magnification to see clearly.
Are headband magnifiers adjustable for different head sizes?
Yes, most headband magnifiers are adjustable to fit different head sizes. Some models have adjustable straps or a dial that allows you to customize the fit.
Can I wear a headband magnifier with glasses?
Some headband magnifiers are designed to be worn over glasses, while others may not be compatible. Be sure to check the product specifications before purchasing to ensure compatibility with your glasses.
Are headband magnifiers suitable for children to use?
Headband magnifiers can be useful for children who need extra magnification for certain tasks, but it’s important to choose a model that is lightweight and comfortable for them to wear. Adult-sized headband magnifiers may be too large or heavy for a child’s head.
Conclusion
Wow, you made it through! Thank you for reading our detailed analysis of the best headband magnifiers on the market. We hope that this article has been a helpful and exciting journey in finding the perfect tool to enhance your vision and make your life easier during intricate tasks.
Out of these five best headband magnifiers, here are the top three expert recommendations:
For those who often need to work during nighttime and require reliable lighting, the Carson CP-60 MagniVisor Deluxe is an ideal option. Its bright LED light, well-sorted ergonomics, and good magnification make working at night a breeze.
If you prioritize clarity and comfort during your tasks, the MagnifyLabs Headband Magnifier is a good option. With its adjustable headband, glass lens piece, and streamlined design, it offers a no-frills experience with enhanced resolution and durability.
For anyone seeking the right balance between adjustability, ergonomics, and flexibility, the MagniPros Optical Glass Magnifier is the right choice. Though its lenses are acrylic, they provide clear images, and the adjustable headband with a comfort band ensures a perfect fit for your head.
In the end, the choice ultimately depends on your unique preferences, priorities, and budget. We hope our comprehensive review has provided you with the insight and confidence needed to choose the headband magnifier that will meet your specific needs. Now, you can go forth and achieve excellent visual results in your work with ease and comfort. Good luck, and happy magnifying!
Stained glass work is a long-practiced art, having its origins in the seventh century and today, we are going to discuss few of the best soldering iron for stained glass work right now.
The art flourishes to date, but the methods have seen a sea of change, ever since the advent of powered tools. Soldering irons are a tried-and-tested way of making sure your colored glass pieces stay together. Hence, they’re an essential part of any stained glass artist’s toolkit! However, the decision of getting a soldering iron for glass work can become cumbersome and feel heavy - this is where we come in to the picture.
Today, we’ll look at some of the best soldering iron for stained glass work on the market, followed by a small guide to help you decide which soldering iron is best for you.
Let’s start with the reviews!
Best Soldering Iron For Stained Glass
Whether you're a beginner or an experienced stained glass artist, these soldering irons are sure to provide you with the precision and control you need to create beautiful and intricate designs. So, without further ado, here’s the list of the 5 best soldering iron for stained glass.
Adjustable "electronic" closed-loop temperature control
Dial the temperature you want
The Hakko FX601 is one of the most well-rounded products on the market. It’s one of the lightest soldering irons and is very quick to heat up as well. For most projects, the Hakko FX601 will hold heat long enough for you to finish work, but larger projects may see it cool faster than it should.
Being a 67-watt ceramic element iron, you don’t lose anything compared to a standard 100-watt metal element soldering iron.
Experience
On small to medium-sized projects, the Hakko FX601 is a joy to hold and use. The ceramic iron immediately strikes you as being nearly weightless compared to a regular metal iron. The temperature adjustment is surprisingly precise since usually soldering irons falter in holding the set temperature.
The temperature always stays within 10 degrees above or below your desired value. This makes it ideal for soldering glass without much tinkering with the temperature, once set. Further, the heat recovery capabilities are solid with this iron, which adds to the user experience. This is a major issue, particularly with older irons. The cleaning process recovery time is one of the best in its class.
The highest temperature it can achieve is around 540 degrees Celsius. It ships with a regular-sized tip, which you can replace with any T19 series tip available on the market. For heavy-duty work, this will suffice - but only just. It is the best iron for regular use.
Verdict
This iron can hold its own among the best in its class. The ergonomic nature and ceramic element mean it is a wonder to use and operate, while the flexibility of adjustable temperature adds to its usability. The iron holds temperature well, is fast to heat up, and can tolerate high temperatures. We strongly recommend this to anyone who’s starting out, and as an all-purpose iron for seasoned users.
Pros
Easy to hold for long hours
Solid construction, ceramic element lasts longer
Holds temperature well
Cons
Might not perform at its best in larger projects
Power Source: Corded | Wattage: 65W | Temperature Range: 240°C - 540°C | Tip Temperature Accuracy: ± 1.8°C | Heating Element: Ceramic
Safe - the soldering iron uses industry leading Weller...
Temperature - the soldering iron temperature is controlled...
The Weller W100PG is a standard-use iron from Weller. Weller needs to introduction to the field of soldering irons - these have long been used, and even passed on from generation to generation. Generally speaking, Weller products have a shelf life of a decade or even more - and the W100PG is another such machine.
Experience
The heavy-duty W100PG does a solid job of handling pretty much anything you throw at it. It comes equipped with a 100W nichrome heater, whose temperature can be controlled using this soldering.
Various tips, which allow you to go from 600 degrees Fahrenheit to 800 degrees Fahrenheit.
The temperature regulation is such that the solder won’t affect any of the glass, but will act as a perfect connection between your panels.
The Weller W100PG boasts a lightweight (for a metal element) design, which doesn’t come with or require any base station. However, if you’re just starting out, we recommend having one of your own just the same. The parts used are all heavy-duty, and rest assured, will last you ages even under the most heavy use.
One of the major reasons why Waller and all of its products are so popular for soldering glass panels is their simplicity. There is no moving part, a simple heater in the midst, and a set of nominally priced replaceable tips are all the modifications you can make. This is why Weller products have been around since decades before this review and will last for decades hence.
Verdict
A no-frills, no-nonsense soldering iron - the epitome of a simple electrical appliance that does what it says on the label, and does it extremely well. It’s a no-brainer for those who have more experience soldering, but for newer users, we recommend going for irons with adjustable temperatures and faster cooling times.
Pros
Weller has been around for ages, and its products have an air of reliability par none
Simple to use
Lightweight
Cons
New users may have difficulty operating it
Power Source: Corded | Wattage: 100W | Temperature Range: 371°C - 482°C | Tip Temperature Accuracy: ± 1.1°C | Heating Element: Nichrome
Equipped with a 5/8" semi-chisel soldering tip (No. HT499X)
For those who routinely work on large projects, or require industrial-level heating capability, the Hexacon SI-P250 should be on top of your list. This 250W behemoth of a soldering iron usually hasn't been used by stained glass workers, but the trend is slowly catching up. For those working on heavier metals like iron, this iron is a definite recommendation.
Experience
Hexacon might not be known to you as a prominent soldering iron manufacturer if you've traditionally been involved in stained glass work. This is bound to happen, since Hexacon is generally known for its industrial soldering irons, capable of heating up to much higher temperatures than your run-of-the-mill soldering iron.
The Hexacon SI-P250 works as well as expected, with a minimal heat recovery time and a solid feel. The unique hexagon shape is distinctive and using it is quite ergonomic while working. The material choices make the SI-P250 indestructible for all intents and purposes. The ⅝” diameter of the tip and the wedge design makes it useful for any soldering work you can think of.
This soldering is specifically aimed at the most heavy-duty tasks a soldering iron can be realistically expected to do. Hence, for those dealing with medium-to-low-scale stained glass projects, we would recommend going in for the other featured soldering irons. However, for heavy-duty tasks, nothing else comes close.
Verdict
Hexacon is a new addition to soldering irons, specifically with respect to stained glass work. Those looking for the last word in heavy-duty soldering irons need to look no further. The impeccably finished body and the high-quality soldering tip make it a joy to use for as strenuous a task as you can think of.
Pros
Best-in-class construction
Heating times are much ahead of the competition
Soldering thick metals is no big task
Cons
Steep learning curve for first-time users
Power Source: Corded | Wattage: 250W | Temperature Range: 315°C - 482°C | Tip Temperature Accuracy: ± 1.1°C | Heating Element: Stainless Steel
Ni-chrome compression wound heating elements are proven to...
Paragon iron-clad lead-free soldering iron tips consistently...
You’d be surprised to be hearing of this name, too. American Beauty is generally associated with workmen and industrial usage, but this uniquely designed soldering iron is hard not to recommend. The L-shaped handle and strongly built tip make this tool a great addition to your stained glass toolbox.
Experience
The American Beauty 100W model is another hardy, easy-to-use soldering iron. What sets it apart from the rest is the wonderfully shaped handle and tip, which makes it easier to reach the hardest of places in your glasswork. The best part is, it doesn’t skimp on any essential features for the sake of this novel design.
It heats up as well as you’d expect a 100W nichrome element soldering iron to, with very little to fault in the overall experience of using it. One obvious caveat is that you’ll definitely need a base station with this because of the shape. Otherwise, there is little to fault in this simple, ergonomic soldering iron.
Their level of customer service and support is also par none. The design allows for swapping out all parts for better ones, should you require it. However, you won’t (and shouldn’t need to, given the cost difference) need one any time soon, since the American Beauty ships with extremely solid parts to boot. Overall, if you like it, go for it.
Verdict
As a general-use soldering iron for your stained glass work, very little comes close. Sure, there is a price to pay - but between the consumer experience, the ergonomic shape, and the powerful heating element, you get your money’s worth. A solid buy in any case.
Pros
Ergonomic design like none other
High quality, modular internal parts which can easily be replaced
Superior customer experience, a rarity in this segment
Cons
You could get a regular 200W iron for nearly the same price
Power Source: Corded | Wattage: 100W | Temperature Range: 260°C - 650°C | Tip Temperature Accuracy: ± 3.3°C | Heating Element: Resistance Wire
Ni-chrome compression wound heating elements are proven to...
Paragon iron-clad lead-free soldering iron tips consistently...
American Beauty makes wonderful products, as introduced in the previous review. However, what if you wish to do more heavy-duty work? Sometimes, try as you might, 100 watts of power just can’t cut it. For those looking for a reliable, yet ergonomic 200-watt soldering iron, this one is a solid contender.
Experience
Owners of the American Beauty soldering irons generally tend to leave them on with power throughout the day, with no interruptions. This is a testament to the quality of materials used as well as the build quality. The company has a track record of decades’ worth of solid, trouble-free experiences.
We can attest to the last line very well. In soldering thick metal pieces to glass, the soldering iron broke no sweat and handled it like a piece of cake. This 200W iron is definitely not aimed at small projects or lighter metals, hence you should be clear with your priorities beforehand.
The American Beauty Heavy Duty 200W should be on top of your list if you’re looking for a reliable, easy-to-use, modular soldering iron.
Verdict
With almost nothing to fault, the 200W American Beauty is the go-to heavy-duty user’s choice. Backed by decades of experience, even if not that popular in the stained glass work circles, it’s definitely worth a shot - although pricey for what it is. You’ll thank yourself for having bought it a decade or so from now when it’ll work as well as it does today.
Pros
Heavy-duty heating gives short heat-up times
Solid materials and construction
Indestructible build quality, easy to use
Cons
Pricier than other heavy-duty irons
Power Source: Corded | Wattage: 200W | Temperature Range: 260°C - 871°C | Tip Temperature Accuracy: ± 3.3°C | Heating Element: Resistance Wire
Having wrapped up the product reviews, we now head on to the key factors which will help you make a decision on which soldering iron suits you best for your stained glass work. We can roughly break these factors into two categories, the technical aspects as well as convenience.
Best Soldering Irons For Stained Glass Comparison Table
Buying Guide For The Best Soldering Irons For Stained Glass
When it comes to stained glass projects, choosing the right soldering iron is paramount to producing high-quality artwork. To help you make the most informed decision, we have put together this comprehensive guide detailing the factors you should consider when buying a soldering iron for stained glass.
1. Type of Soldering Iron
There are two common types of soldering irons used for stained glass work:
Standard Soldering Irons: These irons feature a consistent power output and offer excellent heat transfer capabilities. They are ideal for beginners and users who need a budget-friendly option.
Temperature-Controlled Soldering Irons: These irons allow you to regulate the temperature, which is particularly beneficial for various types of glass and different techniques. They are recommended for more experienced users.
2. Power and Temperature Range
Power output, expressed in watts, affects the iron's heat generation and temperature stability. Look for a soldering iron with a power rating between 80 and 100 watts. This ensures rapid heating and a temperature range suitable for most stained glass projects.
3. Tip Size and Material
Soldering iron tips come in various sizes and materials, which influence their heat transfer capabilities and durability.
Copper tips offer better heat transfer but require more frequent replacement.
Iron-Plated tips are more durable, with lower heat transfer rates.
Look for a tip size in the range of 1/4" to 3/8" for optimal results with stained glass projects.
4. Ergonomics and Comfort
Select a soldering iron that is easy to grip and maneuver for extended periods. This will help reduce fatigue and ensure precision during soldering.
5. Brand Reputation and Reviews
Choose a soldering iron from a reputable brand with positive reviews, signifying that the model is reliable and long-lasting. Well-known brands in the stained glass industry include Hakko, Weller, and American Beauty.
6. Budget
Determine your budget and compare the features offered by the soldering irons within your price range to find one that meets your needs and preferences.
7. Additional Features
Look for features such as:
A built-in stand or separate stand for safety
Interchangeable tips for increased versatility
Fast heat-up times
LED status indicators for temperature
ESD (electrostatic discharge) safe option if you work with sensitive electronic components
Important Tip: Remember to maintain your soldering iron properly by cleaning and tinning the tip, storing the iron safely when not in use, and using high-quality solder. This will ensure that you achieve clean, precise solder joints and extend the life of your soldering iron.
Technical considerations
Power [Watts]
Strictly in numeric terms, the higher the power, the faster the soldering iron heats up. However, numbers don’t always tell the complete story. Power (in watts) simply tells you how fast it heats up, but not how long the heat is retained and how quickly it is recovered from a relatively less hot state.
Hobby soldering irons come in at around 65 to 100 watts, and regular use is between 100 to 200 watts. Heavy-duty irons are in the 200 to 300 watts range.
Element Material
Generally, only two types of elements are offered in soldering irons, nichrome (also known as metal) and ceramic. The metal element heats up a large metal body, in contrast to the ceramic element, which heats up the area close to the tip. Hence, metal element soldering irons heat up slowly but retain heat for longer as compared to ceramic element soldering irons.
The choice really comes down to which end of the compromise is more important to you. If you work in longer bursts where you expect the iron to keep running, go for the metal element iron. If you are comfortable working in shorter bursts where you require a lesser heating time, the ceramic element iron is better suited for you.
Temperature Controller
A simple heads-up, not every soldering has, or is expected to have a temperature controller. This is similar to a dimmer switch, which controls the voltage in order to give you the desired temperature. However, most units with controllers (except some like the Hakko reviewed above) have wildly varied temperatures at the tip regardless of which temperature you select. Take care of this before going in for a temperature-controlled soldering iron.
Convenience
Modularity and replacement parts
Modularity here refers to how easily the device can be broken apart into smaller parts for more flexibility. Some soldering irons have little-to-none flexibility, wherein even their tips cannot be swapped out. Other soldering irons come with fully modular designs, allowing you to replace the body, the holder, and the tips (which are of various kinds).
If you’re content with your current configuration, there is not much need for a modular design. On the other hand, if you wish to experiment later on or don’t want to run to the hardware store for large projects, you’re best off going for a modular design.
Soldering Iron For Stained Glass FAQ's
Can I use a soldering iron for stained glass on other materials?
Yes, a soldering iron for stained glass can be used on other materials such as metal, wood, and plastics, but it’s important to use the appropriate solder for the material.
How do I choose the right tip for my soldering iron for stained glass?
The tip size and shape should be chosen based on the project’s requirements. A fine point tip is ideal for detailed work, while a chisel tip is better for larger areas. A variety of tip sizes and shapes can be purchased separately.
How do I know if my soldering iron for stained glass is working properly?
Check the temperature control to ensure that the temperature is consistent and accurate. The tip should heat up quickly and maintain a consistent temperature throughout use.
Can I use a regular soldering iron for stained glass?
While a regular soldering iron can be used for stained glass, it’s not recommended as it doesn’t have the necessary temperature control and power needed for working with glass.
What is the ideal wattage for a soldering iron for stained glass?
The ideal wattage for a soldering iron for stained glass varies based on the thickness of the glass you’re working with. Typically, a 80-100 watt iron is sufficient for most projects.
Conclusion
First of all, thank you for taking the time to read through our article! We hope you found it both informative and useful in your quest to find the perfect soldering iron for your stained glass projects. Now that you've been through the experience of each product, it's time to reveal our top three expert recommendations.
Out of these 5 best soldering irons for stained glass, here are the top three expert recommendations:
The Hakko FX601 is an ideal option for both beginners and experienced users alike thanks to its easy handling, lightweight design, and precise temperature control.
For those in search of a no-frills, reliable soldering iron, the Weller W100PG is a good option as it is known for its simplicity, quality, and ease of use.
If you're tackling heavy-duty projects, the Hexacon SI-P250 is the right choice, offering outstanding construction quality, and unparalleled heating capabilities.
By choosing one of these top three soldering irons, we're confident that you'll find a suitable partner for your stained glass projects. Of course, each product has its pros and cons, so you should carefully evaluate your specific needs and requirements before making a final decision.
In the end, your satisfaction with your soldering iron is what matters most. Now that you're well-equipped with this knowledge, we hope that you'll feel more confident making the right choice for your stained glass endeavors. So go ahead and try out these fantastic tools and enjoy the beautiful world of stained glass! Good luck, and happy soldering!
Next to having the best vegetable spiralizer, my goal has always been to get a mandoline slicer. After all, it's one of the most coveted kitchen gadgets — even amateur chefs need one.
You can do many great things with mandoline slicers, like make fruit crisps or potato chips! Making healthy snacks at home has never been this easy before.
To save yourself the headache, today, I will review some of the best mandoline slicers in the market.
What Are the 10 Best Mandolines to Buy?
I've been scouring the internet trying to find the best mandoline, and let me tell you how challenging that was.
Thankfully, my search wasn't for nothing because I found the best mandoline slicers imaginable. I've listed them here, which I hope will help you in your search.
Adjustable Slicer – Cuts evenly every time! Slide fruits...
Includes 5× Blades – Blades evenly cut onions, cucumbers,...
What I like
Sharp V-blade options
Stainless steel prongs
Broad range of slice thickness settings
Very easy to store
What I don't like
No comfortable grips or handles
Ranking first on my list is the Mueller Austria multi-blade adjustable mandoline. With over 20,000 reviews on Amazon, you know this product is the one to beat.
The first thing I noticed with this mandoline slicer is how sturdy and well-built the design is. For only less than $40, that's practically a steal!
This best mandoline slicer offers a no-thrill and no-fuss operation, making it perfect for beginner and professional chefs. You can get straight to slicing in the kitchen any time.
I also love how this mandoline comes with five interchangeable blades, all very sharp and come in up to 9mm blade thickness settings.
However, I wish this came with easy grip handles to make my meal prep experience much easier. Nonetheless, the adjustable kickstand fairs well in the kitchen.
Sharp, hardened stainless steel easily slices both firm...
5 Settings include thin straight slices, medium, thick, as...
What I like
Foldable legs for easy storage
Dishwasher-safe blade
Easy-to-adjust blade and thickness settings
Sharp stainless steel V-blade style
What I don't like
Does not come with replacement blades
If you're looking for a mandoline you can grab and go in the store, you can't go wrong with grabbing this stainless steel slicer.
It has everything you'd want in a mandoline without the hassle of changing the blades.
The body has a built-in blade changer knob that lets you switch between three thickness settings. I love this feature because I can get my vegetables into julienne cuts without switching to a julienne blade myself.
Once I finish using the slicer, I can pop it straight into the dishwasher and leave it to wash. Although it would also be best to hand wash the blades to remove any hardened particles.
I wish this slicer came with replaceable blades in case my blades start to dull or rust. But other than that, this slicer works perfectly.
Blade/Slicing Options: Julienne and slicer blade | Blade Thickness: Thin, medium, and thick | Blade Material: Stainless steel | Food Recommendations: Fruits, cheese, and vegetables | Weight: 1.04 pounds
Believe it or not, you can already have one of the best mandoline slicers for only less than $25.
One of the things that attracted me to this particular slicer is its ceramic blade. It can easily compete against any chef's knife because it is sharp!
The great thing about ceramic blades is that they're long-lasting and stay sharp longer than stainless steel ones. You won't have to worry about it rusting over time either.
I also love the design of this slicer because it can easily fit on top of a storage container. You can shred your vegetables and have the convenience of a food holder at the bottom.
If there's one design improvement I'd want for this mandoline slicer, it's probably the safety guard. In general, it does its job well, but the body sometimes tends to slip.
Blade/Slicing Options: Slicing and julienne blades | Blade Thickness: 0.5 to 3 millimeters | Blade Material: Ceramic | Food Recommendations: Fruits and vegetables | Weight: 0.24 pounds
SAFER: The unique design prevents your hands from ever going...
VERSATILE: With 30 plus slicing options, the mandoline cuts...
What I like
Reliable built-in safety features
Versatile slicing options
Compact and portable
Comes with a recipe guide
What I don't like
Harder to clean because it's not dishwasher-safe
The DASH safe slice mandoline is an all-in-one product that can get you slicing from start to finish. The package comes complete with everything you need.
Right out of the box, I love how this stainless steel mandoline slicer already comes with a ton of accessories:
Chute
Fruit and vegetable pusher
Food holder
Cleaning brush
I don't have to think about buying all these separate accessories and spending more than I originally intended!
Despite its many accessories, setting up this mandoline slicer hardly takes long. The design is intuitive — even beginners can figure out how to set this up.
You also get 30 slicing options between just two blades.
My only challenge with this mandoline slicer is how hard it is to clean. There are a lot of separate components I need to hand wash, which can take quite some time.
Blade/Slicing Options: dicing, matchstick, and julienne cuts | Blade Thickness: 1 to 8 millimeters | Blade Material: Stainless steel | Food Recommendations: Fruits and vegetables | Weight: 1.4 pounds
Best functionality on the market - everything you need in...
Easy Meal Prep with Rust-Resistant Blades - Our vegetable...
What I like
All-in-one kitchen gadget
Sharp V-shaped blades
Comes with a ton of accessories
Dishwasher-safe parts
What I don't like
Heavy compared to other mandoline slicers
The Fullstar mandoline slicer isn't necessarily the cheapest, retailing at nearly $50 in the market. However, the price is worth considering the awesome features and accessories you get.
You aren't just getting a mandoline slicer because this product can also chop and spiralize fruits and vegetables. You can say goodbye to your other kitchen gadgets!
The product comes with 11 different inserts and blades for different cooking styles. It also comes with a food holder to ensure you get all your slices in one go and without a mess.
I got the chance to explore the safety features of this mandoline, and I think they're pretty sufficient. The finger guard and the protective gloves ensured my hands were always safe.
One thing I noticed about this handheld slicer is it feels weighty compared to other handheld models. But thankfully, this won't affect your performance in the kitchen.
ADJUSTABLE SLICING THICKNESS: Customize your slicing with...
SAFE AND EASY TO USE: Features a hand guard to protect your...
What I like
Straightforward and easy to use
Wide slicing surface
Perfect even slices
Dishwasher-safe
What I don't like
Doesn't come with a replaceable blade or accessories
You can't find a mandoline slicer as compact as this one, especially for its price point. It looks like the average cheese grater you can stow away inside your cabinet.
To be honest, this mandoline slicer doesn't look anything spectacular. It sports a plastic body and features a stainless steel long sharp blade.
It pretty much does what you expect it to, without the hassle. The slicer comes with a vegetable pusher, so you don't have to worry about handling the vegetable yourself.
Thanks to this simple feature, you don't have to risk cutting your fingers! This slicer is generally best for beginners who only need it for simple tasks.
Unfortunately, don't expect this mandoline to come with extra blades. It only has one straight blade for all the work you need to do. But for its price, it's already a winner.
V3 - BEST ALLROUNDER MANDOLINE - The Börner V3 TrendLine...
ESSENTIAL MULTIBOX INCLUDED - The supplied Multibox is a...
What I like
Sharp V-blade
Made of tough and durable stainless steel
Comes in a complete set
Easy to clean and dishwasher safe
What I don't like
A bit tricky to handle
This handheld mandoline has a lot of potential to be your best friend every meal prep. Its V-shaped blades are sharp enough to cut even the hardest vegetables in one pass.
Not just that, but the set comes with additional blades for different cutting styles. You can always get the right thickness in every style.
Despite being a V-style blade, I hardly felt intimidated handling this mandoline, thanks to the food safety holder. It's comfortable on the hand and doesn't slip while I'm slicing.
One of my favorite parts of this mandoline slicer is its storage caddie. It's large enough to hold a ton of vegetables which I can enjoy eating as a salad later on.
Fair warning, getting used to this mandoline slicer is a bit tricky. But once you've gotten through this dilemma, you're all set.
Sharp, V-shaped blade of hardened stainless steel easily...
Straight and wavy blades for straight or crinkle cuts, and...
What I like
Soft rubber grip handle
Multiple thickness selector
Easy-to-grip food holder
Comes with four different blades
What I don't like
Material construction could be improved
OXO has some of the best kitchen gadgets, so I'm happy to share that their mandoline slicer is no exception. Straight out of the box, I can already tell that the Good Grips V-blade mandoline slicer is a no-frills-and-fuss product.
You can take it out of the box and start slicing away without installation or set-up procedures.
There are four different thickness settings to choose from. Rest assured, each of them can give an even cut each time, so they also cook evenly.
I love using straight and wavy blades when making fun-shaped vegetables. It's a sneaky way of getting kids to eat their vegetables.
However, I wish the brand would consider a more durable plastic material for its body. It feels a little cheap but in no way affects the performance of this mandoline.
Blade/Slicing Options: Straight slice, french fry, crinkle cut, and julienne | Blade Thickness: 1.5, 3, 4.5, and 6 millimeters | Blade Material: Stainless steel | Food Recommendations: Fruits and vegetables | Weight: 1.7 pounds
Makes straight, crinkle cut and waffle cut slices in a wide...
Makes thin julienne strips and French fries
What I like
Elegant and sleek design
Impressive precision control
Soft non-slip grips
Sharp straight blade
What I don't like
Very expensive
True to its name, the OXO Steel Chef's mandoline slicer 2.0 is perfect for aspiring or professional chefs out there.
This professional-quality mandoline provides a wide range of functions imaginable. The straight blade works perfectly in cutting even the toughest vegetables out there.
The serrated blade works well with soft vegetables, ensuring you get thin slices without crushing them.
Unlike similarly priced mandolines, I love how this one doesn't take up too much storage space inside a kitchen cabinet.
The only reason which would stop you from buying Chef's mandoline slicer 2.0 is its price tag. It costs nearly $115, which is way more than what other slicers cost.
Benriner's Mandoline Slicer quickly and easily slices fruits...
Made from handcrafted Japanese stainless steel blades and...
What I like
Comes with multiple blades
Made using BPA-free plastic
Very easy to use
Reliable hand guard
What I don't like
Cutting surface is not large enough
Japanese mandolines feature everything I'd want for a slicer: compact, lightweight, and easy to use. It isn't anything fancy and does the job with relative ease.
This mandoline may look plain and simple, but its performance exceeds what I paid for. It comes in different sharp blades that can slice and julienne anytime!
All that's left for you to do is choose your favorite blade style and start slicing. The hand guard on the body is pretty wide, perfect for people with relatively large hands.
I also enjoyed how this mandoline can hook on bowls so that it doesn't slip and slide all over my kitchen counter!
However, I wish the cutting surface was large enough — especially for large vegetables. I had to cut my squash into long pieces to slice them properly.
Straight edge, coarse, medium, and fine tooth blades
Straight, fine, medium, coarse
Stainless steel
Fruits and vegetables
3.78 lb.
Factors to Consider When Buying the Best Mandolines
Choosing the best mandoline slicers is a challenging task. With its different styles and types, narrowing your search can take forever.
To ensure you find only the best mandoline that will fit your needs, below are a few essential factors in mind:
Hand Protector
A great way to keep your hands and fingers protected whenever you're using your mandoline slicer is to have one with a built-in hand guard.
This ensures your hands are safe from the sharp blades and free from any accidents.
You can also use cut-resistant gloves for extra measure, although they may not be comfortable to handle.
Handles and Grips
If you want to hold your mandoline slicer properly, ensure your product comes with handles or grips.
The handles will help you keep the slicer in place, perfect for long hours in the kitchen for meal prep. The grips should also be reliable, so they don't slip when slicing.
In general, most mandoline slicers come with this feature. It's just a matter of finding what provides the best comfort in terms of its size.
Thickness Indicator
Having a thickness indicator is everything you'd want in a mandoline slicer. You can choose the desired thickness settings, depending on the dish you're making.
I enjoy how a mandoline can make thin slices. They are so thin they make perfect potato chips to fry! At the same time, I can also make even thick cuts whenever I want.
If you want this flexibility, always look for a thickness indicator in your mandoline slicer. Your job in the kitchen will be a lot easier.
Handheld vs Kickstand
There's a variety of mandolines out there, some of which are handheld or come with a kickstand.
A handheld mandoline is perfect for preparing small food batches. As long as it's comfortable to hold, it shouldn't cause you any hand strains.
On the other hand, a kickstand frees both your hands. Instead of gripping the handle, you can lay it on the table so your dominant hand can start slicing.
Safety
It's no secret that mandoline slicers have extremely sharp blades. If you're not careful, you can accidentally nip yourself in the kitchen.
Keep your eyes peeled for mandoline slicers with built-in safety features.
It doesn't always have to be anything fancy. Sometimes, a good hand guard and sturdy grip are enough to protect your fingers. Using cut-resistant gloves can also help.
Size
Mandoline slicers come in different sizes. If you have limited counter space, I highly recommend choosing a small, compact slicer you can easily stow inside your kitchen cabinet.
If you have extra room, going for a bigger mandoline would be best. You can leave it on top of your counter without it looking too cluttered.
Regardless of the size you choose, make sure it comes with a sharp blade to keep it effective at its job.
Accessories
Finding a product with free accessories is a sure winner if you want value for money. I'm always delighted by this idea because it feels like having more products for the price of one.
Some accessories that are great to have are:
1. Interchangeable Blades
Choosing a mandoline slicer with interchangeable blades gives you product versatility. You can choose from different thickness settings and types of blades.
Some of my favorite blade attachments to use include the following:
Straight blade
Julienne blade
Serrated blade
Wavy slicer
Waffle cuts
2. Protective Glove or Hand Guard
Save yourself a trip to your local hardware if your mandoline slicer has a free glove or hand guard.
I always appreciate an extra pair of gloves from my manufacturer because it shows their care and concern for their customers.
Price
No matter how much money you're willing to spend, there's always a mandoline slicer for your budget. You don't have to sacrifice budget or quality to find the best product!
Just set a budget for yourself before buying a mandoline slicer. This helps narrow your search and find the best mandoline slicer for you.
How Did I Test Mandoline Slicers?
Before arriving at this list, I had to ensure I tested all the products I mentioned. In doing that, I based my decision on the following key indicators: durability, power, and ease of use.
Durability
Regardless of how much I'm willing to spend, I always ensure the product I choose is made of durable materials. This ensures I get much use for my equipment without wasting money!
I always check what materials the mandoline is made of — particularly the blade and the body.
I also have a feel of the mandoline and if it's sturdy on the hand. After all, I don't want it sliding or wiggling as much as possible as I do my meal prep.
Ease of Use
Let me tell you now that testing different mandoline slicers caused me serious hand strains. But there are a few products out there that make slicing a breeze.
I'm thankful for these products because using them feels like a breeze. Less hand strain means more fruits and vegetables to snack on!
You don't have to sacrifice comfort to find the best and most effective mandoline slicer.
Power
Your mandoline slicer will be for nothing if it can't cut vegetables the way you want. Whether you're slicing hard or soft foods, it should be able to cut well.
I tested the mandolines in this list by checking how powerful and effective they are at making slices. I also made sure its thickness settings stand true.
You can say goodbye to your cutting board once you've landed a powerful mandoline slicer worth your time.
What Are the Different Types of Mandolines?
Finding the right type of mandoline affects how effectively you use this kitchen gadget. It can help you evenly slice your fruits and vegetables, perfect for serving your family.
Let's learn the different mandoline types and why they may or may not be for you:
1. French Mandoline
If you want to roll with the professional chefs, you need to get your hands on a french mandoline. It's a great mandoline for beginners to learn how to use this nifty kitchen gadget.
French mandolines are a crowd favorite because of the outstanding precision it delivers. You can set your desired thickness settings with relative ease!
However, setting up a french mandoline can be tricky, especially for a first-timer. It can also be a little pricey, so budget savers stay clear of them.
2. V-Shaped Mandoline Slicer
As its name suggests, this type of mandoline slicer has a V-shaped blade. It isn't anything spectacular, but it can cut with great precision.
This blade type is an awesome deal for cooks who want a mandoline they can grab and go. It gets the job done with relative ease and in the least amount of time.
My only problem with V-shaped mandolines is there's no option for interchangeable blades. Nonetheless, you can still choose your desired thickness settings.
3. Japanese Mandoline
Based on my experience, working with Japanese mandolines is a lot easier and more convenient than with other mandoline types. The blade sits diagonally, so you can easily glide your vegetables.
It's also compact, lightweight, and accurate, making it perfect for beginners and professionals alike.
Unfortunately, I won't recommend a Japanese mandoline for people with big hands. Its small body and blade style size may feel limiting.
FAQs Related To Mandolines
Before I leave with my parting words, allow me to answer some of the FAQs I get about mandolines. Keep reading because this might convince you to buy one now!
How Much Does a Mandoline Cost?
You can buy a mandoline slicer regardless of how much you’re willing to spend, and that’s the beauty of it!
Choosing a budget mandoline slicer won’t be a problem because there are many options out there that don’t sacrifice quality for the price.
Is a Mandoline Worth It?
Whether you’re a pro in the kitchen or not, you can never go wrong with having a mandoline slicer in your kitchen cabinet. It has a lot of uses that can shorten the whole cooking process!
You don’t have to worry about tiring yourself to have perfectly uniform slices. Say goodbye to your cutting board and switch to a mandoline instead.
A Recap of the Top Picks
I've listed many products, all reliable and effective in the kitchen. You won't regret choosing any of them.
But three of all the mandoline slicers I've named in this list stood out and deserve one final praise:
A ceramic mandoline slicer for less than $25? That's practically a steal! You can enjoy many years with this slicer without worrying about it breaking on you.
You can thinly slice tomatoes and sweet potatoes to top your favorite dishes. If you want the best budget mandoline slicer, you need to get your hands on this one.
This mandoline slicer is hard to beat when it comes to value for money. It's a straightforward kitchen gadget that does pretty much everything you need it to.
It may not give you the versatility you'd expect from slicers with different blades, but it still is one of the best you can get for its price.
The Muller Austria mandoline slicer is one of the best to come by that doesn't compromise quality for its price.
For less than $40, this mandoline has five different blades to suit your needs. Making french fries and fruit crisps has never been this easy.
Conclusion
If you've ever dreamed of cooking potato chips at home, now is your time. You can wow your friends with amazing cooking without learning fancy knife skills.
All you need is the best mandoline slicer in hand to test your awesome cooking skills. Pair it with the best molcajete, and start cooking.
A meat slicer is one of the best ways to get perfectly sliced meats and other food. However, working with this type of machine requires time and practice to get it right.
Before you can work with the best meat slicer, it's important to know how to operate the machine.
Here's a helpful guide on properly maintaining and using a meat slicer.
How to Use Meat Slicer Properly - The Slicing Process
Operating meat slicers doesn't have to be difficult, especially if you know the basics.
We've arranged this quick guide full of tips and tricks to help you get slicing like a pro in no time.
Here's how you can use a meat slicer safely and properly.
Step 1. Prepare Your Equipment
Before working with any food slicer, preparing your equipment is paramount. It will help you operate the meat slicer safely and effectively.
Read any user manuals and safety reminders before activating your machine. While meat slicers have their similarities, different manuals can help you understand the individual features of your machine.
You should also ensure that your machine's safety features are functioning correctly to prevent accidents while working.
Wear cut-resistant gloves from the start of the preparation process until you're done working with a food slicer.
Also, prepare the food you'll be working with. Cut any large chunks of meat into manageable pieces and ensure no bones can damage your blades.
Step 2. Place Your Food in the Meat Slicer
Once you've got everything set, lift the weighted pusher arm and place your food onto the food carriage.
Close the handle and make sure that it's firmly held in place. It will keep the food mounted securely while working your sharp blade through it.
It's best to have a flat surface where your meat slices can fall on while slicing them.
Tip
Add wax paper onto the flat surface that will catch your meat to keep the slices in perfect shape.
When working with round meats, like roast beef, it can be difficult for the meat slicer to work with your food. It can take a few slicesbefore you can get uniform slices.
Step 3. Adjust the Machine to Your Desired Thickness
Before working through your meat, adjusting how thick your cuts will be is crucial. You can adjust this by turning the index knob.
You can quickly run your blade through the slab of meat for a sample slice and adjust it according to your preference.
It can be a trial-and-error process if you're unsure how your index knob should be positioned. You'll be able to get the hang of it once you've gotten some practice with your machine.
This step is essential to ensure that your meat slicer is stable and can safely cut through the meat.
Step 4. Turn the Meat Slicer On
Note
For manual meat slicers, you can skip this step.
Now that everything is prepared, you can turn your meat slicer on. Plug it into your power source and switch on the power button.
As soon as you do this, the blades should start turning. Be careful to prevent accidents.
If you're still new to using a meat slicer, you can switch to manual mode before plugging it in. Switch to automatic mode when you're ready.
Step 5. Make Swift Slicing Motions
Once your machine is on, you can start slicing your food. This step is usually more manageable with a manual slicer since you have more control over how you slice.
Push the sliding tray forward as you work through your food. Don't use your hands to touch the food to prevent accidents with the blade, even when wearing cut-resistant gloves.
For manual slicers, ring down the blade onto your food and let it cut through before bringing it back up.
Start slow if needed, especially if you're still getting used to the process. Over time, you can make swifter motions as you slice your food.
Once you feel more confident, let your free hand shift to where the sliced meat will fall to catch them and ensure that your slices are intact.
You might have to readjust the thickness of your slices in between. Be sure to turn the machine off to avoid accidentally cutting yourself while adjusting.
Step 6. Turn Off Your Meat Slicer
Once you're done, turn your machine off and remove the remaining food from the food carriage.
Close your gauge plate and dial your index knob to zero so the blade presses against the machine.
Turning your machine off immediately after use is important, especially if you have children nearby. It prevents your machine from accidentally turning back on in case your table or counter is bumped.
Step 7. Clean and Sanitize Your Meat Slicer
Once you're done using the machine, it's important to clean and sanitize it to eliminate any food particles and cooking oil on the equipment.
Note that there is a difference between cleaning and sanitizing. While cleaning entails wiping down every crevice, sanitizing is a more thorough process following the FDA's food safety guidelines.
For businesses, it's recommended to clean and sanitize every 4 hours. It ensures that all food served is clean and safe for consumption.
You can clean and sanitize it after use if you use it at home and only briefly. However, if you use it any longer, it's best to follow the every 4-hour rule.
Place your meat slicer blade cover on AFTER cleaning, especially for home kitchens. Putting it on before you clean it can transfer food particles onto the cover and breed different bacteria over time.
What's a Meat Slicer?
A meat slicer, also known as a deli meat slicer or food slicer, is a machine that allows you to slice foods efficiently and uniformly.
Based on the name, you would think that only meat can be sliced on this machine. However, it's one of the most versatile machines in the kitchen, working with many different types of food.
This machine can slice anything typically sliced with a mandolin or knife, like cheeses, fruits, and vegetables.
The best part about a meat slicer is that you can get paper-thin slices whenever done properly.
Different Types of Meat Slicers
Despite having the same objective, meat slicers come in different types. It mostly depends on what they're going to be used for.
Meat slicers can be classified into three types:
Light-Duty -These are low-volume equipment best used for meat and vegetables across short periods. These are not designed for frozen foods.
Medium-Duty -These are more robust pieces of equipment than light-duty ones. It can let you slice meat and vegetables for several hours a day. These can also cut up cheeses for up to 30 minutes or as advised by its user manual.
Heavy-Duty - These are top-of-the-line equipment used by large restaurants and butcher shops. They are used for extended periods. They have the best motors, making them more expensive than the typical commercial meat slicer.
Tip
While some heavy-duty meat slicers can be used to slice frozen meat, it's best to let them thaw out first to prevent heavy damage to the machine.
When choosing your meat slicer, it's best to consider what you will work with and your budget for this type of machine.
What Can I Use a Meat Slicer For?
Despite its name, a meat slicer can produce more than sliced meat. It's one of the MOST VERSATILE tools you can have in your kitchen.
You can make the most of its functions and use this machine in various ways.
Slicing Lunch and Deli Meats
Why go for processed store-bought meat when you can slice your own meat at home?
A deli meat slicer at home can let you buy whole meats in groceries and cut them to your desired thickness.
Whether making a sandwich or having cold-cut meat for your charcuterie board, this machine can help you work all that at home.
Slicing Cheese
Besides meat, you can also use this machine to slice cheese. It can undoubtedly round out your charcuterie board by accompanying your sliced meat.
A deli slicer is more efficient at cutting cheeses than any other cheese slicer on the market.
Slicing Bread
Using this machine, you can also slice bread much faster using a serrated blade.
This machine is guaranteed to give you evenly sliced loaves instead of having to estimate every time.
Slicing Fruits and Vegetables
You can also slice fruits and vegetables using a meat slicer.
If you want thinly sliced fruits and vegetables for sandwiches and other meals, having a food slicer can be helpful for you.
Slicing Raw Meat
You can use a meat slicer to work with raw meats, like in deli shops.
Be sure to disinfect your meat slicer afterward to prevent diseases and cross-contamination.
Slicing Meat for Hot Pots
Hot pot meats require the slices of meat to be paper thin so it can easily cook in the broth.
When you use a meat slicer, it's easier to get the pieces perfect for a hot pot.
Slicing Roast Beef
One of the most common ways to use meat slicers is to have them slice roast beef. These are common for restaurants but can also be done at home.
You'll be guaranteed even slices of roast beef every time compared to using a knife.
The best way to get the best thin slices of meat and other food is to keep your blades sharp and ready for action.
Here's a step-by-step guide to keeping your meat slicer blade sharp and ready for slicing.
Step 1. Turn Off Your Machine and Prepare the Blades
Before sharpening your blades, it's important to prepare them.
Ensure that your machine is turned off and unplugged before preparing it. Let it cool down before sharpening the blades if you've used them beforehand.
Then, open the cover of your blades and wipe it with a dishcloth and detergent water. It should help remove any particles from your last slicing session.
Rinse and dry your blades to remove soap and water interfering with the sharpening process.
Step 2. Turn On the Slicer and Grind
Once your blades are clean and ready for sharpening, apply lubricating or cooking oil.
Then, adjust your blades, so it's touching the sharpening stone. You can check your device's manual for special instructions, especially for this part.
Tip
If you're using a whetstone for sharpening, ensure that it's close to the ends of your blade for the best results.
Turn your machine on and let the blade grind against the stone. Let it run for a few minutes to sharpen your blade.
Step 3. Turn Off the Slicer and Clean the Blades
Turn your device off and check if the blades are sharp enough. If not, repeat the grinding process until you're satisfied with your blade's sharpness.
If you're done with grinding, turn your device off and unplug it to prevent accidentally turning it on while cleaning your machine.
Once again, wipe off any excess dust and metal particles using warm detergent water.
Rinse and apply sanitizer or alcohol to thoroughly eliminate any harmful substances which can contaminate your food next time you use the slicer.
We also recommend sanitizing the rest of your machine in case any dust or residue gets stuck on them.
Step 4. Put Everything Back Together and Store Machine Properly
Once everything is dry, you can put everything back together. All parts should be secure before storing them, especially the blades.
Ensure your machine is dry before putting it away to prevent rust.
Keep it in a secure and dry place to avoid accidents, especially if you have kids around. It will also keep your machine in top shape for the next time you have to use it.
Electric Meat Slicers Vs Manual Meat Slicers
Meat slicers can be classified into two based on how they're operated.
Electric meat slicers automatically cut through food by using an electric power source. Most commercial meat slicers fall under this category.
It's best to use an electric meat slicer if:
You want to cut meat faster
You're working with large amounts of meat (e.g., restaurants, bakeries, etc.)
You don't mind spending more on your meat slicer
On the other hand, manual slicers require strength and effort to cut through the meat. The operator needs to rotate the slicer blade for it to work manually.
It's best to use a manual meat slicer if:
You want more control over your blade
You're only working with a limited amount of meat
You're on a budget
How Not to Use a Meat Slicer
Now that you know where meat slicers are used, you must also know what to avoid when using a meat slicer.
By being aware of these safety tips, you can avoid damaging your machine or contracting diseases.
These are a few things to avoid when working with a meat slicer.
Slicing Raw Meat Before Cooked Meat
One of the most important things to remember about food prep is to avoid mixing raw and cooked meat. That includes when you slice meat through the food slicer.
Slicing raw meats before your cooked meats can cross-contaminate the food you're about to eat. Raw meat can breed bacteria that cause severe illnesses, like E.coli and salmonella.
If you must do this, ensure your slicer is THOROUGHLY SANITIZED before moving to your cooked meat.
Slicing Frozen Meat
It's best to not use a meat slicer for frozen food. Over time, the ice crystals can damage the blades of your machine, especially when they're not properly maintained.
You can let your meat thaw out and soften or run it through a meat grinder to prepare it for the meat slicer.
While some machines claim to be safe for frozen meat, it's best to avoid doing so unless necessary.
Cutting Meat With Bones
You should NEVER slice meats with the bone in them since they can be challenging for the meat slicer to work with.
These are too hard for any blade and can damage your machine in the long run. While some blades may be strong enough to cut through bones, they can wear them out over time.
It's important to prepare your meat before placing it onto your machine. Remove any parts which may be difficult for the machine to cut.
Slicing Soft Cheeses
A meat slicer is also usually used for cheeses, especially since they're more efficient than any cheese slicer.
However, ensure you're not working with soft cheeses when slicing cheese. You wouldn't want them to goop up your slicing machine.
Save the deli slicer for firmer cheeses that won't melt through the machine. These can easily be cut into thin slices without slipping through the machine's meat pusher and making a mess.
Cutting Oversized Meats
When your meat is too big, your whole meat slicer can get overwhelmed by the weight and size. They might not even fit in the meat carriage under the camp arm.
Preparing your meat involves cutting it into smaller, more manageable pieces for slicing.
Using the Wrong Meat Slicer Blade
Depending on your cutting, you can easily switch between stainless steel blades. Blade size can affect how your machine performs.
Use a serrated blade if you're working with hard cheeses, bread, and other food items you usually cut with a serrated blade or knife.
Use a smooth-edge blade for a cleaner cut for meat and other foods.
Working Without Proper Protective Gear
Since you will be working with a sharp blade, wearing cut-resistant gloves is always important to ensure you won't cut yourself.
It's also important not to use your hands to push the meat through your blades. Use the clamp arm and food pusher to keep yourself from getting injured.
Is a Meat Slicer for You? Factors to Consider
If you're considering if a stainless steel meat slicer is for you, you can consider the following factors:
Space: If you have limited space, it's best to look for lighter, more compact models. Ensure you have the space for it, especially since the machine works with sharp blades.
Material: Meat slicers can be made from different materials, affecting their price and longevity. You can choose from stainless steel, aluminum, and plastic.
Frequency: If you only use it a few times a year, purchasing a small meat slicer is best, especially for home cooking. Otherwise, invest in a professional-grade slicer with a durable motor for more frequent slicing.
Budget: Meat slicers can come at different prices based on material and features. Don't go for the lowest price because it can be made with cheaper, less reliable parts.
Use Meat Slicer FAQs
You may have more questions on how to use a meat slicer.
We’ve gathered the most common questions on the subject to help you further understand it.
Can You Slice Raw Meat on a Meat Slicer?
Yes, you can slice raw meat on the meat slicer.
However, properly disinfect your machine to prevent food poisoning and other diseases.
It’s also important not to slice cooked meats after using the machine for raw ones until adequately disinfected.
Is an Electric Meat Slicer Worth It?
It depends on what you’re going to use the meat slicer for.
If you’re going to use it for a business requiring slicing meat for long periods, it’s best to get a commercial meat slicer powered by electricity to make things easier.
However, if you’re only going for a simple home meat slicer that doesn’t need to be used for long periods, you can settle for a manual meat slicer.
Can I Use Meat Slicers for Slicing Vegetables?
Yes, they can also be used for vegetables.
It can slice anything that you can slice using a mandolin or knife.
Just be careful working with them, especially the leafy ones. If you’re not confident, you can work slowly to prevent accidents.
Now that you know more about using a meat slicer, you might also be interested in learning about other tools, like a manual meat grinder.
It's vital to learn how to safely use these tools in the kitchen if you have them.
Whether it's to slice roast beef, cheese, or vegetables, become more efficient with this versatile and reliable machine.
A good meat slicer lets you slice food of different thickness levels with the least resistance possible.
It saves you time in the kitchen, ensuring you enjoy a broad range of precision and control settings.
In this meat slicer buying guide, I'll discuss some of the best slicers you should check out right now. You won't need to look for other meat slicer reviews anymore.
10 Best Meat Slicers You Should Buy
I've searched high and low for the different food slicers in the market, and I'd have to say I'm impressed.
My search wasn't for nothing because I could find the best meat slicer for different categories. Let's go through some of my favorites.
To be a chef: The food slicer cuts the food precisely, it...
Easy to clean: seamless and removable features make...
What I like
Made of durable and high-quality materials
Perfect for cutting different kinds of food
Sleek and modern design
Easy to install and adjustable serrated blade
What I Don't Like
Challenging to clean
The OSTBA electric meat slicer combines power and precision in one handy kitchen equipment. It's a perfect meat slicer for amateur and professional cooks, and let me tell you why.
The serrated blade on this meat slicer is worth raving about. It features an adjustable blade thickness, ensuring you get the right cut for your fruits and vegetables each time.
I also appreciate that this meat slicer has a built-in safety lock and power button. I don't have to worry about the slicer suddenly powering on when I don't need it.
Overall, the serrated blade of this electric deli food slicer is very easy to clean. However, the nicks and crannies of this machine are a bit hard to clean.
Blade Length: 7.5 inches | Blade Material: Stainless Steel | Material: Cast Iron | Recommended Use: Bread, cheese, and meat | Watts: 150 W | Weight: 8.64 pounds
✔ 200W Powerful Meat Slicer: The update electric food...
✔ Two 7. 5’’ Stainless Steel Blade: We understand that...
What I like
Easy-to-clean removable parts
Compact and space-saving
Beautiful aluminum body
Reliable suction feet
What I Don't Like
Not ideal for people with big hands
I'm sure I'm not the only one saying I hate feeling cheated. Like paying a ton of money for kitchen equipment only to find out it doesn't live up to your expectations.
Thankfully this was the last of my problems when I discovered the Anescra meat slicer. I'm happy to share that this slicer is worth every penny you pay.
It features a serrated and standard blade to satisfy all your cutting needs. Couple it with its 200W horsepower, and this handy kitchen equipment will be a game changer.
In general, I like how small and compact this meat slicer is. But some may find it too compact, and people with large hands might find it hard to handle.
SLICE YOUR FAVORITES: Use your food cutter to easily slice...
SPACE SAVING DESIGN: With a sleek, compact design, this 9" x...
What I like
Very affordable and good value for money
Lasts you a long time
Compact and lightweight design
Beautiful sleek, and modern finish
What I Don't Like
Cannot withstand long operations
Who says you must spend a fortune to have one of the best electric meat slicers on the market? Certainly not this Chefman Die-Cast deli slicer.
I was over the moon when I found this product because of how affordable it is without compromising its quality and features.
Its 7.5-inch stainless steel blade packs a ton of power that can match commercial meat slicers. You can slice your favorite cold cuts and cheeses without sacrificing their quality.
The only problem I experienced with this slicer is it can only operate for an hour. Now, this may feel very limiting, especially if you've got a lot of work ahead of you.
[Different Thickness] - CUSIMAX 200W electric meat slicer...
[Advanced Designn] - We adopt the most advanced bearing and...
What I like
Adjustable thickness settings
Professional quality meat slicer
Convenient food pusher
Strong suction feet
What I Don't Like
Hard-to-clean areas
Electric slicers are among the most common food slicers you can get today. It's easy and convenient; you can "plug and play" this kitchen equipment anytime.
I've found a lot of electric meat slicers out there, but I'd have to give it to Cusimax for being the best. This 200W food slicer packs a ton of power to slice food within minutes.
I loved using the food pusher on this food slicer because it helped guide me in cutting my frozen meats with great precision and control.
It's a perfect meat slicer for home use because it combines power and precision in one.
Unfortunately, there were some hard-to-reach areas on this kitchen equipment. Cleaning those areas became more challenging than cutting my smoked meats.
Cuisinart has become a household name for kitchen equipment. It's become a go-to brand for many homemakers because of its exceptional line of products and quality.
Their automatic meat slicer lived up to its name, perfect for slicing most meats and cheeses for your subs.
The food slicer sports 130W horsepower, comparably lower than most slicers. Nonetheless, it still packs enough power to be considered one of the best slicers for home use.
That said, expect this kitchen equipment to last you for an hour at maximum. Nonetheless, you can still get enough output from this food slicer to satisfy your hungry stomach.
DAZZLE YOUR FRIENDS & FAMILY WITH THE MOST DELICIOUS...
PRECISELY CUT SALAMI, HAM, MORTADELLA, CHORIZO OR PEPPERONI...
What I like
Many built-in safety features
Perfect for slicing most foods
Ultra-sharp blade
High-quality and durable body
What I Don't Like
Not dishwasher friendly
Wine night with my friends means whipping my Elite Gourmet electric meat slicer. It's one of the best slicers I've found that can make precise and consistent thin slices for my meats and cheeses.
I no longer have to buy pre-made charcuterie boards because I can make one for myself! And the best part is I can put all my favorite meats, fruits, and cheeses!
I love how well thought out this product is because it already comes complete with everything I need from start to finish: blade guards, food clamp, and food platform!
Unfortunately, this meat slicer isn't dishwasher safe. The manufacturer recommends hand washing this equipment, which can get tricky for some people.
Premium Chromium-plated Steel Blade with protection against...
There is no need to sharpen the blade frequently
What I like
Rust-resistant steel blades
Large round blade diameter
Smooth and quiet operations
Durable and well built
What I Don't Like
The bulky and heavy design
There are a lot of industrial-grade meat slicers in the market that are very tempting to get. They all come with exceptional quality that combines quality with durability.
But perhaps one of my favorite commercial slicers today is the Beswood electric meat slicer. It's perfect for home and professional use, giving users a wide range of flexibility.
What I like about this electric meat slicer is its smooth and quiet operation. It's unlike other meat slicers at this level, which typically make this distinct screeching noise.
Because this is a commercial-level food slicer, expect it to be very bulky and heavy. You'll need to find a permanent place for this inside your kitchen.
I'm not going to lie, I was very intimidated when I saw the Nesco electric food slicer for the first time. It sports an all-stainless steel body, which beginner and amateur cooks tend to shy away from.
Despite its looks, I was happy to test this food slicer on my frozen and cooked meats. And let me tell you now that it did not disappoint.
The 180-watt motor can cut with exceptional precision, even for my frozen meats. I was able to save a lot of time than what I'd normally spend in the kitchen.
The only thing I didn't like about this meat slicer was the loud screeching sounds it made. It leaves me with a bad headache to nurse after meal prep.
VERSATILE: This rugged slicer features all structural...
POWER: Extraordinary powerful high torque motor with gear...
What I like
Sports a tilted food carriage and meat holder
Easy to clean removable blade
Reliable thickness dial
Safety lock feature
What I Don't Like
Tricky to cut thin slices
Another one of my favorites is Chef's choice meat slicer. It's another one of the best long-standing brands for kitchen equipment.
This meat slicer looks unassuming and far from intimidating. It's so small and compact you wouldn't think it's capable of meat slicing! But this meat slicer will definitely wow you.
Once you've powered on this 615A electric meat slicer, you can expect it to slice frozen and cooked meat well.
Its tilted food carriage also comes in handy to make sure you can slice meat more efficiently.
The meat slicer blade on this equipment is pretty sharp. However, it was a bit tricky to cut thin slices.
It took me a few attempts to master this meat slicer to get it to my desired thickness.
[ Upgraded Workmanship] - We understand that the slicer...
[ Different Thickness] - Techwood 200W electric meat slicer...
What I like
Comes with built-in safety features
Can cut a wide range of food times
Sharp stainless steel blade
Adjustable thickness options
What I Don't Like
It cannot be used to slice frozen meat
This 200-watt automatic meat slicer has an ultra-sharp blade that can cut through most food items. If you want to use a meat slicer that won't hold you back, this is the one to beat.
You can set the meat slicer blade to different thickness settings, providing you with different options for different cooking styles. I love this feature because it offers the same versatility as manual meat slicers.
The bottom of this slicer sports a non-slip grip, ensuring it doesn't slip and slide all over the place. You won't have to worry about the slicer blade getting to you.
Although the blade of this slicer is powerful, the manufacturer doesn't recommend using it on frozen meat. It can compromise the quality of the blades in the long run.
Factors to Consider When Buying the Best Meat Slicers
There are a lot of awesome meat slicers in the market, and you won't have a hard time finding exactly what you need.
But before you do, there are a few considerations you need to keep in mind to ensure you find only the best.
Let's review the different factors that can help you narrow down your search.
1. Blade
The blade of your meat slicer means everything to ensure you can get even thin slices each time. You don't have to run your food back and forth from the slicer blade and ruin its quality.
Luckily, most meat slicers that come from reliable brands use sharp blades. The only point of contention is how big the blades are.
Regardless of the blade size, the goal should always be to find a blade that can cut meat like butter. There shouldn't be too much resistance whenever you're handling the device.
Don't worry because even the most affordable meat slicer can come with exceptional blade quality.
2. Motor
After many years of testing meat slicers, I realized that I should prioritize motor power in my search. A powerful motor translates to more cutting power at an exceptional speed.
A lighter horsepower is perfect for occasional use at home. It can cut soft meats and cheeses into evenly thin slices. However, it can only run for an hour at a time.
Medium-powered motors are slightly more powerful and capable of running a few hours more. You can get much work done besides cutting meats and cheeses for your charcuterie board.
But if you want a good all-around meat slicer that can run for hours, you can never go wrong with a heavy-duty meat slicer. It can slice frozen meat evenly and with ease!
3. Ease of Use
Meat slicers are usually categorized based on their operation: automatic or manual. Both are relatively easy to use, depending on what you're more comfortable with.
If you're new to meat slicers, I recommend picking automatic meat slicers because of their hassle-free operations.
You can get straight to slicing meat without worrying about the other details.
Once you get comfortable using automatic meat slicers, you can move on to manual meat slicers to challenge yourself. With enough practice, you'll get the hang of using it.
Manual meat slicers work perfectly for seasoned operators, especially those who want more control over handling their meat slicers.
Cleaning a meat slicer is both an easy and hard task. It's easy because there are no fancy after-care procedures.
You only have to wash it with soap to prevent bacteria from building up from the raw meats.
What makes it challenging, however, are all the different parts of the meat slicer that are hard to reach. Take the case of the gears, for example, which even small hands can't get to.
Thankfully, many meat slicers come with removable parts. This makes cleaning your kitchen equipment an easy task.
5. Safety
Safety should be your priority when handling powerful kitchen equipment such as this one. Just think of the sharp blade you'll be up against.
I'm sure you don't want your kitchen looking like a blood bath whenever you're slicing meat. And a way to prevent this is by ensuring your meat slicer has safety features.
Even a simple blade guard can do so much to protect your fingers! But for added protection, I recommend using cut-resistant gloves!
You can also check if your meat slicer has an emergency stop button, which can quickly shut off your meat slicer in between operations.
6. Type of Food
What type of food do you plan to slice on your equipment? If you're using it for tough cuts of meat, then using heavy-duty equipment with long blades is recommended.
But if you're only using it to slice cheese and bread, a simple meat slicer can do the job. That being said, buying a meat slicer also depends on the type of food you'll use it on.
Luckily, you can find a wide range of selections to choose from. There's always something you can use for your favorite foods.
7. Integrated Blade Sharpener
Some meat slicers already come with an integrated blade sharpener. It's one way to get your money's worth because you won't need to buy a separate accessory.
Personally, I find integrated sharpeners to be useful. It performs as expected, and you don't have to worry about buying a separate sharpener.
Simple accessories such as this are a great way for brands to attract customers!
8. Rubber Non-Slip Feet
A part of the safety features of a meat slicer is its non-slip rubber feet. This ensures your slicers won't slip from your kitchen counter during operation.
It might not seem like much now, but it can affect how you enjoy your meat slicer. You don't have to worry about it accidentally falling and injuring any of your body parts.
Thus, make sure you find a meat slicer with a reliable and sturdy rubber grip. It should be able to stay in place on top of your kitchen counter, regardless of how you maneuver the machine.
9. Noise
The last thing you want is a noisy meat slicer in your kitchen. You don't want it making thundering and roaring sounds that can wake your neighbors.
At the same time, you don't want the noisy sounds to give you a headache right after using the meat slicer. You might feel sick and have a headache because of the sounds!
That said, make sure your meat slicer operates quietly. Luckily, most meat slicers already have this feature, so it's one last thing you must worry about.
10. Price
Set a budget for yourself regardless of what meat slicer you're looking for. This helps you narrow your search and make sure you stay within budget.
Whether you're looking for an expensive or affordable slicer, there's something for you. It can get the job done perfectly, ensuring it doesn't compromise quality for its price.
You can have sliced meat at home without going to your butcher to complete the job. Now that's a money-saving hack you can do.
11. Operations
In general, there are two types of meat slicers: automatic/electric and manual slicers. Both vary in operation and provide a wide range of flexibility depending on your need.
Let's learn the difference between the two and see what you should choose.
Manual Slicers
Many professionals prefer traditional manual slicers over automatic ones. Although manual slicers typically require more muscle work, it nevertheless provides a seamless operation.
One of the great things about manual slicers is you won't need electricity to run them, and they won't alter the taste or texture of your meat.
Manual slicers are perfect for occasional use and who don't have a high demand to slice. It's a perfect meat slicer for home use if you can do the muscle work.
But if not, then you might want to check out an automatic slicer instead.
Automatic Slicers
Automatic meat slicers require a power source nearby. This being said, its power depends on its wattage. Thus, the more powerful it is, the better!
On average, most automatic slicers' wattage can range between 100 to 400 watts. For home use, 100 to 200 watts is enough. Anything higher than that will be for commercial use.
I love the convenience automatic slicers bring. I simply have to load my meats on the food carriage and start slicing! I don't have to pull a muscle to get thinly sliced foods.
If you're looking for a meat slicer for home and commercial use, this one can handle the job well.
Features of a Good Meat Slicer
Buying a meat slicer means doing a thorough review of the features it comes with. To get my money's worth, I always ensure my slicer comes with features that make my life easier in the kitchen.
Through my experience reviewing food slicers, I have learned to prioritize certain features over others. I've listed some of them here, which you must remember.
Accessories
The accessories with your food slicers don't have to be anything spectacular. If at all, you need it to be more functional to ensure a seamless operation.
One of my favorite accessories I usually look for includes the following:
Heavy-duty slicing guard
Extra blades: serrated or smooth blade
Blade removal tools
Vegetable chutes
Non-stick Coating
Non-stick coating isn't a necessity when it comes to buying a meat slicer, but it certainly is a big plus. It ensures you won't feel any drag whenever you're slicing meats.
There's a comparable difference between cleaning a meat slicer with a non-stick coating and those without. Any leftover meats and cheeses slide off easily, making cleanup a breeze!
Ensure the non-stick coating doesn't peel off and stick to your food.
Receiving Tray
A receiving tray helps catch all your meat slices, so you don't create a mess on your kitchen counter. Some slicers have a tray and food carriage, which fits perfectly with the equipment.
However, some slicers don't come with a tray, and you'd have to use one of your trays to catch your meat.
This isn't a total deal breaker for me, but fitting a 3rd party tray on my slicer gets challenging.
What Are the Benefits of Using Meat Slicers?
There are a ton of benefits to having the best meat slicer. I'm here to give you that small nudge if you still need some convincing.
Here are some of my favorite reasons I would never trade my meat slicer for other kitchen equipment.
1. Efficiency
Regardless of the wattage of your meat slicer, you can expect it to deliver fast and efficient operations. It saves you the time cutting meat you'd usually spend using a knife.
You can slice meat at home without laboring too much in the kitchen. The machine practically does the job for you, so you can save time and dedicate it to other tasks.
2. Uniformity
One of the main reasons I keep returning to my meat slicer is its reliability in making even cuts. This helps me cook my meats evenly and close to perfection as possible!
Not just that, but I also love this handy kitchen equipment because I can use it as a deli slicer. With its even thin slices, my meat tray looks as if it was professionally done.
3. Easy to Use
If it isn't apparent enough, you hardly have to break a sweat when using the right meat slicer. They're so easy to use that even a beginner and amateur cook can use this kitchen equipment.
There may be a learning curve at first, which I'm sure you'll enjoy learning. But once you've gotten through this, the next steps will be a breeze.
4. Saves Money
Save yourself a trip to your local butcher and slice your meats at home. You no longer have to pay extra to get even and thin slices!
The market is filled with meat slicers that are far more affordable than what you'd spend combined in your local butcher.
5. Effective Portion Control
If you're fond of meal prepping and trying to stick to recommended portions, best believe that a meat slicer can do the job.
With its different thickness settings, you can ensure you can slice meats based on your desired portions.
6. Fresh Meat Slices
Who doesn't love fresh meat? You can taste its flavors better, ensuring your meal always comes out the best way you can imagine.
Having your meat slicer ensures you can get a fresh cut of meat at home, perfect for when you want to impress your friends with your cooking. Who says you can't roll with the pros?
How to Use a Meat Slicer
Getting the hang of how to use a meat slicer can be very intimidating. After all, you're dealing with powerful kitchen equipment with sharp blades.
I want you to get the most out of your slicers, which means knowing the proper way to clean the equipment and sharpen the blades. I've listed a few tips below to help you out.
How to Clean a Meat Slicer
Who doesn't love a clean meat slicer? They look as if they're fresh out of their box, looking brand new each time.
The only way you can achieve this is if you clean your meat slicers after every use. You don't want raw meat getting stuck on the blades and collecting bacteria. Yikes!
Here are effective tips to help you clean your meat slicers:
Use a sanitizer concentrate and not regular soap to wash the blade;
Rinse the blade properly and wipe it dry after to prevent rusting; and
Make sure to clean the body and feeding tray and free it from any raw meat particles.
Safety Tip
Make sure to use cut-resistant gloves when washing the blade.
How to Sharpen a Meat Slicer
Dull blades are the last thing you'd want for your meat slicers. You won't be able to make paper-thin slices or cut anything! And when this happens, your meat slicer will go to waste.
Keep the blades of your meat slicer sharp. For many beginners, this can be a daunting task. Luckily, this is a cool kitchen skill anyone can pick up easily.
Here's how you can keep your blades razor-sharp:
Use a sharpening stone to sharpen the edge of your blade;
Apply cooking or sharpening oil on the surface;
Keep the blades clean and dry every after use.
Important Reminder
Don't over-sharpen your blades because they might become brittle in the long run.
Preventing Cross Contamination
Food slicers can slice different types of food, making them one of the best kitchen equipment. Because of this, you might have to deal with a higher risk of cross-contamination.
As much as possible, clean your blades right after you use them to cut a particular food item.
Take the case of meats, for example. Right after you cut them, clean them before you use them to cut fruits and cheeses! You don't want to risk having an upset stomach because of this small mistake.
Meat Slicers FAQs
Through my many years of reviewing meat slicers, I often get many questions about them. I’m finally answering some of them here to finally put an end to some of your burning questions.
Keep reading because you might learn something about your favorite meat slicer.
Can You Cut Frozen or Raw Meat With a Slicer?
Yes, you can cut frozen meat in a meat slicer. However, I don’t recommend doing this all the time because it can damage your blades.
If your blade is sharp enough, cutting meat feels like slicing butter. You’d be surprised that it feels the same for cutting frozen to semi-frozen meat!
But again, give your meat time to thaw so you don’t damage your blades.
Can a Meat Slicer Cut Through Bone?
Powerful and heavy-duty meat slicers won’t have difficulty cutting through bone. Nevertheless, I do not recommend this because it can damage your blades.
Once or twice is enough, but cutting bones as part of your normal operations is not good. To avoid this problem, have your local butcher chop your bones instead!
Considering how costly it can get, you don’t want to risk damaging your meat slicer.
Should I Buy a Meat Slicing Machine With Serrated or Smooth Blades?
Serrated blades are perfect for cutting thick chunks of meat. It can go through meats like butter, making the entire slicing operation a breeze.
Smooth blades, however, are best used for those who want to end up with even thin slices. This is perfect for cutting cheeses and even cold cuts.
At the end of the day, the type of blade you need depends on your usage. If you want to do a wide range of activities, you can look for a meat slicer with interchangeable blades.
What Is a Good Wattage for a Meat Slicer?
A 100-200 watts meat slicer is enough for your daily activities. Most slicers with this wattage usually sport a seven to eight-inch blade, perfect for those who only slice meat occasionally.
But if you require more horsepower, I recommend a meat slicer with 200 to 400 watts. It makes the best home meat slicer, and you can do a wide range of activities with it.
A Recap of the Top Picks
In this review, I've named some of my favorite meat slicers that can get your money's worth. But of all the products I've mentioned, three stood out and deserved one final mention.
You never have to settle for less once you've tried the Chefman Die-Cast deli slicer. It's one of the most affordable food slicers you can get that doesn't compromise quality.
Personally, this is one of my favorite go-to food slicers to use when I do my meal prep. I can load up on my favorite sandwiches!
A meat slicer that's a bang for your buck? Well, that's the Anescra electric deli food slicer for you. This 200W slicer is powerful enough to keep up with your daily activities.
Plus, all this comes in a small, compact body that you can easily stow away inside your kitchen cabinet. You get the best of both worlds!
Topping my list is no other than the OSTBA electric meat slicer. It's one of the best meat slicers you can get today, especially considering its price.
Its cast iron body and serrated stainless steel blade are enough to convince you that this slicer can last you a lifetime.
Conclusion
Having the best meat slicers can make your life in the kitchen a breeze. You can slice foods based on your desired thickness!
The results always look amazing, especially if you're trying to make a charcuterie board. I'm sure you'll wow your friends with this new amazing skill.
I hope you enjoyed this article. Let me know which is the best meat slicer worth your time. I'd love to hear your thoughts.
You can also check out my take on the best manual meat grinder, which you might also be interested in having in your kitchen.
Even the best small microwaves can rapidly become filthy and odorous from food spills and splatters.
The good news is that there are different ways to remove tough stains and grime, freshen up your oven, and ensure that it stays hygienic for future use.
This article will cover five easy-to-remember and effective methods of howto clean a microwave, plus some additional tips!
Mix warm water and a few drops of dish soap until it turns into sudsy water.
Place the bowl in the oven on high heat until the water boils and produces steam. Use a few squirts of dish soap and some elbow grease to scrape away any difficult-to-remove stains.
Use a clean damp cloth or sponge to wipe down the surfaces and remove any soap residue.
Baking soda is a great cleaning agent because it's a mild alkali that causes dirt and stubborn grease to dissolve easily in water. This makes it a mildly abrasive natural cleaner and deodorizer.
Mix a tablespoon of baking soda with one cup of hot water in a microwave-safe bowl. Mix the two until it forms a thick cleaning paste, and apply it to the stains on the dirty microwave.
Let the mixture sit for about five minutes, then wipe off the paste residue and remaining grime with a dampened, non-abrasive sponge.
Fill a microwaveable bowl with two cups of water and two tablespoons of white vinegar.
You can also add drops of essential oil to minimize the bad smells from the vinegar.
Put the bowl in your microwave with vinegar and let the water and white vinegar mixture sit for ten minutes.
Then, carefully remove the bowl using oven mitts, and use a sponge or microfiber cloth to clean both the inside and outside of your microwave.
Additional Tips for Cleaning Your Microwave
While home hacks are effective ways to deep clean your microwave, additional tips can make the process easier.
Cover Your Food
Covering your food helps contain any spills or splatters and prevents them from sticking to the microwave interior.
Food splatters can leave behind tough stains that are difficult to clean and create unpleasant odors.
Covering your food can also help it heat up more evenly, resulting in better-tasting food.
Clean Spills Immediately
It's important to clean up spills and splatters as soon as they occur.
That's because they quickly accumulate and harden over time, making them more difficult to remove.
This not only creates unpleasant odors but also reduces the oven's efficiency.
You can use a damp cloth or paper towel to wipe up any spills, making sure to remove all food residue.
Use Microwave-Safe Dishes
Non-microwave-safe dishes can melt, break, or catch fire.
When selecting dishes for use in the microwave, look for those that are labeled as microwave-safe. These dishes are typically made from glass, ceramic, and oven-safe plastic.
Learning how to safely microwave metaland use microwave-safe dishes is essential to protect your microwave and stay clear of any dangers.
Follow Cook Times
Following cooking time is important in preventing overcooking or undercooking your food in the microwave.
In addition to destroying the flavor and consistency of your food, overcooking also risks damaging your microwave and producing unpleasant odors.
Meanwhile, undercooking might lead to foodborne illness or an undesirable taste.
To ensure your food is perfectly cooked, always follow the recommended cook times on the packaging or recipe.
Set a regular schedule for a deeper clean every few weeks (or depending on the frequency of use) to prevent the buildup of tough stains and grime.
If you routinely clean your microwave, you can ensure it operates efficiently and prolongs its lifespan.
Clean A Microwave FAQs
Get the answers to common questions about how to clean a microwave with our helpful FAQs:
What Products Can I Use to Clean Inside the Microwave?
Natural cleaning agents are most effective at removing stains, grime, and food residue from the interior or microwave door.
Moreover, they don’t damage the appliance’s control panel or leave harsh chemical residue — even on the microwave turntable and microwave filter.
You can ask a cleaning expert to recommend microwave cleaning products on Amazon — especially if they are highly rated and effective at cleaning your home appliance.
These include steam cleaners, bleach, cleaning sprays, an all-purpose cleaner, and microwave-safe cleaning sponges.
How to Clean a Microwave Naturally?
Keeping a microwave clean involves mixing water with non-toxic and eco-friendly cleaning agents — such as white vinegar, baking soda, lemon/orange slices, or dishwashing liquid.
These natural ingredients are effective at removing stubborn stains (like tomato sauce or burnt popcorn), grime, and burnt smell from the interior of your microwave without leaving behind harsh chemical residues or fumes.
Whatever you choose, rinse the interior with the mixture and wipe it with a clean rag to prevent any residue from remaining inside the microwave.
It's never been simpler to achieve a clean microwave with these practical tips and tricks!
Whether you prefer natural cleaning methods or specialized cleaning products, these tips and tricks will help you keep your microwave looking and smelling fresh.
Microwaves are a staple in most kitchens, sometimes taking over the role of a standard oven in food prep and cooking food. However, choosing the right size microwave can be difficult.
The perfect fit for your kitchen and cooking needs will depend on several factors, including your family size, counter space dimensions, and desired wattage.
In this article, we'll explore the different convection microwave sizes so that your device takes up just enough space in your kitchen or dorm room.
When choosing the perfect microwave, it's important to understand the different types and their standard sizes.
Microwaves come in various types, including countertops, over-the-range, and built-in microwaves. Each type has pros and cons, so knowing which will fit your needs is important.
A built-in microwave, also known sometimes as a convection oven, is popular among homeowners. You can open any drawer or cabinet and find a convection microwave inside.
These microwaves are integrated into the kitchen cabinetry. You may find a built-in microwave as a drawer microwave or a wall oven, perfect for those with limited counter space.
The typical microwave dimensions for built-in microwaves measuring 24 to 30 inches wide, 14 to 24 inches deep, and 16 to 22 inches tall. It takes up around 1.6 to 2.2 cu ft. of space.
The internal dimensions, or the space inside the microwave, will vary depending on the model. But generally, a built-in microwave interior space ranges between 1.0 to 2.2 cu ft.
Built-in microwaves generally meet standard cabinet dimensions. Make sure that the microwave fits standard cabinet widths.
When considering where to install your built-in microwave, it's important to remember the microwave door. You don't want the open microwave door to swing out and hit something.
Closed door depths range from 0.73 to 0.85 cubic feet for built-in microwaves. The open door depths range from 2.21 to 3.08 cubic feet.
Built-in microwaves also tend to have higher wattage than countertop models, with most models ranging from 800 to 1200 watts.
What I like
A sleek and sophisticated look that integrates seamlessly with kitchen cabinetry
More advanced cooking features, such as convection cooking and grilling
Wider temperature range for more advanced cooking techniques
What I Don't Like
More expensive than other models, both in terms of the initial purchase price and installation costs
More difficult to install, requiring professional installation during a kitchen remodel or renovation
It can be more challenging to repair or replace if something goes wrong
Countertop microwaves are a popular and affordable option for those who want a simple and convenient way to heat food quickly.
These compact microwaves are designed to sit on top of a counter or table and come in various sizes and styles to fit any kitchen.
Countertop microwaves, or compact microwaves, come in various sizes, ranging from small to medium-sized microwaves.
Standard microwave sizes generally range from 0.5 to 1.1 cubic feet, with widths ranging from 12 to 24 inches, and the microwave height typically ranges between 8 to 14 inches.
The internal dimensions also vary depending on the compact microwave, but most models have a capacity of 0.5 to 1.0 cu ft, which can easily fit a plate or small casserole dish.
When considering where to place it, it's important to consider the door. Closed-door depths range from 0.5 to 0.7 cubic feet, and open-door depths range from 1.7 to 2.2 cubic feet.
Another important factor to consider when choosing a mini microwave is wattage. Most compact models range from 600 to 1200 watts, offering faster and more cooking power.
What I like
They are more affordable and easier to install since they don't require professional installation
Offer greater portability and can be easily moved from one location to another
Take up less space and don't require any permanent modifications to your kitchen
What I Don't Like
Take up valuable counter space and may not fit well in smaller kitchens
They may not have as many advanced cooking features or as high wattage, which can limit their versatility
Over-the-range microwaves are a popular choice for those who want to save space in their kitchen.
Over-the-range microwaves combine the functions of a microwave with those of a range hood, making them a convenient and practical addition to any kitchen.
Over-the-range microwaves measured from 24 to 30 inches in width, in depth from 10 to 18 inches, and over-the-range height is 16 to 18 inches. The size ranges from 1.5 to 2.5 cubic feet.
The internal capacity of an over-the-range microwave ranges from 1.5 to 2.2 cubic feet, similar to most countertop microwaves.
It's important to consider the depth of an over-the-range microwave when the door is closed and open.
The closed-door depths typically range from 0.6 to 0.7 cubic feet, while the open-door depths can be as much as 2.6 to 3.5 cubic feet.
This means you'll need sufficient space above your range to accommodate the over-the-range microwave when the door is fully extended.
Over-the-range microwaves generally have a higher wattage than countertop microwaves, ranging from 800 to 1200 watts.
The temperature range in an over-the-range microwave is similar to other microwave types, typically heating food to a temperature of around 160°F to 200°F.
What I like
Combines the functions of a microwave and range hood in one unit
Fit any kitchen with different microwave sizes
It can help remove smoke, steam, and cooking odors from the kitchen
What I Don't Like
It requires professional installation
It may not be suitable for all kitchen configurations, unlike most microwaves
If you're looking to buy a new microwave, it's important to know the dimensions of your current microwave or the size of your existing microwave enclosure.
Exterior Dimensions
When measuring your new or current microwave, you'll want to start with the external dimensions.
This will give you an idea of how much cu. ft., it will occupy your countertop or cabinets. You'll need a tape measure and a flat surface to place your microwave on to get started.
Measure width: Measure the width of your microwave from left to right. Make sure it fits the standard cabinet width.
Measure height: Measure the microwave height from top to bottom. If the cabinet is too large, you can install a trim kit to fit your microwave.
Measure depth: Measure the microwave depth from front to back. This is the distance from the front of the microwave to the back.
Note
A trim kit is useful when the cabinet you place the microwave in is too large to fit it.
Interior Space
Once you have the external dimensions, you can measure the internal dimensions of your new microwave.
This will give you an idea of how much space you have inside the microwave to cook or reheat food. You'll need a tape measure and a flat surface to place your microwave on to get started.
Measure width: Measure the width of the inside of your microwave from left to right. This is the distance across the widest part of the microwave.
Measure height: Measure the height of the inside of your microwave from top to bottom. This is the distance from the bottom of the microwave to the top.
Measure depth: Measure the depth of the inside of your microwave from front to back. This is the distance from the front of the microwave to the back.
Remember
Ensure your devices are empty before measuring the microwave dimensions. This will ensure you get accurate measurements and avoid any accidents.
What Size Microwave Do I Need: Other Things to Consider
Aside from the microwave dimensions, there are a few other important factors to consider before purchasing.
Let's take a look at three key considerations:
Microwave Wattage
The wattage is basically how powerful it is. A higher wattage means quicker cooking times.
You might not need a high-wattage model using your countertop microwave to reheat leftovers or defrost frozen food.
But if you want to whip up meals quickly and efficiently, a microwave with a higher wattage could be the way to go.
Family Size
Think about the size of your family when choosing. A countertop model might be all you need if it's just you or you're living with a partner.
If you're feeding a big family or regularly cooking for guests, a larger microwave that can fit big dishes or cook multiple items at once could be a better choice.
Ventilation Space
Ventilation space is also very important. It dictates how much food can fit inside. A countertop microwave might do the trick if you only use it occasionally.
But if you frequently cook food in your microwave or use your appliance as your go-to kitchen tool, large microwaves might be the better option.
Microwave Size FAQs
Now, let’s move on to some frequently asked questions about microwave sizes and features.
Why Is Microwave Oven Size Important?
The size is an important consideration because it determines the amount and size of food that can be cooked or reheated at one time.
Whether a 25L capacity is sufficient depends on the individual’s requirements and the size of the dishes they want to prepare or reheat.
A 25L capacity is typically large enough for most families, but large microwaves may be more suitable for cooking large quantities of food.
What's the Best Size Countertop Microwave Oven for a Family?
The ideal size of a countertop microwave oven for a family depends on their size and cooking needs.
A capacity of 1.0 to 1.6 cu ft. is usually sufficient for a family of four, but larger families may need a bigger appliance or more than one.
What Is a Convertible Vent and Recirculating Microwave?
A convertible vent model can be used as a vented or recirculating microwave, while a recirculating model filters the air and returns it to the kitchen.
In conclusion, choosing the right size microwave oven is essential to ensure that it meets your cooking needs and fits your space.
It's important to consider factors such as your household size, the types of food you plan to cook, and your kitchen layout when selecting a microwave size.
Doing so lets you get the perfect fit-size microwave and enjoy convenient and efficient cooking or reheating.
![20 Best Paint Tool SAI Brushes and Textures [Free Download]](https://homesthetics.net/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Best-Paint-Tool-SAI-Brushes-and-Textures.jpg "20 Best Paint Tool SAI Brushes and Textures [Free Download]")
![8 Best Drop in Bathtub of 2023 [Reviewed & Buyer’s Guide]](https://homesthetics.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/Best-Drop-in-Bathtub-of-2021-04.jpg "8 Best Drop in Bathtub of 2023 [Reviewed & Buyer’s Guide]")
![6 Best Soft Pastels of 2023 [Students & Professionals Gear]](https://homesthetics.net/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Best-Soft-Pastels-1.jpg "6 Best Soft Pastels of 2023 [Students & Professionals Gear]")
![The Art of Throwing [Paperback] by McErlain, Alex](https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/31ggZaGjXjL.jpg)
![8 Best Paper For Acrylic Paint in 2023 [Artist & Beginner Grade]](https://homesthetics.net/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Best-Paper-for-Acrylic-Paint-in-2019-Artist-and-Beginner-Grade.jpg "8 Best Paper For Acrylic Paint in 2023 [Artist & Beginner Grade]")
